Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D08-076 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - LOVE CULTURE - TENANT IMPROVEMENT
LOVE CULTURE 1006 SOUTHCENTER MALL D08 -076 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY This certificate is issued pursuant to the requirements of Section 110.2 of the 2006 edition of the International Building Code. At the time of issuance, this structure or portion thereof has been inspected for compliance with the requirements of this code for the occupancy and division of occupancy and the use for which the proposed occupancy is classified. Building Perntit No.: D08 -076 Occupant /Tenant: LOVE CULTURE Building Address: 1006 SOUTHCENTER MALL, SUITE NO. Parcel No.: 6364200010 Property Owner: WEA SOUTHCENTER LLC 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD , LOS ANGELES CA 90025 Use: RETAIL Occupancy Group /Division: M Type of Construction: II -B Automatic Sprinkler System: Provided: Y Required: Y 173 Design Occupant Load: THIS CERTIFICATE TO BE CONSPICUOUSLY POSTED ON THE PREMISES Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 1006 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us Tenant: Name: LOVE CULTURE Address: 1006 SOUTHCENTER MALL , TUKWILA WA Contractor: Name: RAYBECK INC Address: 7423 COSGRAY RD , DUBLIN OH 43016 Phone: 614- 339 -3381 Contractor License No: RAYBEI *938MQ doc: IBC -10/06 CitAf Tukwila • Owner: Name: WEA SOUTHCENTER LLC Address: 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD , LOS ANGELES CA 90025 Phone: Contact Person: Name: PAUL JAIME Address: 2413 PACIFIC COAST HY #202 , LOMITA CA 90717 Phone: 310 606 -2078 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Permit Number: D08 - 076 Issue Date: 04/08/2008 Permit Expires On: 10/05/2008 Value of Construction: $102,000.00 Fees Collected: $2,123.76 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS International Building Code Edition: 2006 Type of Construction: IIB Occupancy per IBC: 0019 Expiration Date: 07/18/2009 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: TENANT IMPROVEMENT: NEW STOREFRONT, SALES AREA, CEILING, FITTING ROOMS, AND BREAK/STORAGE AREA TO BE CONSTRUCTED. NEW RESTROOMS, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND LIGHT PLUMBING. * *continued on next page ** D08 -076 Printed: 04 -08 -2008 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: I hereby certify that I have read and - ed this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complie , whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. Signature doc: IBC -10/06 City di Tukwila • Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http://www.ci.tukwila.wa.us N N Print Name: 2,0t, 23: - 01/I G, Permit Number: DO8 -076 Issue Date: 04/08/2008 Permit Expires On: 10/05/2008 Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Start Time: End Time: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Start Time: End Time: Private: Public: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Private: Public: Date: 11`l Icf 15 ) Date: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. D08 -076 Printed: 04 -08 -2008 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** • City of Tukwila Parcel No.: 6364200010 Address: 1006 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Tenant: LOVE CULTURE Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us PERMIT CONDITIONS • Permit Number: D08 - 076 Status: ISSUED Applied Date: 02/07/2008 Issue Date: 04/08/2008 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. 7: All construction shall be done in conformance with the approved plans and the requirements of the International Building Code or International Residential Code, International Mechanical Code, Washington State Energy Code. 8: Fire retardant treated wood shall have a flame spread of not greater than 25. All materials shall bear identification showing the fire performance rating thereof. Such identification shall be issued by an approved agency having a service for inspection at the factory. 9: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 10: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 11: A Certificate of Occupancy shall be issued for this building upon final inspection approval by Tukwila building inspector. 12: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the Cityof Tukwila Permit Center. 13: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 14: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -076 Printed: 04 -08 -2008 • City of Tukwila Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. doc: Cond -10/06 Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us * * continued on next page ** D08 -076 Printed: 04 -08 -2008 • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.ci.tukwila.wa.us I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work construction or the performance of work. Signature C /3 - Print Name: LO U 8YGT/S./ doc: Cond -10/06 D08 -076 Date: -6 - O ordinances governing or local laws regulating Printed: 04 -08 -2008 Site Address: Contact Person: Company Name: Mailing Address: • CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 h tp / /www. c i. tukwi la. wa. us Name: . 1 Company Name: Cts (• - 0 A J Contact Person: SL,t -1N 'Q�c t' tui�ding Emit No, cillb Mechanical Permit Plumbing/Gas Permit Public Works Permit No. 'ro1ect No q o 1 ... ..... .. ._ (F or o„ticeusemix ) - -. ..... Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** 1 (p _ ATNGE(4% M • Tenant Name: 1r-OVC CU t Property Owners Name: Lo J (.j h r ( Mailing Address: .94 S- S6 SW-Eel" CONTACT PERSON - who do we contact when your permit is ready to be issued Mailing Address: p'Zt.11?) ?s C_ Cr* 1 4t9 E -Mail Address: P O A U i t 4 set yeC usyyl Contact Person: E -Mail Address: Contractor Registration Number: Mailing Address: l it N" f lack-g (tow � F ri■t E -Mail Address: 14. L t.15.11,1 et Fs S3$ 0 it E -Mail Address: QMpphca onf\FonnrApplestons On Lne13-2006 - Permit Apphcanon_doc Revived 9 -2006 bh King Co Assessor's Tax No.: (.19-1011/0-00(g) ,Sttte. umber: (Qoc Floor: New Tenant: ,', Yes ❑ ..No A NIG &16% city GA coos Zip State Day Telephone: t O 6619 - coo g Lr t LT& CA q Cpl 13 City State Zip Fax Number: 3(6 ho(q ° GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION - (Contractor h formaiion:for. Mechanical >(pg:4) for Phunbing Gas Piping (pg5)) Company Name: v Mailing Address: City Day Telephone: Fax Number: Expiration Date: Day Telephone: Fax Number: State City tate Day Telephone: 36g Fax Number: F f ' (03S Zip ARCHITECT OF RECORD - Ali plans must be wet stamped by Architect at Record ENGINEER OIL RECORD —All plans must be wet stamped by Engineer of Record 11 . - t - HeisMAS kLy At oe} City State Zip ( ALQ - Soso ss�t - ug) - gosg Page 1 of 6 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION -• 206 -431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ t 0 ) 0 0 0 Existing Building Valuation: $ Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Nev.! STOP- FQ-r) rA t 1 . 1E:G QC1 , ( l LAN 4 1 F ftl1tl6+ 1 3s , 3 1 2>A V I StUPAE ,t,. o► Ace Ter BE C S*vuc{i5D . Nevv Q s JA m `cA \ C'1 e cTlW ua-L Lam-tr PL nn B 04 G Will there be new rack storage? ❑ Yes jg. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. t:: Provide Atl:Building Areas in Square Footage Below 18;:Floor.. . .:. • 2°° Floor 3rd Floor Floors Basement .... 3:1:1::., .._ , :: Accessory:St€ueture Attached: Garage: Detached:C}arage Attached:Carport Detaehed Cn pair Coveted Deck Uncovered Deck £7tisting . Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure 9' New (04' ( Type of Consduction per IBC TYPe Occupaney per 113C M PLANNING DMSION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: 'Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Will there be a change in use? Q1ApplicationAFams- Applications On Line\3 -2006 - Permit Application.doc Revised 9-2006 bh ❑ Yes No Compact: Handicap: If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: X Sprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ .......Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes No If "yes', attach fist of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safe ata Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Page 2 of 6 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Water District Tukwila El ...Water District #125 all ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ...Tukwila ❑ ...Sewer Use Certificate Septic System: ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) ❑ .. Geoteehnical Report ❑...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ...Bond ❑ .. Insurance ❑ .. Easement(s) ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that applv): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right -of -way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way Non Right -of -way ❑ ...Total Cut ❑ ...Total Fill Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 forfees:and estimate: sheet. cubic yards cubic yards ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ .. Abandon Septic Tank ❑ .. Grease Interceptor ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ .. Curb Cut ❑ .. Channelization ❑ ...Frontage Improvements ❑ .. Pavement Cut ❑ .. Trench Excavation ❑ ...Traffic Control ❑ .. Looped Fire Line ❑ .. Utility Undergrounding ❑ ...Backtlow Prevention - Fire Protection 77 Irrigation Domestic Water ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... 17 WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size 77 WO # ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public Private ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public Private _ FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line ❑ ...Water ❑ ...Sewer Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Mailing Address: Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑...Sewage Treatment Day Telephone: City State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip Q: ApplicetionsWorma-Applimdions On line\3 -2006 - Permit Applimtien.dne Revised: 9 -2006 bh Call before you Dig: 1- 800 - 424 -5555 ❑ .. Highline ❑ ...ValVue ❑ Renton ❑...Sewer Availability Provided ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm Drainage ❑ _. Renton ❑ .. Seattle ❑ .. Right -of -way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right -of -way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ ...Deduct Water Meter Size Page 3 of 6 Unit Type: Qty. Unit:Type: Qty. F :lb* Type :...: :Qty_::: Boiler /Compressor :: Qty Furnace <100K BTU Air Handling Unit >10,000 CFM Fire Damper 0 -3 HP /100,000 BTU Furnacc> 100K BTU Evaporator Cooler Diffuser 3 -15 HP /500,000 BTU Floor Furnace Ventilation Fan Connected to Single Duct Thermostat 15 -30 HP /1,000,000 BTU Suspended/Wall/Floor Mounted Heater Ventilation System Wood/Gas Stove 30-50 HP /1,750,000 BTU Appliance Vent Hood and Duct Emergency Generator 50+ HP /1,750,000 BTU Repair or Addition to Heat/Refrig/Cooling System Incinerator - Domestic Other Mechanical Equipment Air Handling Unit <10,000 CFM Incinerator— Comrn/Ind MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Mailing Address: Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Mechanical work (contractor's bid price): $ 1 V � j ,' f v pp ���� Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): eAA.) ' U (k W b l x1 0,03 �C, h G( Use: Residential: New .,.. ❑ Replacement .... Commcial: New .... ❑ Replacement .... ❑ il Yt tsv Fuel Type: Electric X Gas .... ❑ Other: Indicate type of mechanical work being installed and the quantity below: Q:v�pplicntiownemns- Applications On Line \3-2006 - Permit Application.dnc Revised 9 -2006 bh City State Zip Page 4 of 6 . Fixture .Type: . . Qty. Fixture Type: .... Qty Fixture Type; . Qty Fixture Type: Qt:: Bathtub or combination bath/shower Drinking fountain or water cooler (per head) Wash fountain Gas piping outlets Bidet Food -waste grinder, commercial Receptor, indirect waste Clothes washer, domestic Floor drain � Sinks Dental unit, cuspidor Shower, single head trap Urinals Dishwasher, domestic, with independent drain Lavatory Water Closet Building sewer or trailer park sewer Rain water system — per drain (inside building) Water heater and/or vent Q Additional medical gas inlets/outlets — six or more Industrial waste pretreatment interceptor, including its trap and vent, except for kitchen type grease interceptors Repair or alteration of water piping and/or water treating equipment Repair or alteration of drainage or vent piping Medical gas piping system serving one to five inlets/outlets for specific gas PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING PERMIT INFORMATION - 206 -431 -3670 PLUMBING AND GAS PIPING CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: 1 �h Mailing Address: Contact Person: Day Telephone: E -Mail Address: Fax Number: Contractor Registration Number: Expiration Date: Valuation of Plumbing work (contractor's bid price): $ l? 5 6 0 Valuation of Gas Piping work (contractor's bid price): $ Scope of Work (please prov 1 i etailed t orma ): Building Use (per Int'l Building Code): Occupancy (per Int'l Building Code): Utility Purveyor: Water: Sewer: Indicate type of plumbing fixtures and/or gas piping outlets being installed and the quantity below: QAApldicstinnanmu- Applications On t:,mv -2)06 - r®itAppli®6un_dnc Revised: 9 -2006 bh City State Zip Page 5 of 6 Date Application Accepted: `„ i I °42' Date Application Expires: 01 I 0 , 4_ ) Staff Initials: 1 PERMIT APPLICATION. NOTES — Applicable to all permits in this application Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. Building and Mechanical Permit The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). Plumbing Permit The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not exceeding 180 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 103.4.3 Uniform Plumbing Code (current edition). Q:\Applicatioua\Fmne-A}plicsnons On Line' -2006 - Resent Appbcanon.doc Revised 9 -2006 bh Page 6 of 6 Receipt No.: R08 - 01066 Payee: RAYBECK, INC. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http://www.citukwila.wa.us Payment Check 13823 1,288.90 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount BUILDING - NONRES 000/322.100 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000/386.904 RECEIPT Parcel No.: 6364200010 Permit Number: D08 -076 Address: 1006 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 02/07/2008 Applicant: LOVE CULTURE Issue Date: Payment Amount: $1,288.90 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 04/08/2008 09:13 AM User ID: 1165 Balance: $0.00 Account Code Current Pmts 1,284.40 4.50 Total: $1,288.90 ,,,.�.} :, •.: 4'B 71: TOTAL 123e.1;:: doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 04 -08 -2008 T .... Dt' V no RECEIPT NO: R08 -00351 User ID: 1165 Payee: PERMITS DIRECT SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member Amount ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www. ci. tukwila. wa. us SET RECEIPT Initials: JEM Payment Date: 02/07/2008 Total Payment: 1,128.33 SET ID: S000000954 SET NAME: Tmp set/Initialized Activities D08 -076 834.86 EL08 -126 184.50 M08 -033 70.97 PG08 -033 38.00 TOTAL: 1,128.33 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Payment Check 1220 ELECTRICAL PLAN - NONRES PLAN CHECK - NONRES TOTAL: Amount 1,128.33 1,128.33 Account Code Current Pmts 000.345.832.00.0 184.50 000/345.830 943.83 TOTAL: 1,128.33 8233 02/07 "710 TOTAL 1128.33 Project: Lnve., 02///2-ire Type of Inspection: F1 NI AL-- Address: (cx ii A i Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 7 ZLi- 08 a.m. d Requester: Phone No: 13 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PENT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431- Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: (j) i t., "AI sJ — APPrPevr.7 " TWd3 - AP RAF ?ern,+0(4- ..„ {c /r7 N-1 C ^ (10 7 I L' Nf�Pi� Das-b `p� or: I 2 y ^ \ 6 .00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be d at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. (Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: , . Cu•C CAwU{ -- "Q ` of Inspection , . •/ l 4z tKo \. Address: 0 drRI t Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: it 2 4 / l a.m. P.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION P- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Dt_ 4. Inspecto POT - 6 v PERMIT NO. Date: _I 2. ❑ $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 1 Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: c. ,c c I1k,L Type of Inspection: r .1 V Address: roar r'tir Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: 2 2X a.m. p.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION P- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431- 70 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: e A . O/c lo 5f9,/c ! 149, s Inspector: Date: 7_27 91 5( El $60.00 REINS - CTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: � » L 6l/tf/L Type of Inspection: 0 ,`4p) Address: 10 (a 11 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. Requester: Phone No: p06-0A- INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION $ 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -367 Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. 17 COMMENTS: p 0 i TT 5 . 1x k °kilt [/ 0 M JT q t F " No tweertro (Date: /-17- Inspector: El $60.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. 'Receipt No.: 'Date: Project: Ode �� /�°' Type of I spection: Fie, /c, A: m6 g// Date Called: Special Instructions: Date lya 9:7190 C--- A Requtter: es P2:132 ....340 /___e Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PER_I T O CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. ri $60 EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be pai at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. COMMENTS: E/ Inspector: Date: / / hv Receipt No.: 'Date: . .. f �., v. 1..'.+y}-+J'.,.3'_:.' $ I. 4±: : Y�: `f `? ♦ 1 ._ _ -r ua. 1, i.; i�v� d` ::X��.� 'v • COMMENTS: f2A Address: 100 C7 v►" ,l. 1 r Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: — -5 _Ud Orr Iss 4ftt 45 Mme' „f-, f 2.1-A Project: e t -{? tee Type of Inspection: C?. L\ 41 I Il /fo Address: 100 C7 v►" ,l. 1 r Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: — -5 _Ud a.m. Requester: Phone No: 33 30 1.030 y INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISI ON 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. (206)43 1 -3670 0 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. Dater - J15 $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Proje ( 1-4: ,� A /� e c.�4t_i �? 11'0 Type of Inspection: F L\I'1A Z E Addre 0n Pt l' Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: Requester: Phone 0 ,5a 1 "'d ,- INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit O PERT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 INSPECTION NO. Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: a� rea4 ,fir � dh% / Inspector: Date: s / z..12/ 4 0 $58.0 NSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection. fee must be paid 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: !I1 Pro' t: e N`iitue Type of Inspection: 1 1 AAA �J Address: CO / 4 Date Called: al nstructions: / � ; Date Wanted: �..:.� 2 P.m. � . Requester: Phone No: .93 - af) 1 - Cr39 y � INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION F- 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Approved per applicable codes. $58. EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior o inspection. fee must be pai at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. IA Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: p p IC 4-6 head t bc.a( e ar w'°Od avf Aht9'emit D- 1,1 peke Date: / 0 Receipt No.: Date: COMMENTS: DA Type of Inspection: /- �90 rif -� �9a'`, 4.v //S J kL Address: 11 e3ey /n ,q// Date Called: 11/1 K a4,4_ 114 ifL ropig,d t! /5rl "/ 4 r. fi,. Fr.,‘ � ,I0- /! a.m. Requester: Phone No: 330 - '30 /-a3 V Project: � I /, 4,, Type of Inspection: /- �90 Address: 11 e3ey /n ,q// Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a.m. Requester: Phone No: 330 - '30 /-a3 V INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit ,a.3? -6 76 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION - 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. El $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior o inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: Project} ei I/ � / f7),P i v � Type of InspRcti�on -r4 /A/ PR "T Address: !� /006 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: a. Requester: Phone No: 33 d -3 4 / - 394/ 7 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION '' 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. Do8 - 676 El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ,g -0:5 ,1 41,0 ? 4 14/4 // -- 4ji /Q%eW 4 61,,s,-0,9,45-4-",v-vi r / 'Ir I d} 11 — 440r .7 1 ' .00 REINSPECTION FEE RE Inspect Date' IRED. Prior to inspection. fee must be aid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: ,Date: ti Project: j iy ii Type of A • . , • a: Address: 1 006 X 4 11 Date Called: Special Instructions: Date W ag ..;. 6-0e) m m. P.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. itS+ Y*1 *al/ 1 eitCr " FRAwt, +U spe tor: / cam $.8.00 REINSPECT,,ON FEE REQV RED. Prior to inspection. fee must be aid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 4 -epixec 4 f1)7 4 ` . ' ( N7 114,-r0 P thA/ s— Date: PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 5 Project: /� 4 Lave C r/e. Type of Inspection: f" .ate /iti 6 Address: /0 06 mAi /( Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: / S -. „5 - 0 6 p.m. Requester: Phone No: 330 - 3 0 i -035 INSPECTION NO. Approved per applicable codes. • INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with. permit Do g 'PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BU1tDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ?//), 4- 1 rte. oJe s �r� w �es� fI 0.7" a 5isr: - 14.fi1 ' 41 ni L 1,44 a 1 hex, ki4 4 '�lu.rsf Wail) Gd 1 l sal h 1 l� k Pew - i (z4 Inspector; 1 Date: -6-*✓�S/ El $58.REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior o inspection, fee must be p at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: Proj ct: [ 1.-OJC C..( TZcrC Type of Inspection: r R Awl i/V 1, Address: 100b 1 l Date Called: _ Special Instructions: Date Wanted: L-1 - Z v - V e_ Cam., p.m. Requester: Phone No: 30 - 3o I - 63C y INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSP ION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION I 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)43 1 -3670 0 Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS A . a(L TU gtovp-G PifC'- r3h✓•ur/ k/r4 (/ Receipt No.: 0: 5 :.00 REINSPECTION FEE R� QUIRE 9! Prior o inspection, fee must be p- id at 6300 Southcenter Blv Suite 1100. Call the schedule reinspection. Date: COMMENTS: fA Csr4<7 5.slcr•.w, 0 is f 0,- .1.' -5 4.. 1i Ta 13 f '4. -,y F.. •-• (...e.,5G 14 ,4, k 12. s ;' LiA // To 2 ' 4 - 4-.1 tIA^ lse. lL l o, 1 , 4S (i e Date Called: N®¢' ; /if 5/n.ei „,/ (00s} rte.” s i l 4 ,0,,.d Sl ¶f id 0y SfdFF: { -o. v i.,..4-4. /2.4k 4/P4 5 f,, 7'1 F PZ 5e.. /4.0 ,41- f . el- 4 1.-. /I 4 /2.34 -e, /. ,, e tisetip s4„ Flt i.- :Ja Soc .•T (Ine spry res., fol },;., /L.%'+ 1 f•r li,tly Phone No: 339 3oI o - >'`/ Project: (# L Ca« t.c Type of Inspection: 1.4 (,L.,L Address: f ooL $,ji.,r,.kr M-1/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: "f -lb -OS a.m. 1E3 Requester: Lac.-- Phone No: 339 3oI o - >'`/ INSPECTION NO. Inspector: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION ' 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ci Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. Date: P73 --c ❑ $58.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior o inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: 'Date: �_�.. ..4_ s�.. ._�_�__... - �R��t . ...IL,. • Project: /f ' t ? / / /2i /P Type of spection: , l'r- h�S7/�/04 „Lo Addre 6 11/ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: .� / — 9"--"_ !> p.m. Requester: Phone No: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION R ERMIT NO. 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 - IZI Approved per applicable codes. LJ Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: speo t ipu A‘ /41 j,6 ector: El $58. O/2EINSPECTION F E REQUIR paid ( 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suit t Receipt No.: kal Date: Y - Q Prior o inspection. fee must be 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Date: Prod t: 7 I/T Type of Inspection: r/2 097/1/A/ C� \ Address: Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted: j" - aG p.m. Requester: Phone No: 3 36 -67 - 3/2 S z�- INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit 14 76 PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION g 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 INSPECTION NO. ❑ Approved per applicable codes. ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. • COMMENTS: "/ %c ` /i // (1 fnv � ( � -,,f i3'A■. C /Via0 � ! /dv/ /Alit -- 4 /J71/0t 1 I/ 0 REINSPECTION FEE REG RED. Pr r to inspection, fee must be at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. S ite 100. Call the schedule reinspection. Rece'• t No.: (Date: • aw5...1:.d DEL_ - ..AL '.N.an s • _A; a '� " th err Project: Du 4, Ch lku/' °, Ty2e of Inspection: r Address: /to& Suite #: S. C . /114-LL,,,. Contact Person: r Special Instructions: ( r d i A, Phone No.: 0 Needs Shift Inspection: ,V Sprinklers: r Are Alarm: J°' Hood & Duct: N Monitor: ( r d i A, Pre- Fire: 0 Permits: rJ Occupancy Type: M INSPECTION NUMBER proved per applicable codes. Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc INSPECTIO4 RECORD Retain a copy iivith permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 4 1/6 6 -- 0 7, PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 -575 -4407 n Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: O iL ••••••■•••■■•■■• '*-`- r --4- -- I Inspector. c i 1 Date: '/? v /6g Hrs.: El $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: L e_ C L., 1 f� r ,+ Type Inspection: Address: ob ( Suite #: S. c . ' - t . Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: cTtiia' :14, 4.ti∎orM4 INSPECTION NUMBER Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with . permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Pa (G Skck 4 Inspector: .r - ' tv Date: 749. log Hrs.: n $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: i—ove, CA- t - ,e_. Type of nspect'on: FA SI Address: / 0 0 (:. Suite #: S . C . 'OA L L Contact erson: %pedal Instructions: Permits: _ Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Are Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: _ Occupancy Type: • : mxr� .:aY.'.'wariF°+- a= : r.��.:21e ?`.iPi%'c .- P�'? r as; Dn�ziFR?+$•, ti4+! tii# XinaS 'n,��>?:+'r..' ^?..'v:''disu'. < ..,: c�._""' ?�4 ?: �5 `.r'r+.vt�H.:cc.,'4.w+,�._.�... INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 proved per applicable codes. Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 1 /13/06 LI Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: A _- O/ N eJ r - r"b eJ of L. a t- 5\4z bA 7 1 , y a a' y Inspector: Date:. -21 /, (6 Hrs.: $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 •a ... Project: k out. i tC�. re.,. Fire Alarm: Type of Inspection: + II Address: Suite #: 1 v "' 5.c L Contact Person: / Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: _ _- Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: 89" c 5 c;1 Le fit) , . 1 c 4 'fca IWO c . ex t o N vet tn 1 fQ49 Date: 7/ 7 f Hirs.. Inspector: /f,„. XIV $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from e City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Word /Inspection Record Forrn.Doc 1/13/06 -7 - o7 PERMIT NUMBERS ...j7 Ces3 rations required prior to approval. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: LovE a i ,.. n ,, Type of Inspection: ,,// 6 ✓, -- ii p2 !/igf-^ Address: Suite #: Contact Person: 1 / (liM. -19 • W & Special Instructions: Phone No.: Occupancy Type: Needs Shift inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: �• gat-« ra•. F, r�!- �w} cvsti�EB�ri?h'�5ic':tia[J�tYF�K._ r�: t�+ r��r_:. Ya_: iu' n+ 2��u ..".c�]Clli!a;aes[�ricx:::,tF ••=1 ,'N!"� Fkxi'�tis�.7 !tii a?s�nr�r�? 7.;vn:n1Y9 'x.71.14&1 ✓v .: 0.4nr_ .Nrti z . LI INSPECTION NUMBER 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 - 206- 575 -4407 Approved per applicable codes. COMMENTS: 0/4 - c ,01 t9( -- • ! i •) . • } r t ► . • v f f }• r 7 . Inspector: tulip Date: 5/3 0Ivo Hrs.: / $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from e City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. Word /Pnspection Record Form.Doc INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 1/13/06 bpi cf40 PERMIT NUMBERS n Corrections required prior to approval. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: L. oU� G r - u (4 �. Type of Inspection: C-©vt-ae- Address: / On to Suite #: c C . 1v1b4 z L Coa t Peron: � Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: r �.XrHO'x�fi'�:�:5�:431f+_v!lsat 3 INSPECTION NUMBER Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 O r$l_ 11 / PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 I , Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: a ©, ,,9 7, Co) 0- r2 'L (- ,4 ,mil l PM7 $80.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the'City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection: T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 Project: I et) cry 9s e Type of Inspection: SPIP.- 1 Nit Lull, Fire Alarm: Address: i 000 '5.0 . IY\ AAA., Suite #: Contact Person: C1-4 7 In4. 'CM , Special Instructions: Phone No.: Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: . - .. :.'` - ".'. 3i4Y�"' r. FC: n.. +�_.`iS}".4V:.ia'.'M1�L.'t:..tr wee' 1itK+ k -.'ifin5`fi17w5 " +'.r'r.�YQe' iii` el , WLn' Fp." X: 3'. 4:. eF�G. 1�[ ri4 'A.Y..M.ah7k.fx.4l�i`nk�+' -'!f " ',;_ti4 ".Se%titiF1k. ' 1 {•3'- 17aS5:.%.•iM.?44'W1[Yrv'_v. 44•.:•Ne:MV.' 0'44 40f'v�4i wtu'"sM+"S!d'?"4 "= '•�17+v'`1''4+frpEl"r 2 INSPECTION NUMBER r7 Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 1/13/06 1 )09)- (A-1 PERMIT NUMBERS 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 n Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ►� MO 5 9 PA Q ��t_�n �t Pitt at- ` C.000 -- 1 ;S s E, — PD U t) 1 0 to 1 & t . )06:)(k. N zv C Owe r v1%( t ' V 1,-r5 , . pi ( r.) r VV 4t,+. LAX c 00TOLS :Inspector:' • IA/R Z I Date: 5 . a f g Hrs.: - 2_ E $8.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 VOL dliP111 Kral � & ASSOCIATES, INC. July 7, 2008 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION RECEIVED JUL 15 2008 Mr. Jerry Simmons Raybeck Inc. 7423 Cosgray Road Dublin, OH 43016 RE: In Process Inspection Report Love Culture Tukwila, WA Dear Mr Simmons, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC ?.( 6'6 , Kathryn E. Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT KA No. 066 -08083 Permit No. D08 - 076 Offices Serving The Western United States 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 08083 Break Template .�. • -�us. i 01.70 i iusw, ui IN. JLL vaulty "vviluc Irv, Ju1LC IV 1, ruyallutJ, •vIA, .7UJI 1, JO-cave Project No. 066 -08083 Cyl. Code 80726 Pour Date 5/28/2008 Report No. 20304 Weather Overcast Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D08 -076 Project Love Culture Location Space 1200 Southcenter Mall Tukwila Client Raybeck Inc. Field Data Concrete X Other CYLINDER REPORT Supplier Miles Plant No. 201 Mix Air Unit Slump Temp. Temp. Wt. Time Truck# Ticket # % Air (in.) (F) (F) (pcf) 2:35pm M065 206667 5 71 70 Placement Area Location SOG infills @ NW corner, eastwall, SE corner, south entrance, electrical conduit. 3 /4cy Remarks Visual observations of reinforcing steel & concrete placement complete. Please refer to field report #80381 Inspector Steve Taylor Sr. Laboratory Data 80726 -1 6/4/2008 80726 -2 6/25/2008 80726 -3 6/25/2008 80726 -4 80726 -5 80726 -6 80726 -7 80726 -7 Remarks Results Reviewed By , Engineer Architect Contractor Raybeck Construction, Inc. ECM .111512EIMEM Site Mix Design Strength 3,000 @ 28 days Date Specimens Rec'd. Reported Batch Data Design Actual Weights Weights Mix No. 07400 07400 Cem.lbs. 550 547 F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 1 1700 1706 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. 1580 1653 Water lbs. 138.1 113.2 Air Ent. (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Water Added on Job (gals.) 5 Date Reviewed Field Test Methods X ASTM C143 ASTM C138 X ASTM C1064 ASTM C173 X ASTM C31 ASTM C172 OTHER ASTM C231 Cyl. Test Field Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim. Area C.F. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 7 4.011 12.64 47805 3,780 1 MT 28 4.021 12.69 65030 5,120 1 SS 28 4.021 12.69 67045 5,280 1 SS H 1 Laboratory Test Methods X ASTM C39 ASTM C109 ASTM C617 X ASTM C1231 ASTM C780 Other Test Results X Conforming Non - Conforming Codes for Break Types: 1: Cone 2: Cone & Split 3: Cone & Shear 4: Shear 5: Columnar (Split) Measurement Uncertainties: ASTM C -39 +/- 8% Form 03101 Revision 3 Effective Date 5/12/04 The Information provided on this report Is prepared for the exclusive use of the client. This report may not be reproduced In any format wt pout the written permission of the client and Krazan & Assoc!, YMIEEMB wo K GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION June 9, 2008REC JUN 13 200t Mr. Jerry Simmons Raybeck Inc. 7423 Cosgray Road Dublin, OH 43016 RE: In Process Inspection Report Love Culture Tukwila, WA Dear Mr Simmons, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC Kathryn E. Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila azan & ASSOCIATES, INC. KA No. 066 -08083 Permit No. D08 -076 Offices Serving The Western United States 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 08083 Break Template I%lU.an a r+a J .Iaaoa, II nos .7LL vauoy nvcnu= nvv, *Juiuo Iu 1, ruya,wp, vvn, au.ir 1, tLJJ/ V..10.LJUU Project No. 066 -08083 Cyl. Code 80726 Pour Date 5/28/2008 Report No. 20304 Weather Overcast Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D08 -076 Project Love Culture Location Space 1200 Southcenter Mall Tukwila Client Raybeck Inc. Field Data Concrete X Other Supplier Miles CYLINDER REPORT Plant No. 201 Site Mix Mix Air Unit Slump Temp. Temp. Wt. Time Truck# Ticket # % Air (in.) (F) (F) (pcf) 2:35pm M065 206667 5 71 70 Placement Area Location SOG infills @ NW corner, eastwail, SE corner, south entrance, electrical conduit. 3 /4cy Remarks Visual observations of reinforcing steel & concrete placement complete. Please refer to field report #80381 Inspector Steve Taylor Sr. Laboratory Data Engineer Architect Contractor Raybeck Construction, Inc. Reported Batch Data Design Actual Weights Weights Mix No. 07400 07400 Cem.lbs. 550 547 F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 1 1700 1706 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. 1580 1653 Water lbs. 138.1 113.2 Air Ent. (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Other (oz) Water Added on Job (gals.) 5 Design Strength 3,000 @ 28 days Date Specimens Rec'd. Field Test Methods X ASTM C143 ASTM C138 X ASTM C1064 ASTM C173 X ASTM C31 ASTM C172 OTHER ASTM C231 Cyl. Test Field Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim. Area C.F. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 80726 -1 6/4/2008 7 4.011 12.64 47805 3,780 1 MT 80726 -2 6/25/2008 28 1 80726 -3 6/25/2008 28 1 80726 -4 H 1 80726 -5 80726 -6 80726 -7 80726 -7 Remarks Results Reviewed By Is Date Reviewed Laboratory Test Methods X ASTM C39 ASTM C109 ASTM C617 X ASTM C1231 ASTM C780 Other Test Results Conforming Non - Conforming Codes for Break Types: 1: Cone 2: Cone & Split 3: Cone & Shear 4: Shear 5: Columnar (Split) Measurement Uncertainties: ASTM C -39 +1- 8% Fonn 03101 Revision 3 Effective Date 5I12/04 The IMormation provided on this report is prepared for the exclusive use of the dent. This report may not be reproduced In any format without the written permission of the client and Krazan d Awed ∎=1 . C VANN NOM Yodel azan & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING RE _CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION June 9, 2008 VV V 'JUN 13 2009 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT Mr. Jerry Simmons Raybeck Inc. 7423 Cosgray Road Dublin, OH 43016 RE: Special Inspection Love Culture Tukwila, WA Dear Mr Simmons, KA No. 066 -08083 Permit No. D08 -076 In accordance with your request and authorization, our firm performed special inspections for the above - referenced project. The inspections were performed by our inspectors on May 28, 2008. Copies of our inspector's field reports are attached. Unless otherwise indicated, the structural activities noted on the attached daily field reports were in accordance with the approved project plans and specifications. A guarantee that the contractor has necessarily constructed the structure in full accord with the plans and specifications is neither intended nor implied. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC Kathryn E. Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila Offices Serving The Western United States 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 08083 DFR Template azan & Associates, Inc. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING AND INSPECTION DATE: ..re PROJE PROJECT: ✓ UO_ tip LOCATION:c �, / ? c .,, A( ertJr- Malt KRAZAN PROJECT MANAGER ASC oetfre j) t4 terse eleAwe "Ice lekrjty i r`�.,���rr�9 -fit.• ; ��.or .� ey ties d w4J iVi /rS .4 / AJi / €aye,.+fr 1 4 J/ ? 9. aroy i r'�r.�rt2�` -c_ €r 1i� 4i4e.,.. ,' �/Lg 745 pm. *pet ..geogit �P . •: - a! / 11)6/ a" les erl r P A, 6k14• ©, & eaCA 6P/1 , l� 'fir c , » )4,4,001& cir G 42 . At-dleGY b rAetle.0 d`4# 6 d142.42rt Q drel anseigAgMeP.ri / ∎If iA Pe erlsorvi0A.. abl ,tiar4o�.s 4-1 o /e, Ift,% <5•46 �e�"04 iii p9( t c. cc Cov r4fr ot° k i ,5e- elf 30 40 e P.- .ate ✓ a r,,- •zoCt2P 3. *e/'e e Cr it c a. l • �' l m.-r y Q,► d 4j4 , 4 . Equipment/Asset Number(s): Ct. 4refe 9j 0,2,/ // aP, O 4. c e — d* /� � c.a�•iC�e c. 0". ae Xe ez..' J; a krte /acv e - / s/a� -s a tip / Ah. To the best of my knowledge, the abov Superintendent /Representative: 1501 Field Repon.doe CONTRACTOR: beak -rne . JURISDICTION: C av `le. _ PERMIT #: -- X INSPECTOR: (Yeir, 2.1 r- ctV . WEATHER: , TEMP`, "'A? Technician: Serving the Western United States FIELD REPORT NO: 8 0 3 81 AS NOT performed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and regulatory requireme4 Revision 1 Effective Date: 5/25/05 The information provided on this report is prepared for the exclusive use of the client. This report may not be reproduced in any format without the written permission of the client and Krazan & Associates. 1 =Mk MI el=111 6 N r GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING,►,` 02 20(18 CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION COMMUNITY May 27, 2008 KA No. ei8fi � U8S�U8r" Permit No. D08 -076 Mr. Jerry Simmons Raybeck Inc. 7423 Cosgray Road Dublin, OH 43016 RE: In Process Inspection Report Love Culture Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Simmons, �T ASSOCIATES, INC. RECEIVED Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC /iet Kathryn E. Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila Offices Serving The Western United States 9 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 U Puyallup, Washington 98371 m (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939-2556 0803 Break template # I dLi:11 et A ssociates, Inc. yc� valley #venue ivvv, aurce iu i, ruyauup, vv H, ups i, oast ya -tauv roject No. 066 -08083 Cyl. Code 80545 Pour Date 4/29/2008 Report No. 20292 Weather Cloudy w/ Sun Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D08 -076 Project Love Culture Location Space 1200 Southcenter Mall Tukwila Client Raybeck Inc. 11=1:1=D.. MffIXXX1. 17:6Z111:137217.. ,==E2113..1511:1Z335 ffi Field Data CYLINDER REPORT Concrete X Other Supplier Miles Plant No. 203 Site Mix Mix Air Unit Slump Temp. Temp. Wt. Time Truck# Ticket # % Air (in.) (F) (F) (pcf) 10:25am M096 226127 4 61 49 Placement Area Location Mens & Womens bathroom, plumbing infill 2' trnches. .5/1cy. Remarks Visual observations of concrete & resteel complete per plans. Please refer to field report #83252 Inspector Steve Taylor Sr. Laboratory Data Engineer Architect Contractor Raybeck Construction, Inc. Design Strength 3,000 @ 28 days Date Specimens Rec'd. Form 03101 Revision Effective Date 5112./0 The information provided on this report is prepa tot the exclusive use ot'ho client Thos iopod may not be reproduced in any format without the wreton pecmu^sid:, 01 the moot and Kraznn 0 Assoc: ,f• nTfi=721.111113.7. • Reported Batch Data Design Actual Weights Weights Mix No. 07400G3 07400G3 Cern. lbs. 550 576.5 F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 1 1720 1704 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. 1590 1688 Water lbs. 209.9 288.7 Air Ent. (oz) MB Po1y997 44oz 44oz Glenium 1702 16.802 Other (oz) Other (oz) Water Added on Job (gals.) 24 Field Test Methods X ASTM C143 ASTM C138 X ASTM C1064 ASTM C173 X ASTM C31 ASTM C172 OTHER ASTM C231 Cyl. Test Field Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim. Area C.F. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 80545 -1 5/6/2008 7 4.011 12.63 60530 4,790 1 SS 80545 -2 5/27/2008 28 4.011 12.64 81640 6,460 1 TN 80545 -3 5/27/2008 28 4.011 12.64 80920 6,400 1 TN 80545 -4 H 80545 -5 80545 -6 80545 -7 80545 -7 Remarks ( Results Reviewed By Date Reviewed 5 .2 Q - Laboratory Test Methods X ASTM C39 ASTM C109 ASTM C617 X ASTM C1231 ASTM C780 Other Test Results X Conforming Non - Conformin Codes for Break Types: 1: Cone 2: Cone & Split 3: Cone & Shear 4: Shear 5: Columnar (Split) Measurement Uncertainties: ASTM C -39 ±1- 8% May 13, 2008 KA No. 066 -08083 Permit No. D08 -076 Mr. Jerry Simmons Raybeck Inc. 7423 Cosgray Road Dublin, OH 43016 RE: In Process Inspection Report Love Culture Tukwila, WA Dear Mr. Simmons, Enclosed are copies of the compressive strength test results regarding the above referenced project. If you have any questions, or if we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (253) 939 -2500. Respectfully submitted, KRAZAN & ASSOCIATES, INC Kathryn E. Gordon Project Manager Puyallup Division CC: City of Tukwila & ASSOCIATES, INC. GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING • ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION TESTING & INSPECTION Offices Serving The Western United States 922 Valley Avenue NW Suite 101 • Puyallup, Washington 98371 • (253) 939 -2500 • Fax: (253) 939 -2556 08083 Break ['emplace Kra , an 2& Associates, Inc. 922 Valley Avenue NW, Suite 101, Puyallup, WA, 98371, (253) 939 -2500 7 1 foject No. 066 -08083 Cyl. Code 80545 Pour Date 4/29/2008 Report No. 20292 Weather Cloudy w/ Sun Jurisdiction City of Tukwila Permit No. D08 -076 Project Love Culture Engineer Architect Contractor Raybeck Construction, Inc. Location Space 1200 Southcenter Mall Tukwila Client Raybeck Inc. Field Data CYLINDER REPORT Concrete X Other Supplier Miles Plant No. 203 Site Mix Mix Air Unit Slump Temp. Temp. Wt. Time Truck# Ticket # % Air (in.) (F) (F) (pcf) 10:25am M096 226127 4 61 49 Placement Area Location Mens & Womens bathroom, plumbing infill 2' trnches. .5/1cy. Remarks Visual observations of concrete & resteel complete per plans. Please refer to field report #83252 Inspector Steve Taylor Sr. Laboratory Data 80545 -4 H 80545 -5 80545 -6 80545 -7 80545 -7 Remarks Results Reviewed By Reported Batch Data Design Strength 3,000 @ 28 days Date Specimens Recd. Cyl. Test Field Max. Comp. Tested Break Code Date Cure Age Dim. Area C.F. Load Str. (psi) Set # By Type 80545 -1 5/6/2008 7 4.011 12.63 60530 4,790 1 SS 80545-2 5/27/2008 28 1 80545 -3 5/27/2008 28 1 Date Reviewed 1 Design Actual Weights Weights Mix No. 07400G3 07400G3 Cem.lbs. 550 576.5 F. Ash lbs. C. agg. lbs. 1 1720 1704 C. agg. lbs. 2 C. agg. lbs. 3 Sand lbs. 1590 1688 Water lbs. 209.9 288.7 Air Ent. (oz) MB Poly997 44oz 44oz Glenium 17oz 16.8oz Other (oz) Other (oz) Water Added on Job (gals.) 24 Field Test Methods X ASTM C143 ASTM C138 X ASTM C1064 ASTM C173 X ASTM C31 ASTM C172 OTHER ASTM C231 Laboratory Test Methods X ASTM C39 ASTM C109 ASTM C617 X ASTM C1231 ASTM C780 Other Codes for Break Types: 1: Cone 2: Cone & Split 3: Cone & Shear 4: Shear 5: Columnar (Split) Measurement Uncertainties: ASTM C -39 +1- 8% Form 03101 Revision 3 Effective Date 5/17104 The intomtatian provided on this report is prepared for the exclusive use of the client. This report may not be reproduced in any format without the writton permission of the client and Krazan S Assort: Test Results Conforming Non - Conforming Project Info Project Address Southcenter Date 2/4/2008 633 Southcenter Pkwy. For Building Department Use Tukwilla, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Love Culture Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Project Summa rlc FILE C REVIEW CODE COMPLIANCE APPROV MAR - 5 2008 B IL Of Tukwila IN DM I N Revised July 2007 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 0 7 2008 PERMIT CENTER POL 0140 Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed SALES T1 - TRACK (LENGTH) 44 120.0 5280.0 SALES B2 - ADJUSTABLE 55 88.0 4840.0 SALES 1X4 12 62.0 744.0 SALES DP2 - PENDANT 5 60.0 300.0 SALES T2 - LOW VOLTAGE TRACK 2 300.0 600.0 SALES D4 - WALL WASHER 2 78.0 156.0 SALES F5 - COVE LIGHTING 12 32.0 384.0 SALES Al - ADJUSTABLE 4 44.0 176.0 SALES F2A - STRIP FLUORESCENT 3 30.0 90.0 SALES F2B - STRIP FLUORESCENT 7 26.0 182.0 SALES F2C - STRIP FLUORESCENT 1 18.0 18.0 SALES F2D - STRIP FLUORESCENT 12 59.0 708.0 FITTING DW1 - WALL SCONCE 20 29.0 580.0 FITTING DP3 - PENDANT 5 53.0 265.0 FITTING F5 - COVE LIGHTING 2 32.0 64.0 FITTING D3 - WALL WASHER 2 44.0 88.0 CORRIDOR F3 - STRIP 3 59.0 177.0 RESTROOMS F3 - STRIP 2 59.0 118.0 STORAGE F3 STRIP 6 59.0 354.0 Project Info Project Address Southcenter Date 2/4/2008 633 Southcenter Pkwy. For Building Department Use Tukwilla, WA 98188 Applicant Name: Love Culture Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: Project Description New Building Addition Alteration Plans Included Indicate controls (Sections 1513) including commissioning requirements on plans. Compliance Option Prescriptive • Lighting Power Allowance Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) 1 No changes are being made to the lighting : Less than 60% of the fixtures new, installed wattage not increased. & space use not changed. Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft ** Area in ft 2 Allowed x Area SALES RETAIL 1.50 4671.0 7006.5 FITTING RETAIL 1.50 792.0 1188.0 RESTROOMS RETAIL 1.50 110.0 165.0 CORRIDOR RETAIL 1.50 152.0 228.0 STORAGE STORAGE AREA 0.50 529.0 264.5 DISPLAY RETAIL SALES DISPLAY 1.50 4671.0 7006.5 ** From Table 15 -1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts 15858.5 interior' Li htin Surnma 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Revised July 2007 Proposed Lighting Wattage Ir i • :Ir'ri i' „;tll'_ r d !. i r•r•r! 1i lid (r•i li I •nta l l f'•, Iv • i 15124.0 Use' LPA (W /sf) Use' LPA` (W /sf) Automotive facility 0.9 Office buildings, office /administrative areas in facilities of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks. churches) 1.0 Convention center 1.2 Penitentiary and other Group 1 -3 Occupancies 1.0 Courthouse 1.2 Police and fire stations" 1.0 Cafeterias, fast food establishments restaurants /bars 1.3 Post office 1.1 Dormitory 1.0 Retail retail banking, mall concourses, wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Exercise center 1.0 School buildings (Group E Occupancy only), school classrooms, day care centers 1.2 Gymnasia assembly spaces 1.0 Theater, motion picture 1.2 Health care clinic 1.0 Theater, performing arts 1.6 Hospital, nursing homes, and other Group 1 -1 and 1 -2 Occupancies 1.2 Transportation 1.0 Hotel /motel 1.0 Warehouses ', storage areas 0.5 banquet/conference /exhibition hall 2.0 Workshops Parking garages 1.4 0.2 _Hotel Laboratory spaces (all spaces not classified "laboratory" shall meet office and other appropriate categories) 1.8 Laundries 1.2 Libraries 1.3 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Manufacturing facility 1.3 Main floor building lobbies (except mall concourses) 1.2 Museum 1.1 Common areas, corridors, toilet facilities and washrooms, elevator lobbies 0.8 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers Other Qualification Checklist Lighting . Check if 95% or more of fixtures comply with 1,2 or 3 and rest are ballasted. Note: If occupancy type is "Other•' and Fixtures: fixture answer is checked, the number of (Section 1. Fluorescent fixtures which are non - lensed with a) 1 or 2 two lamps, b) reflector fixtures in the space is not limited by Code 1521) or louvers, c) 5 -60 watt T -1, T -2, T -4, T -5, T -8 lamps, and d) hard -wired elec- Clearly indicate these spaces on plans If not qualified, do LPA Calculations. tronic dimming ballasts. Screw -in compact fluorescent fixtures do not qualify. 2. Metal Halide with a) reflector b) ceramic MH lamps <= 150w c) electronic ballasts 3. LED lights. Interior. Lighting'Summ'aiy 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Revised July 2007 TABLE 15 -1 Unit Licihtinci Power Allowance (LPA Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1) In cases in which a general use and a specific use are listed, the specific use shall apply. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit Power Allowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2) The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4) For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light Power Allowance for assembly. 5) Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6) Reserved. 7) For conference rooms and offices less than 150ft with full height partitions, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.10 w /ft may be used. 8) Reserved. 9) For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating over 5,000, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.60 W /ft 10) Display window illumination installed within 2 feet of the window. provided that the display window is separated from the retail space by walls or at least three - quarter- height partitions (transparent or opaque). and lighting for free - standing display where the lighting moves with the display are exempt. An additional 1.5 w /ft of merchandise display luminaires are exempt provided that they comply with all three of the following: a) located on ceiling- mounted track or directly on or recessed into the ceiling itself (not on the wall). b) adjustable in both the horizontal and vertical axes (vertical axis only is acceptable for fluorescent and other fixtures with two points of track attachment). c) fitted with LED. tungsten halogen. fluorescent. or high intensity discharge lamps. This additional lighting power is allowed only if the lighting is actually installed. 11) Provided lhat a floor plan indicating rack location and height is submitted the square footage fora warehouse may he defined for computing gin Unit IJglrhnel Pnwr•r Al uw.inr rr ,ate the floor area not covered by r,.ir1.5 plus thr• veah(al fair• ,110,1 1,4( r r' S s1de only) cut the racks 1 hr (height nllnw.inr:e defined in InriIri 1 ' ,i;:phtts only to Iht• fluor area not Coo•rerd try •acki- Project Info Proj Addres Southcenter Date 2/4/2008 633 Southcenter pkwy. For Building Department Use Tukwilla, WA 98188 Name: Love Culture Appl. Name Appl. Phone Project Description New Addition Alteration Plans Included Refer to WSEC Section 1513 for controls and commissioning requirements. C ompliance Option , Lighting Power Allowance Systems Analysis Building Grounds (luminaires > 100 Watts) • Efficacy > 60 lumens /W Controlled by motion Sensor Exemption (list) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) No changes are being made to the lighting J Less than 60% of the fixtures new. installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. Tradable Locations Description Allowed Watts per ft or per If Area (ft perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts x ft (or x If) Non - Tradable Locations Description Allowed Watts per ft or per If Area (ft perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts x ft (or x If) Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Location Fixture Descriptron Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Exterior L' ighting:.Sumhma Tradable Maximum Allowed Li htin;; Wattage Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Non- Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage Non - Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage Proposed Watts may not exceed Allowed Watts for Category Total Allowed Watts Use mfgr listed maximum input wattage. For fixtures with hard -w'red ballasts only, the default table in the NREC Technical Reference Manual may also be used. Total Proposed Watts Revised July 2007 Tradable Surfaces (Lighting power densities for uncovered parking areas. building grounds. building entrances and exits. canopies and o\ erhangs and outdoor sales areas may be traded.) Uncovered Parking Areas Parking lots and drives 0.15 W /0' Building Grounds Walkways less than 10 feet wide 1.0 W/linear foot Walkways 10 feet wide or greater PIa7a areas Special feature arras 0.2Wif Stairways 1.0 W /ft Building Entrances and Exits Main entries 30 W /linear foot of door width Other doors 20 W /linear foot of door width Canopies and Overhangs Canopies (free standing and attached and overhangs) 1.25 W /ft Outdoor Sales Open areas (including vehicle sales lots) 0.5 W /ft Street frontage for vehicle sales lots in addition to "open area" allowance 20 W /linear foot Non- Tradable Surfaces (Lighting power density calculations for the following applications can be used only for the specific application and cannot be traded between surfaces or with other exterior lighting. The following allowances are in addition to any allowance otherwise permitted in the "Tradable Surfaces" section of this table.) Building Facades 0.2 W /ft for each illuminated wall or surface or 5.0W /linear foot for each illuminated wall or surface length Automated teller machines and night depositories 270 W per location plus 90 W per additional ATM per location Entrances and gatehouse inspection stations at guarded facilities 1.25 W/ft of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the "Canopies and Overhangs" section of "Tradable Surfaces ") Loading areas for law enforcement, fire, ambulance and other emergency service vehicles 0.5 W /ft of uncovered area (covered areas are included in the "Canopies and Overhangs" section of "Tradable Surfaces ") Material handling and associated storage 0.5 W /ft Drive -up windows at fast food restaurants 400W per drive- through Parking near 24 -hour retail entrances 800 W per main entry Exterior Lighting . ummary. back lrl l l iy,; LT -EXT 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form TABLE 15 -2 LIGHTING POWER DENSITIES FOR BUILDING EXTERIORS Revised July 2007 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Lighting ower llowance justmen • ,l ar j l ir 11,1 �I,l , ;,lllihl , 'LP A 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised July 2007 Project Address Sou Date 2/4/2008 Use this form if you are claiming any ceiling height adjustments for your Lighting Power Allowances for interior lighting. The Occupancy Description should agree with the "Use" listed on Code Table 15 -1. Identify the appropriate Ceiling Height Limit (9 feet, 12 feet or 20 feet) on which the adjustment is based. The Adjusted LPA is calculated from this number and from the Allowed Watts per ft Carry the Adjusted LPA to the corresponding "Allowed Watts per ft location on LTG -SUM. Adjusted Lighting Power Allowances (Interior) Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft ** Ceiling Height for this room Ceiling Height limit for this exception ** Adjusted LPA Watts per ft ** From Table 15 -1 based on exceptions listed in footnotes Li hti 9 2006 Washington State � ' ` ', ' Motor'' ,, a nd .Tr " n ' sforme ' r' Perm ' C,l 'ecklist' 9 . Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms ii; : LTG 'CHK ,, Revised July 2007 Project Address Southcenter Date 2/4/2008 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting. motor, and transformer requirements in the 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Ene gy Code. Applicability (yes. no. n.a.) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS (Section 1513) yes 1513.1 Local control /access Schedule with type, indicate locations E -1 yes 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch E -3 n.a. 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features. indicate locations n. a. vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans n.a. overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans yes 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate controls E -3 ZONE SCHEDULE 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location n.a. (a) timer w /backup Indicate location n.a. (b) photocell. Indicate location 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location yes 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule with type and locations E -1 yes 1513.6.2 (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability), Indicate size of zone on plans E -1, E -3 yes 1513.7 Commissioning Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning E -1 EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) yes I 1514 'Max. watts 'Indicate watts for each exit sign IE_1 ' LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) yes 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture E -1 n.a. 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) n.a. I 1511 'Elec motor efficiency MECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency ' ' TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) n.a. 1540 'Transformers Indicate size and efficiency 1 I 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form If "no" is circled for any question, provide explanation: Project Info Protect Address Love Culture - Southceneer Mall Date 1/10/2008 633 Southcent.er 2arkwnr, Space 1200 for Building Department Use Tukwila, wA 90188 Applicant Name: VIA/ Engineers Applicant Address 1536 Alexandria Pike, FL. Thomas, KY 41075 Applicant Phone 859 -442 -8050 2006 Was5ngton State Nonresidential Ene•gy Code Cornoliance Forms 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Pr u.100 :til 4111111l► 0101111111 l i 1 11011i 11101110 1 1 Revved k402007 . .. ., I:I I ' -_., . t. ckh.. ' i I III) f 1 �� 1111 ..,: echanicailii Ct mpl H' 1111 �li�!'1 I MECH ;COMP 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Comoiiance Fo-ms Revised Jut y 2007 Protect Addr Love Culture - souchcenter Hall Date 1/10 /2008 The folic utt additiurlal •nfurtnatton Is ne,-essary w ahel,k a Inec,hane,al pernit appt rl fut d COMLtuA. mechanical system for c, with the mr,-1 0nioal tory iir,ornnnts In the Washington ';tat Nnnrr+artpntlal Ene.4y ..oie Use the ,,hoc ki'sl as a releren:: ■■■ n, t,', .tdrl■ le ;ho oie,,hdi nia: o awing-. ttirre I MI -( GHF chef kl.s1 or addd sySterrl requ ■retnentr:) ihs ... . at , 4, rn,s: be , !o the pions since this Is the official record of the permit [laving this information In separate specifications alone- is NO1 an acceptable alternative. For Building Department Use Applicability (yes. no, n a ) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST ITEMS FOR COMPLEX SYSTEMS ONLY n.a. 1431.1 Field assem. sys. Provide calculations yes 1432.1 Setback & shut -off Indicate separate systems or show isolation devices on plans M -3 n.a. 1432.2 1 Air system reset Indicate automatic reset 1432 2 Hydronic System Indicate automatic reset, cooling tower, & heat pump loop valves n. a. 1433 Air Economizer Indicate economizer on equipment schedule or provide calculations to justify exemption and demonstrate 10% higher efficiency for equipment with out economizer. 1433 Water Economizer Indicate water economizer and provide calculations If 1433 Exception 2 is utilized n a 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans gee 1435 Simul. htg. & cl Indicate that simultaneous heating and cooling is prohibited, unless use of exception is justified -3 n.a. 1436 Heat recovery Indicate heat recovery on plans; complete and attach heat recovery calculations yea 1437 Elec. motor effic MECH -MOT or Equip. Schedule with hp. rpm, efficiency M - 2 n.a. 1438 Variable flow sys. Indicate variable flow on fan and pump schedules no 1439.1 Kitchen Hoods Indicate uncooled and unheated make -up air n.a. 1439.2 Fume Hoods Indicate VAV, unheated / uncooled or heat rec. makeup no is circled for any question, provide explanation: Decision Flowchart Use this flowchart to determine how the requirements of the Complex Systems Option apply to the project. Refer to the indicated Code sections for more complete information on the requirements. Start Here Section 1411.1 Egwpmen hPoOeecy Shat Mel tables 14_1A through 14 10 ,Gas/04 Furnar mpui 225 000 - -N Fjtun or Gas /Os bolt, Healy) Yes 1411 1 Intermittent Ignition Dewca R Power Venting or Damper 11 input , 1 _ 225 000 RI. Then 1412 6 Modulating of Staged Combustion Controls Required 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Any rite) F ,rrnaci5 'npul 225,000 !Jlunn 1411 1 3 75% Maximum Jacket Loss r Yes Section 1431 1 i Calculations of total 1 On Site Energy Input R Oupu1 Required ' 14 tit r .010 AaSCmOICd ut:•menr r, tofu.1.rr1 5, hay :k; An System Caparey n1 IIW • No ►, Serving Multiple ; - Na- lett Heating System % ; Zones • 3000008tun Yes SCCbgn 1432 2 1 Supply Air Reset Centro s Requned Yes Section 1432 2 2 Hot Water Supply Temperature Reset Regmred No I t-•:::Ftt•.•'''''Wff,ir'Ytitt tci• . ■' .- -'1 , '' , 7;'' ''' ililiii" mecnanicatiFermit-Pians. emu's 1 2008 West-lever State alenrealcterval Fl-etgy Ccde Ccatutiance F ,1:41e'ri''il Illilillill '''..-- ::: ' kdkk Rev.Sed ..h.,V 200/ Project Address Love Culture - Southcenter nnll rate 1 /10 /2 008 Tne following 1pforma ttrt, t , tait, y tot l'tttc k ,t tr,_11,ttlt.,,t; [annul •ipt 1 .t . a FO.) for , ,,, tn. ,ri AI te .1 the Wash-m.8ot State Nr■nresident1 beargy Code Applicability nn n a ) Code SeCt iOn Component Info un Ilegnapa t.ccatich on Plar i f3u Icling DOCArtninnt N- HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401 1411 Equipment performance 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg & clg. List heat pumps on schedule yes 1411 1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type, capacity, efficiency 14-2 n.a. 1411.1 Combustion htg Indicate intermittent ignition, flue/draft darnper & jacket loss 1412 HVAC controls yes 1412 1 Ternparatiwn 7nnas Indicate locations on plans M yes 1412 2 Deadhand control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum M n.a. 1412_3 Humidity control Indicate hurradistat yee 1412.4 Automatic setback Indicate thermostat with night setback and 7 cliff day types 1 yea 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location and auto. controls & max. leakage M yes 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls M n.a. 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate microprocessor on thermostat schedule n.a. 1412.6 Combustion htg. Indicate modulating or staged control yes 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans 14-3 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high-occupancy areas yes 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans 14 1423 Economizers Equipment schedule 1413 Air economizers n.a. 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule n.a. 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wk n.a. 1413.2 Water Econo Doc Indicate clg load & water econoe & clg tower performance a .a . 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling n. a. 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/ air economizer 1414 Ducting systems yee 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate sealing necessary 14-3 yes t insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on duct M-3 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate fl-value of insulation on piping 1416 Completion Requirements yes 1416.2.1 Commissioning Provide commissioning plan M yes 1416 2.2-3 Sys Bat & Func Test Indicate air and water system balancing & functional testing M yes 1416.2.4 Commissioning Indicate O&M manuals, record drawings, staff training 14 yes 1416.2.5 Comm. Report Indicate requirements for prelim. & final commissioning report M yes 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans 04 yes Mechanical Summary Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, input/output, efficiency, cfm, hp, economizer M SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEA1 ED POOLS (Sections 1440 1440 Service water htg. yes 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R-10 insulation under tank P-1 yes 1442 Shol-off controls Indicate automatic shut-olf P yes 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on piping 0 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate inimum COP of 40 0.5. 1452 Heater Efficiency indicate pool heater efficiency 1453 Pool heater cnntrols Indicate switch and 65 degree control n.a. 1454 Poo' covers Indicate vapor retardant cover 1454 pool, rid. dogii Indi, ata R 12 pool ,over 2006 Washington Stale Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form no is circled for any question, provide explanation: Project Info Project Address Love Culture - Southcerrer Mall Equip ID Daie 1 /10/2008 Model No.' 623 South. Parkway. Space 1200 OSA CFM or Econo? For Buitd,nq Dept Use IPLV T:rl:wi la, MA 90108 Applicant Name. KIM Engi Hearn Applicant Acdre:.:s. 1518 AlexanP.ri.a Pike, Ft. Thomas, KY 410'15 Applicant Phone: 059- 442 -8050 Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip ID Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity Btu /h Total CFM OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IPLV Location Heating Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No.' Capacity Btu /h Total CFM OSA cfm or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency" 101 -01 Titus ATQS 47768 3400 782 V2 -01 Titus ATQ9 47086 3360 840 Fan Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No. CFM SP' HP /BHP Flow Control location of Service v1 -01 Titue ATQS 3400 0.50 0.75 cv Above Ceiling V2 -01 Titus ATQS 3360 0.50 0.75 cv Above Ceiling E -1 Greenheck SP -8110 75 0.25 CV Above Ceiling E-2 Greenheck SP -B310 75 0,25 CV Above Ceiling echanic - ucnmarly'I'iiI 2 1 I 1' 1 li ! 'I11 I1' " 1 it 1t 1 ( I l I 1 III 11 1 11 i� j��lul l� I�I��,I 1 i,l 1 ! I�I�lul� !�i1161111111111iVlllll IlliI+ 'q .1 ,11, !! ,1 ! ,�,, �' [ �( i I I ,IL.I� LI I II ' Was solo Op,r N' 'os ,ir I.a' Enc•cy Code C,"'eiia aims Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features Li Includes Plans 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Include documentation requiring compliance with comm requirements, Section 1416. Compliance Option Q Simple System ® Complex System Q Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH -SUM for simple & complex systems.) 'If available ' Ae tested ar :cording tr, Table 14.14 11110ugh 14 1(, 11 re ,une,1 ° (..OP, HSPF 1 'r,rt FFI,: - 6 nr.y of AI-UE, es dpF�lu 5 now 0(0 10,1 type.. v.rnghip ,tir vniurnr('rAV), rnnatant vnl•rr (( Or v,lnsl (Vr) Pease 2001 February 15, 2008 Paul Jaime 2413 Pacific Coast Highway, #202 Lomita, CA 90717 RE: CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Application Number D08 -076 Love Culture —1006 Southcenter Mall Dear Mr. Jaime, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning and Public Works Departments have no comments. Building Department: Allen Johannessen, at 206 - 433 -4163 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and /or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans, specifications and /or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl dt99— xc: File No. D08 -076 P:\Permit Center \Correction Letters\2008\D08 -076 Correction Ltr #1.DOC wer • Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Building Division Review Memo • • Date: February 15, 2008 Project Name: Love Culture Permit #: D08 -076 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. The exterior storefront sign is shown as 12 feet high. The details do not clearly identify the type of materials that sign is made of. Plastic signs shall meet building codes for type of materials and size or height for plastic signs. Provide material/manufacture specifications with construction details for all exterior store front signs. (IBC 402.15, 2604.4) 2. Show an 18" vertical grab bar for the accessible toilet. (2003 ANSI 604.5.1) Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner 3. The cover sheet project data under local building authority, Ken Nelson is referenced as a contact person. Ken is no longer with the City of Tukwila. Dave Larson Senior Plans examiner has taken his position. This is for your reference only. Revision to the cover page is optional. 4. The plan is provided with an egress plan. However the egress paths shall show or identify emergency pathway lighting has sufficient emergency lighting to meet the 1 foot - candle requirement at the walking surface. (IBC Section 1006) Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206 -431- 3670. No further comments at this time. ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 - 076 PROJECT NAME: LOVE CULTURE SITE ADDRESS: 1006 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # 1 DATE: 03 -03 -08 Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: .5/ r Bui i ing ivision Public Works Complete Comments: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • PERMIT COORD COPY 111 PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SUP n Fire Prevention Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Incomplete n Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route 1� Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved n Approved with Conditions Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: 7/ n n n DUE DATE: 03-04-08 No further Review Required DATE: DATE: Planning Division Permit Coordinator Not Applicable n u n DUE DATE: 04-01-08 Not Approved (attach comments) n Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D08 -076 DATE: 02 -07 -08 PROJECT NAME: LOVE CULTURE SITE ADDRESS: 1006 SOUTHCENTER MALL X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # Response to Incomplete Letter # Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Bui . division Public Works VI V14416 NUA, 2 Iti - Of) DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 • PERMIT COORD COPY . PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP Structural Incomplete n Structural Review Required � AM U 2- 0z -o Fire Prevention n i s -g Planning v 2 -i2 Division on Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 02-12-08 DATE: DATE: Not Applicable No further Review Required El DUE DATE: 03-11-08 Approved Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) FVf Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: 1-,, 66.'b Bldg 0 Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initial Date: 3 L • 1 City of Tukwila Deportment of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite q 100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206- 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site hup.7 REVISION SUBMITTAL 1 Revision .submittals must he .submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not he accepted through the mail, fax, etc. ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter r•' ® Response to Correction Letter ti 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner Project Name: LOVE CULTURE Project Address: 1 006 Southcenter Mae Contact Person: Paul Jaime Summary of Revision: Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by Entered in Permits Plus on \applications}fonns- application. onTine\revision submittal Created 8 -13 -2007 Revised. Plan Check/Permit Number: D08-076 f?, nse 1.e /kr f- tmded b i1r ; _ t (a,,.. Phone Number: \ C' (" 64 C RECEIVED cry OF Ttn MAR 0 3 2006 t'ERMI7 CENTEk 711 N Fu ldPr Road • Arlington, T X 76012 ■ 1 817 635 5696 • F 81 7.635 5699 4 CITY PLAN CHECK RESPONSE LETTER TO Allen Johannessen Address City, ST Zip PERMIT # D08 -076 Allen Johannessen 206= 433 -4163 The following reflect revisions /corrections being made to the contract documents for Tukwila Building Division. ITEM # DRAWING OR SPEC # ENGINEER'S/ ARCHITECT'S RESPONSE 1 A4 =2 The 12' -0" high material of the sign is not plastic. It is powder coated brake metal per detail. Details for all signs added to drawings. Refer to revised detail #14 on A4 =2. 2 A3 -4 Vertical Grab bar added. Refer to revised plan and elevations on sheet A3 -4 3 T -1 E -1 End of review. LOVE CULTURE SOUTHCENTER 70610 0226.08 P1/ 1 PROJECT ADDRESS Westfield Southcenter Tukwila, WA 98188 CITY REVIEWER Cover Page revised to show new Plans examiner contact information. Egress plan added to sheet. Refer to sheet E -1 which shows: photometric calculations, emergency light locations and aiming angles. 1538 Alexandria Pike, Ste. 11 Ft. Thomas, Kentucky 41075 (859) 442-8050 (959) 442-8058 (Fax) Location:— KLH Project #: Revision No.: Date: ELECTRIC SHEET E-I • LOVE CULTURE MEP DRAWING REVISION SUMMARY Westfield Southcenter – Tukwila, WA 815).01 1 Bldg Dept Resubmtl, 02-27-08 The following additions, deletions, corrections, changes and/or clarifications to the Contract Documents (Project Manual / Specifications / Drawing) for the above referenced project shall hereby be incorporated into the work described.and their effect on the contract cost shall be included in the c,antractor's bid. Bidders shall verify this fact by indicating receipt of this Addendum in their bids. Bidders are cautioned to read the entire Addendum as a definite change order shall not follow. SHE T i-2 No Comments SHEET E-3 Updated the Lighting Compliance forms due to the lighting revision. j1EET E.4 MECHANICAL atiEFULI No Comments, SHEET M-2 No Comments. • Added emergency lighting design levels (photometric values) along the egress path. Revised the specification for the 'EM fixtures. Revised the emergency light locations and quantities throughout the space. • SHEE r Nta No Comments. FIRE PRO'IT(71 ION SITH:T 1-1)- • Added recessed sprinklers in the acrylic panels over the cashwrap. Added a sprinkler head at the recessed rear entry. ST !WI' FP-2 No Comments. SHEET P-1 No Comments. 4D February 1, 2008 Tukwila Building Division/Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Bl, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 Tenant improvement permit for Love Culture, Tukwila Permit No. Pn--0-4o is issued subject to the following condition: • • Final inspection approval of this permit and approval of occupancy for the herein named tenant space will not be issued until the "shell" Building Permit No. D06 -147 has received final inspection approval from the Building Division. This condition is hereby acknowledged by: Acknowledgement to be signed by the responsible officer of the tenant Title : Tenant Name: Love, CA41ktoe, CITY OF RECEIVED FEB 0 7 2008 PERMIT CENTER Kind of Fixture Fixture Units No. of Fixtures Total Fixture Units Public Private Public Private Bathtub and Shower 4 4 Shower, per head 2 2 Dishwasher 2 2 Drinking fountain (each head) 1 .5 Hose bibb (interior) 2.5 2.5 a 5 Clotheswasher or laundry tub 4 2 Sink, bar or lavatory 2 1 Q. 14 Sink, Clinic flushing 8 8 Sink, kitchen 3 2 Sink, other (service) 3 1.5 Sink, wash fountain, circle spray 4 3 Urinal, flush valve, 1 GPF 5 2 Urinal, flush valve, >1 GPF 6 2 Urinal, waterless 0 0 Water closet, tank or valve, 1.6 GPF 6 3 a„ I r� Water closet, tank or valve, >1.6 GPF 8 4 kg King County Department of Natural Resources and Parks Wastewater Treatment Division Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification • To be completed for all new sewer connections, reconnections or change of use of existing connections. • This form does not apply to repairs or replacements of existing sewer connections within five years of disconnect. Please Print or Type Oo(9 t NC reg. reg. MALL 4 Poo Property Street Address TUt t V■1 `1 l S S City lr-Z�V E C A.A Q€ Owner's Name Subdivision Name Lot # Subdiv. # Block # Building Name EST c ScD ThC r T et (if applicable) ( 3 :3 ) 5.33- 61 IiOO Owner's Phone Number (with Area Code) ( ?(D ) Ltl$ L Property Contact Phone Number (with Area Code) Owner's Mailing Address 54 t Sou ri Stu -p S L S �►�G,E\r-S f C tfOOSI A. Fixture Units Fixture Units x Number of Fixtures = Total Fixture Units Residential Customer Equivalent (RCE) 20 fixture units equal 1.0 RCE Total No. of Fixture Units 20 Total Fixture Units c9. 1 is ©J Signature of Owner /Representative Print Name of Owner /Representative 1058 (Rev .9/07) • State ZIP RCE ?.1.\.1L White — Kina County vlAt5 Property Tax ID # Party to be Billed (if different from owner) City or Sewer District VV- W1 A. Date of Connection Side Sewer Permit # Please report any demolitions of pre - existing building on this property. Credit for a demolition may be given under some circumstances. Demolition of pre- existing building? ❑ Yes . No Was building on Sanitary Sewer? tp.Yes ❑ No Was Sewer connected before 2/1/90? , es ❑ No Sewer disconnect date: N Type of building demolished? N �c Request to apply demolition credit to multiple buildings? ❑ Yes .XNo B. Other Wastewater Flow (in addition to Fixture Units identified in Section A) Type of Facility /Process: Estimated Wastewater Discharge: Residential Customer Equivalents (RCE): 187 gallons per day equals 1.0 RCE Total Discharge (gal /day) = 187 C. Total Residential Customer Equivalents: (add A & B) A B Yellow — Local Sewer Aoencv 4 1-00 3Fa RCE Gallons /days RCE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA FEB 0 7 2E5 PERMIT CENTER Pursuant to King County Code 28.84, all sewer customers who establish a new service which uses metropolitan sewage facilities shall be subject to a capacity charge. The amount of the charge is established annually by the King County Council at a rate per month per residential customer or residential customer equivalent for a period of fifteen years. The purpose of the charge is to recover costs of providing sewage treatment capacity for new sewer customers. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. All future billings can be prepaid at a discounted amount. Questions regarding the capacity charge or this form should be referred to King County's Wastewater Treatment Division at 206 - 684 -1740. I certify that the information given is correct. I understand t at the capacity charge levied will be based on this information and any deviation will require resubmission of cFrected- a • d-terminati�l of a revised capacity charge. h �( Date 2 A (�E.J Pink — Sewer Customer . ®mn License Information License RAYBEI *938MQ Licensee Name RAYBECK INC Licensee Type CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR UBI 602738811 Ind. Ins. Account Id #1 Business Type CORPORATION Address 1 7423 COSGRAY RD Address 2 City DUBLIN County OUT OF STATE State OH Zip 43016 Phone 6143393381 Status ACTIVE Specialty 1 GENERAL Specialty 2 UNUSED Effective Date 7/18/2007 Expiration Date 7/18/2009 Suspend Date Separation Date Parent Company Previous License RAYBECI965M7 Next License Associated License Bond Information Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date #1 WESTERN SURETY CO 70339843 07/13/2007 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 07/18/2007 Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date BECKMAN, JEFFREY T PRESIDENT 07/18/2007 Look Up a Contractor, Electrin or Plumber License Detail • Washington State Department of Labor and Industries General/Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with L &I to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. • F Page 1 of 2 https: // fortress. wa. gov /lni/bbip /printer.aspx ?License= RAYBEI *938MQ 04/08/2008 •:. ' :5 • ' 4' • • k • • ••, ---• - R , ,et W :., ,,,. • . L -.?, , i,;i::,:::...::.:::::::::::.::::::$:::::::::::::::::::..x.:.x.. . . . ,.. •,• -1tq. • , ' •` -:— --. ,,,,. ...• ..,::55: FILE COPY SPAC E M 1200 Permit No. 0 Plar review approval is subject to errors and omissions. Approval of construction documents does not authorize W C the violation of any adopted code or ordinance. Receipt S I LD SOU N 0 approved Field Copy and condons is ackncreilerted: IR By WA 98188 UKWILA, ._ _____ No changes s .---- h R a EV18 11 be to the scope of work without prior approval of Tukwila Building Division. . NOTE: Revisions will require a new plan submittal . J IM plan revi feesand may include additi ew . , P (la ••••• 076p SEPARATE PERMIT City of Tukwila _ . REQUIRED FOR: BUILDINC7 DNISION k I PV : Wr ity G EM 0 : a uectriech f s ni T P b u an i cali p n k i gical w ng i Riqi n!NG DIVISION ._, ABBREVIATIONS PROJECT LOCATION PROJECT DATA INDEX OF DRAWINGS AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR GA GAUGE R RISER/RADIUS ALT ALTERNATE GALV GALVANIZED RA RETURN AIR ALUM ALUMINUM GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR RB RUBBER BASE ANOD ANODIZED GL GLASS/GLAZING, GRIDLINE RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN ARCH ARCHITECT(URAL) GYP GYPSUM WALL BOARD RD ROOF DRAIN AT ACOUSTICAL TILE GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD RE REFER/REFERENCE REQ'D REQUIRED BD BOARD HB HOSE BIBB HOLLOW CORE RET RETAINING HC BLDG BUILDING REV REVISION/REVISED HCHB HOLLOW CORE/ HARDBOARD FACE RM ROOM BLK(G) BLOCK(ING) ROUG BM BEAM HDCP HANDICAPPED RO H OPENING BOC BOTTOM OF CONCRETE HDR HEADER HDWD HARDWOOD BOT BOTTOM HDWR HARDWARE SAC BRG BEARING HM HOLLOW METAL SAT SUSPENDED ACOUSTIC TILE BUR BUILT-UP ROOF HORIZ HORIZONTAL SC SOLID CORE HT HEIGHT SCHB SOLID CORE/ HARDBOARD FACE CFCI CONTRACTOR FURNISHED/ HTG HEATING SD STORM DRAIN CONTRACTOR INSTALLED HVAC HEATING, VENT., AIR COND. SECT SECTION CL CENTERLINE SIM SIMILAR CLG CEILING ID INSIDE DIAMETER SPEC SPECIFICATION(S) CLR CLEAR INT INTERIOR SS STAINLESS STEEL CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT STD STANDARD COL COLUMN CONC CONCRETE JST JOIST STL STEEL JT JOINT STRUC STRUCTURAL CONST CONSTRUCTION SUSP SUSPENDED CONT CONTINUOUS SSD SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS LA M LAMINATE(D) C CONTRACTOR LAV LAVITORY CPT CARPET T TREAD LL LANDLORD cS COUNTERSUNK T&B TOP AND BOTTOM LWC LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE CT CERAMIC TILE T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE TEL TELEPHONE MAS MASONRY TEMP TEMPERED GLAZING DBL DOUBLE MATL MATERIAL TG TEMPERED DET DETAIL MAX DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN MFR MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MANUFACTURER THK THICK DIA DIAMETER TJ TOOLED JOINT TOC TOP OF CONCRETE DIFF DIFFUSER MIN MINIMUM TOM TOP OF MASONRY DIM DIMENSION MISC MISCELLANEOUS TOS TOP OF STEEL DN DOWN MO MASONRY OPENING TOW TOP OF WALL DR DOOR MID DWG DRAWING MU MOUNTED METAL TYP TYPICAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UON (E) EXISTING N NORTH VB VAPOR BARRIER EA EACH NIC EXPANSION JOINT NOM NOT IN CONTRACT VERT VERTICAL EJ NOMINAL EV ELEVATION NTS NOT TO SCALE VIF VERIFY IN FIELD vvvC VINYL WALL COVERING ELEC ELECTRIC(AL) EMER EMERGENCY OC ON CENTER EP ELECTRICAL PANEL OD OVERFLOW DRAIN/OUTSIDE w WITH ='.1 EQUAL DIAMETER W/O WITHOUT WC W EQUIP EQUIPMENT OF01 OWNER FURNISHED OWNER ATER CLOSET EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER INSTALLED WD WOOD WP WATERPROOFING EXP EXPANSION OFCI OWNER FURNISHED WDW WIN W DO EXT EXTERIOR CONTRACTOR INSTALLED WVVF WELDED WIRE FABRIC OPNG OPENING FA FRESH AIR OPP OPPOSITE XFMR TRANSFORMER FAX FACSIMILE FD FLOOR DRAIN PART BD PARTICLE BOARD FIN FINISH(ED) PIP POURED IN PLACE FLR FLOOR PL PLATE FLUOR FLUORESCENT :PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE FO FINISHED OPENING PLYVVD PLYWOOD PNL PANEL FOC FACE OF CONCRETE PR FOM FACE OF MASONRY PSF PAIR POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT FOW FACE OF WALL PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH FURR FURRING PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE QT QUARRY TILE .. . . , , PROJECT DIRECTORY LOVE CULTURE: WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER JOB #: 70610 PROJECT NAME LOVE CULTURE PROJECT DESCRIPTION RETAIL TENANT IMPROVEMENT IN NEW SPACE O NORDSTRM SHEET DESCRIPTION DELTA 1 DELTA 2 £ V1130 DELTA 4 , ,--' r ..„, SWIM , '''''''' -.... . t _ ..,. 0 f1I 1 -7 .• MCICY TITLE 0 - 1________,„„___ T-1 TITLE SHEET/SHEET INDEX • PROJECT ADDRESS WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER T-2 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS LOVE CULTURE SPACE # 1200 1006 SOUTHCENTER MALL ENNE CE. TUKVVILA, WA 98188 R C(*PLIA14 COD 4 LANDLORD WESTFIELD CORPORATION SPECIFICATIONS F 173 CI CI 0 I:3 0 I= 0 =I I D 0 CI SP-1 SPECIFICATIONS! DOOR HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS 0 0 enmy \ v \ 0 -1 sar-,....-------.......—. SP-2 SPECIFICATIONS ----, 4T1 0 0 ARCHITECTURAL .., SPACE #1200 LOVE CULTURE LEVEL 1 APP/153VS: TENANT COORDINATION TENANT COORDINATION-SOUTHCENTER 5 , N DESIGN REVIEW 116 WILSHIRE BLVD., 14th FLOOR - * b Al -1A FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN • I -_-■%__,4, A1-1B FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN • jt 1 A •. , LOS ANGELES, CA 90025 OR , TEL 310A78.4456 I F IJ T Al -2A FINISH PLAN • T • . • FAX: 310.575.5991 tot, - 1/0.1 --t• ATTN: JOSHUA KIMMEL (310.893.4761) 1 O ' rIVI. 1 ° 4 MALL MANAGEMENT WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER BUILD11 . . Al-2B FINISH PLAN • -I I SWIS . • - Al -3A FURNITURE, FIXTURES & EQUIPMENT PLAN • ______ . --,-- MALL MANAGEMENT OFFICE 633 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA, WA 98188 TEL: 206.246.0423 ATTN.: ANDREW CIARROCCHI (GEN. MNGR.) OWNER Al-3B FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN A2-1A REFLECTED CEILING PLAN • A2-1 B REFLECTED CEILING PLAN • s l&Err . f 1 41 " A3-1 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONS AND BUILDING SECTIONS • 1P xV, \ ..' i'' T i 5411 SOUTH SOTO ST. LL00V8EACNGULETLUERsE cA 90058 TEL: 323 583 9900 FAX: 323.583.9991 ATTN: JAI RHEE ARCHITECT OF CORTLAND MORGAN ARCHITECT AIA A3-2 SALES AREA INTERIOR ELEVATIONS • . , ': : ,.• - A3-3 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS-FITTING ROOMS • : , , .. tn : i•• - . - , _ .. . — . A3-4 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN & ELEVATIONS • A4-1 WALL TYPE SCHEDULE & WALL DETAILS • F.::. : NZ 4 - ' - '' , , --t ---t:•-•:.: A4-2 STORE FRONT DETAILS / COLUMN DETAILS / DOOR DETAILS • RECORD 711 N. FIELDER ROAD ARLINGTON, TX 76012 TEL: 214.368.3687 FAX 817.635.5699 ATTN: JEFF SMITH PROJECT DAVID SEMON (GRAHAM DOWNES INC.) .k • __ --,-- :=•. :: -- 71 - -i - .-, - , :_.f m -:1 , -; -' PA5KING LOT" 4 ,_. , .-t .:. :: ...!.:. „ I A4-3 CEILING DETAILS / FLOOR CASE DETAILS / DOOR DETAILS • MALL ADA ACCESS NOTE A4-4 CASH WRAP, ELEVATIONS AND SECTIONS •_•••,- , , - 1 ;-.:. ....,.. - 1 7:.1 i ... ....1--•-i... :I_ • • PATH OF TRAVEL TENANT SPACE A4-5 CASHWRAP COUNTER ELEVATIONS AND SECTIONS A5-1 FIXTURE DETAILS • COORDINATOR 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE SAN DIEGO CA 92113 TEL: 619.234.2565 FAX: 619.234.2568 ATTN: DAVID SEMON MECHANICAL/PLUMBING/ KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL A6-1 SIGN DETAILS • MALL KEY — „. A6-2 SIGN DETAILS • PLAN - SOUTHCENTER TUKWILA WA 1 QIN G1-1A SIGNAGE & GRAPHICS PLAN • G1-1B SIGNAGE & GRAPHICS PLAN • ELECTRICAL ENGINEER ENGINEERS, FSC FT THOMAS EXECUTIVE CENTER 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 TEL: 859.442.8050 FAX: 859.442.8058 ATTN: KRIS SCHNITGEN SEPARATE m k . PERMIT AND TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR TBD MECHANICAL NOT TO SCALE M-1 MECHANICAL PLAN , • %: '.:ii, ' ,,, .: SU ' •: . . .. . „„:. .„ „. •• . •.• e ..„.........,....,.%.,.„...%„..... • , , '-'-, , .,„ i ' ,,, , . .„„T• viriyOtyl-ta ... - ,i -- - --., .:' f. , -,,, ' 4. V. --.- • ,. • , , 1..1.- ? : . --------. . . --: :--,,,„.., -..„...: . - , . , ,,... , -- -- • .,. .., , .._„„..- M-2 MECHANICAL DETAILS & SCHEDULES M-3 MECHANICAL NOTES & SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL APPROVAL REQUIRED Mf'-'- LOCAL BLDG. AUTHORITY CITY OF TUKVVILA (FIRE) FIRE DEPARTMENT E-1 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN • ELECTRICAL POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN BUILDING DIVISION 444 ANDOVER PARK EAST 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD. #100 TUKVVILA, WA 98188 TUKVVILA, WA 98188 TEL.: 206.575.4404 TEL.: 206.431.3670 ATTN.: AL METZLER (PLANS EXAMINER/ TEL. (DIRECT): 206.431.3677 FIRE MARSHALL) ATTN.: DAVE LARSON GOVERNING CODES E-3 ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM & PANEL SCHEDULE • SYMBOLS E-4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS & LEGEND PLUMBING . CD . NEW ELEVATION INDICATOR EXISTING ELEVATION INDICATOR 1 DOOR NUMBER KEYNOTE INDICATOR I P-1 PLUMBING PLANS & ISOMETRICS FIRE ALL WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE REQUIREMENTS 0= THE FOLLOWING AND ANY OTHER STATE AND LOCAL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION. BUILDING: 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS MECHANICAL: 2006 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS PLUMBING: 2006 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS ELECTRICAL: 2005 NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS ACCESSIBILITY CH 11 IBC AND IBC REQUIREMENTS FOR BARRIER FREE DESIGN ACCESS INCLUDING ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003 ENERGY 2006 WASHINGTON STATE NON RESIDENTIAL ENERGY CODE FIRE: 2006 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS MALL CONSTRUCTION TYPE TYPE II-N, FULLY SPRINKLERED FP-1 FIRE PROTECTION P LAN • FP-2 FIRE PROTECTION NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS 11, # '' PLAN DISTRIBUTION / ISSUE LOG SHT # DETAIL REFERENCE .., ---------- LEASE LINE •• _ _, _ _ ,_ g:TrW.. • :*: ., U te ter . .:, . . '. , , u ' ,-, ' # INTERIOR ELEVATION INDICATOR 4110 A / M / E / P FINAL ISSUE - LANDLORD & BUILDING DEPARTMENT SUBMITTAL 01.29.08 A/M/E/P DELTA 1 - BUILDING DEPARTMENT RE-SUBMITTAL 02.27.08 1■I IM IMP IMO MATCH LINE glik SECTION CUT INDICATOR CENTER LINE . .. NW K #) MATERIAL TYPE, REFER TO SCHEDULE ON FINISH PLAN # : q: _.t„:, , F, 'IS :, <-, - „... , ,,, SCOPE OF WORK DETAIL INDICATOR REFER TO FLOOR, REFLECTED CEILING, - _( SHT # r MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL SYMBOLS. L _ J .0. WALL KEY , ' , TENANT TOTAL AREA T.I. CONSTRUCTION - 6618 SQ. FT THE SPACE IS A NEW SPACE. A NEW STOREFRONT, SALES AREA CEILING, FITTING ROOMS, AND BREAK/ STORAGE ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED. NEW RESTROOMS ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN STORAGE AREA ALL RESTROOM FIXTURES TO BE ADA COMPLIANT. , i '$. . , _ 1 OCCUPANCY M- MERCANTILE OCCUPANCY ( WOMEN'S CLOTHING) : , , , , .:$::2$*. Witk 0 VT I ...A OCCUPANCY LOAD SALES AREA: 4417 SF DEFERRED S U B M ITTA LS .2"/PERSON FITTING ROOM AREA: 723 SF SHT # # EXTERIOR/ STOREFRONT ELEVATION 5140 SF 1. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM 2. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 3. SIGNAGE DRAWINGS 4. STOREFRONT STRUCTURE PLANS FOR THE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN A TIMELY MANNER THAT ALLOWS A MINIMUM OF 30 WORKING DAYS FOR INITIAL PLAN REVIEW. ALL COMMENTS RELATED TO THE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL MUST BE ADDRESSED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE PLAN CHECK DIVISION PRIOR TO APPROVAL OF THE SUBMITTAL ITEMS. - - — RF ..- ,N CORRECVON cm( i.)f-lumviL. LTR# - 171 30 RESTROOM/CORRIDOR/ STORAGE AREAS: 631 SF - 2 TOTAL OCCUPAN TS •= 173 : 44" REQUIRED CORRIDOR WIDTH, NOT BE REDUCED BY MORE THAN HALF EXIT REQUIREMENTS: EXIT DISTANCE EQUAL TO, NOT LESS THAN 1/2 OF THE LENGTH OF THE MAXIMUM SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED SITE 300 VICINITY MAP - TUKWILA WA 5 NOT TO SCALE NONE OVERALL DIMENSION OF THE AREA, NOT TO EXCEED 200 FEET. FIRE SPRINKLER NOTE: THE TENANT'S SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN, PREPARE DRAWINGS, BUILDING DEPARTMENT NOTES OBTAIN APPROVALS & PERMITS FROM ALL REQUIRED PARTIES/MUNICIPALITIES. SUCH DESIGN MAY INVOLVE ADDITIONAL HEADS, RELOCATED HEADS, EXHAUST I - SEMI-RECESSED CA AND N L S DS D E LI TYPE G ACOUSTICAL & CONSTRUCTION BU AS CEC KTSSEROOMS , ETC. HEADS, CL AH RY CHROME NN I EC SHALL CEILING BE GOVERNED A ER , ESCUTCHEONS I ED FULLY RECESSED RNCESOC I D E & sTsHEED w/POP OFF HEADS IN ALL HARDLID/GYPSUM CEILINGS, INCLUDING STOREFRONT (WHITE COVERS). NONE PER IT C 1;V (1)..... 40-1441,9 QIIIN SHEET wok V vo.f5comm: Ommo.,o4 LIC #: 8897 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 DATE I NO. DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 02.05.08 PROJECT 70610 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 8897 TITLE SHEET/SHEET INDEX T-1 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 PROJECT COORDINATOR GRAHAM DOVVNES 2/27/2008 11:20:55 AM RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL ANY ITEMS NOT LISTED AS BEING SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. THIS SCHEDULE IS TO BE USED AS A GUIDE AND IS NOT MEANT TO SUPERCEDE RESPONSIBILITES LISTED ELSEWHERE IN THIS DOCUMENT. DIVISION /ITEM /DESCRIPTION FURNISHED INSTALLED REMARKS TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR LANDLORD TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR LANDLORD DIVISION 1: GENERAL DATA PERMITS, FEES & INSURANCE • • COORDINATE WITH PERMIT EXPEDITOR. TEMPORARY UTILITIES • • PROFESSIONAL CLEANING • • CLEANED PRIOR TO PUNCH LIST AND AGAIN BEFORE OPENING. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY • • DUMPSTERS & TRASH BINS • • COORDINATE WITH MALL MANAGEMENT. DIVISION 2: SITEWORK DEMOLITION • • REFER TO SHEET A0 -1 AND M /E /P PLANS, BARRICADES /BARRIER • • COORDINATE WITH OWNER AND LANDLORD. DIVISION 3: CONCRETE CONCRETE TOPPING /LEVELING /SLAB • • CONCRETE CUTTING AND CORING • • REFER TO DETAIL 1/ SP -2. LATAPDXY TOPPING AT SENSORMATIC • • SALES 800.327.1765 X 1067 DIVISION 4: MASONRY I • I • I NO WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, U.O.N. DIVISION 5: METALS METAL FRAMING • • SHEET METAL BACKING • • 20 GA MIN. , COORDINATE LOCATION W/ OWNER, SEE DETAIL COLD ROLLED CHANNELS (CLG. SYSTEMS) • • STRUCTURAL STEEL (T.S. /PLATES /ETC.) • • REFER TO DETAILS. ALUMINUM S/S COLUMN COVERS • • TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. DIVISION 6: WOOD & PLASTICS FIRE RETARDANT LUMBER/PLYWOOD • • WHEN REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION. UNLOAD AND UNCRATE FIXTURES • • CUSTOM WALL FIXTURES & CABINETS • • REFER TO FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN. CASHWRAP & DISPLAY FIXTURES • • REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION CUSTOM FLOOR FIXTURES • • REFER TO FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN. FITTING ROOM HOOKS • • REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION MERCHANDISE DISPLAY STANDARDS • • REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM BENCH • • REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION DIVISION 7: THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION INSULATION • • WHERE NOTED ON PLANS ROOF PENETRATION, CURB, FLASHING • • REFER TO MECH. DWGS. AND COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD. SEALANTS AND CAULKING • • SPRAY -ON FIRE PROOFING (PATCH AND REPAIR) • • WHERE NOTED ON PLANS. DIVISION 8: DOORS & WINDOWS A. DOORS INTERIOR DOORS & FRAMES • • REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. RATED METAL DOORS & FRAMES • • REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE ON CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN REAR SERVICE DOOR(S) & FRAMES • • REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE ON CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN ROLL -UP GRILLE • • REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. G.C. TO COORDINATE W/ DR. MFR. METAL CEILING ACCESS PANEL(S) • • MINIMUM OF 24" x 24" WHERE INDICATED ON PLAN. B. HARDWARE AND SPECIALTIES DOOR HARDWARE (EXCEPT FITTING RMS) • • REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE ON CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN REAR SERVICE DOOR DEVICES • • ALARM, EXIT, PUSH BAR, VIEWER. REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. MASTERKEY SYSTEMS • • 'BEST' CYLINDERS BY GC, 7 PIN CORE AND CORE KEY BY OWNER. STOREFRONT TEMPERED GLAZING • • G.C. TO COORDINATE GRAPHICS APPLIED TO STOREFRONT PRIOR TO STOREFRONT INSTALLATION, SEE DIVISION 10 RESPONSIBILITIES STOREFRONT GLAZING CLIP (IF APPLICABLE) • • ALUM. STOREFRONT SYSTEM • • TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. D. MIRRORS MIRRORS IN FITTING ROOM • CLIPS, TRIM, ETC. MIRRORS (GENERAL) • • FOR ALL MIRRORS, REFER TO SHEET A1-3 FOR RESPONSIBILITIES. DIVISION 9: FINISHES INTERIOR PARTITIONS - FRAMING & GWB • • REFER TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN RATED PARTITIONS - FRAMING & GWB • • REFER TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN DEMISING PARTITIONS -GWB ONLY • • REFER TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN, STUDS BY LANDLORD U.O.N. STOREFRONT- FRAMING & GWB • • NEUTRAL PIER - FRAMING /GWB /FACING • • REFER TO NEUTRAL PIER DETAIL(S). DRYWALL COLUMN ENCLOSURES • • REFER TO FLOOR PLAN- GRG OR DRYWALL COLUMNS BY G.C. SUSPENDED GWB CEILING & FRAMING • • IF REQUIRED PER PLANS SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CLG. & SUSPENSION • • PAINTING /PAINTED LOGOS • • G.C. TO COORDINATE W/ SIGNAGE VENDOR VINYL- SHEET VINYL FLOORING & BASENINYL TILE • • STONE, PORCELAIN & OTHER HARD SURFACES • • PROVIDE QUANTITIES TO OWNER. REDUCERS & TRANSITION STRIPS • • REFER TO DETAILS ON A4 -3 BASE & SHOE MOLD • • REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. WAINSCOT (FRP) • • REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. WALL COVERINGS • • WHERE REQUIRED BY PLAN. G.C. TO COORDINATE W/ SIGNAGE VENDOR MALL TILE • • WHEN REQUIRED, REFER TO FLOOR PLAN AND FINISH SCHEDULE. TILE ACCESSORIES • • REFER TO FLOOR FINISH PLAN BRAKE METAL/ METAL LAMINATE • • REFER TO FLOOR FINISH PLAN BACK PAINTED GLASS • • REFER TO FLOOR FINISH PLAN DIVISION 10: SPECIALTIES STOREFRONT SIGN /SIGNAGE • • GC SHALL COORDINATE WITH SIGN CONTRACTOR. REAR SERVICE DOOR IDENTIFICATION • • ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE • • ADA SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED BY CODE INTERIOR SIGNAGE/PLAQUES • • GC TO COORDINATE SIGNAGE W/ SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR AND ARCH. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS • • TYPE AS REQUIRED PER APPLICABLE CODE. REFER TO SHEET A1-3. SAFE • • VERIFY LOCATION WITH OWNER. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES. • • REFER TO ENLARGED RESTROOM SHEET AND ELEVATIONS GRAB BARS AND RESTROOM MIRROR • • REFER TO ENLARGED RESTROOM SHEET AND ELEVATIONS WALL/ MIRROR GRAPHICS (VINYL) • • REFER TO GRAPHICS PLANS DIVISION 11: EQUIPMENT NO WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION U.O.N. DIVISION 12: FURNISHINGS CABINETS AND STORAGE • • REFER TO FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN. SALES AREA FURNITURE • • REFER TO FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN. CURTAINS, DRAPERIES AND HARDWARE • • REFER TO FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN. MISC. HARDWARE AND MERCHANDISE DISPLAY • • REFER TO FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN. DIVISIONS 13: SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NO WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, UON. DIVISIONS 14: CONVEYING SYSTEMS I I I NO WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION, UON. DIVISION 15: MECHANICAL HVAC HEATING & COOLING EQUIPMENT • • REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. HVAC DUCT WORK • • REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. FIRE SPRINKLERS • • G.C. SHALL INCLUDE DESIGN, SHOP DWGS., AND PERMIT. FIRE & LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS • • PLUMBING, PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS • • REFER TO PLUMBING DRAWINGS. SMOKE DETECTORS • • WATER/SEWER TO LEASE SPACE • • HOOK -UP BY G.C. EXHAUST FANS AND VENTS • • HOOK -UP TO EXISTING MALL P.O.C. OR PROVIDE NEW. SUPPLY & RETURN AIR REGISTERS • • REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. DIVISION 16: ELECTRICAL A. LIGHTING INCANDESCENT/ DECORATIVE/FLUORESCENT • • G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR. ALARM SYSTEM • • B. POWER SYSTEMS MAIN SERVICE CONDUIT (TO LEASE SPACE) • • G.C. SHALL HELD VERIFY. MAIN SERVICE WIRING • • REFER I 0 ELEC I RICAL DRAWINGS. TENANTS DISTRIBUTION PANEL(S)/ TRANSFORMER • • Rkl kR TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. OUTLETS, SWITCHES, CONDUITS • • INCLUDING WIRING, CASHWRAP, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. ALL FINAL FIXTURE CONNECTIONS • • C. TELEPHONE (TEL.) TEL. CONDUITS JUNCTION BOX & PULL STRING • • CABLING AND OU I Lk I S BY OWNER'S VENDOR, G.C. I 0 COONDINA I E TEL. SYSTEMS • • G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WI I H OWNER'S VENDOR. D. SECURITY SYSTEM CONDUITS AND PULL STRING • • G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S SECURITY VENDOR. EQUIPMENT AND HOOK -UP • • G.G. SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S SECURITY VENDOR. E. COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS CONDUITS AND PULL STRING • • G.C. SHALL COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S VENDOR. STEREO SYSTEM AND SPEAKERS • • SPEAKER WIRE • • CONDUIT BY G.C. WHEN REQUIRED. Rf' "- F. SENSORMATIC CITY OF s umv SENSORMATIC EQUIPMENT • • REFER TO DETAIL 1/SP-2. n G. P.O.S. EQUIPMENT ` EQUIPMENT AND CABLES • • REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. P`l =a FRT CENTFR REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. CONNECTION OF PRE -WIRED COMPUTER • • H. BUZZER AND EQUIPMENT BUZZER • • REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. ADA ACCESSIBILITY NOTES 1. DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE OF THE LEVER OR PUSH TYPE AND MOUNTED 30" TO 44" ABOVE :. 2. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8 1/2 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR FOR INTERIOR DOORS, SUCH PUSH OR PULL EFFORT SHALL BE APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS AND AT THE CENTER PLANE FOR SLIDING DOORS. WHERE FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED, THE MAXIMUM DOOR MAY BE INCREASED TO 15 POUNDS. REFER TO APPLICABLE CODE(S). 3. REGARDLESS OF THE OCCUPANT LOAD, THERE SHALL BE A LEVEL FLOOR OR LANDING ON EACH SIDE OF THE DOOR. THE FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 1/2" LOWER THAN THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY. NOTE: AN EXCEPTION IS PERMITTED FOR EXTERIOR LANDINGS, WHICH MAY SLOPE UP TO 1/4" PER FOOT (2 %) IN ANY DIRECTION, FOR SURFACE DRAINAGE. REFER TO APPLICABLE CODE(S). 4, THE LOWER 10" OF ALL DOORS SHALL BE SMOOTH AND UNINTERRUPTED TO ALLOW THE DOOR TO BE OPENED BY A WHEELCHAIR FOOTREST WITHOUT CREATING A TRAP OR HAZARDOUS CONDITION. NARROW FRAME DOORS MAY USE A 10" HIGH SMOOTH PANEL ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR. 5. DOORWAYS LEADING TO THE MEN'S SANITARY FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY AN EQUILATERAL TRIANGLE 1/4" THICK WITH EDGES 12 LONG AND A VORTEX POINTING UPWARD. WOMEN'S FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A CIRCLE 1/4" THICK, 12" IN DIAMETER. UNISEX FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A CIRCLE WITH A TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE CIRCLE AND WITHIN THE 12" DIAMETER. THE REQUIRED SYMBOLS SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE DOOR AT A HEIGHT OF 60 ". PROVIDE ANY ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES. 6. ADDITIONAL SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS: RAISED LETTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY BRAILLE IN CONFORMANCE WITH BUILDING CODES. THEY SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH OUTSIDE OF THE DOOR. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, INCLUDING AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 60 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE SIGN. MOUNTING LOCATION SHALL BE DETERMINED SO THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3 INCHES OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR. 7. LAVATORIES SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE RIM OR COUNTER SURFACE NO HIGHER THAN 34" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR AND WITH A CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 29" FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON WITH KNEE CLEARANCE UNDER THE FRONT LIP EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 30" IN WIDTH AND 8" MINIMUM DEPTH AT THE TOP. TOE CLEARANCE SHALL BE THE SAME WIDTH AND SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 9" HIGH FROM THE FLOOR AND A MINIMUM OF 17" DEEP FROM THE FRONT OF THE LAVATORY. 8. HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER LAVATORIES SHALL BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE COVERED. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES. 9. CONTROLS FOR WATER CLOSET FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE OF TOILET AREAS. 10. WATER CLOSET AND URINAL FLUSH VALVE CONTROLS, AND FAUCET AND OPERATING MECHANISM CONTROLS, SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND, SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST, AND SHALL BE MOUNTED NO MORE THAN 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 11. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE WATER CLOSET AND URINAL FLUSH VALVE CONTROLS, AND FAUCET AND OPERATING MECHANISM CONTROLS, SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 LBS. 12. THE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF GRAB BARS, FASTENERS AND MOUNTING DEVICES SHALL MEET THE SPECIFICATIONS OF THE APPLICABLE BUILDING /PLUMBING CODE(S). THE GRAB BAR AND ANY WALL OR SURFACE ADJACENT TO IT SHALL BE FREE OF ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8 ". 13. SELF - CLOSING FAUCET CONTROL VALVES ARE ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. 14. THE WATER CLOSET SHALL BE LOCATED IN A SPACE WHICH PROVIDES A MINIMUM 28" CLEAR SPACE FROM A FIXTURE OR 32" CLEAR SPACE FROM A WALL ON ONE SIDE. A MINIMUM OF 48" CLEAR SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN FRONT OF THE WATER CLOSET. 15. IN NEW CONSTRUCTION, WATER CLOSETS IN ACCESSIBLE RESTROOMS SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: (a) THE CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. (b) THE CONTROLS FOR FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE SIDE OF THE TOILET AREA (WIDE SIDE) AND BE NOT MORE THAN 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE FORCE TO ACTIVATE THE FLUSH VALVE SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 5 POUNDS. 16. LAVATORIES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: (a) A MINIMUM OF 30" x 48" CLEAR SPACE SHALL BE PROVIDED IN FRONT OF THE LAVATORY FOR FORWARD APPROACH. THE CLEAR SPACE MAY INCLUDE KNEE AND TOE SPACE BENEATH THE FIXTURE. (b) THE CLEAR SPACE BENEATH LAVATORIES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 29" HIGH x 30" WIDE x 8" DEEP AT THE TOP AND 9" HIGH x 30" WIDE x 17" DEEP AT THE BOTTOM FROM THE FRONT OF THE FIXTURE. THE MAXIMUM HEIGHT OF THE COUNTERTOP SHALL BE 34 ". (c) ALL HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES UNDER THE LAVATORY SHALL BE INSULATED. (d) THE FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISM SHALL BE OF THE TYPE NOT REQUIRING TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST AND HAVE AN OPERATING FORCE OF NOT GREATER THAN 5 POUNDS. (e) IF SELF - CLOSING VALVES ARE USED THEY SHALL REMAIN OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. (f) THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES. 17. ALL ASSEMBLED ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS REQUIRED AND BE VISIBLE FROM APPROACHING PEDESTRIANWAYS. 18. ALL REQUIRED DOORWAYS SHALL BE 3' -0" x 6' -8" (MINIMUM). 19. HAND ACTIVATED DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH SINGLE EFFORT TYPE HARDWARE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. 20. EACH SIDE OF AN ENTRANCE SHALL BE LEVEL WITH AN AREA IN THE DIRECTION OF THE DOOR SWING OF AT LEAST 60" AND A LENGTH OPPOSITE THE DIRECTION OF THE DOOR SWING OF 44" AS MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN ITS CLOSED POSITION. 21. FLOOR OR LANDING SHALL BE NOT MORE THAN 1/2" FROM THE THRESHOLD OF THE DOORWAY WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:2. 22. FLOORS SHALL BE SLIP - RESISTANT. 23. CENTER OF GRIP OF OPERATING HANDLE OR SWITCHES SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 3' -0" NOR MORE THAN 4' -0" ABOVE THE FLOOR OR WORKING PLATFORM. 24. BOTTOM OF THE MIRROR SHALL BE LOCATED WITHIN 40" OF THE FLOOR AND MUST EXTEND TO A MINIMUM OF 74" ABOVE THE FLOOR. 25. HEIGHT OF CLOTHING HOOKS SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 48" FROM THE FLOOR. 26. GRAB BARS, FASTENERS AND MOUNTING SUPPORT SHALL BE ABLE TO WITHSTAND 250 POUNDS POINT LOAD BEARING SHEAR AND TORSION. THE GRAB BAR AND ANY WALL OR OTHER SURFACE ADJACENT TO IT SHALL BE FREE OF ANY SHARP OR ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8 ". 27. LAVATORIES ADJACENT TO WALL SHALL BE CENTERED 18" MIN. FROM SIDE WALL WITH RIM OF COUNTER NO HIGHER THAN 34" FROM FINISH FLOOR. 28. SELF - CLOSING VALVES TO REMAIN OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. 29. THE ACCESSIBLE DRESSING ROOM SHALL HAVE A 24" BY 48" BENCH FIXED TO THE WALL ALONG THE LONGER DIMENSIONS. THE BENCH SHALL BE MOUNTED 17" TO 19" ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES 1. PROVIDE A PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN (2A -10BC OR 3A -40BC VERIFY) WITHIN 75' TRAVEL DISTANCE TO ALL PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING BY CONTRACTOR DURING CONSTRUCTION. 2. PLANS FOR THE MODIFICATION OF EXISTING FIXED FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SUBMITTED BY INSTALLING CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU, OWNER'S INSURANCE ORGANIZATION AND THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, WHERE APPLICABLE INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR SHALL BE NOMINATED BY THE MALL. 3. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 13 STANDARDS OR APPLICABLE FIRE CODE. 4. AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM PLANS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SUBMITTED TO THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR. DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 72 STANDARDS, NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, STATE FIRE MARSHAL REGULATIONS AND ALL APPLICABLE FIRE CODES. 5. MAINTAIN ONE HOUR FIRE - RESISTIVE WALL CONSTRUCTION AT BUILT -IN FIXTURES SUCH AS FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, AND ELECTRICAL PANELS EXCEEDING 16 SQ. IN. IN AREA. 6. A 44" AISLE SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED THROUGH ROOMS LEADING TO EXIT DOORS. 7. CEILING TO BE COMPOSED OF INCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS. 8. ANY DECORATIONS USED SHALL BE NON - COMBUSTIBLE OR FLAME -PROOF IN AN APPROVED MANNER. 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE ALL DAMAGED FIREPROOFING (WHEN APPLICABLE). 10. ENTRY DOORS TO BE CLOSED AND LOCKED AFTER BUSINESS HOURS. 11. PROVIDE RUBBER GASKETS ON REAR DOOR TO ACHIEVE SMOKE -PROOF CONSTRUCTION ACCEPTABLE BY THE FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU. 12. USE OF PLASTIC FOR WALL OR CEILING COVERING, OTHER THAN LUMINOUS CEILING, IS PROHIBITED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED FOR EACH USE. 13. ALL SECURITY DOOR AREAS TO BE PROVIDED WITH A KEY LOCKING DEVICE SO AS TO ENABLE DOOR TO BE LOCKED IN THE OPEN POSITION AND SO LOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE REAR SERVICE DOOR). 14. EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN ILLUMINATION VALUE OF ONE FOOTCANDLE AT FLOOR LEVEL. 15. ONLY PANIC HARDWARE APPROVED AND LISTED BY THE STATE FIRE MARSHALL SHALL BE INSTALLED. 16. EXIT DOORS SHALL SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EXIT TRAVEL WHEN SERVING 50 OR MORE PERSONS AND THE HAZARDOUS AREA. 17. DOORS OPENING INTO ONE -HOUR FIRE - RESISTIVE CORRIDOR SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH A SMOKE OR DRAFT STOP FIRE ASSEMBLY HAVING A MIN. 20 MINUTE RATING. 18. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY ILLUMINATED AND THE TWO LAMPS SHALL BE ENERGIZED FROM SEPARATE CIRCUITS. ILLUMINATION SHALL NORMALLY BE PROVIDED BY THE PREMISES WIRING SYSTEM. IN THE EVENT OF FAILURE OF THIS SYSTEM, ILLUMINATION SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY PROVIDED FROM AN EMERGENCY SYSTEM. EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL GIVE A VALUE OF ONE FOOTCANDLE AT FLOOR LEVEL. 19. FIRE DAMPERS OR DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE DUCTS PENETRATE FIRE -RATED WALLS OR CEILINGS. 20. EVERY EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, TOOL OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 21. ALL ASSEMBLED ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AS REQUIRED AND BE VISIBLE FROM APPROACHING PEDESTRIANWAYS. 22. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE ALL FINISH MATERIALS WILL BE FLUSH AND INTERIOR FINISHES MUST CONFORM TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL BUILDING CODE(S) FOR FLAME SPREAD INDEX RATINGS AND SMOKE DENSITY RATES. ALL DECORATIVE MATERIALS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A FLAME RETARDANT CONDITION. 23. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE PROVIDED, PER ALL APPLICABLE FIRE CODES AND STANDARDS. 24. THE CONSTRUCTION, REMODEL, AND DEMOLITION SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA STANDARDS. 25. PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE HUNG NO MORE THAN 5 FEET HIGH IN LOCATION AS DESIGNATED BY THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. THEY SHALL EITHER BE HOUSED IN A CABINET OR SURFACE MOUNTED (AS INDICATED ON FLOOR PLAN). THEY SHALL BE IN A NORMAL PATH OF TRAVEL, AND SIGNS SHALL BE CONSPICUOUS. 26. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES MUST COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 27. ALL SUS PENDED CEILINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 28. PENETRATIONS OF FIRE - RESISTIVE WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS AND ROOF CEILINGS SHALL BE PROTECTED AS REQUIRED BY ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND THE BUILDING /FIRE INSPECTOR. 29. EXIT CORRIDORS AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS SHALL BE FIRE - RESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION RESPECTIVELY WITH OPENINGS PROTECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 30. EXITS SHALL PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS AND UNOBSTRUCTED MEANS OF EGRESS TO A PUBLIC WAY. NO DEAD END EXIT CORRIDOR SHALL EXCEED 20'. 31. FIRE ALARM DEVICES MUST COMPLY WITH ADA REQUIREMENTS FOR AUDIBLE AND VISUAL. 32. BUILDING OCCUPANT SHALL SECURE PERMITS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE DEPARTMENT FROM THE FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU PRIOR TO OCCUPYING THIS BUILDING. 33. PROVIDE UL DESIGN #WL1001 FOR ANY PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED PARTITIONS. REFER TO DETAILS. BUILDING DEPARTMENT NOTES 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. REFER TO TITLE SHEET AND PROJECT DATA FOR ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 2. GENERAL CONDITIONS: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE AIA GENERAL CONDITIONS. 3. THE G.C. SHALL VISIT THE SITE, VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT AND LOVE CULTURE OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. THE TENANT G.C. SHALL VISIT THE SITE AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, INCLUDING UTILITIES PRIOR TO THE SUBMISSION OF BIDS. 4. THE G.C. SHALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE THE SITE AND SHALL THOROUGHLY FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS WITHIN THE SCOPE OF WORK. DATA IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND THE DRAWINGS ARE AS ACCURATE AS POSSIBLE, BUT ARE NOT GUARANTEED. THE G.C. SHALL VERIFY LOCATIONS, LEVELS, DISTANCES, AND FEATURES OF THE SITE AND RELATED IMPROVEMENTS THAT MAY AFFECT THE WORK. BY ACT OF SUBMITTING A BID, THE G.C. IS DEEMED TO HAVE MADE SUCH EXAMINATION AND TO HAVE EXAMINED ALL ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, STRUCTURAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS, AND TO HAVE MADE ALLOWANCE THEREOF IN PREPARING HIS BID. NO EXTRA CHARGES WILL BE CONSIDERED FOR COSTS RESULTING FROM FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE. 5, SIGNAGE IS SUBJECT TO SEPARATE PERMITS AND MALULANDLORD/TENANT COORDINATION APPROVAL, WHICH SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE INSTALLING SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR. SIGNAGE VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL. 6. ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT, NO DEADBOLTS, NO SLIDING BOLTS, ETC. 7. LATCHING AND LOCKING DOORS IN A PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE OPERATED WITH A SINGLE EFFORT BY LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, PUSH -PULL ACTIVATING BARS OR OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT THE ABILITY TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE. 8. LOCKED DOORS SHALL EXIT IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL. 9. ALL PRIMARY ENTRANCES TO STORE SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE TO THE HANDICAPPED. 10. CONTRACTORS SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED ACCESS PANELS WHERE NECESSARY FOR ACCESS TO FIRE DAMPERS, ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS, PUMPS, VALVES, ETC. WHERE SUCH PANELS ARE LOCATED IN A FIRE -RATED WALL OR CEILING, THE PANEL ASSEMBLY SHOULD EQUAL THE RATING OF THE ASSEMBLY PENETRATED. 11, THE PAINTING CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PAINT ALL ACCESS DOORS TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. 12. CONTRACTOR TO SECURE ALL PERMITS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE AND BUILDING DEPARTMENTS PRIOR TO OCCUPYING THIS SPACE. 13. DETAILS ARE INTENDED TO SHOW METHOD AND MANNER OF ACCOMPLISHING WORK. MINOR MODIFICATIONS MAY BE REQUIRED TO SUIT THE JOB DIMENSIONS OR CONDITIONS AND SHALL BE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE WORK. 14. DETAIL DRAWINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS: IF WORK IS REQUIRED IN A MANNER THAT MAKES IT IMPOSSIBLE TO PRODUCE: (a) FIRST CLASS WORK, OR SHOULD DISCREPANCIES APPEAR AMONG CONTRACTUAL DOCUMENTS, REQUEST INTERPRETATION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. IF G.C. FAILS TO MAKE SUCH REQUEST, NO EXCUSE WILL THEREAFTER BE ENTERTAINED FOR FAILURE TO CARRY OUT WORK IN A SATISFACTORY MANNER. (b) SHOULD CONFLICT OCCUR IN OR BETWEEN DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS, G.C. IS DEEMED TO HAVE ESTIMATED ON A MORE EXPENSIVE WAY OF DOING WORK, 15. UNLESS HE SHALL HAVE ASKED FOR AND OBTAINED WRITTEN DECISION BEFORE SUBMISSION OF PROPOSAL AS TO WHICH METHOD OR MATERIALS WILL BE REQUIRED. G.C. SHALL INFORM ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY IF SUCH CONFLICT BETWEEN DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS OCCUR. 16. CONNECTIONS: ALL ATTACHMENTS, CONNECTIONS, OR FASTENINGS OF ANY NATURE ARE TO BE PERMANENTLY SECURED IN CONFORMANCE WITH BEST PRACTICE; G.G. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING THEM ACCORDING TO THESE CONDITIONS. DRAWINGS SHOW ONLY SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS TO ASSIST G.C.; THEY DO NOT ILLUSTRATE EVERY SUCH DETAIL. 17. VERIFY LOCATION AND SIZE OF ALL OPENINGS WITH ALL DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURED ITEMS WHERE APPLICABLE. 18. VERIFY INSERTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS WITH ALL APPLICABLE DRAWINGS BEFORE POURING CONCRETE. 19. ALL GLASS AND GLAZING SHALL CONFORM WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND WITH U.S. CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION REQUIREMENTS. GLAZED OPENINGS LESS THAN 18 INCHES ABOVE ADJACENT FLOOR SHALL BE TEMPERED GLASS APPROVED FOR IMPACT HAZARD. 20. LATHING, PLASTERING AND GYPSUM DRYWALL SHALL CONFORM WITH THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE. GYPSUM DRYWALL FASTENERS SHALL BE INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT BEFORE JOINTS ARE TAPED. 21. ALL DRYWALL SHALL BE 5/8" THICK, TYPE 'X', UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. USE 5/8" GREENBOARD AT DAMP LOCATIONS. 22. IN ALL INSTANCES, PROVIDE ISOLATION OF ALUMINUM FROM ADJACENT STEEL. 23. PENETRATION OF PLUMBING THROUGH FLOORS SHALL BE SEALED WITH NON - HARDENING SEALANT OR GASKETING. 24. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BACKING AND FRAMING FOR WALL MOUNTED METAL LIGHT FIXTURES MIRRORS AND ALL OTHER ITEMS REQUIRING SAME. 25.COORDINATION IN ADDITION TO GENERAL COORDINATION. COORDINATE THE INTERFACING OF ALL ITEMS WHICH RELATE TO THE MALL BUILDING AND WHICH ARE COVERED BY SEPARATE CONTRACT. 26. ALL POWER - ACTUATED PINS /ANCHORS SHALL BE "RAMSET" #2230 AT 32" O.C. FOR INTERIOR, NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS PER ICBO #1639. 27. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS ARE TO FACE OF FINISHED WALLS, COLUMN, GRID LINES AND FACE OF METAL STUD PARTITIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 28. UNLESS OBVIOUSLY SHOWN, DOOR LOCATION NOT LOCATED BY DIMENSION SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN WALLS AND SHALL BE LOCATED (4 ") FOUR INCHES FROM THE FINISH WALL TO THE EDGE OF DOOR BUCK. 29, ALL EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS, FLASHING, COUNTER - FLASHING AND EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN SUCH A MANNER TO BE WEATHERPROOF. 30. PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING FOR ALL NEW SUSPENDED CEILINGS /SOFFITS (WHERE REQUIRED) PER DETAILS AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 31. LIGHT FIXTURES INSTALLED IN SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL BE SECURED TO MAIN AND /OR CROSS RUNNERS WITH CLIPS (WHERE REQUIRED). 32. ALL SUSPENDED CEILINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. 33. ALL WORK INVOLVING CUTTING, PATCHING AND NEW OPENINGS AT THE EXISTING ROOF SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD- NOMINATED ROOFING CONTRACTOR. 34, CONTRACTOR TO POST OCCUPANT LOAD SIGNS COMPLYING WITH APPLICABLE CODES. 35. STOREFRONT GLASS SHALL BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED PER CODE. 36. THE MALL DESIGN AND TECHNICAL MANUALS SHALL BECOME A PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS FOR THIS PROJECT. 37. THE TENANT SPACE A PRIMARY ENTRANCE TO THE BUILDING, THE PRIMARY PATH OF TRAVEL FROM THE ENTRANCE TO THE TENANT SPACE AND THE SANITARY FACILITIES, DRINKING FOUNTAINS AND PUBLIC TELEPHONES SERVING THE TENANT SPACE MUST BE ACCESSIBLE TO THE HANDICAPPED. 38. MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING SUBJECT TO FIELD CHECK. 39. PROVIDE EXIT ILLUMINATION IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. A SECOND SOURCE OF POWER IS REQUIRED. 40. NO SUBSTITUTIONS PERMITTED WITHOUT ARCHITECT'S AND /OR OWNER'S WRITTEN APPROVAL. 41. FIRE DAMPER, ASSEMBLIES, INCLUDING SLEEVES, AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE BUILDING /FIRE DEPARTMENTS. 42. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FLAME SPREAD RATING AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODE. 43. BRACING FOR ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR METAL STUD WALLS SHALL BE PROVIDED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE METAL STUD MANUFACTURER. 44. ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER ENGINEERS PLANS FOR LOCATION OF LIGHTS, SWITCHING AND EXIT SIGNAGE. 45. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS MAY NOT BE INSTALLED IN PLENUM SPACE. REPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE NOTES 1. THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE HAS BEEN GENERATED BASED ON A MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING OF RESPONSIBILITY BETWEEN THE OWNER (LOVE CULTURE) AND THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE ARCHITECT OR PROJECT COORDINATOR MAY NOT BE HELD LIABLE SHOULD ANY DISPUTE RESULT FROM THIS SCHEDULE. 2. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE LAY -OUT AND INSTALLATION OF ALL ITEMS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PROJECT. 3. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CONDUIT AND PULL STRING FOR ALL OWNER PROVIDED ITEMS. THE OWNER'S VENDOR SHALL INSTALL SYSTEM COMPONENTS WHERE INDICATED. 4. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BID TO INCLUDE UNLOADING, CHECKING IN, AND INSTALLATION OF ALL OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS AS NOTED ON THE FIXTURE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. 5. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSURE THERE IS NO INTERFERENCE WITH ROADS, STREETS, DRIVEWAYS, LOADING DOCKS, AND ADJACENT FACILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN PERMISSION FROM THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT BEFORE OBSTRUCTING ANY STREETS, DRIVEWAYS, LOADING DOCKS, AND ADJACENT FACILITIES. 6. MATERIALS NOT EXPLICITLY DENOTED TO BE RETURNED TO THE MALUOWNER SHALL BE SCRAPPED AND DISPOSED OF OFF THE PREMISES BY THIS CONTRACTOR. 7. ANY AND ALL WORK REQUIRING LOUD NOISES (I.E. JACK HAMMERING SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH MALL'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH MALL'S ON -SITE FIELD REPRESENTATIVE FOR ALL SCHEDULING AND PHASING OF PROJECT. 9. COORDINATE WITH MALL'S ON SITE REP. FOR ANY MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DEMO THAT MAY BE REQUIRED BY L.L. 10. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE PROJECT COORDINATOR/ARCHITECT OF ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONTRUCTION PROCESS (FOLLOWING DEMOLITION OF SPACE). OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND HEIGHT CLEARANCES SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONTRUCTION PROCESS. 11. ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL (ACM)- THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REMOVAL OF ANY ACM FOUND ON THIS PROJECT. ADVISE LANDLORD /OWNER IF ASBESTOS MATERIAL IS FOUND IN DEMISED SPACE. 12. THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR MUST SCHEDULE A PRE - CONSTRUCTION MEETING WITH THE LANDLORD'S ON -SITE REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO WORK START. CONTACT MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER, CONTACT INFORMATION LOCATED ON SHEET T -1. 13. THE TENANT'S CONTRACTOR WILL REPAINT AND /OR REPAIR THE LANDLORD'S PROPERTY (BULKHEADS, REAR CORRIDOR, ETC.) DAMAGED DURING TENANT IMPROVEMENT. 14. SUPPORT WIRES FOR LAY -IN CEILING GRID, LIGHTS AND HVAC EQUIPMENT ETC. MUST NOT BE CONNECTED TO ANY OF THE LANDLORD'S ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION PIPING, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT OR ROOF. 15. ALL MATERIALS USED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS SPACE MUST BE ASBESTOS FREE. 16. TENANT SIGN CONTRACTOR MUST SUBMIT SIGN MANUFACTURER SHOP DRAWINGS FOR LANDLORD'S APPROVAL. SIGNS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH LEASE EXHIBIT. 17. ALL/ANY ROOF PENETRATIONS MUST BE SEALED WATERTIGHT. VERIFY LANDLORD'S ON -SITE REP. CRITERIA IF LANDLORD'S SELECTED ROOFING CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO DO ALL ROOF WORK AT THE TENANT'S EXPENSE. 18. TENANT SHALL SLEEVE, FIRESTOP, FLASH AND CAULK ALL PENETRATIONS OF FLOORS SO THAT ODORS AND /OR LIQUIDS WILL NOT PENETRATE THE CONCRETE SLAB. 19. TENANTS MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT ON -SITE REPRESENTATIVE FOR REQUIRED INTERFACES TO LANDLORD'S CONTROL SYSTEMS AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. 20. ALL CEILING MATERIALS MUST HAVE A MINIMUM OF CLASS 'A' FIRE RATING. 21, ALL SUPPORT WIRES MAY ONLY BE CONECTED TO TOP CHORD OF JOIST AND /OR STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. 22. ANY PENETRATION OR MODIFICATIONS TO STRUCTURAL STEEL OR CONCRETE MUST BE COORDINATED AND APPROVED BY LANDLORD'S ON -SITE REPRESENTATIVE. 23. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE TENANTS GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS, UTILITY LOCATIONS AND CONDITIONS PRIOR AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. 24.TENANT SHALL NOT PENETRATE LANDLORD'S METAL ROOF DECK WITH ANY TYPE FASTENERS. 25. IT IS TENANT'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF LANDLORD'S DEMISING WALLS, FLOOR SLAB, ROOF AND BUILDING STRUCTURE. 26.TENANT MUST COMPLY WITH TITLE III OF AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) AND ALL LOCAL AND STATE CODES. O O7(o PROJECT 70610 SHEET Yi,`! 4 :•'n��J.l��ij �� fCf� Fv � �i..: -: �..SV _:: • fo �-- - - - - -- cp�a'?c`, is?os. ro-ir''.s %i ?`�°i}33° c, 3' $;�'; °�°,"i/Yrs°,�'�,c�`�'`�'i� �.9$'9� #{ oa - ° 'qtr ';o %- ` `; >' c, _3`,'.7 !d: : s :?;;:, fi ' :.>+,` a- 6' 4�;4 -".gf o A .`0- .a'ido`P .., ,- .69+tr{ d#fFj yL' ss;�?<s, ?9s,K ryca: `ti N o : � --•'0.'°�d -' - �cC000:k� #p3 3a, 3r '- .�'.- �'- �.- '��- ��,'�, -: , Mc Ui LIC #: 8897 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 DATE I NO. I DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. 02.05.08 FINAL LL APPROVAL PROJECT REQUIREMENTS T -2 co co oo U H O IT 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 PROJECT COORDINATOR 2/27/2008 11:20:56 AM GRAHAM DOWNES SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATION INDEX 05400 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 08115 METAL DOOR FRAMES 08305 METAL ACCESS DOORS 08410 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS 08710 DOOR HARDWARE 09260 GYPSUM - REINFORCED GYPSUM FABRICATIONS 09271 GYPSUM FABRICATIONS 09305 CONTROL JOINTS AND METAL TRIMS 09385 DIMENSION STONE TILE 09511 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09638 STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09666 RESILIENT FLOORING 09910 PAINTING 15000 MECHANICAL 15200 PLUMBING 16000 ELECTRICAL SECTION 05400 - COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Engineer, fabricate, and erect cold- formed metal framing to withstand design loads within the following limits: 1. Exterior Load - Bearing Walls: Lateral deflection of L/360. 2. Interior Load - Bearing Walls: Lateral deflection of L/360. B. Calculate structural characteristics of cold - formed metal framing according to AISI's "Specification for the Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Members." C. Engage a qualified professional engineer to prepare design calculations. D. Comply with AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code -Sheet Steel." E. Protect cold - formed metal framing from corrosion and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, G60 zinc coated; structural quality; of grade required by structural performance. B. Steel Studs and Track: Fabricate with flange width of 1 -5/8 ", design uncoated steel thickness of 0.0451" and of depths indicated. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Steel Shapes and Clips: ASTM A 36. B. Cast -in -Place Anchor Bolts and Studs: ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); carbon -steel hex -head bolts and studs; carbon -steel nuts; and flat, unhardened -steel washers. Hot -dip galvanize according to ASTM A 153. C. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion- resistant coated, self-drilling, self- threading steel drill screws. D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC -Paint 20 or DOD -P- 21035. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FRAMING A. Install framing and accessories level, plumb, square, and true to line, and securely fasten. Temporarily brace framing. B. Fasten framing members by welding or screw fastening. C. Fasten reinforcement plates over web penetrations larger than standard punched openings. D. Studs: Install, align, and securely anchor ontinuous tracks to supporting structure. Squarely seat studs against webs of top and bottom tracks. Space studs as indicated; plumb, align, and fasten both flanges of studs to top and bottom track. 1. Install and fasten horizontal bridging in stud system, spaced in rows not more than 48 inches apart. 2. Install miscellaneous connections, accessories, and supplementary framing. END OF SECTION 05400 SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS & FIXTURING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Shop Drawings showing details of fabrication and installation. B. Submit color samples as indicated (on metal) of specified colors for approval by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36; thickness and configurations as indicated. B. Cold- Formed Structural -Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. 2.2 FASTENERS A. Screws, bolts, washers and nuts: Steel with rust resistant coating; provide with countersunk heads at exposed locations. 2.3 WELDING RODS A. Conforming with American Welding Society "Specifications for Arc Welding Electrodes" of classification numbers suitable for work to be done. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate metal display fixtures and decorative items as shown on drawings and in conformance with Architect or Owners Representative approved shop drawings. B. All exposed surfaces shall be smooth with no visible weld joints or file marks. Use filler as required to eliminate dents, file or grinder marks and pits in weld joints. C. All exposed edges shall be eased slightly to avoid "sharp" edges. 2.5 FINISH A. Verify that all surfaces and welded joints are smooth, clean and free of surface blemishes. B. Exterior items shall be hot -dip galvanized prior to finishing. C. Prior to the application of finish system pre - assemble multiple section components to verify configuration is in conformance with approved shop drawings. D. At exterior locations apply high performance organic coating in conformance with AAMA 605.2- 92, 70% PVDF. At interior locations apply Silicone Polyester paint system including paint manufacturers recommended preparation and primer. Unless otherwise noted, color shall match "Frosty Nickel" by Abacus Coatings, color No.13 -9150. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing custom metal fabrications only at the approval of the Architect. Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. C. Assemble and anchor components with approved fasteners pre - finished to match metal work. 3.2 SCHEDULE OF ITEMS A. The items furnished under this section are, but not limited to, the following: 1. Free Standing Display Fixtures 2. Recessed /slotted wall standards 3. Brackets, "U Rails" and "U Rail" shelves 4. Mirror Supports /Stands 5. Corner Angles 6. Decorative Brackets 7. Column Covers 8. Tube Steel Columns and Base Plates END OF SECTION 05500 SECTION 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data for granite counter top materials, Casework Shop Drawings and Samples showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of finish. B. Quality Standard: Woodwork Institute of California's "Manual of Millwork." C. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet - work is completed and HVAC system is operating. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. B. Medium - Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2. C. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M -2. D. Softwood Plywood: PS 1. E. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP -1. F. High- Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3. 1. Patterns and colors as indicated on drawings and selected by Architect. G. Low Pressure Decorative Melamine Laminate: Comply with ALA latest edition. 1. Colors as indicated on drawings and selected by Architect. 2. Black at cashwrap and backwrap. 3. White at back areas and offices. 2.2 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Hardware Standard: Comply with BHMA A156.9 for items indicated by reference to BHMA numbers or referenced to this standard. B. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA code number indicated. 1. Finish: Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630. C. Hardware Items: 1. Hinges: Blum Modul 125; Modul Zero - Protrusion at slide -out CPU compartments. 2. Drawer Slides: Accuride Type 3832, Black. 3. Pulls: "Ives" No. 36 Aluminum wire pull -626 or equal with matching shoulder washers. 4. Locks: "Best" L series with interchangeable cores. 5. Grommets: 3" black 6. Bumper Rails: C/S Acroyyn model DB -034F; 1/8 inch thick, 1 -1/2 inch wide. 7. Casters: Faultless swivel casters #FL121 -2.5 or hafele 50mm twin- wheels with plastic press -fit sockets. Provide one caster with brake at each hanger container. 8. Air Vents: 0.50 inch perforated alluminum sheet with 1/4 inch square holes; black finish. 2.3 INTERIOR WOODWORK A. Complete fabrication before shipping to Project site to maximum extent possible. Disassemble only as needed for shipping and installing. Where necessary for fitting at Project site, provide for scribing and trimming. 1. Assemble casings in plant, unless limitations of access to place of installation require field assembly. B. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members, kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished Work. C. Install glass to comply with FGMA's "Glazing Manual." For glass in wood frames, secure glass with removable stops. D. Interior Standing and Running Trim for Transparent Finish: Premium Grade, made from species as indicated on drawings. E. Interior Standing and Running Trim for Opaque Finish: Premium Grade, made from any closed - grain hardwood listed in referenced woodworking standard. F. Laminate -Clad Cabinets (Plastic - Covered Casework): Premium Grade; WIC Section 15 1. Construction Style: Frameless 32mm system; multiple, self - supporting sections. 2. Door and Drawer Front Style: Flush overlay. 3. Laminate Cladding: Horizontal surfaces other than tops, GP -50; vertical surfaces, GP- 28; Edges, GP -50 semiexposed surfaces, thermoset decorative overlay. 4. Melamine Surfacing: Per ALA Standards; at semi - exposed surfaces. Color: black at cashwrap /backwrap and white at backrooms /offices 5. Exposed Panel Edge Surfacing: 1/8" PVC; color to match adjacent surface. G. Plastic- Laminate Countertops: Premium Grade. 1. Laminate Grade: GP -50. 2. Grain Direction: Parallel to cabinet fronts. 3. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Coordinate with other trades for site applied finishes to installed cabinet work. B. Install woodwork to comply with WIC Section 26 for grade specified. C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, seal cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Install trim with minimum number of joints possible, using full - length pieces to the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. F. Anchor countertops securely to base units. Seal space between backsplash and wall. END OF SECTION 06402 SECTION 08115 - METAL DOOR FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data. B. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated door assemblies. Provide assemblies identical to those tested per ASTM E 152, and labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Hot - Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 569 (ASTM A 569M). 2.2 STEEL DOOR FRAMES A. Timely "S" series; TA8 trim with 20 Ga. galvinized finish for painting. y O G ; ga ed s o pa g B. Fabricate steel frames to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. C. Prepare doors and frames to receive concealed hardware. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Provide manufacturers standard anchorage hardware reinforcement items. Fasteners at 11 "o.c. or at each clip around perimeter of frame. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Place steel frames to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Protect frames from the work of other sections. C. Clean and prepare frame and door for primer and painting. END OF SECTION 08110 SECTION 08305 - METAL ACCESS DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data. B. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated door assemblies(when required). Provide assemblies identical to those tested per ASTM E 152, and labeled and listed by UL, Wamock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. 16 -Gauge steel frame with 14 guage door panel. Galvenized steel drywall bead. B. Prime -coat of baked -on electrostatic powder. C. Hinge: Double acting concealed spring hinge to allow opening of 175 degrees. D. Lock: Flush screw -driver operated with steel cam. 2.2 Product: Metal access door as manufactured by Milcor LP (800)528 -1411. Style DW- Flush Door 22x22 product #3203 -018 Part 3 - EXECUTION A. Place steel frames to comply with manufacfacturer's recommendations. B. Protect pre - finished door from the work of other sections. END OF SECTION 08305 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM FRAMED STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Provide aluminum framed storefront system, with hardware, anchorage, glazing, and accessories as required for complete installation. 1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General Design Requirements: Comply with recommendations of AAMA Aluminum Storefront and Entrance Manual, except where more stringent requirements are specified or required by applicable codes. B. (For Exterior Application Only) NOTE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE. C. Design Criteria: 1. Strength: Design system to withstand wind loads acting normal to plane of wall as required by Code but no less than following minimum requirements: Wind Loads: Minimum 20 psf acting inward and outward. Deflection: Maximum L/175, ASTM E330. Safety Factor: Design for specified pressures with no glass breakage, no permanent damage to fasteners, and no permanent deformation of framing in excess of 0.2% of member clear span. Water Penetration: No uncontrolled water penetration, ASTM E331, with no water on exposed interior components; static pressure differential of 20% of inward wind load, with minimum 6 psf load. Air Leakage: Maximum 0.06 cfm/sf, ASTM E283, at differential static pressure of 6.24 psf at fixed glazing and not more than 0.3 cfm /sf at doors. Safety Glass Standard: CPSC 16 CFR 1201, and ANSI Z97.1.CHECK 20 RECOMMENDED WHERE PLASTERED SURFACES ARE AFFECTED. NOTE SMALL PROJECTS 0.3 CFM /SF AT 1.57, AT DOORS. NOTE CONDENSATION REQUIREMENTS IN 08525. NOTE UBC STANDARD. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE NOTE CALIFORNIA. A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with Energy requirements regarding energy performance of aluminum framed storefronts for exterior applications only. 1. Manufacturer shall be responsible for providing information required by authorities necessary to verify conformance. Entire assembly, including glass and glazing, shall be certified by the National Fenestration Rating Council (NFRC) and shall bear NFRC Label indicating energy performance technical information. 1.04 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Provide for correcting failures including wind damage and water penetration to interior surfaces, excessive deflections, and deterioration of finishes, weather-stripping and accessories. Special Warranty Period: Two years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Kawneer Company, Inc., Rebco West, YKK, Vistawall Architectural Products, Arcadia, Inc., or approved equal. ADD FOR SMALLER CALIFORNIA PROJECTS ONLY: Blomberg Window Systems. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Entrance and Storefront Systems: System with profiles as indicated on Drawings; provide extruded aluminum type glass stops of profile to suit frame design. Aluminum Type: As recommended by manufacturer for application indicated, but not less than extruded aluminum, ASTM B221, 6061 or 6063 alloy and T5 or T6 temper. B. Finish: manufacturer's standard "clear anodized finish" unless otherwise noted on construction documents. OR ANODIZED. Finish: Anodized coating conforming with NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual, Architectural Class 1, 0.7 mil or greater. Color: As selected by Architect. Architect reserves right to reject units of color or texture variations which are visually objectionable, but only where variation exceeds range established by manufacturer prior to work. C. Doors and Frames: (Where occurs per construction documents): Barrier -free doors meeting code requirements for providing access for people with physical disabilities; by entrance manufacturer. Type: Medium stile with 10" bottom rail or as indicated on drawings. Metal and Finish: Match aluminum storefront system. KAWNEER 190 IS NARROW STILE, 350 IS MEDIUM STILE, 500 IS WIDE STILE. NARROW STILE = 2 ", MEDIUM 3 -1/2 ", WIDE = 5 ". KAWNEER 800 HAS SPECIAL BARRIER -FREE OPTIONS. Hardware: Provide complete hardware system except as indicated; match window wall system finish unless otherwise directed by Architect. Coordinate with Section 08710 -Door Hardware. Pivots /Closers: Center -hung pivots with concealed adjustable type closer, maximum 5 pound operating pressure when installed in final application. Security Locks: Manufacturer's standard. Cylinders: Provided under Section 08710. Push /Pulls: Manufacturer's standard as selected by Architect; match finish of similar hardware as specified in Section 08710 - Door Hardware. Weather - Stripping (for exterior application only). Sweep Strips: Manufacturer's recommended standard type, to suit application Thresholds (for exterior application only): Maximum 1/2" height above adjacent surfaces, with maximum 1/4" vertical section and remainder maximum 1:2 slope. BELOW CALIFORNIA ONLY, NOT ADAAG; CAN ALSO BE HINGES. D. Glass: Provide minimum thicknesses specified, but no less than thicknesses required based on window size and configuration and anticipated wind loading. Float Glass: Select glazing quality, clear float glass, ASTM C1036; nominal thickness 1/4 ". Safety Glass: ASTM C1048, Kind FT, fully tempered select glazing quality glass complying with UBC Standard 24 -2 and /or ANSI Z97.1, safety glazing. LAMINATED GLASS REQUIRED AT CURVED SECTIONS AND MAY BE USED IN DOORS /SIDELITES E. Glazing Accessories: as recommended by manufacturer to suit locations and applications for dry glazing installation. 1. Setting Blocks: Neoprene or EPDM, 80 -90 Shore A durometer hardness; 4" long by 3/8" thick by 1/4" high; ASTM C864. 2. Spacer Shims: Neoprene or EDPM; 45 -55 Shore A durometer hardness; 3" long by 3/32" thick by 1/4" high; ASTM C864. 3. Edge Blocks: Neoprene or EPDM, 60 -70 Shore A durometer hardness; 4" long with minimum two per jamb located at top and bottom edges of glass; ASTM C864. 4. Glazing Gaskets: Black color, Exterior neoprene or EDPM; interior neoprene, EPDM or vinyl; miter corner joints; ASTM C509 or C864. F. Miscellaneous Materials: 1. Fasteners: Aluminum or non - magnetic stainless steel of type which will not cause electrolytic action or corrosion. Do not use exposed fasteners except where unavoidable for assembly or for application of hardware. Exposed fasteners shall be Phillips flat -head screws or Allen screws with finish matching item fastened. Provide concealed fasteners for glazing stops. 2. Steel Reinforcement and Brackets: Manufacturer's standard with minimum 2 oz. hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM Al23, applied after fabrication. 3. Flashing: Provide sub -sill flashing members; minimum 22 gage sheet aluminum of sizes and shapes indicated and as required to drain water to exterior; match adjacent aluminum member finish. 4. Anchoring Devices: Corrosion resistant type capable of supporting entrance system and superimposed design loads; design to allow adjustments of system prior to being permanently fastened in place. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate aluminum entrance and storefront systems to allow for clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assemblies to enable installation; provide for thermal movement. B. Provide anchorage devices to securely and rigidly fit entrance assemblies in place. Reinforce work as necessary for performance requirements and for support. Provide internal reinforcing for hardware. Provide structural reinforcing within framing members where required to maintain rigidity and as required to accommodate design loads. C. Non - Automatic Doors: Comply with the adopted Building Code and Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines relating to access for persons with disabilities. 1. Clear Opening Width: Minimum 32" each door. D. Accurately fit together joints and corners; match components ensuring continuity of line and design; ensure joints and connections are flush, hairline and weatherproof. E. Allow moisture entering joints and condensation occurring within frame construction to drain to exterior. F. Fit and assemble work at shop to greatest extent possible; disassemble only as required for shipment and erection. G. Separate dissimilar materials with bituminous paint or preformed separators which will prevent corrosion. H. Separate metal surfaces at moving joints with plastic inserts or other non - abrasive concealed inserts which permanently prevent "freeze -up" of joint. J. Fabricate doors and apply hardware in shop. Disassemble only as required for transportation and installation. K. Apply coat of bituminous paint on concealed aluminum surfaces to be in contact with cementitious and with dissimilar materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install aluminum framed storefront assemblies, including entrances, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and to meet design requirements indicated, for weathertight installation. B. Ensure assemblies are plumb, level and free of warp or twist; maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work. Maximum Variation from Plane or Location: 1/8" in 12' -0 ", with maximum 1/2" variation in total length. Maximum Offset Between Members: 1/16 ". C.Use sufficient anchorage devices to securely and rigidly fasten assemblies to building. D. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using proper templates. NOTE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATION. 1. Install doors to operate freely and smoothly, with a maximum operating pressure of 5 pounds in accordance with the Building Code. 2. Coordinate installation of cylinders with Section 08710. 3. Install sill members and thresholds in bed of compound, joint fillers or gaskets to provide weathertight construction. E. Glass Installation: Comply with GANA Glazing Manual and glazing manufacturer instructions. 1. Do not allow glass to touch metal surfaces. 3.02 CLEANING A. Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation of components, exercising care to avoid damage of finish. Mark glass after installation by crossed streamers attached to framing and held away from glass; do not apply markers to surface of glass. Remove nonpermanent labels immediately after sealant cures; cure sealants for high early strength and durability. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged during construction period, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism. END OF SECTION 08410 E TI N S c o 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware (latch and lock sets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single manufacturer, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements. B. Fire -Rated Openings: Provide hardware for fire -rated openings in compliance with NFPA Standard No. 80 and building code requirements. Provide only hardware which has been tested and listed by UL or FM for types and sizes of doors required and complies with requirements of door and door frame labels. 1. Where emergency exit devices are required on fire -rated doors (with supplementary doors' UL or FM labels indicating "Fire Door to be Equipped with Fire Exit Hardware ") provide UL or FM label on exit devices indicating "Fire Exit Hardware ". C. Items of hardware not definitely specified herein but necessary for completion of the work shall be provided. Such items shall be of type and quality suitable to the service required and comparable to adjacent hardware. Where size or shape of members is such as to prevent the use of types specified, hardware shall be furnished of suitable types having as nearly as practicable the same operation and quality as the type specified. D. Hardware supplier shall be a direct factory contract distributor who has in his employment an experienced certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (A.H.C.), who is available at all reasonable times during the course of this work. Have consultants name, address, and phone number available for consultation to the owner, architect and contractor. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical product data for each item of hardware. Include whatever information may be necessary to show compliance with requirements, and include instructions for installation and for maintenance of operating parts and finish. C. Hardware Schedule: Submit hardware schedule in manner indicated below. 1. Submit five (5) typewritten copies of the schedule of hardware. Schedule shall be arranged sequentially by door number with the hardware type identified. Hardware shall not be ordered for purchase until the schedule has been reviewed by the Architect. 2. Submit catalog cuts of each item. 3. Check door thicknesses, details of trim, clearance for hinges, strikes, closers, fastener requirements, and fire rating requirements before preparing schedule. 4. Submit keying schedule. 5. Review of the schedule by the Architect shall not be construed as certifying the schedule as being complete. D. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors, frames and other work to be factory- prepared for the installation of hardware. 1.03 KEYING A. All locks shall be 'Best' 7 -Pin, Interchangeable Core Cylinders. B. KEYS: Provide 6 sets of all keys to owner PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISHES A. Refer to hardware schedule in Part 3. 2.02 MANUFACTURERS A. Refer to hardware schedule in Part 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in "Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" by the Door and Hardware Institute, except as specifically indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. B. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Wherever cutting and fitting is required to install hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface protection with finishing work specified in the Division -9 sections. Do not install surface - mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. C. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. D. Drill and countersink units which are not factory- prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as intended for the application. B. Final Adjustment: Wherever hardware installation is made more than one month prior to acceptance or occupancy of a space or area, return to the work during the week prior to acceptance or occupancy, and make final check and adjustment of all hardware items in each space or area. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish of hardware and doors. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment. C. Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes, during the final adjustment of hardware. 3.1 MANUFACTURER'S REFERENCE CODE: Approved Substitutions: 1. Hager Stanley, P.B.B. 2. Best (No substitute) 3. Dorma, Norton 7500, Yale 4400 4. Trimco, BBW, Rockwood 5. Pemko Reese, NGP 6. American Device 7. Schlage (No substitute) 8. Adams -Rite Or equal 9. A.B.H. Rixson, G -J 10. Dorma Rixson, Dor- o -matic 11. Forms & Surfaces (No substitute) 12. Detex (No substitute) 13. Von Dupren 14. Glynn- Johnson 15. Cal -Royal 16. Monarch (No substitute) 17. Kawneer (Or equal) 3.1.1 HARDWARE GROUPS: HW -1 (GLASS DOORS) Door 1A: 1 Cylinder (Mortise) 1E-74 C181 626 2 *1 Blank Cylinder 1E04 626 *2 Thumb Turn 1E-A2/A4-C181 626 2 (on Inside of Store) 2 Push Pulls RM3301 MP (96 ") with 13HD Hardware 626 (finish 32D) 2 Dustproof Strikes 570 626 4 *2 Bottom Rail Deadlocks 17 *2 Door Pivots 17 *2 Patch Fittings 17 Door 1B: *2 Blank Cylinder 1 E04 626 *2 Thumb Turn 1E-A2/A4-C181 626 2 (on Inside of Store) 2 Push Pulls RM3301 MP (96 ") with 13HD Hardware 626 (finish 32D) 2 Dustproof Strikes 570 626 4 *2 Bottom Rail Deadlocks 17 *2 Door Pivots 17 *2 Patch Fittings 17 HW -2 (ROLL -UP GRILLE) (NOT USED) Hardware per curtain/roll -up grille manufacturer - Straight lattice, gals. steel, open style curtain constructed of solid steel rods spaced 2" on center with aluminum link and spacer tubes connected with aluminum vertical links. - Curtain: mill finish with all exposed components clear anodized - Locking: best cylinder on inside and outside center of bottom bar and thumb -turn egress on the inside transom center. - Curtain will consist of solid aluminum lock protection panels to prevent theft of attempted entry - Grille coil shall face the inside of the store - Steel tube requirements: (min) 4 "X4 "X5/16" - Width and height shall be field verified and coordinated with general contractor and architect. HW -3 (BACK EXIT DOOR) -(60 -MIN) 1 Exit Device F- 19- R- BA -MAL 16 "Monarch" (No substitute) 1 Surface Mounted Alarm EA -500 12 " Detex" (No substitute) 1 Cylinder 1 E72 -626 12 "Detex" w/ ECL -1595 spacer (No substitute) 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Kick Plate K0050 - 10 x 34 630 4 1 Door Viewer 976U 626 4 1 Set Seal S88W17 Black 5 1 Door Bottom by Pemko Reese, NGP HW-4 (SALES TO EXIT PASSAGEWAY) 1 1/2 Pr. Butts BB1279 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 AL -40 -S -SAT 26D 7 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Kick Plate K0050 - 34 x 34 630 4 1 Wall Stop W1276CCS 630 4 1 Set Seal HSS2000XS88 HW -6 (EXIT PASSAGEWAY TO STOCK/ BREAKROOM) 1 1/2 Pr. Butts BB1279 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 AL -80 -PD -SAT 26D 7 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Kick Plate K0050 - 34 x 34 630 4 1 Set Seal HSS2000XS88 HW -8 (RESTROOM) 1 1/2 Pr. Butts BB1279 - 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 630 1 1 AL -40 -S -SAT 26D 7 1 Kick Plate K0050 -10X34 630 4 1 Closer 3301 - BF - SB x SNB 3 1 Sign (MEN/WOMEN) 527, 528 x 754 BLUE 4 1 Set Seal HSS2000XS88 KEYING SCHEDULE (COORDINATE WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE) KEY #1: ALL PERIMETER DOORS (ENTRY DOORS /ROLL -UP GRILLE, BACKDOOR PANIC DEVICE), AND CASH/WRAP DRAWER (AT MOTHER STATION) HARDWARE NOTES (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) 1. COORDINATE ALL KEYING WITH OWNER. 2. PROVIDE LEVER HARDWARE/HANDLES (626 OR 630 FINISH). 3. PROVIDE PANIC HARDWARE w /PUSH BAR. 4. PROVIDE A TIGHT FITTING SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROUSEAL ASSEMBLY RATED FOR 20 OR 60 MINUTES WHERE THE DOOR MEETS THE STOP AT JAMBS AND HEAD. 5. HARDWARE SHALL BE LISTED FOR USE ON FIRE EXITS. 6. PROVIDE DOOR RINGER/BUZZER, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 7. PROVIDE SIGN ABOVE THE ENTRY DOOR THAT IS VISIBLE DURING BUSINESS HOURS "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED AND OPEN DURING BUSINESS HOURS ". 8. PROVIDE A SIGN ABOVE THE ENTRY DOORS VISIBLE DURING BUSINESS HOURS "DOORS MUST REMAIN IN OPEN POSITION WHILE STORE IS OCCUPIED ". 9. PROVIDE SIGN ON DOOR "NOT AN EXIT ". SIGN IS O.F.C.I. 10. PROVIDE SIGN ON DOOR "EMPLOYEES ONLY ". SIGN IS O.F.C.I. 11. PROVIDE DOOR SIGNS FOR RESTROOMS REFER TO DETAIL 8A3 -5. 12. PROVIDE SIGN ON BACK OF REAR EXIT SERVICE DOOR. SIGN IS PROVIDED BY TENANT. 13. CLOSER TO PROVIDE STOP FUNCTION AT 90 END OF SECTION 08710. SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data. B. Where STC -rated assemblies are required, provide materials and construction identical to assemblies whose STC ratings were determined according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency. C. Where fire- resistance -rated assemblies are required, provide materials and construction identical to assemblies tested according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. Steel framing components for suspended and furred ceilings complying with ASTM C 645 and ASTM C 754. 1. Wire Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, .062 inch thick. 2. Hangers: Wire, ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper,12 Ga. 3. Carrying Channels: Cold- rolled steel, 1 -1/2 inches deep. 4. Furring Channels: Steel studs, 0.0179- inch - thick, Steel rigid hat - shaped channels, 3/4 -inch- double -leg configuration or as indicated on drawings. 5. Hot -dip galvanized coating complying with ASTM A 653, G40. 6. Direct -hung grid suspension system for interior ceilings. B. Steel framing for partitions complying with ASTM C 645. 1. Studs and Runners: In depth indicated; 25 Ga. or as indicated. 2. Rigid Hat - Shaped Furring Channels: In depth indicated and 0.0179 -inch thick, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Furring Brackets: Adjustable serrated -arm type fabricated from corrosion resistant steel sheet 0.0329 -inch thick. 4. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2- inch -deep, with single- or double -leg. 5. Z- Furring: Z- shaped members with face flange of 1-1/4 inch, wall- attachment flange of 7/8 inch, and in depth required by insulation. 6. Hot -dip galvanized coating complying with ASTM A 653, G40. 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD A. Gypsum board products in maximum lengths available to minimize end - to-end butt joints. 1. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, Type X in thickness indicated, with manufacturer's standard edges. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Accessories for Interior Installation: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C 1047, formed from steel sheet zinc coated by hot -dip process or rolled zinc or plastic. B. Gypsum Board Joint Treatment Materials: Comply with ASTM C 475. Paper reinforcing tape and drying -type, ready - mixed, all- purpose compounds. C. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9, thickness as indicated on drawings. D. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. PART 3 _ EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. 1. Isolate steel framing from building structure, except at floor, to prevent structural movement from transferring loading to partitions. 2. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips or foam gaskets between studs and wall. B. Install and finish gypsum panels to comply with ASTM C 840 and GA -216. 1. Isolate the perimeter of non -load- bearing gypsum board partitions where they abut structural elements, except floors, by providing a 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide space between gypsum board and the structure. Trim edges with U -bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. 2. Where STC -rated gypsum board assemblies are required, comply with ASTM C 919 for location of edge trim and closing off sound - flanking paths around or through gypsum board assemblies. 3. Install cementitious backer units to comply with ANSI A108.11. 4. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Fasten gypsum panels to supports with screws. 5. Multilayer Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers with screws and face layers to base layers with adhesive and face layers to base layers with adhesive and supplementary fasteners. END OF SECTION 09260 SECTION 09271 - GYPSUM FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data and Shop Drawings. B. Surface - Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84, flame- spread rating of 25 or less and smoke - developed rating of 450 or less. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS - REINFORCED GYPSUM FABRICATIONS A. Custom fabricated round column cover (where accurs) 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate units as large as possible to minimize joints, with smooth finished surfaces, and with the following dimensional tolerances: 1. Edge Straightness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch . 2. Overall Assembled Dimension: Plus or minus 1/4 inch. 3. Chords, Radii, and Diameters: Plus or minus 1/4 inch. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install glass- reinforced gypsum units level, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where required for alignment. B. Install to the following tolerances: 1. Plane Alignment (Panel to Panel): 1/8 inch. 2. Deflection: Not greater than the length of the assembly divided by 240. 3. Joint Alignment: Not more than 1/8 inch. 4. Joint Width: Not more than 1/4 inch. C. Patch fastener holes with bedding compound applied flush with finish face. Sand patch smooth and level. D. Attach pieces at joints with adhesive, and band or brace together until adhesive is cured. E. Finish joints to comply with ASTM C 840. Provide smooth and contiguous surfaces. END OF SECTION 09271 SECTION 09305 - METAL FLOOR TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data. B. NO SUBSTITUTIONS ACCEPTED. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3.2 TRANSITIONS STRIPS A. Metal edge strips. Provide anodized aluminum edge strip with 1/8" reveal at top edge and integral provision for anchorage to substrate. Heights to match tile, stone or marble thickness. CTC14 for 1/4" height, CTC1132 for 5/16" and CTC38 for 3/8" height. B. Stone /tile to carpet and vinyl to carpet transition. Provide anidozed aluminum edge strip with 1/4" reveal at top edge, for carpet protection and integral provision for anchorage to substrate. Heights to match tile, stone or marble thickness. CTC38Ct for 3/8" height or CTC1132CT for 11/32" height. C. Additional products as indicated on construction documents. D. MANUFACTURER: Ceramic Tool Company N16 W23250 Stoneridge Drive Waukesha WI 53188 800.236.5230 Tel: 414.51 3.9331 Fax: 414.513.9332 PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Metal trims and transitions: Provide prefabricated CTC joint as indicated on drawings and to comply with details, and if not shown and detailed, at locations to comply with recommendations in 'TCA Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" vertical and horizontal joint design essentials EJ171 -98. B. Provide smooth shapes as indicated on floor plan. C. Protect metal trim from the work of other sections. END OF SECTION 09305 CITY Oh 1 LiKvOLA MAP 0 31008 PERMIT CENTER 01.29.08 02.05.08 ooh Hmwm %„_„,m,„,„,m1.04) LIU *0 DATE I NO. I DESCRIPTION PROJECT 70610 SHEET RAVVOSA VA 4 s LIC #: 8897 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 co Co co a) ❑ w Li] O I w F- ❑ 77 L o w Cn U _ ❑ F- vJ U) w a BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL SPECIFICATIONS / DOOR HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS SP -1 LIl REQUIRED # OF CAP BOARD ENCLOSURES FOR OPENING SIZE OPENING SIZE # OF CAP ENCLOSURES s 14' 1 > 14' 2 SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED) SECTION 09385 - DIMENSION STONE TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data and material Samples. B. Stone Tiles: Minimum abrasive hardness of 10, as determined per ASTM C 241. C. Stone Tiles: Static coefficient of friction of minimum 0.6, as determined per ASTM C 1028. PART 2 -. PRODUCTS 2.1 DIMENSION STONE TILE A. Granite dimension stone tile: ASTM C 615; types as indicated on drawings. B. Limestone dimension stone: ASTM C 568, Category II (Medium Density); types as indicated on drawings. 2.2 DIMENSION STONE TILE - SETTING AND - GROUTING MATERIALS A. Materials complying with ANSI standards. B. Mapei "Ultra /Flex II" mortar and KER 800 unsnaded polymer - modified grout for small joints. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Setting -Bed Accessories: Complying with ANSI A108.1A and as follows: 1. Cleavage Membrane: Asphalt felt, ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15) or polyethylene sheeting ASTM D 4397, 4.0 mils thick. B. Cementitious Backer Units: Complying with ANSI A118.9, of thickness indicated. C. Floor Sealer: Colorless, slip -and stain- resistant, not affecting color or physical properties of stone surfaces. D. Required Floor Sealer: #511 impregnator by miracle sealant company. Must cure for a minimum of 12 -24 hours. Website www.miraclesealants.com. Colorless, slip- and stain- resistant sealer not affecting color or physical properties of stone surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with parts of ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards in "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated. B. Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." C. Apply sealer to cleaned stone tile flooring according to sealer manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 09385 DIMENSION STONE TILE 09385 - 2 SECTION 09511 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data and material Samples. Samples: Minimum 6 inch x 6 inch samples of specked acoustical panel; 8 inch long samples of exposed wall molding and suspension system, including main runner and 4 foot cross tees. B. Acoustical Panel Ceilings: Comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class A materials, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1. ACOUSTICAL PANELS A. Acoustical Panels Type "Cl": 1. Surface Texture: Fine 2. Composition: Fiberglass 3. Color: White 4. Size: 96in X 24in X 1 in 5. Edge Profile: Square Tegular for interface with Interlude XL 9/16" Dimensional Tee. 6. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): ASTM C 423; Classified with UL label on product carton, 0.95. 7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): ASTM C 1414; Classified with UL label on product carton, Not Applicable 8. Articulation Class (AC): ASTM E 1111; Classified with UL label on product carton 190. 9. Emissions Testing: Section 01350 Protocol, < 115 ppb of formaldehyde when used under typical conditions required by ASHRAE Standard 62.1 -2004, "Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality" 10. Flame Spread: ASTM E 1264; Class A (UL) 11. Light Reflectance (LR): ASTM E 1477; White Panel: Light Reflectance: 0.90. 12. Dimensional Stability: HumiGuard Plus - Temperature is between 32 °F (0° C) and 120 °F (49° C). It is not necessary for the area to be enclosed or for HVAC systems to be functioning. All wet work (plastering, concrete, etc) must be complete and dry. 13. Antimicrobial Protection: Inherent - Resists the growth of mold /mildew and bacterial growth. 14. Acceptable Product: Optima Plank, 3262 as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries. 2.2.0 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Components: All main beams and cross tees shall be commercial quality hot - dipped galvanized (galvanized steel, aluminum, or stainless steel) as per ASTM A 653. Main beams and cross tees are double -web steel construction with type exposed flange design. Exposed surfaces chemically cleansed, capping pre - finished galvanized steel (aluminum or stainless steel) in baked polyester paint. Main beams and cross tees shall have rotary stitching (exception: extruded aluminum or stainless steel). 1. Structural Classification: ASTM C 635 Intermediate Duty. 2. Color: White and match the actual color of the selected ceiling tile, unless noted otherwise. 3. Acceptable Product: Interlude XL 9/16" Dimensional Tee as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries, Inc. B. High Humidity Finish: Comply with ASTM C 635 requirements for Coating Classification for Severe Environment Performance where high humidity finishes are indicated. 1. SS Prelude Plus by Armstrong World Industries, Inc. - 100% Type 304 STAINLESS Steel. 2. AL Prelude Plus by Armstrong World Industries, Inc. - all ALUMINUM 3. Prelude Plus XL Fire Guard by Armstrong World Industries, Inc., G -60 Hot dipped galvanized /aluminum capping 4. Structural Classification: ASTM C 635 duty class. 5. Color: [Stainless for SS only][White aluminum] [Clear Anodized Aluminum] C. Attachment Devices: Size for five times design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated. D. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, pre - stretched, with a yield stress load of at least time three design load, but not less than 12 gauge. E. Edge Moldings and Trim: Metal or extruded aluminum of types and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations, including light fixtures, that fit type of edge detail and suspension system indicated. Provide moldings with exposed flange of the same width as exposed runner. F. Accessories 12ft Hemmed Angle Molding 2.2 CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Chicago Metallic, Series 1200, direct -hung suspension system, with intermediate -duty structural classification according to ASTM C 635. B. Or as indicated on Finish Schedule. C. Zinc - coated carbon -steel wire hangers, braces, and ties complying with ASTM A 641 , Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 1. Select wire diameter so its stress at 3 times the hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than the yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 -inch- diameter wire. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with the following: 1. CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." 2. CISCA's "Recommendations for Direct -Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay -in Panel Ceilings." 3. ASTM C 636, "Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations." 4. U.B.C. Standard 25 -2, 1997 Edition. B. For systems requiring seismic restraint, comply with the following: 1. CISCA's "Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Direct -Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies." 2. ASTM E 580, "Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint." 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Replace damaged and broken panels. B. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION END OF SECTION 09511 SECTION 09638 - STONE PAVING AND FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Static Coefficient of Friction: Minimum value per ASTM C 1028 of 0.6 on flat surfaces and 0.8 on ramps. B. Submit grout samples showing the full range of colors available. C. Submit stone samples at least 12 inches square. Include 2 or more samples in each set showing the full range of variations in appearance. D. Do not set stone flooring when air temperature or material temperature is below 50 deg F (10 deg C). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STONE A. Flagstone: Solnhofen "Fossilstone" Quarry Rough. B. Pattern: Random, polygonal pattern composed of units not less than 1 sq. ft. or more than 3 sq. ft. in area. 2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT A. Latex - Modified Portland Cement Setting Mortar: Proportion and mix portland cement, aggregate, and latex additive to comply with written instructions of latex additive manufacturer. 1. Latex Additive: Mapei KERALASTIC. B. Sand Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A108.10. C. Latex Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6. 1. Use sanded grout; color to match stone. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Cleaner: Specifically formulated for stone types, finishes, and applications indicated. B. Required Floor Sealer: #511 impregnator by miracle sealant company. Must cure for a minimum of 12 -24 hours. Website www.miraclesealants.com. Colorless, slip- and stain - resistant sealer not affecting color or physical properties of stone surfaces. 2.4 STONE FABRICATION A. Cut stone to fit stone pattern indicated and to minimize field cuffing. B. Cut stone to produce joints with a minimum of 1/4 inch and a maximum of one (1) inch width. C. Pattern Arrangement: Fabricate and arrange stone units as indicated on Drawings and directed by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Remove substances from concrete substrates that could impair mortar bond, including curing and sealing compounds, form oil, and laitance. B. Execute stonework by skilled mechanics experienced with the kind and form of stone and installation method indicated. C. Field -cut stone as necessary to fit at obstructions. Produce neat joints. 3.2 INSTALLING STONE A. Saturate concrete with clean water before placing setting bed. Remove surface water before placing setting bed. B. Apply cement -paste slush coat before placing setting bed. Limit area of slush coat to avoid its drying out. Do not exceed 1/16 -inch thickness for slush coat. C. Spread and screed setting bed to uniform thickness at elevations required for accurate setting of stone. Mix and place only as much mortar setting bed as can be covered with stone before initial set. D. Place stone before initial set of cement occurs. Apply 1/16- inch - thick, slurry bond coat to back of each stone. E. Tamp and beat stone to obtain full contact with setting bed. Set each unit in a single operation before initial set of mortar. F. Vertical dimension from stone to stone shall exceed ADA Requirements. 3.3 GROUTING STONE PAVING AND FLOORING A. Grout stone joints to comply with ANSI A108.10 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Grout joints as soon as possible after initial set of setting bed. Force grout into joints, taking care not to smear grout on adjoining stone and other surfaces. After initial set of grout, finish joints by tooling to produce a slightly concave polished joint, free from drying cracks. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean stone paving and flooring as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. B. Clean stone paving and flooring after setting and grouting are complete. C. Apply sealer to cleaned stone flooring. END OF SECTION 09638 STONE PAVING AND FLOORING 09638 - 3 SECTION 09666 - RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Samples: Submit samples for colors and patterns. B. Closeout submittals. 1. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data for materials. Include methods for maintaining installed products, and precautions against cleaning materials and methods detrimental to performance. 2. Warranty: Submit warranty documents. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Installer Qualifications: Installer experienced (min. 5 years) to perform work who has specialized in the installation of work similar to that required for this project and who is acceptable to product mfr. B. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide linoleum flooring with the following fire performance characteristics: a. Critical Radiant Flux: Class 1 Rating per NFPA 253 (ASTM E 648) (0.45)watts /cm z or greater). b. Smoke Density: Less than 450 per ASTM E 662 (NFPA 258). 1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Ordering: Comply with mfr's ordering instructions. B. Packing, Shipping, Handling, and Unloading: Deliver materials in mfr's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Storage and Protection: Store materials in temperature Conditions: 68° F (20° C) for 72 hours prior to, during and after installation. 1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS /SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements /Conditions: per mfr's recommendations, areas to receive flooring shall be clean, fully enclosed, weathertight and maintained at a uniform temperature of at least 68 °F (20° C) for 72 hours prior to, during and after installation. Condition flooring materials for the same uniform temperatures. 1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Concrete Curing: Do not install flooring over concrete substrates until substrates have cured and are dry to bond with adhesive as determined by flooring mfr's recommended bond and moisture test. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit, for Owner's acceptance, mfr's warranty document executed by authorized official. Mfr's warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of , other rights Owner may have under the Contract Documents. 1. Issue warranty in the legal name of the project Owner. 2.5 year limited warranty commencing on Date of Substantial Completion. 3. Owner is sole authority who will determine acceptability of mfr's warranty documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Mfrs /Products Data Sheets: Subject to compliance with specified requirements, provide products specified on construction documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify substrate conditions are acceptable for product installation in accordance with mfr's instructions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: 1. General: Prepare floor substrate in accordance with mfr's instructions for warranty requirements. 2. Floor Substrate: Prepare floor substrate to be smooth, rigid, flat, level, permanently dry, clean and free of foreign materials such as dust, paint, grease, oils, solvent, curing and hardening compounds, sealers, asphalt and old adhesive residue. 3. Concrete Floor Substrate: Concrete floor substrate shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi. leveling compounds shall be with portland cement -based compounds. Do not use or install flooring over gypsum -based leveling or patching materials. a. Reference Standard: Comply with ASTM F 710 Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors and Other Monolithic Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring. b. Moisture Test: Test each concrete floor substrate, regardless of age and grade level, for moisture. Moisture emission from concrete shall not exceed 3.5 lbs. per 1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. If test results exceed limitation, do not proceed with flooring installation until corrective action has been completed. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Adhesive Flooring Installation: Cut required length of linoleum flooring from roll. Scribe and cut flooring material to shape of surfaces, including walls and partitions. Apply adhesive and lay sheet flooring into wet adhesive within 10 to 15 minutes and roll with a 100 lb. roller. 2. Adhesive, Seamless Flooring Installation: Rout out seams and heat weld together with complementary colored heat welding rod of complimentary composition in accordance with resilient flooring mfr's recommendations. 3. Adhesive Material Installation: Use trowel as recommended by flooring mfr for specific adhesive. Spread at a rate of approx. 150 sq. ft. /gal. as recommended by flooring mfr. B. Installation Techniques: 1. Do not install resilient flooring over expansion joints. Use expansion joint covers manufactured for use with resilient flooring. C. Finish Flooring Patterns: As indicated on construction documents. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Services: Upon Owner's request, provide mfr's field service consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visit for inspection of installation in accordance with mfr's instructions. 3.05 CLEANING A. Cleaning: Repair or replace damaged installed products. Clean installed products in accordance with mfr's instructions prior to Owner's acceptance. 1. Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaning methods recommended by resilient flooring manufacturer. 2. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring mfr. 3. Damp -mop resilient flooring to remove black marks and soil. B. Protection: Protect installed flooring finish surfaces from damage during construction. 3.06 INITIAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES A. General: Include in Contract Amount cost for initial maintenance procedures, and execute procedures after flooring installation as recommended by flooring mfr. B. Drying Room Film: Expose installed linoleum to either natural or artificial light to allow "drying room film" on installed linoleum flooring to disappear prior to initialing protection procedures. END OF SECTION 09666 SECTION 09910 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submit Product Data and color Samples. B. Furnish primers, and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. C. Paint all exposed surfaces, new and existing, unless otherwise indicated. D. Do not paint prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, labels, and materials obviously intended to be left exposed such as brick and tile. Do not paint concealed surfaces, with the following exceptions: 1. Label mechanical piping in accessible ceiling spaces. 2. Paint the back side of access panels. E. Deliver to Owner a 1 -gal. container, properly labeled and sealed, of each color and type of finish coat paint used on Project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PAINT A. Manufacturer's best - quality, VOC compliant, paint material of the various coating types specified. B. Benjamin Moore or as approved by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation, environmental and substrate conditions, product mixing, and application. 3.2 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE (IF APPLICABLE) A. Ferrous Metal: As follows: 1. Low- Luster 100% Acrylic: 2 coats over rust- inhibitive alkyd primer. B. Zinc - Coated Metal: As follows: 1. Low - Luster 100% Acrylic: 2 coats over galvanized metal alcyd primer. (Etch surface prior to appliction of primer.) 3.3 INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE A. Glass Reinforced Gypsum Fabrications: As follows: 1. Flat Acrylic: 2 coats. B. Gypsum Board: As follows: 1. Eggshell Acrylic: 2 coats over pigmented acrylic primer. C. Plaster: As follows: 1. Flat Acrylic: 2 coats over alkyd primer. D. Woodwork and Hardboard: As follows: 1. Low - Luster 100% Acrylic Enamel: 2 coats over acrylic primer. E. Ferrous Metal: As follows: 1. Low - Luster 100% Acrylic Enamel: 2 coats over rust- inhibitive alkyd primer. F. Zinc- Coated Metal: As follows: 1. Low - Luster 100% Acrylic Enamel: 2 coats over alkyd primer. (Etch surface prior to application of primer.) END OF SECTION 09910 PAINTING 09910 - 2 SECTION 15000 - MECHANICAL SECTION 15200 - PLUMBING REFER TO SHEET M -3 REFER TO SHEET P -1 SECTION 15300 -FIRE N PR TE TI o c o REFER TO SHEET M -3 SECTION 15500 -HVAC REFER TO SHEET M -3 SECTION 16000 - ELECTRICAL REFER TO SHEET E-4 GENERAL NOTES THE GC WILL BE SUPPLIED WITH INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS WHICH GC MUST FOLLOW. THE INSTRUCTIONS PRESENTED HERE ARE TO BE USED ONLY AS A GUIDE FOR INSTALLATION OF THE AMS -3030 AND SHALL NOT SUPERCEDE ANY OTHER REQUIREMENTS PROVIDED BY THE MFR. OF THE FLOOR MAX SYSTEM. THE GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARATION, COORDINATING, AND INSTALLING THE TOTAL SYSTEM. ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, NATIONAL FIRE CODE AND ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES VERIFY THAT ALL EQUIPMENT HAS ARRIVED AND IS THE CORRECT SYSTEM CONFIGURATION FOR THE SITE. COORDINATE WORK WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. VERIFY EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD, OWNERS REPRESENTATIVES AND APPROPRIATE UTILITIES AS REQUIRED. OBTAIN COPIES OF ALL RELATED PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, SHOP DRAWINGS, AND ADDENDA TO SCHEDULE AND COORDINATE RELATED WORK. THOROUGHLY REVIEW THE PROJECT TO ENSURE THAT ALL WORK MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS. BRING ALLEGED DISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF SENSORMATIC ELECTRONICS IMMEDIATELY FOR SENSORMATIC COORDINATION CONTACT: DARA RIORDAN 310.683.9000 ERVIN TATE 561.912.6274 CECILIA MORENO 310.619.2304. SENSORMATIC ELECTRONIC CORPORATION 21171 S. WESTERN AVE. TORRANCE, CA 90505. TECH SUPPORT AND 24 HOUR SERVICE LINE: 800.241.6678. SENSORMATIC AMS 3030 1/4" = A i]CLG. HT. @ ENTRY REFER TO PLAN F.F. I IITREFER TO PLAN ELEVATION CAP I CON KEYNOTES O CAP (OFCI) CAPACITOR BOARD: INSTALL ABOVE CEILING NO LESS THE 7' FROM END OF ANTENNAE BUT NOT GREATER THEN 23'. PROVIDE 16 GA. SHEET MTL. BACKING FOR INSTALLATION. REFER TO TABLE BELOW FOR QUANTITY REQ. ® SUPPORT COLUMN(S), REFER TO PLANS ® PROVIDE 3/4" RIGID CONDUIT FOR EACH ANTENNAE CABLE, ROUTE OUT OF CONCRETE AND UP TO THE CAP BOX. ® ACCESS PANEL(S), 2' x 2' ® DOOR(S) PER PLAN ® REA (OFCI) REMOTE ALARM. INSTALL AT 10' -0" A.F.F. MIN., VERIFY LOCATION W/ ARCHITECT ® CON (OFCI) CONTROLLER INSTALLED ABOVE CEILING WITHIN 40' OF THE CAP. PROVIDE 16 GA. SHEET MTL. BACKING FOR INSTALLATION. ® FLOOR CUT FOR ANTENNAE: A. BEFORE INSTALLING THE FLOOR ANTENNAE UTILIZE THE MANUFACTURERS SITE SURVEY KIT TO DETERMINE IF THE SITE IS SUITABLE FOR A FLOOR ANTENNAE SYSTEM. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN RESULT IN INSTALLATION OF A SYSTEM WITH UNACCEPTABLE PERFORMANCE. B. UTILIZE THE ANTENNAE STENCIL PROVIDED IN THE KIT TO MARK THE FLOOR FOR FLOOR CUTTING. C. USE LARGE FLOOR SAW TO MAKE CUTS 1.5" DEEP x 5/8" WIDE IN FLOOR. D. PROVIDE DIAGONAL CUTS OR CORE DRILLING AT ALL CORNERS PER MANUF. REQS. E. CLEAN ALL WATER AND DEBRIS OUT OF TRENCHES PRIOR TO LAYING ANTENAE WIRE. F. FILL TRENCHES AS FOLLOWS: FOR LIGHT WEIGHT TRAFFIC USE QUIKCRETE FAST SET NONSHRINK GROUT. FOR HEAVY TRAFFIC USE SIKAGROUT 212 HIGH PERFORMANCE NON - SHRINK GROUT. REVIEWED FO ' 1 CODE COMPLIANCE APPROV' i , '. MAR - 5 i(s; City Of Tu l@-' ILCING DI.. IS ° 1) 08 (3 R - .. CITY Qiw i tirvriiLA MAP 03NUE1 PERMIT CENTER SHEET sv m afihof N } Ap a.;; �; , f�{'n'4:<5vx. " "ri;.," -v-"ry. � M � � : 4 =�; 34fi �.: ? : :: d #• P i�SiY�+l6` '-Ta 9i6l+v+'rOb.¢.`: - f. J.. f:• '..�. vS fiS § :vaava • � 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 LU *el* PROJECT 70610 LIC #: 8897 DATE I NO. I DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. 02.05.08 FINAL LL APPROVAL 8597 V e''''''''''''' 'n':11 i; s ' � r co co SPECIFICATIONS SP-2 ��»�»����������U � NOTE: R�D�RH�D�REANDN��.8B ������n"� SCHEDULE SPECIFICATIONS SECTION O871OON SHEET 8P-1 DOOR NO. DOOR TYPE DOOR SIZE (WxHxD) DOOR MATL. FRAME MATL. DETAILS RATING (MIN.) HARDWARE REMARKS HEAD JAMB SILL GROUP NOTES /�� \`'� A (2-PAIRS) 3''O''x 1D''O^x 1/2.. GL FRAME ' - - N/A HW-1 178 . . TEK�PEREDQU�88DOOR '��� \^/ �� B 3' 0^x7' 0^x 1 3/4" ' ' SCHB HM Q/A4 1286�4-22 ' N/A HW-4 2, 45 1O ' '' SALES TO EGRESS CORR|DOR /�� �� B 3''0'»7'� 3/4" "»1 �' SCHB HM 9/A4-1 2D�4�29�� 4 � N/A HW 1,9,12 RESTROOM /�� L * � ~^ B . 3'O^ xT''O^ x 1 3/4'' SCHB HM 9/A4-1 28/A4-2 29/A4-2 80 MIN. HW-3 1.3.4, G8 13 ' ' �EARE�|TOOOR8|GNAGE MOUNTED ON OUTSIDE OF DOOR, 3/A6-1. � P. ALL 4 SIDES LINE OF SOF IT ABOVE. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE. 12'-8r raim~�imur. � / co DJ N < • CO LINE OF S CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN 1/4" =1�0 10'- 3/4" FFIT ABOVE _ 3''41/2" TYP. ALL 4 SIDES 12''4^ CAS L TYP. ALL 4 SIDES � | eNi � . V.I.F. 27' - 4 3/4" • \� 1 3/4" ���� `�v TENANT SPACE 9 MALL 8''T3/4" FOR D INFOR REFE 4 r L � L-N 11'-8^ 9''8^ SALES AREA __ ATION TO DETAIL TYP. ALL 4 SIDES • ■• LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE � Al u 04 SIDES ' - 5" TYP. UON lYP.ALL FREESTANDING COLUMNS 1Ey-4^ 7 i D) LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE -, �� � -=*v �~^ - -~` � °^*� �`.- \ ` � y~ ' ~ -- . ` r ` � ` ` � ` 4''9^ 1 8'-1^ 1'-3" l 4 SIDES AL l ALL 4 SIDES � MALL 17"'O~ rt 13y'2" • 1'- - 6 3/4" 0' 1' 2' 4' \ ` � DU - � �»u" 131.3 Dloo017(at NORTH GENERAL FLOOR v�»�~/��-n�x~vu— x u—v�vv�vn`^ ��x.�x��� n r����� n nv.�|� PLAN NOTES �—�� A. REFER TO SHEET T-i FOR SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS. B. FOR FLOORING, WALL FINISHES AND KEYNOTES, REFER TO FLOOR FINISH PLAN. C. FOR FURNISHINGS, FIXTURING, AND EQUIPMENT, REFER TO THE FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN. D. FOR ALL WALL TYPES, LEGENDS AND DOOR SCHEDULE, REFER TO THIS SHEET E. ALL GWB USED ON ALL WALLS AND CEILINGS THROUGHOUT THE SPACE SHALL BE TYPE}(' F. PROVIDE 5/8" WATER RESISTANT GWB ON AL WALLS IN RESTROOMS AFTER MINIMUM REQ. FIRE RATING IS ACHIEVED A8|NO|CATEOpERVN\LL3CHEDULE. G. REFER TO DETAIL FOR FRAMING AT RESTROOM CEILING. H. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE REQD FOR ALL RESTROOMS AND WET AREAS. J. ALL METAL STUDS TO BE ICC APPROVEDER4934* K. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE PROJECT COORDINATOR/ARCHITECT OF ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS (FOLOWING DEMOLITION OF SPAC RALL DIMENSIONS AND HEIGHT CLEARANCES SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. L. HOLD OUTSIDE FACE OF STOREFRONT SYSTEM TIGHT TO LEASE LINE, WHERE INDICATED. M. HOLD DIMENSION TO BE EXACT FINISH DIMENSION AS NOTED ON PLANS. (NO EXCEPTIONS) N. ALL COLUMNS OUTSIDE OF LEASE LINE ARE TO BE CLAD BY LANDLORD. KEYNOTES 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 11 1 1� 14 15 16 17 1� �»0 121 23 EXISTING STEEL COLUMN, G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING/REPAIRING ALL DAMAGED FIRE PROOFING. LEASE LINE G.C. TO COORDINATE IN ITS ENTIRETY, THE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION OF THE SENSORMATIC SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAIL RECESSED STANDARDS AND GLASS WALL PANELS REFER TO DETAIL /u| (E) NEUTRAL PIER, QCTD PATCH, REPAIR AND FINISH TO ORIGINAL CONDITION |o| (E) BRACE FRAME 36' WIDE CLEAR SPACE ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION COUNTER W/ 3' LONG 28"HIGH COUNTER STOREFRONT SIGNAGE, REFER TO SIGNAGE DWGS. STUB UP POWER AND DATA THRU FLOOR. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. TELEPHONE BOARD. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. RECEPTACLE POWER PANEL, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. LIGHTING POWER PANEL, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. HVAC THERMOSTAT. REFER TO MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL OVVQS. EXISTING MALL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN EXISTING 4" ELECTRICAL CONDUIT UP THRU SLAB. COORDINATE EXISTING ROOF DRAIN THRU SLAB W/ NEW FURR OUT LOCATION. (E) SANITARY PIPE INTO SLAB (E) PIPE INTO SLAB (E)7^ROOF DRAIN INTO SLAB (E) SANITARY PIPE INTO SLAB ELECTRICAL POWER EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. (E) FIRE HOSE CABINET, VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. 4^x4^x4'-0^ STAINLESS STEEL 1U GA. CORNER GUARDS ON OUTSIDE OFALCOVE. DOORBELL AT REAR E 26 FLOOR ELECTRICAL OUTLET. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 111111111M 2 DOOR TYPES (REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE) FOR DOOR HARDWARE, REFER TO DOOR SPECIFICATION AND HARDWARE GROUPS ON SHEET SP-1. A. GLASS DOORS 0 B. 10"x34"OR 34" x 34" KICK PLATE WHERE OCCURS WALL �—�������� WALL n TYPES EXISTING 1 HR DEMISING WALL NEW WALL FIRE RATED WALL TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR / ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE U.O.N. INDICATES WALL TYPE SEE SHEET A4-1: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS. GRAPHIC LEGEND LOCATION OF SENSORMATIC AT ENTRY'S, SIZE PER MFR. REQ.'S - CITYur v- MAP D3YDkA PERMIT CENTER SHEET mm��u�mmm LIC #: 8897 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: /817\ 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 PROJECT 70610 DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL 02.05.08 FINAL LL APPROVAL 02.27.08 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. 8897 REIFSTERFO / ; STATE 0 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN Al-lA 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 LINE OF ACRYLIC PANELS ABOVE. PROJECT COORDINATOR 2/27/2008 11:19:35 AM GRAHAM DOWNES T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 i_ _1 ..a - ,oI � P. ALL 4 SIDES LINE OF SOF IT ABOVE. LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE. 12'-8r raim~�imur. � / co DJ N < • CO LINE OF S CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN 1/4" =1�0 10'- 3/4" FFIT ABOVE _ 3''41/2" TYP. ALL 4 SIDES 12''4^ CAS L TYP. ALL 4 SIDES � | eNi � . V.I.F. 27' - 4 3/4" • \� 1 3/4" ���� `�v TENANT SPACE 9 MALL 8''T3/4" FOR D INFOR REFE 4 r L � L-N 11'-8^ 9''8^ SALES AREA __ ATION TO DETAIL TYP. ALL 4 SIDES • ■• LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE � Al u 04 SIDES ' - 5" TYP. UON lYP.ALL FREESTANDING COLUMNS 1Ey-4^ 7 i D) LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE -, �� � -=*v �~^ - -~` � °^*� �`.- \ ` � y~ ' ~ -- . ` r ` � ` ` � ` 4''9^ 1 8'-1^ 1'-3" l 4 SIDES AL l ALL 4 SIDES � MALL 17"'O~ rt 13y'2" • 1'- - 6 3/4" 0' 1' 2' 4' \ ` � DU - � �»u" 131.3 Dloo017(at NORTH GENERAL FLOOR v�»�~/��-n�x~vu— x u—v�vv�vn`^ ��x.�x��� n r����� n nv.�|� PLAN NOTES �—�� A. REFER TO SHEET T-i FOR SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS. B. FOR FLOORING, WALL FINISHES AND KEYNOTES, REFER TO FLOOR FINISH PLAN. C. FOR FURNISHINGS, FIXTURING, AND EQUIPMENT, REFER TO THE FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN. D. FOR ALL WALL TYPES, LEGENDS AND DOOR SCHEDULE, REFER TO THIS SHEET E. ALL GWB USED ON ALL WALLS AND CEILINGS THROUGHOUT THE SPACE SHALL BE TYPE}(' F. PROVIDE 5/8" WATER RESISTANT GWB ON AL WALLS IN RESTROOMS AFTER MINIMUM REQ. FIRE RATING IS ACHIEVED A8|NO|CATEOpERVN\LL3CHEDULE. G. REFER TO DETAIL FOR FRAMING AT RESTROOM CEILING. H. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE REQD FOR ALL RESTROOMS AND WET AREAS. J. ALL METAL STUDS TO BE ICC APPROVEDER4934* K. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE PROJECT COORDINATOR/ARCHITECT OF ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS (FOLOWING DEMOLITION OF SPAC RALL DIMENSIONS AND HEIGHT CLEARANCES SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. L. HOLD OUTSIDE FACE OF STOREFRONT SYSTEM TIGHT TO LEASE LINE, WHERE INDICATED. M. HOLD DIMENSION TO BE EXACT FINISH DIMENSION AS NOTED ON PLANS. (NO EXCEPTIONS) N. ALL COLUMNS OUTSIDE OF LEASE LINE ARE TO BE CLAD BY LANDLORD. KEYNOTES 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 11 1 1� 14 15 16 17 1� �»0 121 23 EXISTING STEEL COLUMN, G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING/REPAIRING ALL DAMAGED FIRE PROOFING. LEASE LINE G.C. TO COORDINATE IN ITS ENTIRETY, THE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION OF THE SENSORMATIC SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAIL RECESSED STANDARDS AND GLASS WALL PANELS REFER TO DETAIL /u| (E) NEUTRAL PIER, QCTD PATCH, REPAIR AND FINISH TO ORIGINAL CONDITION |o| (E) BRACE FRAME 36' WIDE CLEAR SPACE ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION COUNTER W/ 3' LONG 28"HIGH COUNTER STOREFRONT SIGNAGE, REFER TO SIGNAGE DWGS. STUB UP POWER AND DATA THRU FLOOR. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. TELEPHONE BOARD. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. RECEPTACLE POWER PANEL, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. LIGHTING POWER PANEL, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. HVAC THERMOSTAT. REFER TO MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL OVVQS. EXISTING MALL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN EXISTING 4" ELECTRICAL CONDUIT UP THRU SLAB. COORDINATE EXISTING ROOF DRAIN THRU SLAB W/ NEW FURR OUT LOCATION. (E) SANITARY PIPE INTO SLAB (E) PIPE INTO SLAB (E)7^ROOF DRAIN INTO SLAB (E) SANITARY PIPE INTO SLAB ELECTRICAL POWER EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. (E) FIRE HOSE CABINET, VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. 4^x4^x4'-0^ STAINLESS STEEL 1U GA. CORNER GUARDS ON OUTSIDE OFALCOVE. DOORBELL AT REAR E 26 FLOOR ELECTRICAL OUTLET. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 111111111M 2 DOOR TYPES (REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE) FOR DOOR HARDWARE, REFER TO DOOR SPECIFICATION AND HARDWARE GROUPS ON SHEET SP-1. A. GLASS DOORS 0 B. 10"x34"OR 34" x 34" KICK PLATE WHERE OCCURS WALL �—�������� WALL n TYPES EXISTING 1 HR DEMISING WALL NEW WALL FIRE RATED WALL TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR / ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE U.O.N. INDICATES WALL TYPE SEE SHEET A4-1: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS. GRAPHIC LEGEND LOCATION OF SENSORMATIC AT ENTRY'S, SIZE PER MFR. REQ.'S - CITYur v- MAP D3YDkA PERMIT CENTER SHEET mm��u�mmm LIC #: 8897 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: /817\ 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 PROJECT 70610 DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL 02.05.08 FINAL LL APPROVAL 02.27.08 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. 8897 REIFSTERFO / ; STATE 0 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN Al-lA 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 LINE OF ACRYLIC PANELS ABOVE. PROJECT COORDINATOR 2/27/2008 11:19:35 AM GRAHAM DOWNES T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 DOOR SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFICATIONS ONES SECTION 08710 AND ON SHEET SP -1 DETAILS I HARDWARE DOOR DOOR DOOR SIZE DOOR FRAME RATING REMARKS NO. TYPE (WxHxD) MATL. MATL. HEAD JAMB SILL (MIN.) GROUP NOTES 0 A (2- PAIRS) GL NO - - - N/A HW -1 1,7,8 TEMPERED GLASS DOOR 3' -0" x10'-0" x 1/2" FRAME 0 B 3' -0" x 7' -0" x 1 3/4" SCHB HM 9/A4 -1 28/A4- 229/A4 -2 N/A HW-4 2, 4,5,10 SALES TO EGRESS CORRIDOR O B 3'-0" x 7' -0" x 1 3/4" SCHB HM 9/A -1 28/A4- 229/A4 -2 N/A HW -7 1,9,12 RESTROOM 0 4 B 3' -0" x 7' -0" x 1 3/4" SCHB HM 9/A4 -1 28/A4-2 29/A4-2 60 MIN. HW -3 1,3,4, REAR EXIT DOOR SIGNAGE MOUNTED 5,6,13 ON OUTSIDE OF DOOR, 3/A6 -1. CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN 1/4" = 1' -0" FOR DEMOLITION INFORMATION REFER TO DETAIL 23 (E) 1 HR RATED CORRIDOR 24 A3 -1 En 7' - 8 1/4" 6' -2" (E) TENANT SPACE A3 -1 MALL 25' -2" i W W C!) C B S LINE OF SOFFIT ABOVE CV r• TYP. ALL 4 SIDES TYP. ALL 4 SIDES TYP. ALL 4 SIDES m m O 24 3/8" = 1' -0" A (E) 1 HR RATED CORRIDOR 0 4 A4 -1 0 LEASE LINE. O EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. O EXISTING PORTION OF DEMISING WALL TO BE REMOVED. 0 LEASE LINE. 0 EXISTING DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN. ti DEMOLITION DETAIL AT STOREFRONT 0' 1' 2' 4' (E) TENANT SPACE �--.•- — — CD EXISTING PORTION OF DEMISING WALL TO BE REMOVED. UP TO HEIGHT OF 8' -0 ". REFER TO DETAIL o FOR NEW HEADER SIZE. DEMOLITION DETAIL AT REAR EXIT DOOR 1/4" = C 24 Dos 01(qa NORTH GENERAL FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN NOTES TES A. REFER TO SHEET T -1 FOR SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS. B. FOR FLOORING, WALL FINISHES AND KEYNOTES, REFER TO FLOOR FINISH PLAN. C. FOR FURNISHINGS, FIXTURING, AND EQUIPMENT, REFER TO THE FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN. D. FOR ALL WALL TYPES, LEGENDS AND DOOR SCHEDULE, REFER TO THIS SHEET E. ALL GWB USED ON ALL WALLS AND CEILINGS THROUGHOUT THE SPACE SHALL BE TYPE 'X'. F. PROVIDE 5/8" WATER RESISTANT GWB ON ALL WALLS IN RESTROOMS AFTER MINIMUM REQ. FIRE RATING IS AC IEVED AS INDICATED PER WALL SCHEDULE. G. REFER TO DETAIL A4 -1 FOR FRAMING AT RESTROOM CEILING. H. WATERPROOF MEMBRANE REQ'D FOR ALL RESTROOMS AND WET AREAS. J. ALL METAL STUDS TO BE ICC APPROVED -ER -4934* K. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE PROJECT COORDINATOR/ARCHITECT OF ANY AND ALL DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS (FOLOWING DEMOLITION OF SPACE). OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND HEIGHT CLEARANCES SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. L. HOLD OUTSIDE FACE OF STOREFRONT SYSTEM TIGHT TO LEASE LINE, WHERE INDICATED. M. HOLD DIMENSION TO BE EXACT FINISH DIMENSION AS NOTED ON PLANS. (NO EXCEPTIONS) N Al I COI I IMNS nl ITSIDE OF LEASE LINE ARE TO BE CLAD BY LANDLORD. KEYNOTES 1 2 !31 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12� 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 24 LEASE LINE EXISTING STEEL COLUMN, G.C. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PATCHING /REPAIRING ALL DAMAGED FIRE PROOFING. G.C. TO COORDINATE IN ITS ENTIRETY, THE PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION OF THE SENSORMATIC SYSTEM. REFER TO DETAIL RECESSED STANDARDS AND GLASS WALL PANELS REFER TO DETAIL (E) NEUTRAL PIER, GC TO PATCH, REPAIR AND FINISH TO ORIGINAL CONDITION (E) BRACE FRAME 36" WIDE CLEAR SPACE ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION COUNTER W/ 3' LONG 28" HIGH COUNTER STOREFRONT SIGNAGE, REFER TO SIGNAGE DWGS. STUB UP POWER AND DATA THRU FLOOR. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. TELEPHONE BOARD. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. RECEPTACLE POWER PANEL, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. LIGHTING POWER PANEL, REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. HVAC THERMOSTAT. REFER TO MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL DWGS. EXISTING MALL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN EXISTING 4" ELECTRICAL CONDUIT UP THRU SLAB. COORDINATE EXISTING ROOF DRAIN THRU SLAB W/ NEW FURR OUT LOCATION. (E) 6" SANITARY PIPE INTO SLAB (E) 6" PIPE INTO SLAB (E) 7" ROOF DRAIN INTO SLAB (E) SANITARY PIPE INTO SLAB ELECTRICAL POWER EQUIPMENT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. (E) FIRE HOSE CABINET, VERIFY EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD. 4" x 4" x 4' - 0" STAINLESS STEEL 10 GA. CORNER GUARDS ON OUTSIDE OF ALCOVE. DOORBELL AT REAR E ® FLOOR ELECTRICAL OUTLET. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 2 DOOR TYPES (REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE) FOR DOOR HARDWARE, REFER TO DOOR SPECIFICATION AND HARDWARE GROUPS ON SHEET SP -1. A. GLASS DOORS B. 10" x 34" OR 34" x 34" KICK PLATE WHERE OCCURS WALL TYPES EXISTING 1 HR DEMISING WALL NEW WALL FIRE RATED WALL TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR / ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE U.O.N. O INDICATES WALL TYPE SEE SHEET A4 -1: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS. GRAPHIC LEGEND LOCATION OF SENSORMATIC AT ENTRY'S, SIZE PER MFR. REQ.'S REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPRO 9 .. City Of Tukw w s I BUILDINr = '. MAR - 201:1E 201:1E R . CITY Ut l..r ... MAP 0 3 [INiJB PERMIT CENTER NESENILR SHEET Sv ;O;O;c ¢P A Lg9+Zt:' .M....: tr d�0 83 ..c - s Cr3 Ea2$i w -f G;!�isi9 a2 .. - -- - - ? ?` ocry`'R} `..ga XKR :A'f%i`b `C,y 4.:0 ?il a?r'.0 2 _ h¢:?'?;?A�.s# #ate • tin - `>pi oG �? } i C 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 W Wel+1 DATE 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 PROJECT 70610 LIC #: 8897 NO. DESCRIPTION BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN afa rti Al -1B MATERIALS FINISH SCHEDULE NO. MATERIAL MFR./ SUPPLIER NUMBER COLOR PATTERN FINISH DESCRIP. SIZE FLAME SPREAD RATING SOURCE/ REMARKS/ NOTES FLOORING 0 EN GSITNOENEER ED BY OWNER WHITE ER FL POLISHED 24" X 24" - OFCI /� \ / ENGINEERED STONE BY OWNER PLUM FLECK POLISHED 12" X 24" - OFCI CF4> SHEET VINYL ARMSTRONG 88701 GRANITE GRAY CONNECTION CORLON SHEET CLASS 1 REFER TO GENERAL FINISH NOTES 0 / VCT ARMSTRONG 51904 STERLING IMPERIAL TEXTURE 12" X 12" - (F6) VCT ARMSTRONG 51816 CHERRY RED 12" X 12X1/8' 3SV1 B2 RUBBER FLEXCO WF -03 CHARCOAL TOP SET 6" CLASS 1 B3 KB4) STAINLESS STEEL ENGINEERED STONE BY OWNER 304 PLUM FLECK 20 GA. BRUS ED POLISHED 6" 6" X 24" - ADHE FUR TO 1/ " D =" •.•, . GLUE '• ALL GC TO CUT FULL SIZE TILES OF SAME MATERIAL 65 STAINLESS STEEL AP1 1002 - - MIRRORED K I- R TO nF REFER TO 20 DETAIL A4 -3 - ' R TO GWI-EiUt FINISH NOTES INIVd J P �� PAINT • v N MOORE LRV 89 . / LRV 89.5 PER ITE 'RORED GDP _ _ LA'S P2 NOT USED P3 PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE INT. RM / LRV 89.5 SUPER WHITE SEMI- GLOSS _ CLASS I REFER TO GENERAL FINISH NOTES 'GSIW "' / #304 S.S. #4 20 GA. POWDER COATED METAL API OR APPROVEp EQUAL RAL -3027 RED POWDER COAT 20 GA. VERIFY W/ ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING (M3 4 POWDER COATED ETAL CHROME METAL API OR APPROVED • e FORM + SURFACES G.W.B. RA r'03 HITE 20 GA. VERIFY W! ARCHITECT PRIOR •RDERING GRAPHITE NOT 20 GA. VE IFY W/ ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING USED GLASS 1 GLASS - - CLREDGEISHED TEMPERED THICK G3 GLASS - - MIRRORED/ POLISHED EDGES - - G4 BACK PAINTED GLASS - MATCH RAL -3027 BAKED ON AC Q jjTE� EL F TECULJ�RD) TEMPERED 6' -0" x 8'-4" MAX. - NEUTRAL SILICONE ADHESIVE BY CR LAWRENCE. '910 0 ACOUSTICAL TILE ARMSTRONG 704 GRID- WHT TEMPERED 24" x 24" CLASS A C i -- ) FINISH FLOOR PLAN 1/4" = 1' -0" i ti{'i� k 55, 445 8 A3 -1 TYP. ON 4 SIDES. co Y (E) TENANT SPACE G3 TYP. ON 4 SIDES TYP. ON 4 SIDES. TYP. ON 4 SIDES. MALL 3 P3 B3 TYP. ALL FREESTANDING COLUMNS TYP. ON 4 SIDES. TYP. ON 4 SIDES SALES AREA (G4. 25 TYP. ON 4 SIDES. 4 SIDES.* TYP. ON G4 (G4) G1 MALL 8 A3 -1 0 1' 1)oso& 4' NORTH GENERAL FINISH NOTES A. FOR FLOOR DIMENSIONS, REFER TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN. B. FOR ALL WALL TYPES, REFER TO WALL SCHEDULE. C. FOR DOOR SIZES AND TYPES, REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. D. FOR FURNISHINGS, FIXTURING, AND EQUIPMENT, REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN. E. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING FINISHES. F. FLOOR AND BASE IN RESTROOMS SHALL BE SHEET VINYL FLOORING WITH A 6" HIGH SELF COVED BASE. REFER TO SHEET A3-4. G. PROVIDE A 54" HIGH WAINSCOT ON ALL WALLS AS INDICATED. WAINSCOT SHALL BE FIBER - REINFORCED PANEL (F.R.P.) H. PAINT TO BE FLAT AT CEILING, EGGSHELL AT WALLS IN SALES AREA ONLY. USE SEMI -GLOSS AT WALLS IN BACK AREA AND OIL -BASED SEMI -GLOSS AT ALL DOORS AND FRAMES (USE PRIMER & PAINT, THREE COATS TYP). G.C.'S PAINTING SUBCONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE OWNER WITH ONE (1) GALLON OF PAINT FOR EACH COLOR AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. G.C. TO PROVIDE PAINT SAMPLES TO ARCHITECT. J. G.C. TO PROVIDE ARCHITECT WITH QUANTITIES FOR THE FOLLOWING: ALL STONE FLOORING, VINYL FLOORING, BASE, AND WALL COVERING (O.F.C.I.). FINISH KEY NOTES L1 PROVIDE 1!8" ZINC TRANSITION STRIP TYPICAL AT TILE OF DIFFERENT TYPES AND AT LANDLORD TO TENANT TRANSITION. 121 3 8 9 FROM WHITE TILE TO WHITE TILE, GROUT COLOR SHALL BE CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS #381 BRIGHT WHITE (USE WHITE THINSET W/ WHITE TILE). FROM PLUM TILE TO PLUM TILE, GROUT COLOR SHALL BE CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS #410 BLACK CHERRY. I TYPICAL WALL, FLOOR AND BASE FINISH FOR ALL FITTING ROOMS TO BE UON. WHITE T• - UM TILE, E 1/:" ZINC TRANSIT TYPICAL W• L, FLOOR BASE FINISH FOR RES 'OOMS TO BE UON. I MALL TILE TO EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF DOOR. TILE TO MATCH EXISTING MALL TILE IN TYPE, COLOR, SIZE, THICKNESS, GROUT COLOR AND INSTALLATION DIRECTION. EXTENSION OF MALL TILE MUST BE FULL TILE. CUT TILE MUST BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH A FULL TILE. TENANT GC TO CONTACT MALL MANAGER FOR AVAILABILITY OF MALL TILE. START WITH A FULL TILE HERE. INFILL W/ LANDLORD TILE. CONTACT MALL MANAGER FOR AVAILABILITY. WALL TYPES V X X X XI EXISTING 1 HR DEMISING WALL • NEW WALL FIRE RATED WALL TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR / ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE U.O.N. O INDICATES WALL TYPE SEE SHEET A4 -1: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS. 0' - 6" MIN. 0' -6 "MIN. O.F.C.I GLASS PANELS.TYP. TYPICAL PAINT AT FAUX COLUMNS Rf- - MA 0 3 /Id PERMIT CENTER 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 SHEET F`ajAr�O�OCG -Y »Y? sso.G?`o?.rtac3.:a 7 4:: ��G¢ rrzAc� ;�b�i6.¢�Ga,:ocq;:ar�Y:as� o�:ofs2�?ias?s,?��s?is.:?;0<a �r;�r�'q�:,>.;:,. v = '� � • ..w =3� , .fir ry kK�'S23 33 a 'if: ¢ sr s.:?� '�:�e- � =,.w- .<..vo ak 3c�:.•��8'?'# � �'rx .. �hosa?�?i." ^�s�: k?i ?s3's':sxnxy_a 3,?fiiNN:?r n t a '_4` d?` bxtr" s.," da? iP?? �L°'+s. ?f. °iJ�•r.6Jf9i °,5°,9 'P;;°�d• t PROJECT 70610 } zs ?as »s 9 �1•;p'P,,''J,�J',�i, :9 ii:MMa 6 90',c' 0 ,.°_, n` <,K A •MOW 9 `}.?'F LIC #: 8897 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 111 DATE I NO. I DESCRIPTION FINISH PLAN BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. Al -2A 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 PROJECT COORDINATOR GRAHAM DOWNES T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 MATCHLINE MATERIALS FINISH SCHEDULE NO. MATERIAL MFR./ SUPPLIER NUMBER COLOR PATTERN FINISH DESCRIP. SIZE FLAME SPREAD RATING SOURCE/ REMARKS/ NOTES FLOORING i 0 EN STONE ED BY OWNER WHITEE�C <VER POLISHED 24" X 24" - OFCI (F3) ENGINEERED STONE BY OWNER PLUM FLECK POLISHED 12" X 24" - OFCI CF4> SHEET VINYL ARMSTRONG 88701 GRANITE GRAY CONNECTION CORLON SHEET CLASS 1 REFER TO GENERAL FINISH NOTES (F5) VCT ARMSTRONG 51904 STERLING IMPERIAL TEXTURE 12" X 12" - (F6) VCT ARMSTRONG 51816 CHERRY RED 12" X 12X1/8' JSV K B2) RUBBER FLEXCO WF -03 CHARCOAL TOP SET 6" CLASS 1 33 STAINLESS STEEL 304 20 GA. BRUS ED 6" G.C. ADHE 1/ ED.` ►. . GLUE 1 • ALL (134) ENGINEERED STONE BY OWNER PLUM FLECK POLISHED 6" X 24" - GC TO CUT FULL SIZE TILES OF SAME MATERIAL g STAINLESS STEEL AP1 1002 - - MIRRORED REFER nFTAI REFER TO 20 \ DETAIL A4 - 31 INIVd PAINT ' " MOORE /PETE LRV 89.5 GL• _ - LAS R' "R TO GWNE L FINISH NOTES P2 NOT USED (P3) PAINT BENJAMIN MOORE INT. RM / LRV 89.5 SUPER WHITE SEMI- GLOSS CLASS I REFER TO GENERAL FINISH NOTES 'OSIW 4 #304 S.S. #4 20 GA. � �IVIL� POWDER COATED METAL API OR APPROVED EQUAL RAL -3027 RED POWDER COAT 20 GA. VERIFY WI ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING 4 POWDER COATED CHROME METAL API OR APPROVED FORM + SURFACES RA -''03 WHITE 20 GA. 20 GA. VERIFY W/ ARCHITECT PRIOR RDERING VE IFY W/ ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING FU-S.EQ GRAPHITE NOT USED - ftw --p O i - G.W.B. WHITE - T• 54' • FF SSV K -) GLASS - _ CLR../ SHED TEMPERED THICK G3 GLASS - - MIRRORED/ POLISHED EDGES - (G4) BACK PAINTED GLASS - MATCH RAL -3027 BAKED ON ACf T iMEL FIP4'14 tD) TECU R TEMPERED 6' -0" x 8' 4" MAX. - - NEUTRAL SILICONE ADHESIVE BY CR LAWRENCE. 'J10 .0 ACOUSTICAL TILE ARMSTRONG 704 GRID- TEMPERED 24" x 24" CLASS A WHT 0' - 6" MIN. 0' - 6" MIN. FINISH FLOOR PLAN _ 1/4" = 1' - 0" (E) 1 HR RATED CORRIDOR A3 -1 STORAGE ®m rA) C EGRESS CORRIDO • n :h.4.y } \ r >.•::: �:�:.:�� \:e.y:.S:4.yy {.; }},4 •, } ;: i+\ : ?'i�i1 +'S'i�i:i��i:; ;:i�;•:{i� i� i�;�: FITTING ROOMS MALL r SALES AREA (F3) i i i i t (E) TENANT SPACE TYP. ON 4 SIDES. co. r' 0' 1' 2' 4' NORTH GENERAL FINISH NOTES A. FOR FLOOR DIMENSIONS, REFER TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN. FOR ALL WALL TYPES, REFER TO WALL SCHEDULE. FOR DOOR SIZES AND TYPES, REFER TO DOOR SCHEDULE. D. FOR FURNISHINGS, FIXTURING, AND EQUIPMENT, REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN. E. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR CEILING FINISHES. F. FLOOR AND BASE IN RESTROOMS SHALL BE SHEET VINYL FLOORING WITH A 6" HIGH SELF COVED BASE. REFER TO SHEET SH ET A3-4. G. PROVIDE A 54" HIGH WAINSCOT ON ALL WALLS AS INDICATED. WAINSCOT SHALL BE FIBER - REINFORCED PANEL (F.R.P.) B. C. H. PAINT TO BE FLAT AT CEILING, EGGSHELL AT WALLS IN SALES AREA ONLY. USE SEMI -GLOSS AT WALLS IN BACK AREA AND OIL -BASED SEMI -GLOSS AT ALL DOORS AND FRAMES (USE PRIMER & PAINT, THREE COATS TYP). G.C.'S PAINTING SUBCONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE OWNER WITH ONE (1) GALLON OF PAINT FOR EACH COLOR AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. G.C. TO PROVIDE PAINT SAMPLES TO ARCHITECT. J. G.C. TO PROVIDE ARCHITECT WITH QUANTITIES FOR THE FOLLOWING: ALL STONE FLOORING, VINYL FLOORING, BASE, AND WALL COVERING (O.F.C.I.). FINISH KEY NOTES 2 3 6 7 8 9 PROVIDE 1/8" ZINC TRANSITION STRIP TYPICAL AT TILE OF DIFFERENT TYPES AND AT LANDLORD TO TENANT TRANSITION. FROM WHITE TILE TO WHITE TILE, GROUT COLOR SHALL BE CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS #381 BRIGHT WHITE (USE WHITE THINSET W/ WHITE TILE). FROM PLUM TILE TO PLUM TILE, GROUT COLOR SHALL BE CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS #410 BLACK CHERRY. F61 TYPICAL WALL, FLOOR AND BASE FINISH FOR ALL FITTING ROOMS TO BE UON. WHITE T• • UM TILE, E 1/ :" ZINC TRANSIT TYPICAL W • L, FLOOR BASE FINISH FOR RES 'OOMS TO BE UON. MALL TILE TO EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF DOOR. TILE TO MATCH EXISTING MALL TILE IN TYPE, COLOR, SIZE, THICKNESS, GROUT COLOR AND INSTALLATION DIRECTION. EXTENSION OF MALL TILE MUST BE FULL TILE. CUT TILE MUST BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH A FULL TILE. TENANT GC TO CONTACT MALL MANAGER FOR AVAILABILITY OF MALL TILE. START WITH A FULL TILE HERE. INFILL W/ LANDLORD TILE. CONTACT MALL MANAGER FOR AVAILABILITY. WALL TYPES Ei._.ral.r, EXISTING 1 HR DEMISING WALL NEW WALL FIRE RATED WALL TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR! ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE U.O.N. INDICATES WALL TYPE SEE SHEET A4 -1: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS. TYPICAL PAINT AT FAUX COLUMNS •b-D O.F.C.I GLASS PANELS.TYP. CITY Iii MAr) Q 3 /OH PERMIT CENTER II SHEET _ p Gi4 ?Y ` ,;o' oF� .vg4. �4 ' �'�� Fi � j Y � ✓ ` � �4: s.},2, S AS S` . F r� �; f do: ci 'ors�h3oP}fFi.;`?YAC91isb' a &7 0:� o a- a>.PCSaa;: �i;•a,�;o r9?afa fi �u,•o;9.Gli.,G�c;�} #aa,O�J; 0 ss aSCs?ss LIC #: 8897 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 PROJECT 70610 8897 1 DATE NO. DESCRIPTION FINISH PLAN 01.29.08 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. 02.05.08 FINAL LL APPROVAL 02.27.08 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. Al -2B 4 4 , 2 co co co J 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 PROJECT COORDINATOR 2/27/2008 11:19:44 AM GRAHAM DOVVNES FIXTURE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION FURNISHEC INSTALLED REMARKS SYMBOL OWNER GENERAL CONTRACTOR OWNER GENERAL CONTRACTOR STANDARDS CST1 -01) WALL STANDARDS AND GLASS PANELS [4 DESIGNATES AREA LOCATION] • • REFER TO DETAIL 10/A5 -1 ® SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STANDARDS • • REFER TO DETAIL 13/A5 -1 SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STANDARDS • • OWNER TO VERIFY HEIGHT W/ G.C. PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ® FLOOR MERCHANDISE FIXTURES A FOLD / HANG COMBO UNIT • • ( A -1 ) HANGING UNIT • • TABLE / OTTOMAN • • C B ) ® 2 -WAY T -STAND • • ® 4 -WAY T -STAND • • ( D ) 2 SIDED HANGING GONDOLA • • Q ENTRY FEATURE UNIT • • ACCESSORY FLOOR FIXUTRE • • ® ACCESORY MULTI - TIERED FIXTURE • • ® Q 3 -WAY W /SHELVED CUBE • • 'S' FIXTURE • • 0 ROUNDER • • HARDWARE ® WALL MOUNTED PUCK • • REFER TO DETAIL 6/A5-1 ® CURTAIN TIE -BACK • • REFER TO DETAIL 7/A5 -1 CHW -3) FITTING ROOM NUMBER • • REFER TO DETAIL 8/A5 -1 CHW MULTIPLE PUCK FIXTURE • • REFER TO DETAIL 3/A5 -1 ® STOREFRONT SEASONAL DISPLAY CABLE • • REFER TO DETAIL 15/A5 -1 ( HW -6) CURTAIN ROD AND ACCESSORIES • • REFER TO DETAIL 9/A5 -1 FURNITURE Q DAYBED • • MIRRORS aln DRESSING ROOM CORRIDOR MIRROR • • REFER TO DETAIL 1/A5 -1 ® DRESSING ROOM MIRROR • • REFER TO DETAIL 1/A5 -1 ® SURFACE MOUNTED MIRROR • • REFER TO DETAIL 25/A4 -2 MILLWORK ITEMS ® CASHWRAP (CASEWORK ONLY) • • REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A4-4. (MW -2) BACKWRAP • • REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A4-4. ® HANGING ROD • • REFER TO DETAIL 3/A5 -1 (MW-4) FITTING ROOM BENCH (ADA ONLY) • • REFER TO DETAIL 11/A5 -1 (MW-5) FEATURE WALL PANEL - LETTERS • • REFER TO DETAIL 19/A5 -1 (MW-6) HARDWOOD FRAME • • REFER TO DETAIL 14/A5 -1 FEATURE WALL PANEL -LOGO • • REFER TO DETAIL 20/A5 -1 MISCELLANEOUS cm FITTING ROOM CURTAIN • • REFER TO DETAIL 9/A5 -1 ( MS -2) WING WALL GLASS PANEL • • REFER TO DETAIL 16/A5 -1 FIRE EXSTINGUISHER • • ( MS -3) MANNEQUIN • • ( MS -4) STOREFRONT DISPLAY COMPONENTS REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A5-1 ( MS -5) WALL MOUNTED HAND VACUUM CLEANER • • 23 I 03) ST 1 -03 itc FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT 1/4" = 1' - 0" (E) TENANT SPACE 7' - 0 1/2" 44" MIN. CLR. PATH J - 10 1/ IV MALL L COD 5A F2 1� CHW -5)_ _ MW -7 e A1 A CST1 -02) - CST1 -06 Al - _ - (Mw-5) _ - \ C2 — CM 1' -10" L 2' -2" \ \ \ \ \ \ \ -- \ \ - - \ \ _ \ — \\ \ CST1 -0D (HW -5) � ( H W -5 I CHW -5) MALL 44" MIN. CLR. PATH H A3 -1 0 ' 1' 2' 4' NORTH iA WALL TYPES EXISTING 1 HR DEMISING WALL NEW WALL FIRE RATED WALL TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR / ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE U.O.N. O INDICATES WALL TYPE SEE SHEET A4 -1: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS. CODE COVO..104C: • 1)05 R- CITY JF 1014.k•v�w' MA 0 3 /il1)8 PERMf CENTER SHEET 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 DATE I NO. I DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. 02.05.08 FINAL LL APPROVAL PROJECT 70610 FURNITURE, FIXTURES & EQUIPMENT PLAN Al -3A 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 2/27/2008 11:19:47 AM T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 MATCHLINE Co > U) FIXTURE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION FURNISHEC INSTALLED REMARKS z 0 EC 0 0 - r z 0 0 J Q LL w 0 z 0 CC 0 0 I- 1 r z 0 0 W LL 0 STANDARDS (ST1 -01) WALL STANDARDS AND GLASS PANELS [-# DESIGNATES AREA LOCATION] • • REFER TO DETAIL 10/A5 -1 OM SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STANDARDS • • REFER TO DETAIL 13/A5 -1 SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STANDARDS • • OWNER TO VERIFY HEIGHT W/ G.C. PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ® FLOOR MERCHANDISE FIXTURES ( FOLD / HANG COMBO UNIT • • (- A -1 ) HANGING UNIT • • TABLE / OTTOMAN • • ( B ) ® 2 -WAY T -STAND • • ® 4 -WAY T -STAND • • ( D ) 2 SIDED HANGING GONDOLA • • Q ENTRY FEATURE UNIT • • ACCESSORY FLOOR FIXUTRE • • ® ACCESORY MULTI - TIERED FIXTURE • • ® Q 3 -WAY W /SHELVED CUBE • • Q 'S' FIXTURE • • 0 ROUNDER • • HARDWARE HW -1) WALL MOUNTED PUCK • • REFER TO DETAIL 6/A5 -1 ® CURTAIN TIE -BACK • • REFER TO DETAIL 7/A5 -1 ( HW -3) FITTING ROOM NUMBER • • REFER TO DETAIL 8/A5 -1 C HW-4) MULTIPLE PUCK FIXTURE • • REFER TO DETAIL 3/A5 -1 ® STOREFRONT SEASONAL DISPLAY CABLE • • REFER TO DETAIL 15/A5 -1 ( HW -6) CURTAIN ROD AND ACCESSORIES • • REFER TO DETAIL 9/A5 -1 FURNITURE MD DAYBED • • MIRRORS ® DRESSING ROOM CORRIDOR MIRROR • • REFER TO DETAIL 1/A5 -1 ® DRESSING ROOM MIRROR • • REFER TO DETAIL 1/A5 -1 MED SURFACE MOUNTED MIRROR • • REFER TO DETAIL 25/A4 -2 MILLWORK ITEMS ® CASHWRAP (CASEWORK ONLY) • • REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A4-4. (MW-2) BACKWRAP • • REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A4-4. ( HANGING ROD • • REFER TO DETAIL 3/A5 -1 MW-4) FITTING ROOM BENCH (ADA ONLY) • • REFER TO DETAIL 11/A5 -1 (MW -5) FEATURE WALL PANEL - LETTERS • • REFER TO DETAIL 19/A5 -1 (MW -6) HARDWOOD FRAME • • REFER TO DETAIL 14/A5 -1 ® FEATURE WALL PANEL -LOGO • • REFER TO DETAIL 20/A5 -1 MISCELLANEOUS ® FITTING ROOM CURTAIN • • REFER TO DETAIL 9/A5 -1 (. MS -2) WING WALL GLASS PANEL • • REFER TO DETAIL 16/A5 -1 ® FIRE EXSTINGUISHER • • ( MS -3) MANNEQUIN • • C MS-4) STOREFRONT DISPLAY COMPONENTS REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A5 -1 cap WALL MOUNTED HAND VACUUM CLEANER • • FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT 1/4" = 1' -0" STORAGE (ms_i) (Hw-2 ILISCIZED ST1 -04 ING ROOMS SAL MALL 'E) 1 HR RATE CORRIDOR A3 -1 CA) MALL A3 -1 i i (MW -5) (E) TENANT SPACE ST1 -0) T - 0 1/2" L 44" MIN. CLR. PATH II i � H f 0' 1' 2' 4' NORTH WALL TYPES EXISTING 1 HR DEMISING WALL NEW WALL FIRE RATED WALL TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR / ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE U.O.N. O INDICATES WALL TYPE SEE SHEET A4 -1: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS. RMECVED 7:0R CODE COMPL AN E APPROVeL , MAR City Of Tukvoz BUILDING . _sioN POSi0 p'. - CITY l )". I tjN • .• MAC' 03ziH8 PERMIT CENTER SHEET • ?.a_ . en voi« ccsys��ace ? :jn?,}"�;0� .. :.;:.,:::•..,• '- ate... v---,.; . :;.•- >.- ;; :--= ::- %;:5`dtic3o8 ��ix�ivt,9f��8y�9i �c a r fi?r39�dk�33¢ ���a�,r` � �rs%at`s��o�as�;�zz?�a � 0 . , a. aacrnva a, -¢ �l.?.h. �ci�r�5vi .. , � •• ._'u r 'l�i - .��-0� � �4$Cf K' vif3:c: , $ y / ?A`d',biS,R,%? ',�. °..' nnpp..ryry :li /.i °•r'.., ',4'x2?}.+,$ :b.'{O.C.ddO.{`+,:a +A �� �� +,,r- „•n'.i aee , 6sC 0 I9” o �o-7?�ig?� ............ LIC #: 8897 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 W 01.29.08 02.05.08 DATE I NO. I DESCRIPTION BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL CO CO CO •Lc PROJECT 70610 FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN Al -3B FIXTURES RCP FIXTURE LEGEND ARE USED ON THIS PROJECT. SYMBOL SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL FIXTURE DESCRIPTION ❑ SQUARE METAL HALIDE RECESSED ADJUSTABLE ACCENT LIGHT ■ OR SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR LOW PROFILE STRIP TRACK MOUNTED METAL HALIDE ACCENT LIGHT MOUNTED LOW VOLTAGE TRACK 0 0 0 SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR FLUORESCENT CONCEALED IN COVE MULTI -LAMP RECESSED ADJUSTABLE METAL HALIDE ACCENT LIGHT 00 SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR FLUORESCENT MULTI -LAMP RECESSED ADJUSTABLE METAL HALIDE ACCENT 0 o 000 4 A EMERGENCY WALL PACK � _ I RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT EXIT SIGN W/ GREEN LETTERS ® EXIT SB 0 SPEAKER, REFER TO ELEC. DWGS. RECESSED RECTANGULAR METAL HALIDE WALLWASH HVAC RETURN GRILLE - LOCATE PER MECH. DWGS. DECORATIVE PENDANT EXH FAN- LOCATE PER MECHANICAL DWGS. 9 DECORATIVE WALL MOUNT HE IGHT SUPPLEMENTARY CEILING OR SOFFIT ELEVATION ABOVE FF ( / DIFFUSER - LOCATE PER MECHANICAL DWGS. THERMOSTAT PER MECHANICAL DWGS. N FIRE SPRINKLER PER FIRE SPRINKLER DWGS. S AIR TEMP. SENSOR PER MECHANICAL DWGS. 2' x 2' ACCESS PANEL - LOCATE PER MECHANICAL DWGS. * DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ( i i i i ( REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - 1/4" = 1' -0" \ B.O. CASHWRAP PANEL 10' - 0" TYP. 3' -2" A44 MINIM i i i N i • L 1' -.0" 3' - 2" 2' - 10 3/4" 1, N (E) TENANT SPACE 27'- 111/4" P3 T.O. SOFFIT 14' - 7" TYP. SALES AREA CEILING 13' - 7" liat 1/4!• RUNWAY SOFFIT 12 - 10" CHANDELIER SOFFIT 10' - 0" T.O. SOFFIT 14' - 7" SALES AREA CLG. 13' - 7" TYP. 2' - .F1 /2i' 8 1/4 "•' '4" 7YP- A3 -1 ' MALL 'ENTRY CEILING 13' - 7" (E) MALL CLG. 13' - 7" • H 0' 1' 2' WALL TYPES 11010 'VA EXISTING 1 HR DEMISING WALL NEW WALL FIRE RATED WALL TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR / ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE U.O.N. O INDICATES WALL TYPE SEE SHEET A4 -1: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS. CEILING GRAPHIC LEGEND INDICATES G.W.B. CEILING INDICATES 24" x 24" LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL TILE 4' NORTH O MPL g',E APP O REFLECTED CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTES A. ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER ENGINEER'S PLANS FOR LOCATION OF LIGHTS, SWITCHING, AND EXIT SIGNAGE. B. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, LAMPS, AND BALLASTS THAT ARE INDICATED ON PLANS AS FURNISHED BY OWNER; ASSEMBLED (IF NECESSARY), INSTALLED, WIRED, AND • CONNECTED AND COORDINATED BY GC'S. ANY AND ALL CORDS AND WIRES SHALL BE CONCEALED. C. ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS AND ACCESS PANELS SHALL MATCH THE CEILING'S COLOR. D. GC SHALL PROVIDE CONDUIT AND PULL STRING WHEN CONDUIT IS REQUIRED. E. G.0 TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SOUND SYSTEM W /OWNER. F. RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR; WIRED AND CONNECTED BY ELECTRICIAN. GC SHALL COORDINATE TRADES. G. BATTERY BACKUP SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER'S VENDOR; ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED BY GC. H. ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS AND ACCESS PANELS SHALL MATCH THE CEILING'S COLOR. J. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN GYP BD CEILINGS IN THE SALES AREA, AND FITTING AREAS SHALL BE CONCEALED SCREW -ON TYPE (NO FRICTION ALLOWED) WITH COVER PLATE TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. K. FOR CEILING ABOVE CASHWRAP AND TYPICAL LIGHTING DIMENSIONS, REFER TO SHEET A2 -2. M. TRACK LIGHTING RUNNING PARALLEL TO LONG DIMENSION OF CEILING TILE SHOULD BE CENTERED /INSTALLED ON T -BAR UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. N. F2 SERIES FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED IN COVE PER DETAIL O. EXISTING SPACE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO REMAIN AND MODIFIED PER NEW TENANT SPACE. DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA STANDARDS AND LOCAL CODES. ALL AREAS TO BE ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP II OCCUPANCY WITH FIRE SPRINKLER FABRICATION DRAWINGS TO BE SUBMITTED BY G.C. VIA OUTLET APPROVED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO STATE OF FLORIDA BUILDING DEPARTMENT BEFORE WORK COMMENCES. P. PROVIDE BACKING FOR CHANDELIERS (WHERE OCCURS), 200 LB CAPACITY. Q. G.C. TO VERIFY THAT TRACK HEAD LIGHT FIXTURES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED PER PLAN AND THAT ALL TRACK LIGHTS ARE EVENLY SPACED ALONG THE TRACK. (#) REFER TO SHEET A1-2 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE CEILING PLAN KEYNOTES �1J DASHED LINE INDICATES A METAL STOREFRONT CEILING GRID, GC SHALL TRIM GRIDS AS REQUIRED. REFER FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3. 2 3 4 10 (E) MALL COLUMN. SENSORMATIC HORN WITH DIGITAL INDICATOR BY OWNER'S VENDOR- SENSORMATIC. VERIFY LOCATION WITH OWNER. DASHED LINE OF HVAC UNIT LOCATIONS. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. MOUNT CHANDELIER AT 7' -6" AFF. UNT CHANDELIER AT 8' -0" AFF. FOR FIXTURE DETAILS REFER TO FURNITURE, FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT SHEET. SEASONAL STOREFRONT DISPLAY CABLE. REFER TO DETAIL A5 -1 11 SEISMIC JOINT COVER. REFER TO DETAIL DROPPED CHANDELIER SOFFIT 1/4" = 1' -0" ILLUMINATED STOREFRONT SIGNAGE TO REQUIRE ELECTRICAL POWER. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. 1)05 kvuuu \ua \\uu\u \uuui C L C: • 4v v v. v v u v ' CITY O -1 UrcvviLA TAP 0 31Uij8 PERMIT CENTER DATE I NO. I DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 SHEET p/f':y \ `v VA fi. 9Al' r, Y�• r,'- 6''r.�.,,'c.r�,i°f,'�'.,.'5.�ff .0§MFOM }e - :ate'` ri -9 0 3sa vvv2Pa?ae??saa a?Tss "t;cq?sT: '9:;•sr•i k�FJC: si' A?a ecxsx3oacic ::oa ?.%.zfi'aAK'��:FM{ K;Mr{;{;•, x:��: *:; LIC #: 8897 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 PROJECT 70610 A2-IA BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN RCP FIXTURE LEGEND A NOTE: TYPICAL LEGEND. RE USED ON THIS PROJECT ALL FIXTURES SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL FIXTURE DESCRIPTION ❑ SQUARE METAL HALIDE RECESSED ADJUSTABLE ACCENT LIGHT • OR SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR LOW PROFILE STRIP TRACK MOUNTED METAL HALIDE ACCENT LIGHT SURFACE MOUNTED LOW VOLTAGE TRACK ' L 0 C) 0 0 - - - I SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR FLUORESCENT CONCEALED IN COVE MULTI -LAMP RECESSED ADJUSTABLE METAL HALIDE ACCENT LIGHT I I 00 SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR FLUORESCENT MULTI -LAMP RECESSED ADJUSTABLE METAL HALIDE ACCENT q) 45 000 Q Q EMERGENCY WALL PACK • RECESSED COMPACT FLUORESCENT DOWNLIGHT EXIT SIGN W/ GREEN LETTERS ® EXIT SB O SPEAKER, REFER TO ELEC. DWGS. 6 RECESSED RECTANGULAR METAL HALIDE WALLWASH HVAC RETURN GRILLE - LOCATE PER MECH. DWGS. DECORATIVE PENDANT >1 EXH FAN- LOCATE PER MECHANICAL DWGS. Q DECORATIVE WALL MOUNT HEIGHT SUPPLEMENTARY CEILING OR SOFFIT ELEVATION ABOVE FF \ ( / SUPPLY DIFFUSER - LOCATE PER MECHANICAL DWGS. 1 THERMOSTAT PER MECHANICAL DWGS. N 0 FIRE SPRINKLER PER FIRE SPRINKLER DWGS. S AIR TEMP. SENSOR PER MECHANICAL DWGS. 2' x 2' ACCESS PANEL - LOCATE PER MECHANICAL DWGS. * DUPLEX RECEPTACLE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 1/4" = 1' -0" AA � (E) 1 HR RATED CORRIDOR 0 RESTROOM CLG. 8' •- 0" TYP. RUNWAY SOFFIT 12 - 10" T.O. SOFFIT 14' - 7" 14 4 174" . N • N. • P3 B.O. ALCOVE G.W.B. CLG. 9' - 0" (___ 0 B.O. LAY -IN 12' - 0" B.O. LAY -IN 12' - 0" (E) TENANT SPACE P3 T.O. SOFFIT 14' - 7" P3 T.O. SOFFIT 14' - 7" SALES AREA CLG. 13' - 7" W W co B.O. CASHWRAP PANEL 10' - 0" TYP. i N O i 3' - 2" i i J • 1' -0" 0' 1' 2' WALL TYPES bC X X X ti:1 EXISTING 1 HR DEMISING WALL NEW WALL FIRE RATED WALL TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR / ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE U.O.N. INDICATES WALL TYPE SEE SHEET A4 -1: WALL TYPE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS. CEILING GRAPHIC LEGEND INDICATES G.W.B. CEILING INDICATES 24" x 24" LAY -IN ACOUSTICAL TILE 4' NORTH REFLECTED CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTES A. ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN TAKES PRECEDENCE OVER ENGINEER'S PLANS FOR LOCATION OF LIGHTS, SWITCHING, AND EXIT SIGNAGE. B. ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, LAMPS, AND BALLASTS THAT ARE INDICATED ON PLANS AS FURNISHED BY OWNER; ASSEMBLED (IF NECESSARY), INSTALLED, WIRED, AND CONNECTED AND COORDINATED BY GC'S. ANY AND ALL CORDS AND WIRES SHALL BE CONCEALED. C. ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS AND ACCESS PANELS SHALL MATCH THE CEILING'S COLOR. D. GC SHALL PROVIDE CONDUIT AND PULL STRING WHEN CONDUIT IS REQUIRED. E. G.0 TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF SOUND SYSTEM W /OWNER. F. RESTROOM EXHAUST FAN BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR; WIRED AND CONNECTED BY ELECTRICIAN. GC SHALL COORDINATE TRADES. G. BATTERY BACKUP SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY OWNER'S VENDOR; ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED BY GC. H. ALL CEILING DIFFUSERS AND ACCESS PANELS SHALL MATCH THE CEILING'S COLOR. J. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN GYP BD CEILINGS IN THE SALES AREA, AND FITTING AREAS SHALL BE CONCEALED SCREW -ON TYPE (NO FRICTION ALLOWED) WITH COVER PLATE TO MATCH CEILING COLOR. K. FOR CEILING ABOVE CASHWRAP AND TYPICAL LIGHTING DIMENSIONS, REFER TO SHEET A2 -2. M. TRACK LIGHTING RUNNING PARALLEL TO LONG DIMENSION OF CEILING TILE SHOULD BE CENTERED /INSTALLED ON T -BAR UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. N. F2 SERIES FIXTURES TO BE INSTALLED IN COVE PER DETAIL O. EXISTING SPACE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO REMAIN AND MODIFIED PER NEW TENANT SPACE. DRAWINGS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA STANDARDS AND LOCAL CODES. ALL AREAS TO BE ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP II OCCUPANCY WITH FIRE SPRINKLER FABRICATION DRAWINGS TO BE SUBMITTED BY G.C. VIA OUTLET APPROVED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO STATE OF FLORIDA BUILDING DEPARTMENT BEFORE WORK COMMENCES. P. PROVIDE BACKING FOR CHANDELIERS (WHERE OCCURS), 200 LB CAPACITY. Q. G.C. TO VERIFY THAT TRACK HEAD LIGHT FIXTURES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED PER PLAN AND THAT ALL TRACK LIGHTS ARE EVENLY SPACED ALONG THE TRACK. ( #) REFER TO SHEET A1-2 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE CEILING PLAN KEYNOTES 1 DASHED LINE INDICATES A METAL STOREFRONT CEILING GRID, GC SHALL TRIM GRIDS AS REQUIRED. REFER FIXTURE PLAN SHEET A1-3. U (E) MALL COLUMN. 3 4 9 FOR FIXTURE DETAILS REFER TO FURNITURE, FIXTURE AND EQUIPMENT SHEET. 10 11 12� SENSORMATIC HORN WITH DIGITAL INDICATOR BY OWNER'S VENDOR- SENSORMATIC. VERIFY LOCATION WITH OWNER. DASHED LINE OF HVAC UNIT LOCATIONS. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. MOUNT CHANDELIER AT 7' -6" AFF. UNT CHANDELIER AT 8' -0" AFF. SEASONAL STOREFRONT DISPLAY CABLE. REFER TO DETAIL SEISMIC JOINT COVER. REFER TO DETAIL ILLUMINATED STOREFRONT SIGNAGE TO REQUIRE ELECTRICAL POWER. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DWGS. Dos- D7(0 CODE COMPLIAN Ap R V MAR 2.`1: , City Of Tuv°i' 3`•- A4 -3 R" CITY - - i �.•vL. MAP 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER SHEET W 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 PROJECT 70610 LIC #: 8897 *4* DATE I NO. I DESCRIPTION 8897 "�____ - _ F•" e 5 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN A2-IB co co co rn 1 -888 s s:a8 :888888 :8888888 ***S3 s! , • 8:S:888S:8: 8 8 8 .:8888888888::::s!SS„ .. Sk8.88888.*:888888888 • • 888 s s 8 *"• . "s• 8 • N. ) ... .. ................. ............ "" ""'"" • • • • • • • • • • • • ••••••••. SKEWED PORTION OF ELEVATION , fl N, •;.• N. N. (G4)28I TYP. 5 88,88: 8888888 3 TYP. TYP. • ................ • - •• ?„: .." !-; (G1) TYP. !.. (1" • • • .55- N " ••• ••., • • . . • I •• e . 8% ,s8 • /8"s• •I• 8;8 • :: SiS !ZS 8. 8! . Sk (G TYP. • • • • • • • • 1 3 1TYp . • 1.•-■••••,•••- OPEN TO ABOVE • - , • ••::, ••• N • '8888 (94)20 TYP. TYP. 27 14' - 4" 4 • "".■ '8 § r:"111 7:: G428 TYP. I ........ I • N TYP. TYP. TYP. .„ . G NN 1 7 1 . TYP. S •„„ ; •8•588888888888888888888 s•— ss N N ..... B.O. MALL BULKHEAD 15' - 0" - 11, B.O. MALL CEILING gjik 13' - 7" \Jr 17 4 TYP. 0 F.F. LEVEL 1 AL 0' — 0" a 0, • " • K e,1 .... .............................. 7 ::•••::•• 8 9 0 I /: . . r; • ,, 8 ... • - s f.. 8 a. "Ss • e • ••• N: ::„....„:. N L • . • • s • :'.....-:- '::: I I I-:•::.: C.:.::".f....'•::' , "--'•: :••••1:::' :"..4 L .:,......: ' .... : I.--I::.A:': :F. :‘F: 1 I: I.:',:::::::Tt : : 'I• .: .. :.:?..: ::•••;;.q. : .:•.: '‘'''I . ` , .':-.:- . 4 :::. i ,:::,::: • ::I'•• .. .... 0 ••• • 8 •S CITY 1 MAP 0 3 MO8 PERMIT CENTER i,..1 ,"- S F—.?''.:1':.:•."''' ,:,, 7 .:::•:: .i ...... ,. :: -.; ...,..., :-., •-„.,,, :: •,;.,.... ..., 8 ,. :::,..!..:-...,.., :: :: :vr * f:::::::::::::::::,::::::::::::::::::::,,,,,,,.•:::::,:,:::,.,:.•.:::::::::::::::,,::::::. ,:,„„,„,„„.„„„,„„„„:„,„:::::::::::::::::,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,„.„:„.„„„:„.„:„.„„:„.„„:„.„„:::::::.:::::::::::,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,::::::::.::::..,...,::,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,:::::::::::::,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,:„„„„„,„,,,,„„:„.,„:„.„.„:::,::::::::.:::::::::::,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,:::::,...,,,,,,,,,,,,,,..„:„.„„:„..„:„..„„„,,,,,,,,...—:-„„--,....,.—.,::.,,, 440, • ?..;:m:0-,U,*-A.,:-..:-,:v-X.ft:ft•ft4..,V0.M.?-g;v: • . t R .M .V.M.: 00 UXAMPArt AN:44tt.' vV N6NN ' r •r-. "r I r 8897 tIKI:SEMERESME:R:EMI::::MmAtE:ME .:1::MIE 5 FIXTURE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION FURNISHEC INSTALLED REMARKS SYMBOL OWNER GENERAL CONTRACTOR OWNER GENERAL CONTRACTOR STANDARDS (ST1 -01) WALL STANDARDS AND GLASS PANELS [-# DESIGNATES AREA LOCATION] • • REFER TO DETAIL 10/A5 -1 ® SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STANDARDS • • REFER TO DETAIL 13/A5 -1 an SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STANDARDS • • OWNER TO VERIFY HEIGHT W/ G.C. PRIOR TO FABRICATION. FLOOR MERCHANDISE FIXTURES A FOLD / HANG COMBO UNIT • • ( A -1 ) HANGING UNIT • • TABLE / OTTOMAN • • C B ) MD 2 -WAY T -STAND • • GM 4 -WAY T -STAND • • ( D ) 2 SIDED HANGING GONDOLA • • Q ENTRY FEATURE UNIT • • ACCESSORY FLOOR FIXUTRE • • Rr -T' . — '' GIB ACCESORY MULTI- TIERED FIXTURE • • C I I Y O F T OKI!'vlL ® Q 3 -WAY W /SHELVED CUBE • • Me a 0 31008 OM 'S' FIXTURE • • PERMIT CFNTgR NM ROUNDER • • HARDWARE ® WALL MOUNTED PUCK • • REFER TO DETAIL 6/A5 -1 GED CURTAIN TIE -BACK • • REFER TO DETAIL 7/A5 -1 ® FITTING ROOM NUMBER • • REFER TO DETAIL 8/A5 -1 ( HW-4) MULTIPLE PUCK FIXTURE • • REFER TO DETAIL 3/A5 -1 ® STOREFRONT SEASONAL DISPLAY CABLE • • REFER TO DETAIL 15/A5 -1 CHW CURTAIN ROD AND ACCESSORIES • • REFER TO DETAIL 9/A5 -1 FURNITURE © DAYBED • • MIRRORS MO DRESSING ROOM CORRIDOR MIRROR • • REFER TO DETAIL 1/A5 -1 GM DRESSING ROOM MIRROR • • REFER TO DETAIL 1/A5 -1 ® SURFACE MOUNTED MIRROR • • REFER TO DETAIL 25/A4 -2 MILLWORK ITEMS cap CASHWRAP (CASEWORK ONLY) • • REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A4-4. ® BACKWRAP • • REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A4-4. (MW-3) HANGING ROD • • REFER TO DETAIL 3/A5 -1 CMW-4) FITTING ROOM BENCH (ADA ONLY) • • REFER TO DETAIL 11/A5 -1 (MW -5) FEATURE WALL PANEL - LETTERS • • REFER TO DETAIL 19/A5 -1 (MW -6) HARDWOOD FRAME • • REFER TO DETAIL 14/A5 -1 (MW -7) FEATURE WALL PANEL -LOGO • • REFER TO DETAIL 20/A5 -1 MISCELLANEOUS FITTING ROOM CURTAIN • • REFER TO DETAIL 9/A5 -1 ( MS -2) WING WALL GLASS PANEL • • REFER TO DETAIL 16/A5 -1 ® FIRE EXSTINGUISHER • • ® MANNEQUIN • • CMS-4) STOREFRONT DISPLAY COMPONENTS REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A5 -1 ( MS -5) WALL MOUNTED HAND VACUUM CLEANER • • 1 MALL D STOREFRONT INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" = 1' -0" (G 1)- STOREFRONT INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" = 1' -0" (P3) ST 1 -07 0 p��i�►�e►s�1;- - s���� ?. ;? ;. - •. ®rrr�►. r�r�r .1 r * r rr .�a y. : *** 4***di�4rrOr�O�+s,�, *r'Or*rr +�ri *4* W°°rr•:°::' i ° rasr�� i r.N,irP�i� 4. � iriO � iriririr ►��i r r r r r r r r r ST 1 -06 P3 B3)4 SALES AREA INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" = 1' -0" CST1 -04 1 (P3 (ST1 -03; 1 B3 4 G1 ]. 9 TYP. TYP. TYP. 9 TYP. P. C w TYP. 9 A3 -1 SALES AREA INTERIOR ELEVATION 1/4" = 1' -0" P3 B3 4 (ST1 -07J (P3) CIAL 5 O STORE CEILING Aukk 13' -7" CEILING AT STOREFRONT Aukk 8' -91/2" F.F. LEVEL 1 gik 0' -0" B3) 4 INTERIOR ELEVATION - LOWERED CEILING AT STOREFRONT 1/4" = 1' -0" MS -2J CM 10 CST1 -06; TYP. 23 9 A3 -1 22 /0 frOVIS:Wil k AWN& --,44 ■441104 414 4 1 4 ‘ 4 1 SO • WW1* iteti - 4443.*** -v8.40 4, 4**4 4** , '4.4) 4:4* SS e B3 4 .0 I (G1) TYP. H z/ 2/ ///:// 1 IF 6 ( MS -2) 0 1 V Q G 1 TYP. 7 OVE (M A3 -1 (ST1 -04 LTURE -7; 5 (G1)TYP. TYP. (ST1 -02; 1 TYP. 8 A3 -1 IT N 9 A3 -1 1/ MALL N (G1)TYP. N STORE CEILING 13' -7" t B.O. SOFFIT 12' -10" F.F. LEVEL 0' -0" 1 N \. CM LI. (B3) CST1 - 01_, \ 1 -5l 5 STORE CEILING gui 13' -7" B.O. SOFFI� 12' - 10" F.F. LEVEL 0' TYP. (G1)TYP. (GI) • � -(B3 STORE CEILING 13' -7" CEILING AT STOREFRONT 8'- 91/2" F.F. LEVEL 0' -0" STORE CEILING Ai 13' -7" F.F. LEVEL_ 1_ _f 0' - -0" GENERAL NOTES A. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SOLID BACKING FOR ALL WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED FIXTURES B. REFER TO FINISH FLOOR PLAN SHEET FOR FINISH SCHEDULE # REFER TO FIXTURE RESPONSIBITY SCHEDULE THIS SHEET INTERIOR ELEVATION KEYNOTES LJ OFCI BRACKETS & GLASS PANELS MOUNTED TO WALL, REFER TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN, FURNITURE FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN, AND FIXTURE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. 7 CANVAS WALL GRAPHIC. REFER TO GRAPHICS PLAN. FINISH GWB W/ LEVEL 5 FINISH FROM FLOOR TO CEILING. 3 4 n 6 n L8_1 9 10 LIGHT FIXTURE PER RCP & ELECTRICAL PLAN WALL BASE PER PLAN. REFER TO FINISH TAG. (OFCI) FIXTURE. REFER TO FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. REFER TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL TYPE LEGEND. STOREFRONT SIGN WALL SEISMIC JOINT, REFER TO DETAIL POLISHED S.S. GLAZING CLIP, REFER TO DETAIL TRANSLUSCENT GLASS FEATURE WALL WITH GRAPHICS. REFER TO DETAIL ELEVATION GRAPHIC LEGEND INDICATES LOCATION OF OFCI CANVAS GRAPHICS INDICATES GLAZING Dos -v7 ?Pr�ibi 0 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 I=u •tft.-1* DATE NO. I DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. 02.05.08 FINAL LL APPROVAL 02.27.08 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. PROJECT 70610 SHEET SALES AREA INTERIOR ELEVATIONS A3 -2 Co Co co <4 ct U O co O 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 PROJECT COORDINATOR 2/27/2008 11:20:18 AM GRAHAM DOWNES FIXTURE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE _ \\ \\ DESCRIPTION FURNISHEC INSTALLED REMARKS SYMBOL OWNER GENERAL CONTRACTOR OWNER GENERAL CONTRACTOR STANDARDS CST1 -01) WALL STANDARDS AND GLASS PANELS [-# DESIGNATES AREA LOCATION] • • REFER TO DETAIL 10/A5 -1 ® SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STANDARDS • • REFER TO DETAIL 13/A5 -1 SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STANDARDS • • OWNER TO VERIFY HEIGHT W/ G.C. PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ® FLOOR MERCHANDISE FIXTURES ( A ) FOLD / HANG COMBO UNIT • • ( A ) HANGING UNIT • • TABLE / OTTOMAN • • ( B ) ® 2 -WAY T -STAND • • GM 4-WAY T -STAND • • ( D ) 2 SIDED HANGING GONDOLA • • © ENTRY FEATURE UNIT • • ACCESSORY FLOOR FIXUTRE • • GIP ACCESORY MULTI - TIERED FIXTURE • • (±2 ) Q 3 -WAY W /SHELVED CUBE • • © 'S' FIXTURE • • Q ROUNDER • • HARDWARE ® WALL MOUNTED PUCK • • REFER TO DETAIL 6/A5 -1 ® CURTAIN TIE -BACK • • REFER TO DETAIL 7/A5 -1 (HW -3) FITTING ROOM NUMBER • • REFER TO DETAIL 8/A5 -1 (HW-4) MULTIPLE PUCK FIXTURE • • REFER TO DETAIL 3/A5 -1 ® STOREFRONT SEASONAL DISPLAY CABLE • • REFER TO DETAIL 15/A5 -1 (HW-6) CURTAIN ROD AND ACCESSORIES • • REFER TO DETAIL 9/A5 -1 FURNITURE © DAYBED • • MIRRORS ® DRESSING ROOM CORRIDOR MIRROR • • REFER TO DETAIL 1/A5 -1 ® DRESSING ROOM MIRROR • • REFER TO DETAIL 1/A5 -1 ® SURFACE MOUNTED MIRROR • • REFER TO DETAIL 25/A4 -2 MILLWORK ITEMS CMW -1) CASHWRAP (CASEWORK ONLY) • • REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A4-4. (MW -2) BACKWRAP • • REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A4 -4. (MW -3) HANGING ROD • • REFER TO DETAIL 3/A5 -1 (MW -4) FITTING ROOM BENCH (ADA ONLY) • • REFER TO DETAIL 11/A5 -1 CMW -5) FEATURE WALL PANEL - LETTERS • • REFER TO DETAIL 19/A5 -1 (MW-6) HARDWOOD FRAME • • REFER TO DETAIL 14/A5 -1 ® FEATURE WALL PANEL -LOGO • • REFER TO DETAIL 20/A5 -1 MISCELLANEOUS ® FITTING ROOM CURTAIN • • REFER TO DETAIL 9/A5 -1 (MS -2) WING WALL GLASS PANEL • • REFER TO DETAIL 16/A5 -1 ® FIRE EXSTINGUISHER • • ( MS -3) MANNEQUIN • • ( MS -4) STOREFRONT DISPLAY COMPONENTS REFER TO DETAILS SHEET A5 -1 ® WALL MOUNTED HAND VACUUM CLEANER • • irlItr•Ar 4 1* IV` • A 4ittek.t ;0* 4 0 ot ag Fs: 4* ir • 4 4 Pfr • # 4 44* 1* 4 0 4 FITTING ROOM ELEVATION O D 0 6 M1 6 FITTING ROOM ELEVATION 1/4" = 1' -0" 1/2" = 1' -0" 1/2" = 1' -0" TYP. ENLARGED FITTING ROOM PLAN ADA FITTING ROOM PLAN 4' - 1" -------------------------------------- 5' - 1" CLR. TYP. vii STORE CEILING 13' -7" P1 � T.O. WALL 10' -0" 2 F.F. 0' -0 TYP. FITTING ROOM 1/2" = 1' -O" STORE CEILING 13' -7" T.O. WALL 10' -0" F.F. 0' -0" (MW-4) A A TYP. ADA FITTING ROO 1/2" = \ / \ / \ / OPEN / N / \ / \ 1 0 0 0 \ / \ / OPEN / \ ■ CHW -6) ms-i) HW -2) HW-6) ms-i) Abi -0" TYP, � STORE CEILING 13' -7" � T.O. WALL I0' -0" F.F. 0' -0" ( MS 1 (HW -1 STORE CEILING 13' -7" (MW-4 B 3 TYP. TYP. ( M1 6 P1 STORE CEILING aik 13' -7" B.O. SOFFIT fti 12' - 10" F.F. LEVEL 0' -0" STORE CEILING otik 13' -7" B.O. SOFFIT - 10" F.F. LEVEL 1_ 0' -0" 0 STORE CEILING 13' -7" � T.O. WALL 10' -0" F.F. , 4 1 r0' -0" 0 ( MS -1 (H W -2) (HW -1) C STORE CEILING 13' -7" F.F. \--IF0' -0" (G3) (1=1) [3 [3 4G3) 4(B3) C 6 t FITTING ROOM ELEVATIO 1/4" = 1' -0" MS -5 / C M2 (MS 1 SALES AREA FITTING ROOM ELEVATION 1/4" = 1' -0" HW-6 \ / OPEN CMS -2) S CM 1 HW-6 P1 u 4 (■./1) /F3 4 (P1) B3) i B3) (HW-4) ( M1 (P1) 3 I3 STORE CEILING 13' - 7" � T.O. WALL 10' -0" F.F. 0' -0" KG3) B ( M2 STORE CEILING 13' - F.F. 0' -0" u TYP. STORE CEILING_ 13' - 7" F.F. LEVEL 1 icik 0' -0" STORE CEILING 13' -7" Ar F.F. LEVEL 1 Aohi 0' - D CODE C P k C E P1 (mw-4) GENERAL NOTES A. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SOLID BACKING FOR ALL WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED FIXTURES B. INTERIOR ELEVATION KEYNOTES L'J OFCI BRACKETS & GLASS PANELS MOUNTED TO WALL, REFER TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN, FURNITURE FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN, AND FIXTURE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REFER TO FINISH FLOOR PLAN SHEET FOR FINISH SCHEDULE # •) REFER TO FIXTURE RESPONSIBITY SCHEDULE THIS SHEET CANVAS WALL GRAPHIC. REFER TO GRAPHICS PLAN. FINISH GWB W/ LEVEL 5 FINISH FROM FLOOR TO CEILING. LIGHT FIXTURE PER RCP & ELECTRICAL PLAN WALL BASE PER PLAN. REFER TO FINISH TAG. (OFCI) FIXTURE. REFER TO FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. REFER TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL TYPE LEGEND, STOREFRONT SIGN WALL SEISMIC JOINT, REFER TO DETAIL POLISHED S.S. GLAZING CLIP, REFER TO DETAIL TRANSLUSCENT GLASS FEATURE WALL WITH GRAPHICS. REFER TO DETAIL ELEVATION GRAPHIC LEGEND INDICATES LOCATION OF OFCI CANVAS GRAPHICS INDICATES GLAZING R CITY Ur ' MAR 03/006 PERMIT CENTER SHEET 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 Lli DATE 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 PROJECT 70610 NO. DESCRIPTION BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. A3 -3 co rn U INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - FITTING ROOMS 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 PROJECT COORDINATOR 2/27/2008 11:20:22 AM GRAHAM DOWNES _ \\ \\ • Vic?, G' i 0 I SALES AREA * irlItr•Ar 4 1* IV` • A 4ittek.t ;0* 4 0 ot ag Fs: 4* ir • 4 4 Pfr • # 4 44* 1* 4 0 4 FITTING ROOM ELEVATION O D 0 6 M1 6 FITTING ROOM ELEVATION 1/4" = 1' -0" 1/2" = 1' -0" 1/2" = 1' -0" TYP. ENLARGED FITTING ROOM PLAN ADA FITTING ROOM PLAN 4' - 1" -------------------------------------- 5' - 1" CLR. TYP. vii STORE CEILING 13' -7" P1 � T.O. WALL 10' -0" 2 F.F. 0' -0 TYP. FITTING ROOM 1/2" = 1' -O" STORE CEILING 13' -7" T.O. WALL 10' -0" F.F. 0' -0" (MW-4) A A TYP. ADA FITTING ROO 1/2" = \ / \ / \ / OPEN / N / \ / \ 1 0 0 0 \ / \ / OPEN / \ ■ CHW -6) ms-i) HW -2) HW-6) ms-i) Abi -0" TYP, � STORE CEILING 13' -7" � T.O. WALL I0' -0" F.F. 0' -0" ( MS 1 (HW -1 STORE CEILING 13' -7" (MW-4 B 3 TYP. TYP. ( M1 6 P1 STORE CEILING aik 13' -7" B.O. SOFFIT fti 12' - 10" F.F. LEVEL 0' -0" STORE CEILING otik 13' -7" B.O. SOFFIT - 10" F.F. LEVEL 1_ 0' -0" 0 STORE CEILING 13' -7" � T.O. WALL 10' -0" F.F. , 4 1 r0' -0" 0 ( MS -1 (H W -2) (HW -1) C STORE CEILING 13' -7" F.F. \--IF0' -0" (G3) (1=1) [3 [3 4G3) 4(B3) C 6 t FITTING ROOM ELEVATIO 1/4" = 1' -0" MS -5 / C M2 (MS 1 SALES AREA FITTING ROOM ELEVATION 1/4" = 1' -0" HW-6 \ / OPEN CMS -2) S CM 1 HW-6 P1 u 4 (■./1) /F3 4 (P1) B3) i B3) (HW-4) ( M1 (P1) 3 I3 STORE CEILING 13' - 7" � T.O. WALL 10' -0" F.F. 0' -0" KG3) B ( M2 STORE CEILING 13' - F.F. 0' -0" u TYP. STORE CEILING_ 13' - 7" F.F. LEVEL 1 icik 0' -0" STORE CEILING 13' -7" Ar F.F. LEVEL 1 Aohi 0' - D CODE C P k C E P1 (mw-4) GENERAL NOTES A. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING SOLID BACKING FOR ALL WALL AND CEILING MOUNTED FIXTURES B. INTERIOR ELEVATION KEYNOTES L'J OFCI BRACKETS & GLASS PANELS MOUNTED TO WALL, REFER TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN, FURNITURE FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN, AND FIXTURE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 REFER TO FINISH FLOOR PLAN SHEET FOR FINISH SCHEDULE # •) REFER TO FIXTURE RESPONSIBITY SCHEDULE THIS SHEET CANVAS WALL GRAPHIC. REFER TO GRAPHICS PLAN. FINISH GWB W/ LEVEL 5 FINISH FROM FLOOR TO CEILING. LIGHT FIXTURE PER RCP & ELECTRICAL PLAN WALL BASE PER PLAN. REFER TO FINISH TAG. (OFCI) FIXTURE. REFER TO FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT PLAN AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. REFER TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN FOR WALL TYPE LEGEND, STOREFRONT SIGN WALL SEISMIC JOINT, REFER TO DETAIL POLISHED S.S. GLAZING CLIP, REFER TO DETAIL TRANSLUSCENT GLASS FEATURE WALL WITH GRAPHICS. REFER TO DETAIL ELEVATION GRAPHIC LEGEND INDICATES LOCATION OF OFCI CANVAS GRAPHICS INDICATES GLAZING R CITY Ur ' MAR 03/006 PERMIT CENTER SHEET 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 Lli DATE 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 PROJECT 70610 NO. DESCRIPTION BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. A3 -3 co rn U INTERIOR ELEVATIONS - FITTING ROOMS 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 PROJECT COORDINATOR 2/27/2008 11:20:22 AM GRAHAM DOWNES 15 A ■ • \ RESTROOM INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1/2" = 1' -0" 1 1/2" J' 3" = 1' -0" 1 1/2" GRAB BAR SUPPORT 12— 15 B NOTE: GRAB BAR AND SUPPORT SHALL BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING A 250 LBS. POINT LOAD, MIN PROVIDE DBL. 20 GA. MTL. STUD BLOCKING AT GRAB BAR. OPTIONAL: PROVIDE 20 GA. x 6" METAL BLOCKING AT GRAB BAR. FOR WALL TYPE, REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN AND WALL TYPES LEGEND. GRAB BAR, TYP. 1' -5' MIN. H 13 SIGN SPEC: • 1/8" THK. SIGN PANEL WHITE CHARACTERS ON BLUE FIELD (FED. STD. COLOR #15090) •AFFIX TO DOOR WITH PERM. ADHESIVE • BRUSHED ALUM. SIGN, WHERE INDICATED WHITE GRAPHICS ON BLUE BACKGROUND 1 5 C 1/4" ALUM. 6" TALL INT'L --- SYMBOL IN WHITE 1" HIGH BRAILLE CHARACTERS: • 'MEN' • 'WOMEN' NOTE: MOUNT TO LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. 0 RESTROOM PLAN 1/2" = 1' -0" BRAILLE SPECS: 0' -6' 3' -0" • CONTRACTED GRADE 2 • DOTS: -1/10"o.c. EACH CELL - 2/10" BETWEEN CELLS - RAISED MIN. 1/40" *o UNISEX RESTROOM DOOR SIGN 1" = 1' -0" [1 _14 2' -10" U- U- 6' -10" z 2 N- C) 13 15 9 16 D a 2 i J SECTION 1' -6" MOUNTING HT. FIN. FLR. LINE D ■4 TYP. FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS 1/2" = 1-0" 3/4" = 1-0" CAP MOULDING AT TOP AND BOTTOM, WHITE. FRP (WHITE) SECURED TO WALL W/ PANEL FASTENERS. DIVISION BAR 21 A4 -3 ELEVATION ELEVATION AT WAINSCOT 0 0 0 0 0 N 7 ii WM BASE PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. z 2 0 -0" FF GENERAL NOTES- RESTROOM TOILET: WHITE VITREOUS CHINA SIPHON ACTION BOWL; CLOSE COUPLED TANK WITH OLSONITE #95 WHITE ELONGATED SEAT, NO COVER, WITH STAINLESS HINGES; 1.5 GALLON CAPACITY; FLUSH CONTROLS TO BE OPERATED BY OSCILLATING HANDLE WITH MAXIMUM OPERATING FORCE OF 3LBF, OPERABLE WITHOUT EXCESSIVE BODY FORCE. HANDLE ON WIDE SIDE OF TANK. REFER TO PLUMBING DWGS. GRAB BARS: 1 1/2" DIA. STAINLESS STEEL, SPACE BETWEEN WALL AND GRAB BAR: 1 1/2 "; BARS MAY NOT ROTATE. ACCESSORIES: ALL TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES ARE TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. ALL. OPERABLE PARTS TO BE 40" MAX A.F.F. TOWEL/SOAP DISPENSERS SHALL BE MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 40" AFF. TOILET PAPER HOLDER ROLLS TO BE WITHOUT. REFER TO DETAIL a FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS. LAVATORY: STRAINER, ANGLE SUPPLIES SUPPORT AND P -TRAP VITREOUS CHINA TOP COUNTER LAVATORY WITH BRASS FOR LAVATORY MUST BE A TIME LIMIT STOP FAUCET FROM 15 TO 20 SEC. TO CONTROL FLOW AND TEMPERATURE NOT TO EXCEED 100 °F TO 105 °F. FAUCET CONTROLS REQUIRED TO BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND CANNOT REQUIRE GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO OPERATE CONTROLS IS NOT TO EXCEED 5 LBS. PUSH -TYPE IS AN EXAMPLE OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGN. SELF - CLOSING VALVES ARE REQUIRED IF FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST 10 SECONDS. NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE SURFACES ALLOWED UNDER SINK. INSULATE OR COVER HOT WATER AND DRAIN PIPES. REFER TO PLUMBING DWGS. RECEPTACLE OUTLETS: ALL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE CENTERED NOT LESS THAN 15" AFF. SWITCHES, CONTROLS, ETC. USED TO OPERATE LIGHTS, EATING /COOLINGNENTILATION EQPT. SHALL BE CENTERED NOT LESS THAN 36" AND NO MORE THAN 48" AFF. FLOOR: LANDLORD APPROVED LATEX RUBBER WATER PROOF MEMBRANE UNDER FLOOR FINISH TO 6" A.F.F. THE MEMBRANE SHALL BE MANUFACTURER'S 2 PART FORMULA CONSISTING OF LIQUID LATEX RUBBER AND POWDER FOR TROWEL APPLICATION WITH GLASS FIBER FABRIC REINFORCEMENT (LATICRETE 9235 OR SUMMITVILLE S- 9000). INSTALL A WATER TIGHT DOOR THRESHOLD. RESTROOM KEYNOTES NOTE: FOR FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS, REFER TO 1 2 4 U 20" x 36" MIRROR (MIRROR AND TOWEL/SOAP DISPENSERS, MAX. 40" AFF, TOP OF MIRROR AT 74" MIN. AFF). ALL MIRRORS SHALL BE SAFETY GLAZED TO CONFORM AND PASS THE TEST REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION SPECIFICATION 42FR1428 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 BRAILLE SIGNAGE (WHERE REQUIRED) DOOR PER SCHEDULE LIGHT AND FAN SWITCH- MOUNTING HEIGHT PER ADA REQUIREMENTS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS RESTROOM SIGNAGE ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR. REFER TO DETAI MAINTAIN REQUIRED 24" HT. CLR., INSULATE PIPE AS REQUIRED PER CODE PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER AND LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER SHEET VINYL FLOORING CONT. TO 6" A.F.F.,TYP. REFER TO DETAIL 1 -1/2" DIA. S.S. GRAB BAR, TOP OF BAR 33" AFF, TYP. REFER TO DETAIL FLOOR DRAIN. SEE PLUMBING DWGS. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER. (V.I.F.) PAINTED FINISH ON 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD (GREEN BOARD), TYP. (PRIMER/ THREE COATS OF PAINT TYP.) GC SHALL PROVIDE (2) SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS WITH (2) 12 "x 36" WHITE MELAMINE SHELVES MOUNTED ABOVE TOILET IN RESTROOM(S). LOWEST SHELF AT 6' -8" AFF. SHELVING REQUIRED EVEN IF RESTROOM IS EXISTING FLOOR MOUNTED MOP SINK, SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS 54" HIGH FIBER - REINFORCED PANEL (F.R.P.) W/ WHITE TRIM CAP. REFER TO DETAIL w WATER CLOSET, DIMENSION TO TOP OF TOILET SEAT. 5' REQUIRED CLEAR TURNING DIAMETER REED d ; CODE COMPLIANCE MAR 20.0d APPROVFr:ik, City Of TAM. B ° BUILDIN t:os Q7(c pr CITY LA- i Of , ..vi:..A MAP 0 We PERMIT CENTER o3 o�O P` do7geS :o y,"?f,?e ?Yd�6'9tfi 6;,a < • f. L IC # 8897 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 W DATE I NO. DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 SHEET PROJECT 70610 A3 -4 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN & ELEVATIONS co co co rn � J W F-- Q Z � U w I— D Z O W D W � O w o o LINTEL SCHEDULE MARK WIDTH "W" LINTEL 20 GA. TYP. JAMB (EA. SIDE) 20 GA. TYP. UP TO 4' -0" DETAIL "A" OR MFR.RECOMM. 2 FULL HEIGHT STUDS OVER 4' -0" TO 9' -0" DETAIL "A" 2 FULL HEIGHT STUDS OVER 9' -0" TO 13' -0" DETAIL "B" 3 FULL HEIGHT STUDS OVER 13' -0" FRAME PER IND ON STRUCT. AND VIDUAL DETAIL /OR ARCH DWGS. VARIES REFER TO RCP CONT, TOP TRACK (18 GA. MIN.). DEMISING WALL/ DRYWALL. (V.I.F.). CONT. BOTTOM TRACK (20 GA. MIN.). (E) CONC. SLAB. F.F. 1 1/2" = 1' -0" (E) TRUSS OR W.F. 3 5/8 "x 20 GA. @ 4' -0" O.C. WITH (1) 3/16" P.A.F. @ EA. END UNISTRUT OPTION: (4) 5/32 P.A.F. (2 EA. SIDE) 3/16" (2) 3 5/8 "x 20 GA. CONTINUOUS 3 5/8 "x 25 GA.DIAGONAL BRACING PARALLEL TO STRUCTURE PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE (E) METAL DECKING —\ CONTINUOUS 18 GA. DEEP LEG TRACK PERPENDICULAR TO STRUCTURE 2 "x2 "x18 GA. ANGLE 3 5/8 "x 25 GA. DIAGONAL BRACING PARALLEL TO STRUCTURE 0 1/8 ") OPTION: (4) 5/32 P.A.F. (2 EA. SIDE) CONTINUOUS 18 GA. DEEP LEG TRACK N 3" = <> WALL - TYPICAL WALL FURRING 2 -24 CC J 0 C:75 2 -24 1/8" OPTION: (4) 6/321 I P.A.F. (2 EA. SIDE) i t MTL. SOFFIT OR WALL NOTE: DO NOT ATTACH TO MALL/ROOF DECK (2) 3 5/8 "x 20GA. CONTINUOUS (E) METAL DECKING UNISTRUT P1723 1" WASHER 3/8" THRU BOLT UNISTRUT AT 36" o.c. 0 0 STUD /BRACING CONNECTION AT TOP OF JOIST FRAMED SOFFIT. REFER TO SECTIONS AND ELEVATIONS. CONT. 2 "X2" 20 GA. METAL ANGLE SCREW. ATTACH TO EACH DEMISING WALL STUD (WHEN WALL HAS STANDARDS). 5/8" FIRE CODE G.W.B. o/ 3 5/8" x 25 GA. (MIN.) MTL. FURRING AT 16" o.c. FOR STANDARDS REFER TO DETAIL 1" POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS AT 24" o.c. (MAX.). NOTE: REFER TO ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FOR WALL, BASE, AND FLOOR MATERIAL. 2 "x2 "x18 GA. ANGL 2 2 (E) TRUSS OR W.F. (E) JOIST BOTTOM CHORD OR BEAM FLANGE 3 5/8 "x 20 GA. @ 4' -0" O.C. WITH (1) 3/16" P.A.F. @ EA. END 3 5/8 "x 20 GA. W /(1) 3/16" P.A.F. @ EA. END ATTACH TO TRACK,(// #8 SCREWS @ 24" O.C. UNISTRUT WIRE WHERE OCCURS STUD /BRACING CONNECTION AT BOTTOM OF EXISTING JOIST J 11111 ■ly mu; 21 .11111 ■I /, 1 (E) JOIST BOTTOM CHORD OR BEAM FLANGE FLAT PLATE UNISTRUT P1723 1" WASHER 3/8" THRU BOLT Gam• e .= IIIIIIII I+J rlr. 8 •11111 — 17,►. •, UNISTRUT AT 36" o.c. OPTION: (4) 5/32 P.A.F. (2 EA. SIDE) 3/16" K System No.W -L -5001 (Formerly System No. 147) F Ratings: 1 and 2 Hr. (See Item 1) T Ratings: 3/4, 1 and 1- 1 /2Hr. (See Item 3) L Rating At Ambient: 2 CFM /sq. ft. L Rating At 400 F °: Less than 1 CFM /sq. ft. SECTION A -A 1. Wall Assembly: The 1 or 2 hr fire -rated gypsum wallboard /stud wall assembly shall be constructed of the materials and in the manner described in the individual U300 or U400 Series Wall or Partition Design in the UL fire Resistance Directory and shall include the following construction features: A. Studs: Wall framing may consist of either wood studs or steel channel studs. Wood studs to consist of nominal 2 by 4 in. lumber spaced 16 in. o.c. with nom. 2 by 4 in. lumber end plates and cross braces. Steel studs to be min. 3 -5/8 in. wide by 1 -3/8 in. deep channels spaced max 24 in. o.c. B. Wallboard, Gypsum *: Nom 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft. wide with square or tapered edges. The gypsum wallboard type, thickness, number of layers, fastener type and sheet orientation shall be as specified in the individual U300 or U400 Series Design in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. Max diam. of openings is 14 -1/2 in for wood stud walls and 18 in. for steel stud walls. 2. Through Penetrants: One metallic pipe or tubing to be centered within the firestop system. Pipe or tubing to be rigidly supported on both sides of wall assembly. The following types and sizes of metallic pipes or tubing may be used: A. Steel Pipe: Nom. 12 in. diam. (or smaller) Schedule 10 (or heavier) steel pipe. B. Copper Tubing: Nom. 6 in. diam. (or smaller) Type L (or heavier) copper tubing. C. Copper Pipe: Nom. 6 in. diam (or smaller) Regular (or heavier) copper pipe. Pipe Covering *: Nom 1 or 2 inch thick hollow cylindrical heavy density (min. 3.5 pcf) glass fiber units jacketed on the outside with an all service jacket. Longitudinal joints sealed with metal fasteners or factory- applied self- sealing lap tape. Transverse joints sealed with metal fasteners or with butt strip tape supplied with the product. When nom 1 in. thick pipe covering is used, the annular space between the pipe covering and the circular cutout in the gypsum wallboard layers on each side of the wall shall be min. 1/2 in. to max. 3/4 in. See Pipe and Equipment Covering Materials (BRGU) category in Building Materials Directory for names of manufacturers. Any pipe covering material meeting the above specifications and bearing the UL. Classification Marking with a Flame Spread Index of 25 or less and a Smoke Developed Index of 50 or less may be used. 3. The hourly T rating of the firestop system is a 3/4 hour when nom. 1 in. thick pipe covering is used. The hourly T Rating of the firestop system is 1 hr. and 1 -1/2 hr. when nom. 2 in. thick pipe covering is used with 1 hr. and 2 hr. fire rated walls, respectively. 4. Firestop System: Installed symmetrically on both sides of wall assembly. The details of the firestop system shall be as follows: A. Fill, Void, or Cavity Materials* –Wrap Strip – Nom % in. thick intumescent elastomeric material faced on one side with aluminum foil, supplied in 2 in. wide strips. Nom 2 in. wide strip tightly wrapped around pipe covering (foil side out) with seam butted. Wrap strip layer securely bound with steel wire or aluminum foil tape and slide into annular space approx. 1 -1/4 in. such that approx. 3/4 in. of the wrap strip width protrudes from the wall surface. One layer of wrap -strip is required when nom. 1 in. thick pipe covering is used. Two layers of wrap strip are required when nom. 2 in, thick pipe covering is used. Minnesota Mining & Mfg. Co. -- FS -195+ B. Fill, Void, or Cavity Materials * -- Caulk –Min' in. diam. Continuous bead applied to the wrap strip /wall interface and to the exposed edges of the wrap strip layer approx. 3/4 in. from the wall surface. Minnesota Mining & Mfg. Co. –CP 25WB+ * Bearing the UL Classification Marking. Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI /UL 263 Design No. U465 December 20, 2000 Nonbearing Wall Rating – 1 HR. 1. Floor and Ceiling Runners(not shown) -- Channel shaped runners, 3 -5/8 in. wide (min), 1 -1/4 in. legs, formed from min No. 25 MSG (min No. 20 MSG when Item 4C is used) galv steel, attached to floor and ceiling with fasteners spaced 24 in. OC max. 2. Steel StudsChannel shaped, 3 -5/8 in. wide (min), 1 -1/4 in. legs, 3/8 in. folded back returns, formed from min No. 25 MSG (min No. 20 MSG when Item 4C is used) galv steel spaced 24 in. OC max. 3. Batts and Blankets* (Optional) – Mineral wool or glass fiber batts partially or completely filling stud cavity. See Batts and Blankets (BZJZ) category for names of Classified companies. 4. Gypsum Board"5 /8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, attached to steel studs and floor and ceiling track with 1 in. long, Type S steel screws spaced 8 in. OC. along edges of board and 12 in. OC in the field of the board. Joints oriented vertically and staggered on opposite sides of the assembly. When attached to item 6 (furring channels), wallboard is screw attached to furring channels with 1 in. long, Type S steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO -- Type AG -C. BEIJING NEW BUILDING MATERIALS CO LTD – Type DBX -1. BPB AMERICA INC BPB CELOTEX – Type 1. CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY– Types AR, C, IP -AR, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, SHX, WRC or WRX. CONTINENTAL GYPSUM COMPANY – Types CG -C, CG5-5, CG6-6, CG9 -9, CGTC -C. G -P GYPSUM CORP, SUB OF GEORGIA - PACIFIC CORP -- Types 5, 9, C, DGG, DS, GPFS6. JAMES HARDIE GYPSUM INC – Type Max "C" or Fire X. LAFARGE GYPSUM, DIV OF LAFARGE CORP -- Types LGFC2, LGFC2A, LGFC6, LGFC6A, LGFC -C, LGFC -C /A. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO – Types FSK -C, FSK -G, FSW -C, FSW -G, FSW . PABCO GYPSUM, DIV OF PACIFIC COAST BUILDING PRODUCTS INC -- Type PG -C. REPUBLIC GYPSUM CO – Type RG -C. SIAM GYPSUM INDUSTRY CO LTD – Type EX -1 STANDARD GYPSUM L L C - Type SG -C. TEMPLE - INLAND FOREST PRODUCTS CORP– Type TG -C. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO – Type AR, C, FRX -G, IP -AR, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, SHX, WRC or YESO PANAMERICANO S A DE C V -- Type AR, C, IP -AR, IP -X2, IPC -AR, SCX, SHX, WRC or WR WESTROC INC – Type Westroc Fireboard. 4A. Gypsum Boardr(As an alternate to Item 4) -- Nom 3/4 in. thick, 4 ft wide, installed as described in Item 4 with screw length increased to 1 -1/4 in. CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY – Types AR, IP -AR. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO – Types AR, IP -AR. YESO PANAMERICANO S A DE C V – Types AR, IP -AR. 4C. Gypsum BoardlAs an alternate to Item 4, 4A and 4B) – 5/8 in. thick gypsum panels, installed as described in Item 4 with Type S -12 steel screws. The length and spacing of the screws as specified under Item 4. CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY – Type FRX. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO – Type FRX. 5. Joint Tape and CompoundVinyl, dry or premixed joint compound, applied in two coats to joints and screw heads; paper tape, 2 in. wide, embedded in first layer of compound over all joints. As an alternate, nominal 3/32 in. thick gypsum veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of Classified veneer baseboard. Joints reinforced. 6. Furring Channel(Optional -Not Shown) – Resilient 25 MSG galv steel furring channels spaced vertically max 24 in. OC, flange portion attached to each intersecting stud with 1/2 in. long type S -12 panhead steel screws. Not for use with Type FRX gypsum panels. *Bearing the UL Classification Mark PIPE/CONDUIT PENETRATION 1 1/2" = 1-0" 1 1/2" = 1' -0" RATED WALL,UL STYLE #U465 F.F. TENANT 7 ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN - REFER TO A2 -1 FOR LOCATIONS. SEAL EXPOSED FLOOR. BASE TO MATCH LANDLORD'S CORRIDOR. NOTE:ALL RECESSED WALL SURFACES MUST BE PAINTED BY TENANT TO MATCH LANDLORD'S FINISHES. RECESSED REAR EXIT DOOR 1/2" = 1' -0" EDGE CONNECTION #8 SCREWS @ 6" o.c., TYPICAL. METAL CEILING JOISTS. DRYWALL AT 1 -HR CEILING CONDITION. 6" = 1' -0" TYP. I I I I I I 0 1 I I I 1 SECTION CEILING EDGE AT DECK BEARING WALL CONDITION 3/4" = 1' -0" 1 1/2" = 1' -0" AT SIDE WALL CONDITION 1 -HOUR CORRIDOR (RESTROOM/STORAGE ROOM CONDITION SIM.) RATED TUNNEL CONSTRUCTION (SIM. AT RESTROOM) O STUD FRMG. PER WALL TYPES 0 LINTEL AS SCHEDULED - EXTEND VERT. TRACK FLANGES OVER JAMB STUDS & FASTEN W /MIN 3 SCREWS EA. STUD @ 3 -5/8" LINTEL / SILL & MIN. 5 SCREWS EA. STUD @ 6" LINTEL 20 GA. SILL TRACK TYPICAL 2 VERT. TRACK SCREWED TO 2 HORIZONTAL STUDS @ MAX. 6" o.c. BOTH STUDS BOTH SIDES (20 GA. TYP.) PROVIDE CONT. 20 GA. TRACK AT TOP OF ALL LINTELS Co DETAIL "A" DETAIL "B" EXIT CORRIDOR OPENINGS IN NON -BRG. PARTITION NOTE: FOR SIZE AND GAGE OF TYPICAL STEEL STUDS, REFER TO WALL TYPES LEGEND. SPECIAL SIZES ARE CALLED OUT ON PLAN AND! OR DETAILS. 0 ' 'I — EDGE CONNECTION, #8 SCREWS @ 6" o.c. NOTE :CENTER WALL STUD UNDER EACH JOIST ABOVE. FOR TYPICAL FRAMING CONNECTIONS, REFER TO ELEVATION 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 (E) H.R. WALL. PATCH WITH 5/8" TYPE 'X' G.W.B. MATCH EXISTING RATING. REFER TO RCP") (E) H.R. CEILING. PATCH WITH 5/8" TYPE 'X' G.W.B. SPRINKLER HEAD (PER SPRINKLER SHOP DWGS.). 4' -0" T.O. CORNER GUARD 6" x 6" x 4' -0" x 16 GA. SHEET MTL. CORNER GUARD. ALL FINISHES TO MATCH LANDLORD STANDARD. 5/8" PLYWOOD TO 4' -0" A.F.F. BY TENANT. 6" BASE 10 TYP. STEEL STUD WALL -SCREW CONNECTION 3" = F.F. 3/4" T &G FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD DECK, SMOOTH SURFACE. AT NON - COMBUSTIBLE CONDITION: ADD 5/8" TYPE 'X' G.W.B. ON TOP OF PLYWOOD. 3 "x3 "x18 GA. MTL. ANGLE EDGE. REMOVE ALL BURRS AND CLEAR COAT ANGLE. COUNTERSINK SCREWS AT 24 "o.c. ON TOP AND SIDE. 5/8" TYPE 'X' G.W.B. TYP. CEILING (WHERE OCCURS) REFER TO CEILING PLAN. #10 SCREWS @ EACH JOIST. CEILING (1 -HR): 1 LAYER 5/8" TYPE 'X' G.W.B. AT EACH SIDE OF 6" JOISTS 3/4" T &G FIRE - TREATED PLYWOOD SHEATHING. 6 "x1 3/8 "x16 GA. STEEL JOISTS AT 16" o.c. #10 SCREWS @ 8" o.c. FOR HEADER CONDITION REFER TO DETAIL KEYNOTES STEEL STUD. 9 A4 -1 WALLS (1- HOUR): C3 5/8 "x20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" o.c. WITH 5/8" TYPE 'X' G.W.B. AT EACH SIDE (GREENBOARD AT RESTROOM SIDE) 20 GA. CONT. STEEL BOTTOM TRACK WITH HILTI DN32 P8 WITH 1 1/4" PENETRATION AT 32" o.c. (ICBO #2388). ATTACH DRYWALL W /#6 PACKERIZED SCREWS AT 7" O.C. TOP, BOTTOM, AND STUDS. GA FILE #WP -1070 UL DESIGN #U465. 0 UNPUNCHED STEEL STUD TRACK- ATTACHMENT REQ'D. 1/2" DIA. EXPANSION BOLTS @ 48" o.c. (2 MIN.) OR 3/8 "x 3/4" LONG POWDER DRIVEN PINS @ 12" o.c. FASTNER SHALL HAVE ICBO REPORT FOR SAME INSTALLATION. MULTIPLE OR INTERSECTING STUDS WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN OR DETAILS. CONNECT WITH #10 x 3/4" LONG SHEET MTL. SCREWS @ 24" o.c. STAGGERED SPACING. AT INTERSECTING STUDS (1) ROW OF SCREWS. #10 x 3/4" LONG SHEET MTL. SCREWS EA. SIDE, EA. STUD. (2) #10 x 3/4" LONG SHEET MTL. SCREWS. (4) #10 x 3/4" LONG SHEET MTL. SCREWS. #10 x 3/4" LONG SHEET MTL. SCREWS @ 12" o.c. AT DOUBLE STUDS. STUD BLOCKING I BRIDGING. EXISTING DEMISING WALL TOP TRACK BY LANDLORD (V.I.F.). (E) CONCRETE SLAB 2#8 TEK SCREWS EACH SIDE 4410 TEK SCREW AT EA. CONNECTION. ADJACENT TENANT / CORRIDOR HOLD STUD 1/2" BELOW TOP OF TRACK w iY ADJACENT TENANT/ CORRIDOR (E) CONCRETE SLAB 1 1/2" = 1' -0" N FULL HEIGHT G.W.B. STOCKROOM/ BACK AREA 1" = 1' -0" ATTACH STUD TO RUNNER w /(4) #10 TEK SCREWS PER STUD. 1 1/2" = 1-0" (OPTION 1): DEEP LEG TOP TRACK (18 GA. MIN.) ATTACH T.O. STRUCTURE w/ SCREW AT 24" o.c. SOLID BLOCKING NOTES: UL DESIGN #U465 1 -HR RATED, REFER TO DETAIL SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS PER UL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO DETAIL EXISTING DEMISING WALL (1 -HR RATED) 1 1/2" = 1' -0" � I I I I TENANT NOTES: 1 -HR RATED WALL UL DESIGN #U465 REFER TO DETAIL SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS PER UL REQUIREMENTS, REFER TO DETAIL NEW DEMISING WALL (1 -HR RATED) SALES 5 � NOTE: UL DESIGN #U465 REFER TO DETAIL A4 -1 WALL -SALES TO STOCK (1 -HR RATED) WALL - TYPICAL PARTITION x / I I s NOTE: UL DESIGN #U465 REFER TO DETAIL TENANT X / / / SEALANT, TYP. SEALANT, TYP. / / / WALL - TYPICAL PARTITION TO STRUCTURE 1 1/2" = 1' -0" LEASE LINE (REFER TO FLOOR PLAN). SEAL AT DECK. PROVIDE FIRE SAFING MATERIAL IN "RIB" OF DECK IF NONE EXISTS. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN RATING. EXISTING FULL HEIGHT METAL DEMISING WALL STUD. VERIFY SPACING. ADJ. TENANT SHALL PROVIDE DRYWALL AND FIRE SAFING (N.I.C.). G.C. SHALL PATCH & REPAIR EXISTING DRYWALL WITH 5/8" TYPE "X" G.W.B. TO MAINTAIN 1 -HR. RATING. WALL BASE AND FINISH FLOORING PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. LEASE LINE (REFER TO FLOOR PLAN) (E) STRUCTURE (V.I.F.) FIRE/SMOKE STOPPING BY TENANT DEMISING WALL TOP TRACK (V.I.F.) FULL HEIGHT METAL STUDS BY LANDLORD (VERIFY) SIZE AND SPACING (3 5/8" OR 6" STUDS). LANDLORD SHALL PROVIDE DRYWALL AND FIRE SAFING (N.I.C.) GC SHALL PROVIDE NEW 5/8" TYPE "X" G.W.B. FOR 1 -HR RATING/ FULL HEIGHT WALL BASE AND FINISH FLOORING, REFER TO FLOOR FINISH PLAN FOR METAL STUD TO METAL DECK/SUBSTRUCTURE CONNECTION DETAILS REFER (E) STRUCTURE (V.I.F.) 3 5/8" x 25 GA METAL BRACING AT 48" o.c. CONT. DEEP LEG SLIP TRACK OR OPTIONAL FLEX. DEFLECTION CHANNEL ATTACHED W/ (2) #6X1 1/8" SCREWS AT 8' -0" o.c. MAX. FOR CEILING, REFER TO CEILING PLAN AND ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. WALL PER FLOOR PLAN 5/8" FIRE CODE G.W.B., REFER TO FLOOR PLAN. WALL BASE AND FINISH FLOORING PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. (E) CONCRETE SLAB. FOR BRACING TO STRUCTURE REFER TO DETAIL EXTEND STUDS FULL HT. TO STRUCT. OR OPTIONAL; PROVIDE 25 GA. MTL. STUD DIAG. BRACING AT 48" o.c. ALT. SIDES. SOLID BLOCKING. FOR CEILING, REFER TO SHEET A2 -1. (1) LAYER 5/8" FIRE -CODE G.W.B. EA. SIDE OF 3 5/8" x 25 GA. MTL, STUDS AT 16" o.c. (ICBO #4943P OR APPROVED EQUAL). WALL BASE AND FINSH FLOORING PER ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE. 20 GA. CONT. BOTTOM TRACK WITH 'HILTI' DN32 P8 WITH 1 1/4" PENETRATION AT 32" o.c. (ICBO #2388). FOR CONNECTION REFER TO DETAIL TOP OR BOTTOM CHORD ABOVE (WHERE OCCURS). / / / / / X / MTL. FASTENING CONNECTION (ICBO #1639) MIN. (AT CONC. DECK ONLY.) (OPTION 2): BRACES STAGGERED AT 48" o.c. EACH SIDE AND AT ENDS OF WALLS, TYP. WHERE NO CLG. OCCURS T.O. G.W.B. AT 10' -0" (U.O.N.). FOR CEILING, REFER TO SHEET A2 -1. WALL OR PARTITION PER FLOOR PLAN. RESTRM. FITTING RM. 1 FITTING RM. .'Ss(000..-T!£[CCs.. 'K4SCCi. xd[CC ctxd[CKC: i cCCCxiCCCS:T rCCCc. tLCK«xKCCK+ YS.C(c.; O 3 -5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16 "o.c. ® 5/8" LAYER GREEN -BOARD ON RESTROOM SIDE ® 5/8" LAYER G.W.B. AS NECESSARY ® 54" NON PERMEABLE FINISH WAINSCOT. ® 3 -5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16 "O.C. ® 5/8" LAYER G.W.B. O 3 -5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16 "O.C., HEIGHT IS 10 -0" A.F.F. 0 5/8" LAYER G.W.B. ON EACH SIDE AND OVER TOP TRACK. MARK RATING (E) 1 -HR U465 1 -HR U465 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A GENERAL WALL NOTES: C) m Co ti WALL TYPES DESCRIPTION TENANT SPACE ADJACENT TENANT / MALL CORRIDOR NOT USED 0 4 a.:2,r� " -2 ..:.. —.: 2.1"` :r :: t•Wv- XIr7AWA%•)) ii )b�s+.im frn) 4 RM. SIDE RESTROOM I COLUMN 8 -07 © MINIIII1IMI721.16111ERMINor ANIEMOMMENIMIIIIMMEINEIMENII WEREIMMENIE Q EXISTING METAL STUD DEMISING WALL O (E) METAL STUDS O (E) 5/8" LAYER TYPE 'X' G.W.B. ON TENANT SIDE NOTE: GC TO PATCH AND REPAIR DEMISING WALL PROVIDING TYPE 'X' G.W.B. WHERE REQUIRED. O 3 -5/8" x 20 GA.METAL STUDS @ 16 "O.C. ® 5/8" LAYER TYPE 'X' G.W.B. ON EACH SIDE NOTE: 3 -5/8" x 20 GA. JOISTS & 5/8" TYPE 'X' G.W.B. FULL HT. TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR ! ROOF DECK ABOVE. ® 3 -5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16 "o.c. O 5/8" LAYER G.W.B. ON EACH SIDE BRAKE METAL WALL WITH PLYWOOD 0 3 -5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16 "O.C. ® 5/8" EXT. GRADE FIRE RATED PLYWOOD ® BRAKE METAL, COLOR PER PLAN BRAKE METAL WALL WITH PLYWOOD ® 6" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16 "O.C. a 5/8" EXT. GRADE FIRE RATED PLYWOOD ® BRAKE METAL, COLOR PER PLAN ® 2 -1/2" x 25 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16 "o.c. ® 5/8" G.W.B. NOTE: NON LOAD BEARING FURRED OUT PARTITION. PLUMBING WALL WITH PLUMBING LINES ONLY 6" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16 "O.C., HEIGHT IS 7' -E A.F.F. ® 5/8" LAYER GREEN -BOARD ON RESTROOM SIDE ® 5/8" LAYER G.W.B. AS NECESSARY, OR 5/8" LAYER GREEN BOARD IF BACK TO BACK RESTROOM ® 6" x 10 GA. BACKING AS INDICATED OR REQUIRED 0 PLUMBING WHERE REQUIRED. 60 54" NON - PERMEABLE FINISH WAINSCOT. NOTE: SEMI -GLOSS PAINTED FINISH ON 5/8" G.W.B. (GREEN BOARD), TYP. (PRIMER/ THREE COATS OF PAINT TYP.) ® 6" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. ® 5/8" LAYER G.W.B. ON EACH SIDE NOTE: Q1- WALLS REQUIRE GWB ON 1 SIDE ONLY. SALES WALLS 3 -5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16 "O.C. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB SALES WALLS 3 -5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16 "O.C. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB SALES WALLS 3 -5/8" x 20 GA. METAL STUDS @ 16 "O.C. 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB DETAILS 1 1� A te/ R E I d ' u CODE COMP; MAR — 200b City O Tu&11L Ise ��R �. _ ' te a : 3 4 REFER ALSO TO FIXTURE PLAN REFER ALSO TO FIXTURE PLAN REFER ALSO TO FIXTURE PLAN R r�� _. CITY U i k.: r. e .. . MAP 0 3 7008 r ERMI T CENTER DATE 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 SHEET 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 - 5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 *40 NO. DESCRIPTION PROJECT 70610 A4 -1 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. WALL TYPE SCHEDULE & WALL DETAILS KNOCK DOWN H.M. DR. JAMB 3" = 1' -0" 3" = 1 HOLLOW METAL DOOR JAMB NOMINAL DOOR DIM. I /5/8" NOTE: HEAD SIMILAR 0' -6 "TYP. t] F.F. 1 /4" = 1' -0" 2" TRANSPARENT WALL- ELEVATION NOMINAL DOOR DIM. 5/8' 2" NOTE: HEAD SIMILAR 1 :1 0 I- DOOR SILL TRESHOLD 10' - 0" DOOR PER DOOR SCHEDULE. •LN - FOR WALL, REFER TO FLOOR LAYOUT PLAN. DBL. MTL. STUDS AT JAMBS TYPICAL (HEAD SIMILAR). 'TIMELY' HOLLOW METAL FRAME WITH JAMB ANCHORS AT 11" O.C., PAINT OIL -BASED SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. 00 ®TYP. 00 NOTE: FOR KEYNOTES REFER TO SECTION VIEW. DOOR PER DOOR SCHEDULE. FOR WALL, REFER TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN. DBL. 20 GA. STUDS AT JAMBS TYPICAL (HEAD SIMILAR), HOLLOW METAL FRAME (THREE- PIECE) WITH (3) JAMB ANCHORS MIN., PAINT OIL -BASED SEMI -GLOSS FINISH. DOOR TYPE, REFER TO FLOOR CONSTRUCTION PLAN. SADDLE THRESHOLD (WHEN OCCURS)- SET IN SEALANT. SHEET VINYL FLOORING, FEATHER UP FOR SMOOTH TRANSITION, REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. PROVIDE LATEX LEVELING COMPOUND AS REQUIRED TO CREATE FLUSH CONDITION AT THRESHOLD (MIN. 3-0" TRANSITION). (E) CONCRETE SLAB. OA TYPICAL REVEAL © TYPICAL SEAM 6 „ = 1 ,_ 0 " 1Q 1/4" MIRROR SECURED TO GWB W/ MASTIC BY G.C. ® EACH FACE CLAD WITH A SINGLE PIECE OF MATERIAL (NO JOINTS) ® IF TOTAL HEIGHT IS OVER 12', PROVIDE JOINT AT THE SAME HEIGHT OF THE OWNER FURNISHED GLASS WALL PANEL BASE ( +/- 2' -0 ") MIRROR BUTT 4 JOINT S F.F. NEUTRAL PIER DETAIL 4 TRANSPARENT WALL - SECTION 3" = 1' -0" © TYPICAL OUTSIDE CORNER SEAM © TYPICAL INSIDE CORNER SEAM N 0 TYPICAL BREAK METAL DETAIL ouk CLG. REFER TO PLAN NOTE: DO NOT USE ANY ANGLES. GLASS CORNERS TO BE BUTT JOINTED PER DETAIL 1' - 0 1/2" V.I.F. 1 1/2" = 1' -0" ALCLG HT. \\\\-\\ \ � \ \� Y REFER TO PLAN 0 ;,,,,aiiir,, NOTE: ALL BREAK METAL AND STORE FRONT SYSTEMS AND GLAZING BY GC. c4) • CONTINOUS FINE CAULKING BEAD, COLOR TO MATCH STOREFRONT FINISH, TYPICAL ALL SEAM LOCATIONS. BREAK METAL BY GC. ADHERE TO RIGID TO SUBSTRATE TO PREVENT "OIL CANNING" TYP. CONTINOUS FINE CAULKING BEAD, COLOR TO MATCH STOREFRONT FINISH, TYPICAL ALL SEAM LOCATIONS. BREAK METAL BY GC. ADHERE TO RIGID TO SUBSTRATE TO PREVENT "OIL CANNING" TYP. LEASE LINE ® NEUTRAL PIER BY LL, FINISH IS STONE ® 1/2" ALUMINUM REVEAL PAINTED BLACK, BY TENANT CTJ STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM PAINTED GWB PER PLAN 1 -3/4" x 2" MIRRORED S.S. GLASS SHOE, API G10075 -1002 OR APPROVED EQUAL. METAL REQUIRED TO BE CLAD OVER MILL FINISHED EXTRUSIONS, PROVIDE END CAP (5) OF SAME MATERIAL 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS, PREDRILL ALL HOLES VINYL WASHER, TYP. ® 1" LONG 5/16 " -18 THREADED 4 STUD, TYP. ® STANDOFF BASE © STANDARD 1 -1/4" CAP, TYP BOTH SIDES ® LOW VOLTAGE LED STRIP SECURED TO 1.25" CLIP, SECURED TO BASE/ HEAD GLASS SHOE, 10' LONG MFR: (LIGHT TECHNOLOGIES OR EQUAL PN24W2- 45 -S -CL TEL:(312) 876 -8630 ® FINISHED FLOOR PER PLAN ® DASHED LINE INDICATES CONTINUOUS RED FILM APPLIED TO GLASS BY OWNER, GC TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION. 10 DASHED LINE INDICATES VINYL CRYSTAL GRAPHICS APPLIED TO GLASS BY OWNER 0 H ® MALL TENANT' 180° GLASS CLIP 135° GLASS CLIP STOREFRONT GLASS CLIP 6" = 1' -0" DETAIL @ TOP OF ESCALATOR COLUMN ELEVATION 3/8" = 1 e e 00. 0 OPENING UNDER ESCALATOR BASE DETAIL WHERE OPENING UNDER ESCALATOR OCCURS STOREFRONT AT ESCALATOR 3" = 1' -0" 0 GLASS STOREFRONT W/ POLISHED AND EASED EDGES FLUSH FASTENER 2" SQ. POLISHED CHROME CR LAWRENCE MFC18 OR APPROVED EQUAL 0 2 -1/2" x 2 -1/2" x 2" POLISHED CHROME CR LAWRENCE MFC22 OR APPROVED EQUAL ® 2" x 2 - 3/8" x 2" POLISHED CHROME CR LAWRENCE MFC26 OR APPROVED EQUAL ® UV CURED ADHESIVE CR LAWRENCE UV349. PREP SURFACE W/ CLEANER/DEGREASER, CR LAWRENCE 20162 0 EXISTING ESCALATOR ® EXISTING ESCALATOR HANDRAIL 0 STOREFRONT GLAZING, RED VINYL FILM APPLIED TO SECOND SURFCE OF GLAZING ® STOREFRONT BASE SHOE ASSEMBLY ® 20 GA CONT. ALUM. METAL U MOLDING, SECURE TO ESCALATOR W/ ADHESIVE. GC TO GET INSTALLATION APPROVAL FROM MALL MGR PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. ® CLEAR SEALANT AND BACKER ROD 0 20 GA ALUM. BRAKE METAL TO MATCH ESCALATOR OVER 5/8" TYPE 'X' GWB OVER 3 -5/8" METAL STUD WALL INFILL FRAMING, SECURE METAL TO WALL WITH CONSTRUCTION ADHESIVE cr w 0_ 25 0 w TYP. COLUMN IN SALES AREA 1 1 /2" = 1 ' -0" (E) 6" SANITARY PIPE INTO SLAB 1 1 /2" = 1 ' -0" EQ PER PLAN EQ COLUMN AT FRAMING WALL NOTE: TENANT GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING ALL DAMAGED MONOKOTE SPRAY - ON FIRE - PROOFING TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING WHERE OCCURS. NOTE: TENANT GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING ALL DAMAGED MONOKOTE SPRAY -ON FIRE - PROOFING TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING WHERE OCCURS. VERTICAL SIGNAGE AT STOREFRONT CORNER 1" = 1' -0" ONE LAYER OF 5/8" G.W.B. TYPE "X", ALL 4 SIDES, TYP. 3 5/8" x 25 GA.METAL STUD FURRING,TYP. FLAT FRAME STUD AS NECESSARY (E) MALL STRUCT. COLUMN (V.I.F.). 23 G3 TYP. LAP JOINT AT CORNER, REFER TO (E) DEMISING WALL LEASE LINE (E) MALL STRUCT. COLUMN (V.I.F.) ONE LAYER OF 5/8" G.W.B. TYPE "X" ONE LAYER OF 5/8" G.W.B. TYPE "X ", ALL 4 SIDES, TYP. (E) MALL STRUCT. COLUMN (V.I.F.) 35/8 "x25 GA.METAL STUD FURRING,TYP. FLAT FRAME STUD AS NECESSARY NOTES: A. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL ASPECTS OF THE SIGNAGE INSTALLATION B. GC TO REPAIR (E) FIREPROOFING SHOULD IT BECOME DAMAGED DURING ANY PORTION OF SIGN INSTALLATION SIGN BOX BY OTHERS CHANNEL BELOW, DO NOT USE VERTICAL MULLION LEASE LINE 1/2" GLASS -- BACK PAINTED GLASS 0/ 3/4" PLYWOOD WALL TYPE PER PLAN A. PLAN SECTION AT SIGN BOX BACK PAINTED GLASS WALL GLASS VOID IN WALL FOR SIGNAGE SIGN BOX BY OTHERS PAINT BLACK 6" A.F.F. LEASE LINE L_ B. ELEVATION AT SIGN BOX GLAZING/WALL DETAIL AT STOREFRONT 1 1 /2" = 1'_0" PUSH THRU FLUER WALL TYPE PER 1-0- PLAN. TENANT F.F. J MALL SID J TENANT SIDE1 8B A4 -2 MALL STORAGE ROOM 20 4 -3 MALL * *NOTES: HOLD ALL DIMENSION SHOWN IN THIS DETAIL TO WITHIN 1/4" ** GC TO PAINT ALL 4 INSIDE FACES OF VOID BLACK ALIGN COLUMN CORNER DETAIL 1 :1 COLUMN AT STOREFRONT 1 1 /2" = 1' -0" STOREFRONT SYSTEM PER PLAN ® 1" PUSH THRU PLEXIGLASS LETTERS BACKED WITH 1/4" FROSTED PLEXIGLASS ® #8 x 3/4" S.S. SCREWS ® #12 x 1" S.S. SCREWS (2) PART .090" THICK ALUMINUM PANEL, POWDER COATED W/ WHITE: RAL:9003 METAL BY SIGNAGE VENDOR 0 12 VOLT WHITE LED LIGHT MODULES BY SIGN VENDOR 1 1/2" = 1' -0" 00 NOTES: A. GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION, PREPARATION OF ALL ASPECTS OF SIGNAGE. B. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR DIMENSIONS (E) MALL CEILING (V.I.F.) 3/4" x 1/2" ANODIZED BLACK ALUM. REVEAL, GLUED TO WALL 3/8" BACKPAINTED TEMPERED GLASS PANEL. REFER TO FLOOR FINISH PLAN AND SCHEDULE. 1/2" MDF SECURED TO WALL W/ FLUSHED MOUNTED SCREWS. NEUTRAL CURE SILICONE ADHESIVE BY CR LAWRENCE VERIFY W/ MFR. THAT ADHESIVE WILL NOT TELEGRAPH THROUGH PAINTED GLASS. S.S. BASE MOLDING. MATERIAL FINISH AND HEIGHT TO MATCH STOREFRONT GLASS BASE MOLDING. REFER TO DETAIL NOTES: A. MANUFACTURER OF PAINT TO APPLY 3 COATS OF PAINT(TYP.) WITH A 10 YEAR WARRANTY. MANUFACTURER TO ACCOMODATE IF MORE COATS ARE NECESSARY TO MATCH PAINT COLOR. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE. B. GC TO PAINT SUBSTRATEAT ALL VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL GLASS JOINTS TO MATCH BACKPAINTED GLASS COLOR. BACK PAINTED GLASS WALL 3 " = 1 1 .0 " 0 0 ALL EDGES OF MIRROR TO BE POLISHED MIRROR PER PLAN CODE COMP LIANr APP O L MAR - 5 230 af �.._ amsIoN SPECIFIED SUBSTRATE - SEE WALUCOLUMN TYPE 1" THICK LOGO BACKED WITH 1/4" FROSTED PLEXIGLASS 20 GA POWDER COATED BRAKE METAL ROUTED OUT FOR LOGO FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE, QUANTITY BY SIGN VENDOR SHEET METAL SIGN BOX, ACCESSIBE FROM BACK SIDE CITY uh 'i Unvv... MAP 031008 PERMIT CENTER DATE Re MMON h�` �. 9i�; ?? Fs3�?h�£ �£ scv�5?" �: F•, c: oR?'. c: c: tk. eFokrK•:2xyr:.Y r',? �3 LIC #: 8897 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 1 SHEET 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 Wel* PROJECT 70610 NO. DESCRIPTION BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. 8897 CO5; v ; - m�. STORE FRONT DETAILS / COLUMN DETAILS / DOOR DETAILS A4 -2 BASE DETAIL (COVED) 6" = 1' -0" NOTE: CERAMIC TOOL COMPANY (CTC) TEL.: 800.236.5230 23 FLOOR TRANSITION 1:1 1/8" THK. ALUM. ANGLE, SHOT PIN INTO CONC. SLAB "CTC" CLEAR EDGE, GROUT COLOR TO MATCH ONE. TENANT FIN. MORTAR BED (LATECRETE) SLOPE TO MEET WOOD FLOOR CTC "DXJ" SERIES CAULK JOINT NOTES: A. DETAIL PER MFG. (CTC)- INSTALL PER MFG. RECOMMENDATION. B. CERAMIC TOOL COMPANY "CTC" TEL: 800.236.5230 CTC "DXJ" SERIES CAULK JOINT. COLD JOINT AT HARD SURFACE 1:1 NOTE: A. TRANSITION STRIP MAY OCCUR BETWEEN SIMILAR FLOORING MATERIALS. INTENT IS TO CREATE VISUAL LINE. B. "CTC" CERAMIC TOOL COMPANY HEIGHT AS REQUIRED. TEL. 800.236.5230. STONE TO STONE TRANSITION 1:1 ■ G.W.B. WALL FRP WAINSCOT METAL EDGE TRIM. 6" A.F.F SHEET VINYL FLOORING CONTINUES UP WALL 6" (TYP.) DAL -SEAL TS SINGLE SHEET WATERPROOF MEMBRANE, UP WALL 6" MIN. (AT WET AREAS). VERIFY SPECIFICATION WITH LANDLORD'S REP (OPTIONAL: MAPEI "PRP- 345") FOR TRANSITION LOCATION REFER TO FLOOR PLAN. PROVIDE SEALANT WITH BACKER ROD. SEALANT COLOR TO MATCH GROUT. 1 1/2" PROVIDE MALL TILE TO TRANSITION POINT. EXISTING MALL FINISH, MATCH MALL COLORS, MATERIALS AND FINISHES. FINISH TRANSITION MUST BE ACHIEVED IN ALL CASES, FEATHER UP AS REQUIRED. FINISH FLOORING PER FLOOR PLAN. MORTAR BED AS REQUIRED. CONCRETE SLAB SILICON JOINT SEALER -COLOR TO MATCH GROUT COLOR. THIN SET BED (E) COLD JOINT. NOTE: FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF EXISTING JOINTS. FINISH FLOORING PER FLOOR PLAN. THIN SET BED. CONCRETE SLAB. SILICON JOINT SEALER -COLOR TO MATCH GROUT COLOR. STONE OR HARD SURFACE, REFER TO FLOOR PLAN. 1/8" THICK BRUSHED ALUMINUM FLAT. USE "CTC" CLEAR EDGE. STONE OR HARD SURFACE FLOORING. REFER TO FLOOR PLAN. GROUT COLOR TO MATCH HARD SURFACE FLOORING. SL OPE 3' -0 �_ MIN. NOTE: CTC IS CERAMIC TOOL COMPANY. TEL: 800.236.5230 VINYL TO STONE FLOOR TRANSITION 1:1 VINYL TO VINYL FLOOR TRANSITION 1:1 TILE TO VINYL TRANSITION 1:1 STOREFRONT BASE DETAIL SLOSLO- 1-1/2% MIN. BACKPAINTED GLASS. COLOR PER PLAN. 1/2" PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE OR GWB PER PLAN AND WALL SCHEDULE VINYL FLOORING, FEATHER UP TO TRANSITION IN 24" MIN. CTC# 38 CT CARPET TRIM - CLEAR ANOD. FINISH. - SEAL MORTAR BED (LATECRETE)SLOPE TO MEET FLOOR VINYL FLOORING (AS INDICATED) REFER TO Al -1 1/4" WIDE VINYL STRIP VINYL FLOORING (AS INDICATED) REFER TO A1-2 (E) CONCRETE SLAB PREPARE SLAB TO RECEIVE VINYL FLOORING TILE FLOORING (AS INDICATED) REFER TO Al -1 SCHLUETER SCHIENE AE -80 SATIN ALUMINUM SUPPLIED BY PP, INSTALLED BY GC VINYL FLOORING (AS INDICATED) REFER TO Al -1 (E) CONCRETE SLAB PREPARE SLAB TO RECEIVE VINYL FLOORING CONT. BEAD BRIGHT WHITE SEALANT G.C. FURNISHED 20 GA S.S. BRAKE METAL ADHERED TO 1/2" x 6" MDF, GLUE TO WALL. TILE FLOOR REFER TO SHEET A1-2 STAINLESS STEEL BREAK METAL, HEIGHT TO MATCH STOREFRONT BASE SHOE OVER 1/2" MDF SUBSTRATE SECURED W/ CONSTRUCTION GLUE. VERIFY W/ STOREFRONT ELEVATION SHEET 3/8" -1/2" DIA. THREADED ROD w /(2) HEX NUTS, TYP. AT 48" o.c. UNISTRUT CONNECTION 6" = 1' -0" • 12 GA HANGER - WIRE TERMINAL AT ENDS OF ALL COMPONENTS • MAIN RUNNER OR CROSS TEE. THE MAIN CROSS RUNNERS SHALL BE TIED TOGETHER TO PREVENT TWISTING • ACOUSTICAL PANEL 4O ACOUST. CEILING WALL ANGLE. SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 2" 1/8" POP RIVETS, TEE �J TO WALL ANGLE ON TWO ADJACENT WALLS O WALL- REFER TO PARTITION TYPES (E) BOT. CHORD OF TRUSS OR BEAM FLANGE. 0 ATTACH TO STRUCTURE ABOVE W/ 2x2x25 GA. ANGLE 0 25 GA. COMPRESSION STRUT W/ 1 5/8" FLANGS & 1/2" TIPS EA. WAY, 48" MAX. FROM FROM ANY WALL 8' LONG MAX. t. 0' - 10" 8" MAX NOTE 3 "UNISTRUT" OR SIM. CLAMP TO (E) FLANGE PER MANUF. OMMENDATI EXISTING ROOF DECK ABOVE. DECK CONNECTION WIRE TIE CONNECTION TO BOTTOM OF DECK 3" = 1' -0" EXISTING MTL. DECK. 'HILTI' EB 'EYE' OR EQUAL 'JIF -E' SCREW OR EQUAL 1/4 "i 1x2" LONG ZINC PLATTED SELF - TAPPING, SELF DRILLING EYE LAG SCREW. WIRE TIES- PROVIDE MIN. (3) LAPS AROUND WIRE. HANGER WIRE. 2 1/2" METAL STUD TYP. 3 5/8" METAL STUD TYP. CORNER BEAD, TYP. LIGHT FIXTURE HEAD AND TRACK RECESSED LIGHT TROUGH 1 1/2" = 1'-0" 8" MAX 0 mnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 0 • nnnnrnnnnnnnnnnnn • 0 0 0 0 SPACE BAR NOTE 2 3/4" NOTE 1 r PERIMETER NOTES 1. THE UNATTACHED PERIMETER SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 3/4" CLEARANCE AT END COMPONENTS. 12 GA. WIRES AT 4' -0" O.C. MAX. W/ 4 TIGHT TURNS MIN. 1 1/2" EA. END TYP. 2. CONTINUOUS SPACER TO BE LOCKED TO COMPONENTS ON THE UNATTACHED WALL 3. PERIMETER TERMINAL COMPONENT ENDS MUST BE SUPPORTED BY A 12. GA. WIRE ON ALL WALLS. 1 rj ACCOUST. CEILING SUSP. DETAILS (G.W.B. CEILING SIM.) 3 ," = 1' -0„ G.W.B. CONTINUOUS EXTRUDED ALUMINUM FRAME (12A2000000) 1 7/8" 0' -2" C.S GROUP: FWF -200 OR APPROVED EQUAL SEISMIC JOINT AT WALL & CEILING 6" = 1' -0" L' SEISMIC JOINT AT GLAZING 1 1/2" = 1' -0 " 1a GWB CONTROL JOINT 0 5/8" GWB MIN. 1 1/2" COLD 3 ROLLED SUSP. CHANNELS 0 7/8" DWG FURRING CHANNEL TIE WIRE 6 BACK BLOCK @ FIRE RATED CEILING TYP 4b13' -0" UON CLG. HT. 23 1'- 0 "TYP. FURRED CEILING SECTION SUSP CLG SECTION G.W.B. CEILING CONTROL JOINTS 1 1/2" = 1' -0" 7 ' -6 11 B.O. LIGHT FIXTURE CHANDELIER SOFFIT ISLAND DETAIL 3/4" = 1 -0" PERIMETERS AND LIGHT FIXTURES: HANGER WIRES AT 48" o.c. MAX. 8" FROM WALL, 2' x 4" LIGHT FIXTURES IN T -BAR CLG: LIGHTS WEIGHING LESS THAN 56 LBS. USE (2) BLACK 6 GA. SAFETY WIRES AT DIAGONAL CORNERS, LIGHTS WEIGHING MORE THAN 56 LBS. USE (4) TAUT 8 GA. WIRES (1 AT EACH CORNER) ATTACHED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE, ENSURE WIRES CAN SUPPORT 4X WEIGHT OF FIXTURE. 3 5/8" x 25 GA. MTL. STUDBRACING AT 4' -0" o.c.,REFER TO BRACING DETAILS. NOTE: REFER TO DETAILS 1) SUSPENDED G.W.B. CEILING 1 1/2" = 1' -0" LAY -IN CEILING CONT BLOCKING. CONTINUOUS EXTRUDED SANTOPRENE GASKET (12V088232), COLOR: WHITE 0 COVk.. CO 0-10C STANDARD GWB JOINT TREATMENT #6x1 5/8" TECH SCREW 18 "o.c. (90H079002) STOREFRONT SYSTEM, REFER TO STOREFRONT ELEVATION FOR ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS. U FULL HEIGHT STOREFRONT GLAZING TO MATCH STOREFRONT SYSTEM. SECURE BASE SHOE TO CONCRETE SLAB PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. SECURE HEAD SHOE TO ONE SIDE OF BULKHEAD ONLY. CENTERLINE OF SEISMIC JOINT. VERIFY IN FIELD AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCY. 0 PROVIDE END CAP TO MATCH STOREFRONT CLADDING MATERIAL, TYP. kNiS - 1LO-a 3 5/8 "x 20 GA. STEEL STUD STRUTS. COMPRESSION S RU S. ATTACH TO MAIN RUNNER W/ 1/4" MACH BOLTS AND TO STRUCTURE W/ .17 DIA. x1 1/4" LONG SHOTPIN. LOCATE AT EA. BRACE POIN COMP. STRUT DOES NOT REPLACE HANG WIRE. MAIN RUNNER AT 4' -0" o.c. TYP. NOTE: PROVIDE ONE SET OF FOUR BRACE WIRES AND COMP. STRUT FOR EACH 144 SQ. FT. OF CEILING AREA (MAX.) SPACE AT 12' -0 "x 12' -0" MAXIMUM. LOCATE FIRST SET 6' -0" FROM ADJACENT WALL. PROVIDE A VERTICLE STRUT FASTENED TO THE MAIN RUNNER, AND SUPPORTED FROM THE ROOF OR FLOOR STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, ADEQUATE TO RESIST THE VERTICAL COMPONENT OF LATERAL LOAD RESISTED BY THE SPLAYED WIRES. PLACE STRUTS WITHIN 2" OF FOUR SPLAYED WIRES. FOR STRUTS UP TO 4' IN LENGTH, A MINIMUM 25 GA. METAL STUD WITH 7/8" FLANGES MAY BE USED. FOR STRUTS UP TO 8', A MINIMUM 25 GA. METAL STUD WITH 1 5/8" FLANGES AND 1/2" LIPS MAY BE USED. PROVIDE CALCULATIONS FOR STRUTS GREATER THAN 8' IN LENGTH. z SUSPENDED CEILING SEISMIC TIEBACK (G.W.B. CEILING SIM.) 1 1/2" = 1' -0" G.W.B. CEILING 4 ADDITIONAL # 12 GA. WIRES -ONE AT EA. CORNER OF LIGHT FIXTURE @ MECHANICAL GRILL OR LIGHT FIXTURE #12 GA. WIRE TO SUPPORT TEE BAR GRID AT 4 PLACES AROUND LIGHT FIXTURES AS SHOWN W/ 5 TURNS MIN. LOCATE SEISMIC BRACING WIRES NOT TO EXCEED 12' -0" IN EACH DIRECTION, WITH FIRST POINT WITHIN 6-0" FROM EACH WALL 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 -5/8" METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C. MAX - EXTEND TO STR & BRACE ALTERNATE DIR @ 48" O.C. MAX 3 -5/8" METAL STUDS & BRACES @ 16" O.C. - SUPPLEMENT AS NECESSARY EXTEND GWB AS INDICATED SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILING, TYP 5/8" TYPE "X" GWB, TYP ACOUST. CEILING WALL ANGLE ■ ATTACHMENT TO BE CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING MIN. 200 LBS. (4) TURNS IN 1 1/2" MAX. EACH END OF WIRE. - - - - - - 12 GA. WIRE W/ 4 TIGHT TURNS MIN. WITHIN 1 1/2" MAX. AT EA. END CROSS RUNNER AT 2' -0" O.C. TYP. T. 12 GA. VERT. HANGER WIRE @ 4' -0" EA. WAY W/ MIN. 3 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" BOTH ENDS OF WIRE (TYP.) MAIN RUNNER CROSS RUNNER 12 GA. BRACING WIRE W/ MIN. 4 TIGHT TURNS IN 1 1/2" BOTH ENDS (TYP.) 2" MAX. FROM BRACING WIRES TO CROSS RUNNERS (TYP.) NOTE: A HEAVY DUTY T -BAR GRID SYSTEM SHALL BE USED. SUSPENDED CEILINGS EXCEEDING 2500 SQ.FT. SHALL HAVE SEPERATION JOINT SEPARATING CELING INTO AREAS LESS THAN 2500 SQ.FT. TYP. SUSP. ACCOUST. CEILING SYSTEM G.W.B. CEILING SIM. 1 1/2" = nonnummimini 0 0 W.B. SOFFIT : 1 REFER TO RCP 0 0 Innnnnnnnnnnn 0 SOFFIT ELEV. NOTE: USE #8 SMS TYPICAL REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING TY 0 PAINTED G.W.B. (TYP.) RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURE PER ELECTRICAL DWGS. REFER TO RCP FOR LOCATIONS 0 CORNER BEAD 0 OFCI CHANDELIER SUSPENDED FROM UPPER SOFFIT ® CONCEALED COVE LIGHTING CITY t;I i M 0 3 1()U8 PERMIT CENTER SUSPENDED G.W.B. CLG. #8 WIRES AT 4' -0" o.c. EACH WAY, 8" MAX. FROM WALL. ENSURE MIN. 6" CLEARANCE FROM ALL HORIZONTAL PIPEWORK AND DUCTS. DATE I NO. I DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 PROJECT 70610 SHEET •aaTS}SYf +:53N1NN3': �s� :. A 4 .:¢tY.+W4? J.�1 e r ;91k v aA??Ph?ra:Kccso?ca? c as o y5y9fi'.•,�I 2:2'V' 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 FAX: (81 7) 635-5699 8897 �- • 6 Cf 9 STAIL A4 -3 CO rn Q J Y W J � J Z � W U r 2 W H H D Z O w CO U o J � W D LJ- O CO CD w o � o r BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. CEILING DETAILS / FLOOR CASE DETAILS / DOOR DETAILS COMPONENT FURNISHED INSTALLED COMMENTS OWNER 00 OWNER 00 M8 CHANNEL STRUT NUT 0 0 • I • 16' -2" 1 -5/8" x 1 -5/8" CHANNEL STRUT • • ® SOFFIT LINE N/A N/A ® M8 ALLTHREAD ROD EXTEND TO UNISTRUT ABOVE • • ® FACTORY MITERED AND GLUED JOINTS (TYP.) • • ® M8 COUPLER NUT 0 0 ® M8 CAP SCREW • 0 ® SILICONE WASHER • • ® 1/2" ACRYLIC PANELS • • 0 COMPRESSION PLATE • • 11 SQUARE DRIVE S.S. SCREW • • 12 M10 ALLTHREAD • • 13 M10 BARREL • • 14 ACRYLIC SCREW • 0 15 HORIZONTAL PANEL SIDE N/A N/A 16 HORIZONTAL PANEL BOTTOM N N/A VERTICAL PANEL FRONT N/A N/A 1$ VERTICAL PANEL BACK N/A N/A 1 Q SHEET METAL BLOCKING 0 0 �Q M8 BARREL • 0 Q BASE PLATE • • # PLASTIC ANCHOR • • a 3 -FORM VERSA POLE • • (ti) M8 T -NUT • • @ M8 SET SCREW • a I J STAINLESS STEEL SLEEVE OVER ALLTHREAD, TYP. • 0 FINISHED CEILING, HEIGHT PER PLAN. N/A N/A iJ STUB UP THROUGH CENTERLINE OF CASHWRAP. • e LIGHT FIXTURE PER PLAN N/A N/A 30 LIGHT BOX • 1 ® ® I k I a I 0 I I o 0 0 a 0 0 0 0 0 HORIZONTAL PANEL GROUOP C 0 0 0 0 I 16' -2" 0 D /4\ N c) 17 I— c0 1/2" =1-0" 1/2" = 1-0" 3" = 1' -0,1 'TYP. dmip SALES AREA CLG. 13' -7" Aik FINISH FLOOR 0' -0" TYP. Q CV 0 CV 0 L 0 0 0 O o J - I a o W 1 o Z J J PLAN OF ACRYLIC LIGHT EMITTING PANELS ABOVE CASHWRAP FRONT ELEVATION OF ACRYLIC PANELS TYP. VERTICAL PANEL SECTION O 0 8' -0" 8' -0" TYP. • II II II II II II • II II II II II I II II • 0 0 O 0 ■ 0 0 O H- 0 0 0 0 0 0 16' -0" 1' -0" 0 0 H — II II O II -+1 II I II I 10 I II II II II II II 10 II I I 0 0 0 O (2) EQ. PANELS MUM 2' - 0" 20' -0" 0 lol II 11 11 11 II II lol I 11 HI-I II II II II lel 11 II 11 11 II II 11 101 II II II 0 0 24' - 0" (3 EQ. PANELS) a 8' -0" HORIZONTAL PANEL GROUP A O 1" = 1' -0" 2' - 0" 8' -0" a 0 101 11 11 11 11 II 1 1 101 II 11 0 0 0 O ' °CONCRET .• 2' - 0" II II 11 101 II 11 II II —1 1— II II 101 11 11 II 11 II II lol 11 11 11 11 1l II 11 101 II I 0 0 0 O L I� 0 HORIZONTAL PANEL GROUP B J 0 0 O 5' -0" TYP. 16 TYP. 4' - 0" CASHWRAP VERTICAL PANEL SECTION - BOTTOM • • 0 0 O O MILLWORK NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY 0 0 0 co 0 0 O SALES AREA CLG. 13' -7" � B.O. ACRYLIC PANEL 10' -0" FINISH FLOOR: 0' -0" SECTION THROUGH CASHWRAP 1/2" = 1' -0" 1' -0" CASHWRAP VERTICAL PANEL SECTION -TOP 1" = 1' -0" 0 17 REFER TO THIS DETAIL WHEN CASHWRAP IS UP AGAINST A WALL 0' -4" H CLG. !13' -7" NOTE: LENGTH OF M8 ALLTHREAD ROD WILL DEPEND ON EXACT DISTANCE ABOVE CEILING LINE OF CHANNEL STRUT. ALL ROD SHOULD EXTEND APPROXIMATELY THE SAME POINT BELOW CEILING LINE. � T.O. PANEL 10' -6" � B.O. PANEL 10' -0" ALLTHREAD ROD SHOULD EXTEND TO 9' - 8" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR CASHWRAP CEILING PANEL UNISTRUT CONNECTION 1 1/2" = 1' -0" 0 0 0 iii hI r 0 0' -01/2" COMPONENT KEYNOTES AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APP OV I, MAR - 5 2808 City Of T u v\ii! BLIP DING E - )D8 -07G CITY uI- ^ I MAP 0 3 !1108 PERMIT CENTER SHEET mormsever u g F ??iY6`o,Ist¢oESSi' ?iti?xc saacyy a LIC #: 8897 01.29.08 02.05.08 1 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 UI DATE I NO. I DESCRIPTION BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL PROJECT 70610 CASH WRAP, ELEVATIONS AND SECTIONS A4 -4 oo 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 PROJECT COORDINATOR 2/27/2008 11:20:36 AM GRAHAM DOWNES T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 0 D 6" { 14" A ELEVATION -FRONT FRONTWRAP 1/2" = 1' -0" A.F.F. 0' -0" BACKWRAP 1/2" = 1' -0" /// 1' -0" 0' -10" REFER TO PLAN / DVECL A ELEVATION -FRONT 2' -3" 2' -7" PLAN VIEW OF CASHWRAP MILLWORK 1/2" = 1' -0" 156 1/2" JURE /H\ _=/= _ \c- i = = = = = = = = 0' -11/2" 2' -0" I 2' -0" 2' -3" X 3' - 6" CLR. \/ 11 225" 11' -4" 3' -0" FRONTWRAP L_ A4 -5 10 10 10 10 20 1/2" r f R 1A A4 -5 4' -0" CD N 1 CV LINE OF ACRYLIC PANELS ABOVE, TYP. 1 CV NOTE: REFER TO A4-4 FOR PLAN VIEW OF ACRYLIC PANELS ABOVE. NOTE: REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR \ LOCATION IN STORE. 7 / / i V Zr 1' -10" I I L TT / 1' -73/4" 6 8' -0" 2'- 101/2" / l II I E —J.. 1' - 9 1/4" / I I. iT — L 6 1'- 73/4" / 2' - 10 1/2" 8' -0" L Tr J _ JL— —L L n 6 �6 1' - 7 3/4" / 1 - 18' - 9" / / / B ELEVATION -BACK 11 1 B ELEVATION -SIDE 1 J 11 12 8 101 r- -{1 - 0{ I I (0' - 4 1/4" ti Zo N C ELEVATION -SIDE I N C', 2' -9" 2' -3" / - 6" o N N \ C ELEVATION -SIDE N Cn 2' -3" / 06� ' - 36" D ELEVATION -SIDE GENERAL NOTES A. GC TO COORDINATE ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, FLOOR PREPARATION, AND ALL OTHER TRADES INVOLVED IN THIS PORTION OF THE WORK. B. GC TO VERIFY THAT ALL PEICES THAT ARE ON PARTS LIST HAVE BEEN DELIVERED, ARE NOT DAMAGED AND ARE READY FOR ASSEMBLY. KEYNOTES 11 { SAFE CABINET 2 3 I LATERAL FILE DRAWERS 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 121 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES PULL OUT DRAWER U MIRRORED ACRYLIC W/ GRAPHICS GC TO PROVIDE QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE UP THRU BOTTOM PANEL OF CASHWRAP GLASS PANEL SUPPORT LEG SUPPORT POLES FOR UPPER PORTION OF BACKRAP ASSEMBLY PHONE, FAX MLCP SWITCH LOCATION COMPUTER BY OWNER PRE - FINISHED SOLID SURFACED MATERIAL BACKLIT SIGN i ITEVIEii\rED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVELr MAR - " 2006 City Of Tukwil F DIVISION BUILDIN�' Dosf-oi& R7, 7T CITY Ul- i Ut ,i;:.: MAO 0 3 2110 PERMIT CENTER SHEET 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 UI *4-1* DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 02.05.08 PROJECT 70610 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL CASHWRAP COUNTER ELEVATIONS AND SECTIONS A4 -5 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 PROJECT COORDINATOR 2/27/2008 11:20:38 AM GRAHAM DOWNES T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 BACKWRAP 1B c A4 -5 2A ° A4 -5 { ..9 - .£ 0 D 6" { 14" A ELEVATION -FRONT FRONTWRAP 1/2" = 1' -0" A.F.F. 0' -0" BACKWRAP 1/2" = 1' -0" /// 1' -0" 0' -10" REFER TO PLAN / DVECL A ELEVATION -FRONT 2' -3" 2' -7" PLAN VIEW OF CASHWRAP MILLWORK 1/2" = 1' -0" 156 1/2" JURE /H\ _=/= _ \c- i = = = = = = = = 0' -11/2" 2' -0" I 2' -0" 2' -3" X 3' - 6" CLR. \/ 11 225" 11' -4" 3' -0" FRONTWRAP L_ A4 -5 10 10 10 10 20 1/2" r f R 1A A4 -5 4' -0" CD N 1 CV LINE OF ACRYLIC PANELS ABOVE, TYP. 1 CV NOTE: REFER TO A4-4 FOR PLAN VIEW OF ACRYLIC PANELS ABOVE. NOTE: REFER TO FLOOR PLAN FOR \ LOCATION IN STORE. 7 / / i V Zr 1' -10" I I L TT / 1' -73/4" 6 8' -0" 2'- 101/2" / l II I E —J.. 1' - 9 1/4" / I I. iT — L 6 1'- 73/4" / 2' - 10 1/2" 8' -0" L Tr J _ JL— —L L n 6 �6 1' - 7 3/4" / 1 - 18' - 9" / / / B ELEVATION -BACK 11 1 B ELEVATION -SIDE 1 J 11 12 8 101 r- -{1 - 0{ I I (0' - 4 1/4" ti Zo N C ELEVATION -SIDE I N C', 2' -9" 2' -3" / - 6" o N N \ C ELEVATION -SIDE N Cn 2' -3" / 06� ' - 36" D ELEVATION -SIDE GENERAL NOTES A. GC TO COORDINATE ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, FLOOR PREPARATION, AND ALL OTHER TRADES INVOLVED IN THIS PORTION OF THE WORK. B. GC TO VERIFY THAT ALL PEICES THAT ARE ON PARTS LIST HAVE BEEN DELIVERED, ARE NOT DAMAGED AND ARE READY FOR ASSEMBLY. KEYNOTES 11 { SAFE CABINET 2 3 I LATERAL FILE DRAWERS 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 121 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES PULL OUT DRAWER U MIRRORED ACRYLIC W/ GRAPHICS GC TO PROVIDE QUADRAPLEX RECEPTACLE UP THRU BOTTOM PANEL OF CASHWRAP GLASS PANEL SUPPORT LEG SUPPORT POLES FOR UPPER PORTION OF BACKRAP ASSEMBLY PHONE, FAX MLCP SWITCH LOCATION COMPUTER BY OWNER PRE - FINISHED SOLID SURFACED MATERIAL BACKLIT SIGN i ITEVIEii\rED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVELr MAR - " 2006 City Of Tukwil F DIVISION BUILDIN�' Dosf-oi& R7, 7T CITY Ul- i Ut ,i;:.: MAO 0 3 2110 PERMIT CENTER SHEET 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 UI *4-1* DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 02.05.08 PROJECT 70610 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL CASHWRAP COUNTER ELEVATIONS AND SECTIONS A4 -5 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 PROJECT COORDINATOR 2/27/2008 11:20:38 AM GRAHAM DOWNES T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 1' - 9 1/4" (a d 3' - 2 3/4" A] 0' -0" YFF ffi V.I.F. CLG. TRACTOR/TREE - FRONT VIEW 1/4" = 1' F.F. 1/2" = 1' -0" 46,REFER TO RCP F.R. CEILING � 10' -0" .R T.O. F. WALL 7,4 mr ppl Ar r_ 2' -7" 15' -91/2" OPEN i i 0' -2" FITTING RM MOUNTING HEIGHTS, TYP. 9' - 7 3/4" 0 Co TRACTOR STOREFRONT FEATURE WALL ® SCREWS, TYP. S.M. BACKING ©ATTACHMENT PLATE ©ATTACHING ROD in ti I ~ 1' - 5" CD ® CURTAIN ROD ASSEMBLY REFER TO DETAI 10 ® WALL PER PLAN V.I._F. CLG. ® LIGHT FIXTURE PER PLAN ® CURTAIN AT FITTING ROOM ENTRY. REFER TO DETAI ® FITTING ROOM MULTIPLE PUCK FIXTURE. REFER TO DETAI 5 OFCI S.S. BASE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH OWNER. REFER TO SHEET A1-2 FOR LOCATION © PROVIDE S.M. BACKING FOR c MIRROR VERIFY HT W/ OWNER V.I.F. CLG. A] 0' -0" YFF O FITTING ROOM MIRROR. REFER TO DETAIL ® VINYL BASE. REFER TO SHEET A1-2 FOR LOCATION TRACTOR/TREE -SIDE VIEW 1/4" = 1' -0" 28 A5 -1 12" 5" 1 1/2" _ 1 1/ 2' -6" 0 © • O L BRACKET VERY HIGH BOND (VHB) 3M TAPE 0 3 TREE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH PMS 877 (METALLIC SILVER) WITH MATTE FINISH. ® TRACTOR TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH PMS 1905(CARNATION PINK) WITH MATTE FINISH. STOREFRONT FEATURE WALL BEYOND © STOREFRONT GLAZING NOTE: DIMENSIONAL FORMS: LASER CUT /ROUTED FROM 1 -1/2" THICK WOOD OR FOAM. SIGN FABRICATOR TO ADVISE REGARDING BEST MATERIAL AND METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION/ STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY. ® STOREFRONT CEILING. REFER TO RCP FOR HEIGHT AND TYPE. TREE C 3) L- BRACKET ® SCREWS, TYP. TRACTOR CONNECTION 6" = 1' - 0" TREE CONNECTION 6" = 1' -0" Ak UON F. CLG. dik 0' -0" FF 3/8" = 1' -0" ALTO. FIXTURE � B.O. FIXTURE .5" ABOVE F.F. SIDE ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION FEATURE WALL PANEL WITH LOGO (MW -5) O GWB SOFFIT. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING ABOVE CEILING O 3/4" X 2" BRUSHED - © 2 PLATINUM ANODIZED CHANNEL 0 POLISHED GLAZING CLIP PER DETAIL A4 -2 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS PANEL. OFOI VINYL DECAL APPLIED. GC TO COORDINATE INSTALLLATION. OFCI FEATURE WALL PANEL. GC TO VERIFY QUANTITY AND INSTALLATION LOCATION W/ CLIENT REPRESENTATIVE ® FINISHED GLASS WALL PANELS. ® BRACKETS i it ik B.O. FIXTURE COORDINATE W/ OWNER YCLG. 0 SECTION 3" = cp © 2' -0" 3/8" =1-0" BENCH AT FITTING ROOM (MW - 4) 1 1/2" = 1' -0" A O OFCI SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS SECURED TO WALL WITH FLUSH SCREWS 1-0" O.C. VERTICALLY © 4" SHEET METAL STRAPPING @ 1' -0" O.C. UP TO 8' -0" © 4" SHEET METAL STRAPPING @ O.C. UP TO 8' -0" F.F. STORAGE ROOM SHELVING (ST -2) 1/2" = 1' -0" 1 0 r I f 0 3' - 0" TYP. NOTE: FOR LOCATION AT STOREFRONT AND CEILING INSTALLATION REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN AND REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. © 2 SEASONAL DISPLAY CABLE ® t; os o rs HARDWOOD FRAME GRAPHIC WALL PER PLAN © SCREWS, TYP. ® 6" S.M. BACKING ® ATTACHMENT PLATE ® ATTACHING ROD ® GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHEET METAL BACKING (6" x 18 GA. MIN.) ® SECURE WITH 1 -1/2" PANHEAD SCREW ® S.S. COVER PLATE ® S.S STANDOFF ® TURN BUCKLE CABLE WIRE FRONT VIEW ® SCRIBE AND CAULK TO FACE OF WALL (TYP.) OFCI FITTING ROOM BENCH © LEDGER BOARD ANCHORED TO WALL (AT (3) SIDES) (G.C. SHALL PROVIDE BACKING AS REQUIRED). 2x SUPPORT SPANS WALL TO WALL. 0 TY TY TYP PLAN VIEW \o ELEVATION FITTING ROOM 3 -PUCK FIXTURE(HW -1) 1 1/2" =1-0" REFER TO RCP FITTING RM. CLG. F.F. ELEVATION -FRONT F.F. 1/2" = 1' -0" a (NJ CURTAIN TIE -BACK (HW -2) ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION ELEVATION 1 1/2" = 1' -0" 2' - 0 1/8" HOLD, TYP. • CONDITION 0 21 1/2" 1 1/2" TYP. END PANEL MOUNTING HEIGHTS: ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM (INTERIOR): 42" A.F.F. REGULAR FITTING ROOM (INTERIOR): 68" A.F.F. 0 0 FRONT ELEVATION CO i FEATURE WALL PANEL WITH LETTERS (MW -7) 3/8" = 1' - 0" HARDWOOD FRAME AT FITTING ROOM ENTRY (MW - 6) 3 " = 1' - 0" FITTING ROOM CURTAIN DETAIL 0 e e oc +/- 4„ z r i z a >- N ® ELEVATION -SIDE N CD [V 0) © 0 1 r TYP, PANEL 10B CONDITION TYPICAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION (ST01) 3/8" = 1' -0" OFCI MULTI -HEAD S.S. PUCK FIXTURE ® SECURE W/ 4 PANHEAD SCREWS ® GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METALSTRAP BACKING (6" x 18 GA. MIN.) ® WALL PER PLAN ® ANODIZED METAL TIEBACK BY OWNER. PROVIDE SOLID BACKING IN WALL. ATTACH TO WALL W/ (2) PANHEAD SCREWS TO MATCH FINISH OF TIEBACK. 6" TYP. ® FITTING ROOM PARTITION WALL PER PLAN. ® WALL PER PLAN. BASE PER PLAN. MOUNTING HEIGHT: FITTING ROOM HALL: 60" A.F.F. © OFCI PLASTIC FITTING ROOM NUMBER © FOR WALL, REFER TO PLAN GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHEET METAL BACKING (6" x 18 GA. MIN.) SECURE WITH 1" PANHEAD SCREW NOTE: VERIFY NUMBERING ORDER WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. O 2 3/8" DIA. 8" O.C. CHROME GROMMETS ® BOARDER STITCH OFCI CURTAIN 1/2" BOTTOM HEM R CEO FoR :. CODE COMPUp,�1� ApPROV EI ' BU C IL ItY DI O N fri- D u r k t ION NOTE: GC TO INSTALL CURTAIN ON ROD AND FIX BOTH ENDS TO ROD SO AS TO KEEP CURTAIN FROM MOVING. 0 0 C ii DETAIL THRU WALL PANEL SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" J I • • 0 F.F. II M1 ELEVATION 0 0 0 c4) T.O. MIRROR FITTING ROOM MIRROR (M1 & M2) 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" E FITTING ROOM MIRROR ELEVATIONS (M1 & M2) 1/2" = 1' -0" fi PLAN VIEW \ti ELEVATION MULTIPLE PUCK FIXTURE AND HANGING ROD (HW -4, MW -3) 1 1/2" = 1' -0" x x r © ® SECTION THROUGH CURTAIN I r TYP. END PANEL CONDITION SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" • ► • S =•S =t FTWV 41 4.44 4 #4 kV) Itittf..14 22" 0 6" TYP ,1 0 0 0 M2 ELEVATION } by O OFCI MIRROR. VERIFY INSTALLATION HEIGHT WI OWNER. 10 SPECIFIED BASE, PER ELEVATIONS © SHEET METAL BACKING. ® WALL PER PLAN 24" OFCI STANDARD co ® OFCI MULTI -HEAD S.S. PUCK FIXTURE ® 20 GA. SHT. MTL. BACKING © METAL SCREW, TYP. O G.W.B., TYP. ® CORNER BEAD, TYP. ® CURTAIN ROD ® 4' -0" O.C. ALIGN W/ FITTING ROOM WALL PARTITION ® OFCI CURTAIN ® WALL PER PLAN MOUNTING HEIGHT: AT FITTING ROOM ENTRY: 57" A.F.F. POLE HEIGHT: 68" A.F.F. ® SECURE W/4 PANHEAD SCREWS (CFCI) © GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHEET METAL BACKING (6" x 18 GA. MIN.) 0 WALL PER PLAN © OFCI S.S. HANGING ROD MOUNT STANDARDS PER DETAIL 3 10C OFCI VERTICAL WD OR MDF SUPPORT COMPONENT W/ FACTORY ATTACHED Z- CLIPS. SECURE TO WALL W/ WD SCREWS. COMPONENT MUST BE INSTALLED TRUE AND PLUMB TO ENSURE POSITIVE ATTACHMENT OF PANEL © CLEAR SEALANT, TYP. BOTH SIDES ® 6" 18 GA SM BACKING. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION W/ OWNER OFCI GLASS PANELS W/ FACTORY ATTACHED Z -CLIPS 20 GA. MTL. STD, WALL PER PLAN ® OFCI WD ANGLE, GLUE TO PANEL CITY UI- MAP 032008 PERMIT CENTER W *e l* DATE 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 NO. DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. 02.05.08 FINAL LL APPROVAL 02.27.08 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. FIXTURE DETAILS PROJECT 70610 SHEET A5 -1 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DEGO, CA 92113 PROJECT COORDINATOR 2/27/2008 11:20:43 AM IN ADA FITTING RM. GRAHAM DOWNES T. 619.234.2565 F. 6.'19.234.2568 ... � � ' . -. is \ , - $ a • da•e � : :- st a r, 1 :• 0. f 7' -0" 1' - 9 1/4" (a d 3' - 2 3/4" A] 0' -0" YFF ffi V.I.F. CLG. TRACTOR/TREE - FRONT VIEW 1/4" = 1' F.F. 1/2" = 1' -0" 46,REFER TO RCP F.R. CEILING � 10' -0" .R T.O. F. WALL 7,4 mr ppl Ar r_ 2' -7" 15' -91/2" OPEN i i 0' -2" FITTING RM MOUNTING HEIGHTS, TYP. 9' - 7 3/4" 0 Co TRACTOR STOREFRONT FEATURE WALL ® SCREWS, TYP. S.M. BACKING ©ATTACHMENT PLATE ©ATTACHING ROD in ti I ~ 1' - 5" CD ® CURTAIN ROD ASSEMBLY REFER TO DETAI 10 ® WALL PER PLAN V.I._F. CLG. ® LIGHT FIXTURE PER PLAN ® CURTAIN AT FITTING ROOM ENTRY. REFER TO DETAI ® FITTING ROOM MULTIPLE PUCK FIXTURE. REFER TO DETAI 5 OFCI S.S. BASE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH OWNER. REFER TO SHEET A1-2 FOR LOCATION © PROVIDE S.M. BACKING FOR c MIRROR VERIFY HT W/ OWNER V.I.F. CLG. A] 0' -0" YFF O FITTING ROOM MIRROR. REFER TO DETAIL ® VINYL BASE. REFER TO SHEET A1-2 FOR LOCATION TRACTOR/TREE -SIDE VIEW 1/4" = 1' -0" 28 A5 -1 12" 5" 1 1/2" _ 1 1/ 2' -6" 0 © • O L BRACKET VERY HIGH BOND (VHB) 3M TAPE 0 3 TREE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH PMS 877 (METALLIC SILVER) WITH MATTE FINISH. ® TRACTOR TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH PMS 1905(CARNATION PINK) WITH MATTE FINISH. STOREFRONT FEATURE WALL BEYOND © STOREFRONT GLAZING NOTE: DIMENSIONAL FORMS: LASER CUT /ROUTED FROM 1 -1/2" THICK WOOD OR FOAM. SIGN FABRICATOR TO ADVISE REGARDING BEST MATERIAL AND METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION/ STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY. ® STOREFRONT CEILING. REFER TO RCP FOR HEIGHT AND TYPE. TREE C 3) L- BRACKET ® SCREWS, TYP. TRACTOR CONNECTION 6" = 1' - 0" TREE CONNECTION 6" = 1' -0" Ak UON F. CLG. dik 0' -0" FF 3/8" = 1' -0" ALTO. FIXTURE � B.O. FIXTURE .5" ABOVE F.F. SIDE ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION FEATURE WALL PANEL WITH LOGO (MW -5) O GWB SOFFIT. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING ABOVE CEILING O 3/4" X 2" BRUSHED - © 2 PLATINUM ANODIZED CHANNEL 0 POLISHED GLAZING CLIP PER DETAIL A4 -2 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS PANEL. OFOI VINYL DECAL APPLIED. GC TO COORDINATE INSTALLLATION. OFCI FEATURE WALL PANEL. GC TO VERIFY QUANTITY AND INSTALLATION LOCATION W/ CLIENT REPRESENTATIVE ® FINISHED GLASS WALL PANELS. ® BRACKETS i it ik B.O. FIXTURE COORDINATE W/ OWNER YCLG. 0 SECTION 3" = cp © 2' -0" 3/8" =1-0" BENCH AT FITTING ROOM (MW - 4) 1 1/2" = 1' -0" A O OFCI SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS SECURED TO WALL WITH FLUSH SCREWS 1-0" O.C. VERTICALLY © 4" SHEET METAL STRAPPING @ 1' -0" O.C. UP TO 8' -0" © 4" SHEET METAL STRAPPING @ O.C. UP TO 8' -0" F.F. STORAGE ROOM SHELVING (ST -2) 1/2" = 1' -0" 1 0 r I f 0 3' - 0" TYP. NOTE: FOR LOCATION AT STOREFRONT AND CEILING INSTALLATION REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN AND REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. © 2 SEASONAL DISPLAY CABLE ® t; os o rs HARDWOOD FRAME GRAPHIC WALL PER PLAN © SCREWS, TYP. ® 6" S.M. BACKING ® ATTACHMENT PLATE ® ATTACHING ROD ® GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHEET METAL BACKING (6" x 18 GA. MIN.) ® SECURE WITH 1 -1/2" PANHEAD SCREW ® S.S. COVER PLATE ® S.S STANDOFF ® TURN BUCKLE CABLE WIRE FRONT VIEW ® SCRIBE AND CAULK TO FACE OF WALL (TYP.) OFCI FITTING ROOM BENCH © LEDGER BOARD ANCHORED TO WALL (AT (3) SIDES) (G.C. SHALL PROVIDE BACKING AS REQUIRED). 2x SUPPORT SPANS WALL TO WALL. 0 TY TY TYP PLAN VIEW \o ELEVATION FITTING ROOM 3 -PUCK FIXTURE(HW -1) 1 1/2" =1-0" REFER TO RCP FITTING RM. CLG. F.F. ELEVATION -FRONT F.F. 1/2" = 1' -0" a (NJ CURTAIN TIE -BACK (HW -2) ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION ELEVATION 1 1/2" = 1' -0" 2' - 0 1/8" HOLD, TYP. • CONDITION 0 21 1/2" 1 1/2" TYP. END PANEL MOUNTING HEIGHTS: ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM (INTERIOR): 42" A.F.F. REGULAR FITTING ROOM (INTERIOR): 68" A.F.F. 0 0 FRONT ELEVATION CO i FEATURE WALL PANEL WITH LETTERS (MW -7) 3/8" = 1' - 0" HARDWOOD FRAME AT FITTING ROOM ENTRY (MW - 6) 3 " = 1' - 0" FITTING ROOM CURTAIN DETAIL 0 e e oc +/- 4„ z r i z a >- N ® ELEVATION -SIDE N CD [V 0) © 0 1 r TYP, PANEL 10B CONDITION TYPICAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION (ST01) 3/8" = 1' -0" OFCI MULTI -HEAD S.S. PUCK FIXTURE ® SECURE W/ 4 PANHEAD SCREWS ® GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METALSTRAP BACKING (6" x 18 GA. MIN.) ® WALL PER PLAN ® ANODIZED METAL TIEBACK BY OWNER. PROVIDE SOLID BACKING IN WALL. ATTACH TO WALL W/ (2) PANHEAD SCREWS TO MATCH FINISH OF TIEBACK. 6" TYP. ® FITTING ROOM PARTITION WALL PER PLAN. ® WALL PER PLAN. BASE PER PLAN. MOUNTING HEIGHT: FITTING ROOM HALL: 60" A.F.F. © OFCI PLASTIC FITTING ROOM NUMBER © FOR WALL, REFER TO PLAN GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHEET METAL BACKING (6" x 18 GA. MIN.) SECURE WITH 1" PANHEAD SCREW NOTE: VERIFY NUMBERING ORDER WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. O 2 3/8" DIA. 8" O.C. CHROME GROMMETS ® BOARDER STITCH OFCI CURTAIN 1/2" BOTTOM HEM R CEO FoR :. CODE COMPUp,�1� ApPROV EI ' BU C IL ItY DI O N fri- D u r k t ION NOTE: GC TO INSTALL CURTAIN ON ROD AND FIX BOTH ENDS TO ROD SO AS TO KEEP CURTAIN FROM MOVING. 0 0 C ii DETAIL THRU WALL PANEL SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" J I • • 0 F.F. II M1 ELEVATION 0 0 0 c4) T.O. MIRROR FITTING ROOM MIRROR (M1 & M2) 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" E FITTING ROOM MIRROR ELEVATIONS (M1 & M2) 1/2" = 1' -0" fi PLAN VIEW \ti ELEVATION MULTIPLE PUCK FIXTURE AND HANGING ROD (HW -4, MW -3) 1 1/2" = 1' -0" x x r © ® SECTION THROUGH CURTAIN I r TYP. END PANEL CONDITION SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" • ► • S =•S =t FTWV 41 4.44 4 #4 kV) Itittf..14 22" 0 6" TYP ,1 0 0 0 M2 ELEVATION } by O OFCI MIRROR. VERIFY INSTALLATION HEIGHT WI OWNER. 10 SPECIFIED BASE, PER ELEVATIONS © SHEET METAL BACKING. ® WALL PER PLAN 24" OFCI STANDARD co ® OFCI MULTI -HEAD S.S. PUCK FIXTURE ® 20 GA. SHT. MTL. BACKING © METAL SCREW, TYP. O G.W.B., TYP. ® CORNER BEAD, TYP. ® CURTAIN ROD ® 4' -0" O.C. ALIGN W/ FITTING ROOM WALL PARTITION ® OFCI CURTAIN ® WALL PER PLAN MOUNTING HEIGHT: AT FITTING ROOM ENTRY: 57" A.F.F. POLE HEIGHT: 68" A.F.F. ® SECURE W/4 PANHEAD SCREWS (CFCI) © GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHEET METAL BACKING (6" x 18 GA. MIN.) 0 WALL PER PLAN © OFCI S.S. HANGING ROD MOUNT STANDARDS PER DETAIL 3 10C OFCI VERTICAL WD OR MDF SUPPORT COMPONENT W/ FACTORY ATTACHED Z- CLIPS. SECURE TO WALL W/ WD SCREWS. COMPONENT MUST BE INSTALLED TRUE AND PLUMB TO ENSURE POSITIVE ATTACHMENT OF PANEL © CLEAR SEALANT, TYP. BOTH SIDES ® 6" 18 GA SM BACKING. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION W/ OWNER OFCI GLASS PANELS W/ FACTORY ATTACHED Z -CLIPS 20 GA. MTL. STD, WALL PER PLAN ® OFCI WD ANGLE, GLUE TO PANEL CITY UI- MAP 032008 PERMIT CENTER W *e l* DATE 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 NO. DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. 02.05.08 FINAL LL APPROVAL 02.27.08 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. FIXTURE DETAILS PROJECT 70610 SHEET A5 -1 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DEGO, CA 92113 PROJECT COORDINATOR 2/27/2008 11:20:43 AM IN ADA FITTING RM. GRAHAM DOWNES T. 619.234.2565 F. 6.'19.234.2568 i fl9 - ,9 4 f 1' - 9 1/4" (a d 3' - 2 3/4" A] 0' -0" YFF ffi V.I.F. CLG. TRACTOR/TREE - FRONT VIEW 1/4" = 1' F.F. 1/2" = 1' -0" 46,REFER TO RCP F.R. CEILING � 10' -0" .R T.O. F. WALL 7,4 mr ppl Ar r_ 2' -7" 15' -91/2" OPEN i i 0' -2" FITTING RM MOUNTING HEIGHTS, TYP. 9' - 7 3/4" 0 Co TRACTOR STOREFRONT FEATURE WALL ® SCREWS, TYP. S.M. BACKING ©ATTACHMENT PLATE ©ATTACHING ROD in ti I ~ 1' - 5" CD ® CURTAIN ROD ASSEMBLY REFER TO DETAI 10 ® WALL PER PLAN V.I._F. CLG. ® LIGHT FIXTURE PER PLAN ® CURTAIN AT FITTING ROOM ENTRY. REFER TO DETAI ® FITTING ROOM MULTIPLE PUCK FIXTURE. REFER TO DETAI 5 OFCI S.S. BASE. COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH OWNER. REFER TO SHEET A1-2 FOR LOCATION © PROVIDE S.M. BACKING FOR c MIRROR VERIFY HT W/ OWNER V.I.F. CLG. A] 0' -0" YFF O FITTING ROOM MIRROR. REFER TO DETAIL ® VINYL BASE. REFER TO SHEET A1-2 FOR LOCATION TRACTOR/TREE -SIDE VIEW 1/4" = 1' -0" 28 A5 -1 12" 5" 1 1/2" _ 1 1/ 2' -6" 0 © • O L BRACKET VERY HIGH BOND (VHB) 3M TAPE 0 3 TREE TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH PMS 877 (METALLIC SILVER) WITH MATTE FINISH. ® TRACTOR TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH PMS 1905(CARNATION PINK) WITH MATTE FINISH. STOREFRONT FEATURE WALL BEYOND © STOREFRONT GLAZING NOTE: DIMENSIONAL FORMS: LASER CUT /ROUTED FROM 1 -1/2" THICK WOOD OR FOAM. SIGN FABRICATOR TO ADVISE REGARDING BEST MATERIAL AND METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION/ STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY. ® STOREFRONT CEILING. REFER TO RCP FOR HEIGHT AND TYPE. TREE C 3) L- BRACKET ® SCREWS, TYP. TRACTOR CONNECTION 6" = 1' - 0" TREE CONNECTION 6" = 1' -0" Ak UON F. CLG. dik 0' -0" FF 3/8" = 1' -0" ALTO. FIXTURE � B.O. FIXTURE .5" ABOVE F.F. SIDE ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION FEATURE WALL PANEL WITH LOGO (MW -5) O GWB SOFFIT. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING ABOVE CEILING O 3/4" X 2" BRUSHED - © 2 PLATINUM ANODIZED CHANNEL 0 POLISHED GLAZING CLIP PER DETAIL A4 -2 1/2" TEMPERED GLASS PANEL. OFOI VINYL DECAL APPLIED. GC TO COORDINATE INSTALLLATION. OFCI FEATURE WALL PANEL. GC TO VERIFY QUANTITY AND INSTALLATION LOCATION W/ CLIENT REPRESENTATIVE ® FINISHED GLASS WALL PANELS. ® BRACKETS i it ik B.O. FIXTURE COORDINATE W/ OWNER YCLG. 0 SECTION 3" = cp © 2' -0" 3/8" =1-0" BENCH AT FITTING ROOM (MW - 4) 1 1/2" = 1' -0" A O OFCI SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS SECURED TO WALL WITH FLUSH SCREWS 1-0" O.C. VERTICALLY © 4" SHEET METAL STRAPPING @ 1' -0" O.C. UP TO 8' -0" © 4" SHEET METAL STRAPPING @ O.C. UP TO 8' -0" F.F. STORAGE ROOM SHELVING (ST -2) 1/2" = 1' -0" 1 0 r I f 0 3' - 0" TYP. NOTE: FOR LOCATION AT STOREFRONT AND CEILING INSTALLATION REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN AND REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. © 2 SEASONAL DISPLAY CABLE ® t; os o rs HARDWOOD FRAME GRAPHIC WALL PER PLAN © SCREWS, TYP. ® 6" S.M. BACKING ® ATTACHMENT PLATE ® ATTACHING ROD ® GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHEET METAL BACKING (6" x 18 GA. MIN.) ® SECURE WITH 1 -1/2" PANHEAD SCREW ® S.S. COVER PLATE ® S.S STANDOFF ® TURN BUCKLE CABLE WIRE FRONT VIEW ® SCRIBE AND CAULK TO FACE OF WALL (TYP.) OFCI FITTING ROOM BENCH © LEDGER BOARD ANCHORED TO WALL (AT (3) SIDES) (G.C. SHALL PROVIDE BACKING AS REQUIRED). 2x SUPPORT SPANS WALL TO WALL. 0 TY TY TYP PLAN VIEW \o ELEVATION FITTING ROOM 3 -PUCK FIXTURE(HW -1) 1 1/2" =1-0" REFER TO RCP FITTING RM. CLG. F.F. ELEVATION -FRONT F.F. 1/2" = 1' -0" a (NJ CURTAIN TIE -BACK (HW -2) ELEVATION SIDE ELEVATION ELEVATION 1 1/2" = 1' -0" 2' - 0 1/8" HOLD, TYP. • CONDITION 0 21 1/2" 1 1/2" TYP. END PANEL MOUNTING HEIGHTS: ACCESSIBLE FITTING ROOM (INTERIOR): 42" A.F.F. REGULAR FITTING ROOM (INTERIOR): 68" A.F.F. 0 0 FRONT ELEVATION CO i FEATURE WALL PANEL WITH LETTERS (MW -7) 3/8" = 1' - 0" HARDWOOD FRAME AT FITTING ROOM ENTRY (MW - 6) 3 " = 1' - 0" FITTING ROOM CURTAIN DETAIL 0 e e oc +/- 4„ z r i z a >- N ® ELEVATION -SIDE N CD [V 0) © 0 1 r TYP, PANEL 10B CONDITION TYPICAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION (ST01) 3/8" = 1' -0" OFCI MULTI -HEAD S.S. PUCK FIXTURE ® SECURE W/ 4 PANHEAD SCREWS ® GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL METALSTRAP BACKING (6" x 18 GA. MIN.) ® WALL PER PLAN ® ANODIZED METAL TIEBACK BY OWNER. PROVIDE SOLID BACKING IN WALL. ATTACH TO WALL W/ (2) PANHEAD SCREWS TO MATCH FINISH OF TIEBACK. 6" TYP. ® FITTING ROOM PARTITION WALL PER PLAN. ® WALL PER PLAN. BASE PER PLAN. MOUNTING HEIGHT: FITTING ROOM HALL: 60" A.F.F. © OFCI PLASTIC FITTING ROOM NUMBER © FOR WALL, REFER TO PLAN GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHEET METAL BACKING (6" x 18 GA. MIN.) SECURE WITH 1" PANHEAD SCREW NOTE: VERIFY NUMBERING ORDER WITH OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. O 2 3/8" DIA. 8" O.C. CHROME GROMMETS ® BOARDER STITCH OFCI CURTAIN 1/2" BOTTOM HEM R CEO FoR :. CODE COMPUp,�1� ApPROV EI ' BU C IL ItY DI O N fri- D u r k t ION NOTE: GC TO INSTALL CURTAIN ON ROD AND FIX BOTH ENDS TO ROD SO AS TO KEEP CURTAIN FROM MOVING. 0 0 C ii DETAIL THRU WALL PANEL SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" J I • • 0 F.F. II M1 ELEVATION 0 0 0 c4) T.O. MIRROR FITTING ROOM MIRROR (M1 & M2) 1 1/2" = 1' - 0" E FITTING ROOM MIRROR ELEVATIONS (M1 & M2) 1/2" = 1' -0" fi PLAN VIEW \ti ELEVATION MULTIPLE PUCK FIXTURE AND HANGING ROD (HW -4, MW -3) 1 1/2" = 1' -0" x x r © ® SECTION THROUGH CURTAIN I r TYP. END PANEL CONDITION SCALE: 3" = 1' -0" • ► • S =•S =t FTWV 41 4.44 4 #4 kV) Itittf..14 22" 0 6" TYP ,1 0 0 0 M2 ELEVATION } by O OFCI MIRROR. VERIFY INSTALLATION HEIGHT WI OWNER. 10 SPECIFIED BASE, PER ELEVATIONS © SHEET METAL BACKING. ® WALL PER PLAN 24" OFCI STANDARD co ® OFCI MULTI -HEAD S.S. PUCK FIXTURE ® 20 GA. SHT. MTL. BACKING © METAL SCREW, TYP. O G.W.B., TYP. ® CORNER BEAD, TYP. ® CURTAIN ROD ® 4' -0" O.C. ALIGN W/ FITTING ROOM WALL PARTITION ® OFCI CURTAIN ® WALL PER PLAN MOUNTING HEIGHT: AT FITTING ROOM ENTRY: 57" A.F.F. POLE HEIGHT: 68" A.F.F. ® SECURE W/4 PANHEAD SCREWS (CFCI) © GC TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHEET METAL BACKING (6" x 18 GA. MIN.) 0 WALL PER PLAN © OFCI S.S. HANGING ROD MOUNT STANDARDS PER DETAIL 3 10C OFCI VERTICAL WD OR MDF SUPPORT COMPONENT W/ FACTORY ATTACHED Z- CLIPS. SECURE TO WALL W/ WD SCREWS. COMPONENT MUST BE INSTALLED TRUE AND PLUMB TO ENSURE POSITIVE ATTACHMENT OF PANEL © CLEAR SEALANT, TYP. BOTH SIDES ® 6" 18 GA SM BACKING. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION W/ OWNER OFCI GLASS PANELS W/ FACTORY ATTACHED Z -CLIPS 20 GA. MTL. STD, WALL PER PLAN ® OFCI WD ANGLE, GLUE TO PANEL CITY UI- MAP 032008 PERMIT CENTER W *e l* DATE 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 NO. DESCRIPTION 01.29.08 BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. 02.05.08 FINAL LL APPROVAL 02.27.08 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. FIXTURE DETAILS PROJECT 70610 SHEET A5 -1 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DEGO, CA 92113 PROJECT COORDINATOR 2/27/2008 11:20:43 AM IN ADA FITTING RM. GRAHAM DOWNES T. 619.234.2565 F. 6.'19.234.2568 f . 7 CV A REAR ELEVATION (TENANT SIDE) SCALE: 3" 1" 3" = l'-0" 3.9" 3.9" CO 6" B PLAN VIEW SCALE: 3" = 1 •■_ 1- z 0 u_ 0 I- LU 6 0 0 LU 4" I I I _I I I I I I I I I I I J - - ID n • 7 L/' C FRONT ELEVATION (MALL SIDE) SCALE: 3" = 1 HORIZONTAL TAB SIGN (TH1)1 n II II II II II II // - I I_1 E _ i1 fl , n II II Il II II II II 36" 1) 0. 4' - 2" 4' - 2" 4' - 2" 3' - 0" — - _ TENANT MALL L J 3 1/2" 3.9" 2 1/2" 1" 2" 0 3/4" 1" • 11. 1" 3.9" .44 2" 3 1/2" TYP. TENANT TENANT D CYLINDER CONNECTION DETAIL SCALE: 6" = 1'-0" 1 E SIDE ELEVATION SCALE: 3" = 2" • < TENANT MALL .„. NN NN 3.9" F SECTION THROUGH BOX SCALE: 3" = MALL — -LI I MALL 0 r.. ... el.' ,. OP' 4.... .10.. .1.,. ..... .... .le. .1,. .1. .1.1. MP. .01.... WI' .0. .1... OW .0.1. •••• ..... .... .1, do.. ...... ••,.. ..•• .••.. 1..... .... •• .- an do.. .... ..0. •••• •••• •.•+ ..•• or^ .1, ..... I. I. 0 ISOMETRIC VIEW SCALE: 1 1/2" = ...^ ad.• .••• 0 3/4" HIGH STRENGTH GLAZING TAPE, CONTINUOUS AROUND EDGE CI ) 1" ACRYLIC BOX W/ PEARLESCENT GLOSS WHITE LACQUER FINISH, ALL SIDES ® WATER JET CUT CHROME LETTERS BACKED W/ INSET 1" PLEXIGLASS LETTERS C 4). FACTORY APPLIED RED FILM BACKING CD 1/4" DIA. ALUMINUM CYLINDER ® 1/4" TRANSLUSCENT PLEX BACK PANEL W/ RED FILM APPLIED ® STOREFRONT GLAZING, VERIFY THICKNESS PER PLAN ® 3/8" HOLE THROUGH GLASS ® 1/4" C.S. SET SCREW IN ALUMINUM THREADED CYLINDER GENERAL NOTE: IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SIGN VENDOR TO OBTAIN VECTOR BASED DRAWINGS FROM HOLLIS BC. ATTN: DON HOLLIS; 619.234.2061; don@hollisbc.conn * CHROME OVER PLEXIGLASS BACKED LETTERS NOT SHOWN IN THIS VIEW FOR CLARITY REVEWED FOR CE CODE I COMPLIAN APPROVE MAR 5 Va city DOB -0 MAR 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER R:7 - CITY UP DATE SHEET 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 br a to. fp 41_ rafW 4 „ „ „ •,,,. 0 , 4 4. .$ LIG #: 8897 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635-5696 FAX: (817) 635-5699 ...... ................... • LLI PROJECT 70610 NO. DESCRIPTION BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. SIGN DETAILS A6-1 0 ELEVATION VIEW VERTICAL BLACK TAG SIGN (11/1) 3" = 1' -0" D N C, EQ. 6" = 1-0" V SECTION VIEW 1 10 13/16" C VARIES 3. VINYL GRAPHICS SUPPLIED BY SIGN VENDOR, INSTALLED BY GC. U SPACE 120 NOTES: 1. VINYL LETTERS AND NUMBER COLORS AS NOTED. 2. FIRST, SURFACE APPLICATION. 4. VINYL TAPE COLOR SHALL BE 3M SCOTCHCAL VINYL FILM "DARK VIOLET" 7725 -88, (SCOTHCAL ELECTRO CUT). VINYL GRAPHIC SIGNAGE (NON- ILUMINATED)1 VINYL TAPE # LOCATED ON BACK FACE OF REAR EXIT DOOR. FONT: FUTURA BK BT. n COLUMN AT STOREFRONT ENTRY. BRAKE METAL FINISH 3 DIMENSIONAL BOX: 1" 3 -FORM WITH CHROMA PAINT APPLICATION (CHROMA COLORS: MOLE NEGRO OR OLIVE) ® REVERSE PAN CHROME LETTERS BACKED WITH INSET PLEX LETTERS ® STOREFRONT GLAZING ® MITER CORNERS ® INTERIOR SIGN GLASS PANEL. LETTERS MOUNTED FRONT AND BACK TO GIVE ILLUSION OF BEING CONTINUOUS SOLID SHAPES. ® INTERIOR SIGN GLASS PANEL SITS IN 1/4" DEEP CHANNEL ON TOP, BOTTOM AND RIGHT SIDE OF SIGN. SIGN MAKER TO ADVISE REGARDING SECURE CONSTRUCTION METHOD. ® EXTERIOR COLUMN NOTCHED OUT AND PAINTED BLACK. SIGN IS AFFIXED INSIDE NOOK AT EDGES WITH CLEAR ADHESIVE. 4101 ISOMETRIC VIEW- N.T.S. QED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPRO ' '` MAR - �, 20061 r C Of Tuk BUILD M " DIVISION DS ww04 REG& CITY OF TUKIMLA MAR 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER mow is 9 F 3 ... LU LIC #: 8897 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 Wel* 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 PROJECT 70610 SHEET DATE NO. DESCRIPTION SIGN DETAILS co co co a a J Y f2 W J H Q Z � W U 2 W H Z O w U) U D J � W � u_ O w o � o BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. TT I I CODE DESCRIPTION FURNISHED INSTALLED DETAIL REFERENCE TENANT 00 TENANT 00 EFW -WV -C VINYL GARDEN APPLICATION ( DISPLAY FEATURE BOX) • • - EFW -TM -A VINYL TEXT MESSAGE (TAPE APPLICATION) • • - EXT -WV VINYL GARDEN APPLICATION ( STOREFRONT) • • - DR -FW -A FULL COLOR CANVAS WALL PRINT • • _ DR -FW -B FULL COLOR CANVAS WALL PRINT • • _ DR -FW -C2 FULL COLOR CANVAS WALL PRINT • • - IS -WW -1 RED COLOR FILM W/ LOGO CUT THROUGH (APPLIED TO GLASS) • • - IS -WW -2 WING WALL VINYL APPLICATION • • - IS -MC -1 MIRRORED COLUMN FLUER VINYL LOGO • • - IS -MC -2 ia.musall111w+ah. TH1 FLUER VINYL LOGO ON MIRROR ■,41_r +4111.a.4111r iIkri _r ..dari_.....`ri_.�.4111Lri_...d1i41. 3D VERTICAL ILLUMINATED MOUNTED SIGN BOX • • • • - -� 1/A6 -1 VP1 ALLUMINATED ACRYLIC PUSH THRU • • 14/A4 -2 FP1 ALLUMINATED ACRYLIC FLEUR PUSH THRU • • 9/A4 -2 COR -SIGN EXIT CORIDDOR SIGN • • 2/A6 -2 AW T HIS SHEET TO BE USED AS A GUIDE ONLY. FINAL DIMENSIONS AND LOCATION OF GRAPHICS TO BE FIELD VERIFIED. r X( 1 WX(1 Zli 1 I 1 2 co N \ \\ \\ \ \\ \ \\ \ \\ \ U\ U\ \ \\ \ \\ \ \\ \\\ 7\L \ \\ \ \` \ \\ \ \\ — — ,A\ \ \ U\ \ \\ ■ \ � \ \ \\ \\ \ \ \\ r - \\\ \\ \ —A \\\ \ \ \\ \ \+ \ \ \\\ \ , fi r- r s _, _., il 01 0 • El EXT -WV IS -MC -1 IS -MC -1 i i W W CONSTRUCTION FLOG PLAN 1/4" = 1 -0 " IS -MC-1, TYP. ALL 4 SIDES IS -MC -1, TYP. ALL 4 SIDES / IS -MC -1, TYP. ALL 4 SIDES L EXT-WV L J L 1 L- J EXT -WV L J L J IS-MC-1, TYP. ALL 4 SIDES IS -MC -1, TYP. ALL 4 SIDES IS -MC -1, TYP. ALL 4 SIDES IS -MC -1, TYP. ALL 4 SIDES 10 A3 -1 1 I I I I I I I I 1 L r _ EXT -WV I I I EXT -WV EXT -WV M -A EFW -WV -C EXT -WV EXT -WV -4 EXT -WV H 1' 2' 4' NORTH GRAPHICS LEGEND GRAPHICS GENERAL NOTES A. GRAPHIC WALL COVERING BY OLSON VISUAL. B. DIGITALLY PRINTED IMAGES ON ONE PIECE POLY CANVAS. C. ALL MEASUREMENTS WILL BE VIF. D. PRIMER WILL BE "ROLLED -ON" (NOT SPRAYED -ON). E. DUNN - EDWARDS "Z -PRIME ACRYLIC PRIMER" OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. F. ADHESIVE WILL BE TWO COATS OF ROMAN DECORATING "PRO 774, CLAY STRIPPABLE WALL COVERING ADHESIVE" OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. G. GYP. BRD. TO BE PREPARED W/ A LEVEL 5 FINISH PRIOR TO GRAPHICS INSTALLATION. H. THIS SHEET IS TO SERVE AS A GUIDE FOR BIDDING ONLY. J. THE GRAPHICS INDICATED DOES NOT INDICATE TO THE EXTENT THAT THE GRAPHICS COVERS SURFACES AND SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FROM SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR/ OWNER ARE VERIFIED. K. ALL TYPESETTING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SIGN FABRICATOR. FULL SIZE SPACING PATTERNS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALL. L. ENGINEERING OF ALL SIGNS, ATTACHMENT DETAILS, FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBLITY OF THE SIGN FABRICATOR. ALL DETAILS SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE SIGN FABRICATOR'S SHOP DRAWINGS AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO PROJECT ARCHITECT AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ENGINEERING CALCULAITONS SHALL BE SIGNED AND SALED BY A LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER. M. SIGN INSTALLATION SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE GC. GC SHALL DEVELOP A SCHEDULE FOR INSTALLATION AND SUBMIT TO OWNER FOR APPROVAL. A SEPARATE PERMIT MAY BE REQUIRED FOR SOME OR ALL SIGN TYPES. P. ALL VINYL GRAPHICS TO BEAPPLIED TO SECOND SURFACE OF STOREFRONT CODE COMPLIANCE APPRWO CIty Of boo RECEr ED CITY OF TUK M1 A MAR 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER SHEET a ? isofsrr;zn< au, #o�aacco-5f pts 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (81 7) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 W 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 PROJECT 70610 DATE NO. I DESCRIPTION W H Z W U 2 H 0 0 J W LL Cn W BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. SIGNAGE & GRAPHICS PLAN G1 -1A CO CO rn F- J J W F- z W U F- 0 CO (0 I ' 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 T. 619.234.2565 F. 6'19.234.2568 PROJECT COORDINATOR GRAHAM DOWNES MATOHLINE 2/27/2008 1 CODE DESCRIPTION FURNISHED INSTALLED DETAIL REFERENCE TENANT 00 TENANT 00 EFW-VVV-C VINYL GARDEN APPLICATION ( DISPLAY FEATURE BOX) • • - EFW -TM -A VINYL TEXT MESSAGE (TAPE APPLICATION) • • - EXT -WV VINYL GARDEN APPLICATION ( STOREFRONT) • • - DR -FW -A FULL COLOR CANVAS WALL PRINT • • _ DR -RN -B FULL COLOR CANVAS WALL PRINT • • DR -FW -C2 FULL COLOR CANVAS WALL PRINT • • - IS -WW -1 RED COLOR FILM W/ LOGO CUT THROUGH (APPLIED TO GLASS) • • - IS -WW -2 WING WALL VINYL APPLICATION • • - IS -MC -1 MIRRORED COLUMN FLUER VINYL LOGO • • - IS -MC -2 FLUER VINYL LOGO ON MIRROR • • - TH1 3D VERTICAL ILLUMINATED MOUNTED SIGN BOX • • 1/A6 -1 VP1 ALLUMINATED ACRYLIC PUSH THRU • • 14/A4 -2 FP1 ALLUMINATED ACRYLIC FLEUR PUSH THRU • • 9/A4 -2 COR -SIGN EXIT CORIDDOR SIGN • • 2/A6 -2 wz ,/ A or / A THIS SHEET TO BE USED AS A GUIDE ONLY. FINAL DIMENSIONS AND LOCATION OF GRAPHICS TO BE FIELD VERIFIED. *T. 4/iW 2 N CO 0 N ti CV CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN ( 1 /4" = 1' -0" COR -SIGN DR - FW - A i — MM - - - - Mi , IS -MC-2 IS -MC -1 i i C:13) IS -MC -1, TYP. ALL 4 SIDES IS -MC -1, TYP. ALL 4 SIDES IS -MC -1, - 1YP. ALL 4 SIDES 0' 1 2' 4' NORTH GRAPHICS LEGEND GRAPHICS GENERAL NOTES C COMPLIANCE APPROVE . M AR 15 200f; City Of Tukwii~ m r)05 0 A. GRAPHIC WALL COVERING BY OLSON VISUAL. B. DIGITALLY PRINTED IMAGES ON ONE PIECE POLY CANVAS. C. ALL MEASUREMENTS WILL BE VIF. D. PRIMER WILL BE "ROLLED -ON" (NOT SPRAYED -ON). E. DUNN - EDWARDS '2-PRIME ACRYLIC PRIMER" OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. F. ADHESIVE WILL BE TWO COATS OF ROMAN DECORATING "PRO 774, CLAY STRIPPABLE WALL COVERING ADHESIVE" OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. G. GYP. BRD. TO BE PREPARED W/ A LEVEL 5 FINISH PRIOR TO GRAPHICS INSTALLATION. H. THIS SHEET IS TO SERVE AS A GUIDE FOR BIDDING ONLY. J. THE GRAPHICS INDICATED DOES NOT INDICATE TO THE EXTENT THAT THE GRAPHICS COVERS SURFACES AND SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FROM SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR/ OWNER ARE VERIFIED. K. ALL TYPESETTING SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SIGN FABRICATOR. FULL SIZE SPACING PATTERNS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALL. L. ENGINEERING OF ALL SIGNS, ATTACHMENT DETAILS, FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBLITY OF THE SIGN FABRICATOR. ALL DETAILS SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE SIGN FABRICATOR'S SHOP DRAWINGS AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO PROJECT ARCHITECT AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ENGINEERING CALCULAITONS SHALL BE SIGNED AND SALED BY A LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER. M. SIGN INSTALLATION SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE GC. GC SHALL DEVELOP A SCHEDULE FOR INSTALLATION AND SUBMIT TO OWNER FOR APPROVAL. A SEPARATE PERMIT MAY BE REQUIRED FOR SOME OR ALL SIGN TYPES. P. ALL VINYL GRAPHICS TO BEAPPLIED TO SECOND SURFACE OF STOREFRONT RECEIVED CITY OF TUKVAIA MAR 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER SHEET Z fah s`� a o PE UP, ?. U.K .Aft tr Ari ?r LIG #:8897 711 N. FIELDER RD. ARLINGTON, TX 76012 PH: (817) 635 -5696 FAX: (817) 635 -5699 01.29.08 02.05.08 02.27.08 PROJECT 70610 *4-1* DATE I NO. I DESCRIPTION BLDG. DEPT. SUBMTL. FINAL LL APPROVAL 1 BLDG. DEPT. RESUBMTL. SIGNAGE & GRAPHICS PLAN GI-IB EgM co co co ifc 1600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92113 PROJECT COORDINATOR GRAHAM DOWNES T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 MATCHLINE MECHANICAL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SD J SUPPLY DIFFUSER 0 LOW VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT 1 AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR NI SUPPLY DUCT WITH ELBOW TURNED UP ,x. SUPPLY DUCT WITH ELBOW TURNED DOWN I/) RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT, ELBOW TURNED UP — / , RETURN OR EXHAUST DUCT, ELBOW TURNED DOWN fftiI � BRANCH TAKE OFF 1" LINED DUCTWORK -r EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN NEW WORK THERMOSTAT SCHEDULE MODE OCCUPIED UNOCCUPIED WINTER 707 557 SUMMER 73•F UNCONTROLLED • '`•+'• +rt- �',i ...L•�!'f:1•a R` rS::: ",', :`i' - ; ?:;• ts�> .`�• : ?�cz ;- _ "}: -a�4••t '. i'�•='.i;:_�1: �;yY�; ::'i:;''cpj i`t• ?`_•. rq t,:l' • - ■ 4 1/4 As iii: KC r. .4*. 1 .141 1 i1.3 +� I " �i" A ; - r � Fr, f:ti.".;:, \ 6 •. $ 411111111110 SD -1 500 CFM RG-1 RG-1 14x14 SD-1 500 CFM -,— �. — .�� v....7.,••= 0 0 / 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 1 J. !I111/7 I — Wes.. — .. or ■—. c :7 GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO UNDERCUT DOOR 1" FOR AIRFLOW. SD-1 400 CFM SD--1 400 CFM SD-1 500 CFM MECHANICAL CODED NOTES: PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT COMPATIBLE WITH NE POWERED VAV BOXES. EXTEND AND CONNECT CONTROL WIRING TO ASSOC FAN POWERED VAV BOX AS REQUIRED. INSTALL AT 54" A.F.F.. PROVIDE LOW VOLTAGE REMOTE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR COMPATIBLE K PROGRAMMABLE THERMOSTAT. EXTEND AND CONNECT CONTROL WIRING TO ASSOCIATED THERMOSTAT AS REQUIRED. INSTALL SENSOR AT 48" AFF. PROVIDE AND BALANCE NEW FAN POWERED VAV BOX AS SCHEDULED. FIE VERIFY THE EXACT REQUIREMENTS AND LOCATIONS. REPLACE PLEATED Al FILTERS WITH NEW PLEATED AIR FILTERS AT CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION. PROVIDE NEW EXHAUST FAN AS SCHEDULED. PROVIDE MOTOR OPERATED C EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW EXHAUST DUCTWORK TO EXISTING EXHAUST M NOT USED. PROVIDE 1" LINED RETURN DUCTWORK. INSTALL AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. EXISTING SUPPLY DUCT MAIN TO REMAIN. EXISTING RETURN DUCT MAIN TO REMAIN. EXISTING TOILET EXHAUST MAIN TO REMAIN. 0 e 0 0 2i O i r E3 0 0 0 SD -1 400 CFM RG-1 RG-1 1 - j 12 "o 12 I O 0 L MECHANICAL PLAN va,. _ V_o,. ./ D1 —1 SD -1 400 CFM SD -1 500 CFM 0 O 0I D.� caj � 31 J THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHECK CONSTRUCTION COMPLIANCE WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SHOULD THE OWNER FIND CORRECTIVE WORK NECESSARY, HE WILL NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF SUCH WORK IN WRITING AND EXPECT COMPLIANCE PERFORMED WITH DUE DILIGENCE. IF ANY CORRECTIVE WORK IS DEEMED TO BE NECESSARY, THE COST OF REINSPECTIONS WILL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR. IF WORK IS REQUIRED BY OWNER IN ORDER TO IMPROVE, CHANGE OR CORRECT AIR CONDITIONING OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS DUE TO: PART MALFUNCTION, WARRANTY OR OTHER INABILITY TO PROVIDE THE COMFORT CONDITIONS REQUIRED BY THE STORE, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE DIRECTED BY TENANT TO ADDRESS THIS WORK IN A TIMELY MANNER. IF IT BECOMES EVIDENT THAT THE CONTRACTOR CAN NOT ACCOMPLISH THE TASK, THEN AFTER 72 HOURS OF WRITTEN NOTICE, THE OWNER MAY AT HIS DISCRETION TAKE OVER SUCH WORK AND BACK CHARGE THE CONTRACTOR FOR ANY CORRECTIVE WORK THAT WAS REQUIRED DUE TO LACK OF PERFORMANCE, WORKMANSHIP AND /OR ADHERENCE TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. FELD VERFY ALL COMMONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. S ARATE IT AND OVAL IRED @CONKS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSG MECHA !CAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859 - 442 -8050 859 -442 -8058 FAX WWW.KLHENGRS.COM SHEET DATE 0227.08 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWI A MAR 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER PROJECT 8151.01 NO. DESCRIPTION BLDG DEPT RESUBMTL. MECHANICAL PLAN ME AL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY REUSE EXISTING N \A REMARKS CR LANDLORD CONTR LANDLORD CONTR OTHER AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT DUCT WALL STEEL ALUM. *SD -1 OMNS 24"x24" X 0 STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FOR EQUIPMENT 1 0 0 A 0 B 38 X �MNS ROOF CURB SEE PLAN 0 644 2800 0 0.24 A X A ROOFING 1 2335 0 0 0 78 39 X 0.3 ROOF CANT STRIP 2500 624 625 2500 0 O. E X FITTING AREA ROOF CURB LEVELING 1 227 0 0 0 8 *RG -1 X 24"x24" FAN POWERED VAV BOX 0 74 MC 0 MC A 0 A FITTING AREA DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES TITUS 3 ORL 14 "x14" MC 0 MC 0 0 0 A WALL FIRE DAMPERS A 90 90 360 0 102 RESTROOM X 1 COMB. FIRE \SMOKE DAMPERS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 X 30 LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK 7 0 MC 0 MC 103 RESTROOM 1 1 HIGH \MEDIUM DUCTWORK 0 0 MC 0 MC 0 0 0 30 DUCT SUPPORTS 7 0 MC 0 MC 104 CORRIDOR 1 1 SEISMIC BRACING 0 0 MC 0 MC 0 0.05 25 70 TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM 16 70 MC 0.08 0.21 MC 105A STOCK AREA 1 WIRED BY MC RELIEF AIR MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER 0 0 0 1 1 0 0.15 X 150 SMOKE DETECTORS 34 150 105B STOCK AREA 2 1 281 X 0 ZONE DAMPERS 1 1 0 0.15 169 500 125 X 500 DUCT HEATER 0.08 E 1440 Service water htg. yes 1441 X Indicate 11-10 insulation under tank UNIT \BASEBOARD HEATERS Yee 1442 Shut -oft controls Indicate automatic shut -off P - i X 1443 RETURN AIR FAN Indicate H -value of insulation on piping s -1 n. a, 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 X OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOOD \FAN 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency n.a. 1453 X Indicate switch and 65 degree control RELIEF AIR HOOD \FAN n.a. 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover X Pools 90-- degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover TOILET EXHAUST FAN MC MC WIRED BY EC TOILET EXHAUST DUCTWORK MC MC TOILET EXHAUST WALL OR ROOF CAP X AIR BALANCE REPORT GC AS -BUILT DRAWINGS MC SECONDARY DRAIN PANS X CONDENSATE PUMPS X AIR DEVICE SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. SYMBOL KEY- 3. VOLUME DAMPER - FACTORY FURNISHED. OPPOSED BLADE OR BUTTERFLY WHERE AVAILABLE. ADJUSTABLE FROM FACE. 2. FINISH- 4. BORDER STYLE - "A" TITUS 26 - STANDARD WHITE. "A" SURFACE MOUNTED (FOR DRYWALL MOUNTED DIFFUSERS ONLY). "9 T1TUS (G.C. TO FIELD PAINT A OR B TO MATCH CEIIJNG OR WALL "B' LAY -IN, PROVIDE WITH TITUS MODEL NUMBER WITH ENAMEL FINISH). TRIM FRAME FOR DRYWALL CEIUNG. SEE DETAIL SHEET. SYMBOL MANUFACTURER/ CATALOG NUMBER SIZE MOUNTING MATERIAL FiNISH DAMPER BORDER REMARKS MOD. NECK CEILING DUCT WALL STEEL ALUM. *SD -1 OMNS 24"x24" SEE PLAN 0 1 1 0 0 A 0 B 38 SD -2 �MNS 12 "x12" SEE PLAN 0 644 2800 0 0.24 A o A 2 1 2335 0 0 0 78 39 0 0.3 2802 2500 624 625 2500 0 O. E 101A FITTING AREA 1 1 227 0 0 0 8 *RG -1 5 F S 24"x24" 197 0 74 74 0 0 A 0 A FITTING AREA RR -1 TITUS 3 ORL 14 "x14" 0 0 0 0 0 0 A 0 A 90 90 360 0 102 RESTROOM 1 1 49 0 0 0 0 0 HVAC VENTILATION SCHEDULE ROOM ROOM NAME SYS ZONE AREA CLNGHT AIR CHGS OA CHGS PEOPLE DES PEOPLE RED OA PER OA SOFT REQ SUP ACT SUP REQ OA ACT OA ACT RET ACT EXH CRIT OA PRESSURE 100A SALES AREA 1 1 2302 0 0 0 77 38 0 0.3 3003 2800 645 644 2800 0 0.24 E 100B SALES AREA 2 1 2335 0 0 0 78 39 0 0.3 2802 2500 624 625 2500 0 O. E 101A FITTING AREA 1 1 227 0 0 0 8 4 0 0.2 197 320 74 74 320 0 0.14 0.17 E E 101B FITTING AREA 2 1 311 0 0 0 1 0 5 0 0.2 249 360 90 90 360 0 102 RESTROOM 1 1 49 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 7 7 0 80 0 N 103 RESTROOM 1 1 49 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 7 7 0 80 0 N 104 CORRIDOR 1 1 113 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.05 25 70 16 16 70 0 0 0.08 0.21 E E 105A STOCK AREA 1 1 . 213 0 0 0 1 1 0 0.15 139 150 35 34 150 105B STOCK AREA 2 1 281 0 0 0 1 1 0 0.15 169 500 125 125 500 0 0.08 E HVAC EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE MARK E -1 E -2 DESCRIPTION EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN AREA SERVED RESTROOM RESTROOM MFGR GREENHECK GREENHECK MODEL SP -B110 SP -6110 VOLTS 120 120 PHASE 1 1 WEIGHT 10 10 EMERG Greenheck SP -3110 CFM 75 75 ESP (IN) 0.25 0.25 BHP SP -3110 75 HP 1433 cv WATTS 1412.2 Deadband control RPM 1433 Water Economizer ACCESS 1 1 FLA 1434 Separate air sys. OCP 20 20 Fan Equipment Schedule Equip ID Brand Name' Model No.' CFM SP' HP /BHP Flaw Control Location of Service vl •o1 Titus ATQS 3400 0.50 0.75 Cv Above Ceiling ❑2 -01 micas ATQS 3360 0.50 0 -75 cv Above Ceiling E -1 Greenheck SP -3110 75 0.25 13.8 cv Above Ceiling E -2 G7re n *d-* SP -3110 75 0.25 1433 cv Above ceiling 1412.2 Deadband control n.a 1433 Water Economizer Indicate water economiser and provide calculations if 1433 Exception 2 is utilized Indi humidistat n. 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans Indicate thermostat with night setback and 1 diff. day types M -3 yes 1435 HVAC VAV BOX SCHEDULE 24 1/4 0 23" OR 11" INSIDE DIMENSION GPM HVAC VAV BOX SCHEDULE SYSTEM SIZE MAX CFM MIN CFM MBH GPM VOLTS PHASE HP HTG KW V1 -01 24x16 3400 1190 39 0 480 3 1538 Alexandria Pike, Ft . 14 V2 -01 24x16 3360 1176 38 0 480 3 13.8 Project Info Project Address rave Culture • Sauthcenter mall schedules on the Date 1 /10 /2008 Date. 1/10/200B 633 Southconto: Perknay, 433 SouthCenter patkeMY, at7ace 1306 Capacity' Btulh For Building Dept. Usa OSA CFM or Econo? Tukwila, WA 918 Applicant Name 7..14 Sngiaeers Provide calculations Applicant Name e-•- Engineers 1538 Alexandria Pike, Ft . Thomas, AY 41075 Applicant Arlclress 1538 Alexandria Pike, F t . T1 o¢a n, EY 4101h Applicant Phone: s59••142 -Soso Project Info Project Address r+o-to Cul tore - soutbcenter Mail schedules on the Date 1 /10 /2008 Location 633 Southconto: Perknay, Space 1200 Brand Name' For Building Department Use Capacity' Btulh •e. wile, wA 98168 OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER Applicant Name 7..14 Sngiaeers Provide calculations Applicant Address: 1538 Alexandria Pike, Ft . Thomas, AY 41075 Applicant Phone sse - 442 • ea so n.a, a .a. Equipment Schedules The fallowing Information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below equipment schedules on the The following additional mtormation is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for a complex mechanical system for compliance with the mechanics: rer{uirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Use the checklist as a reterenee for notes added to the mechanical drawings (see the MECH- CHK checklist for additional system requirements) This Intormatton must be on toe, plans Since this is the offirr.3' record of the permit Having this information it separate specifications alone is NOT an acceptable alternative Location Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip. ID Brand Name' Model No ' Capacity' Btulh Total CFM OSA CFM or Econo? SEER or EER IPLV Field aysem sys. Provide calculations yee Yam 1432 1 Setback & Shutoff indicate separate systems or show isolation devices on plans F1- -3 n.a, a .a. 1432 2 t Air system reset Indicate automatic reset n.a. 1432 2 2 Hydronic System Indicate automatic reset. cooling tower, & heat pump loop valves yes 1412.1 21.41. 1433 Air Economizer Indicate economizer on equipment schedule or provide calculations to justify exemption and demonstrate 10% higher efficiency for equipment with out economizer. 1412.2 Deadband control n.a 1433 Water Economizer Indicate water economiser and provide calculations if 1433 Exception 2 is utilized Indi humidistat n. 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans Indicate thermostat with night setback and 1 diff. day types M -3 yes 1435 Simul. htg. & cig. Indicate that simultaneous heating and cooling is prohibited, unless use of exception is justified ra_3 re- 3 n.a. 1436 Heat recovery Indicate heat recovery on plans; complete and attach heat recovery calculations Indicate optimum start controls yes 1497 Elec motor effic Heating Equipment Schedule Equip ID Brand Name' Model No 1 Capacity' Btu✓h Total CFM OSA cim or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiency" vt - 01 Tytns exos 47768 3400 782 1439.2 Fume Hoods Indicate VAV, unheated/uncooled or heat rec. makeup v2 -01 Titus ATQS 47086 3360 840 Indicate thermostat interlock on plans at -1 n.a. 1423 Economizers Equipment schedule - - ~_ -'. 1413 _ � Air economizers n-a. 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule n.a. 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg c orb 11. 1413.2 Water Econo Doc Indicate clg load & water ecocide & clg tower performance n.a. 1413.3 Integrated operation indicate capability for partial cooling n.a. 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or to atomization eV air economizer • d hanica l �� • Cora iex Syst = Me. .: emS; E'C • - :::::.::::::::< : >.Mii CC�IVIP .. ..• ,.. .. ... .... ... ... 2006 wesmng:on Stale Non-esldeni'a Code Compliance Forms Eintosed .1.ry ?057 Protect Address rove Culture - southcente. Mast Date 1/10/2008 The following additional mtormation is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for a complex mechanical system for compliance with the mechanics: rer{uirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Use the checklist as a reterenee for notes added to the mechanical drawings (see the MECH- CHK checklist for additional system requirements) This Intormatton must be on toe, plans Since this is the offirr.3' record of the permit Having this information it separate specifications alone is NOT an acceptable alternative For Budding Debartmenl Use Applicability (yes, no n a ) Code Section Component information Required LcoaUOn on Plans Burning Department Notes ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST ITEMS FOR COMPLEX SYSTEMS ONLY n a ' 14'31 I Field aysem sys. Provide calculations yee Yam 1432 1 Setback & Shutoff indicate separate systems or show isolation devices on plans F1- -3 n.a, a .a. 1432 2 t Air system reset Indicate automatic reset n.a. 1432 2 2 Hydronic System Indicate automatic reset. cooling tower, & heat pump loop valves yes 1412.1 21.41. 1433 Air Economizer Indicate economizer on equipment schedule or provide calculations to justify exemption and demonstrate 10% higher efficiency for equipment with out economizer. 1412.2 Deadband control n.a 1433 Water Economizer Indicate water economiser and provide calculations if 1433 Exception 2 is utilized Indi humidistat n. 1434 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans Indicate thermostat with night setback and 1 diff. day types M -3 yes 1435 Simul. htg. & cig. Indicate that simultaneous heating and cooling is prohibited, unless use of exception is justified ra_3 re- 3 n.a. 1436 Heat recovery Indicate heat recovery on plans; complete and attach heat recovery calculations Indicate optimum start controls yes 1497 Elec motor effic MECH -MOT or Equip. Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency 14 0 -a • 1438 Variable flow sys Indicate variable flow on fan and pump schedules Indicate modulating or staged control no 1439.1 Kitchen Hoods Indicate uncoated and unheated make -up air Indicate balancing features on plans n.a. 1439.2 Fume Hoods Indicate VAV, unheated/uncooled or heat rec. makeup Indicate demand control ventilation for high- occupancy areas • - . nica P ermi t P lans,.Che c kli s t .,. :. .•NI = CHK 2005 Wayh,rr Stale Nanr =Harry Coop narnpia G • • Remised Jtdy 2007 Project Address Lava Cxltu :e - South - center mail Dal 1/10 f2008 The following Information 15 nec to check a mechanical permit application for compliance wen the mechanical requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Applicability (yes. no, n.a.) Cade Section Component TLocatienT Building Department Information Requires.] on Plans Notes HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401 -1424) 1411 - - __...,,__ -- .- _....._._ Equipment performance Eq -a • 1411 4 tit Pkg. elec. htg.& cig Let heat pumps on schedule yee 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule v itn type, capacity, effciency M -2 n.a, 1411 1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition. ffueldraft damper & jacket loss fTf 1412 HVAC controls yes 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans MIN yes 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum n.a. 1412.3 Humidity control Indi humidistat yes 1412.4 Automatic setback Indicate thermostat with night setback and 1 diff. day types M -3 Yea 1412,4 .1 Dampers Indicate damper location and at:to controls & max. leakage re- 3 yes 1412 4 2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls : 1 a. 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate microprocessor on thermostat schedule n.a. 1412.6 Combustion htg. Indicate modulating or staged control yes 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans ___ 1412.8 Ventilation Control Indicate demand control ventilation for high- occupancy areas yes 1422 Thermostat irtertock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans at -1 n.a. 1423 Economizers Equipment schedule - - ~_ -'. 1413 _ � Air economizers n-a. 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule n.a. 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg c orb 11. 1413.2 Water Econo Doc Indicate clg load & water ecocide & clg tower performance n.a. 1413.3 Integrated operation indicate capability for partial cooling n.a. 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or to atomization eV air economizer 1414 - -- - - -- � Ducting systems "-' --__ � _ yea 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate sealing necessary M -3 yes 1414,2 Duct insulation Indicate R -value of insulation on duct 51 - 3 m -a. 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R - value of insulation on piping 141 Completion Requirements Yam 1416.2.1 Commissioning Provide commissioning plan a1 -3 yes 1416.2.2 3 Sys.Bal & Func.Test Indicate air and water system balancing & functional testing M - 3 yea 1416.2.4 Commissioning Indicate O &M manuals, record drawings. staff training is -3 yes 1416.2.5 Carom. Report Indicate requirements for prelim. & tfnal commissioning report 14 - 3 yes 1434 Separate air sys indicate separate systems on plans u -3 yes Mechanical Summary Form Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types, input/output, efficiency, ctm, hp, economizer 31 -3 SERVICE WATER HEATING AND HEATED POOLS (Sections 14.10 - 1454) 1440 Service water htg. yes 1441 Eiec. water heater Indicate 11-10 insulation under tank P - 1 Yee 1442 Shut -oft controls Indicate automatic shut -off P - i Yee 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate H -value of insulation on piping s -1 n. a, 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0 n.a. 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency n.a. 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control n.a. 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover n.a. 1454 Pools 90-- degrees Indicate R -12 pool cover 2008 Waseingtcn State Nosier da-,tiat Energy :lode deco lance Farms no iS Circled for any question, provide explanation: ( Stan Here ) a Section 1411 1 F.galpm per en Efatcy Snell Meet Taties , 14_1A through 14.10 OBI Fume input :• 225,000) N pun or Cas✓Oy Heal • Yes 1411 Intermittent Ignid5n Device & Power Venting or Damper. n inputs 1 225,000 Blob I55 1412 6 Modulating or Staged Combustion Controls Required 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form rues Furris, ` nput 225.00' Yes 1411 1 0.75% Maximum Jacket Loss _ field- Asxamblad'� N Equipmorre Yes SocSon 1431 1 k.i Carlsfltu,s of Total On Site Energy input & Ouput Required (continued on back) Section 1432. 1 Supphl kr Reset 1--- ConunIs Required Project. Summer Decision flowchart Use this flowchart to determine how the requirements of the Complex Systems Option apply to the projere. Refer to the Indicated Code sections for more complete information on the requirements. -- Nm r Syste ,C or H Y•• Serving Multiple ""a- No- *Healing System . Lout 7 ' ,- Yes �30 a.Wg Bay Y Sec:am 1432,2 2 clot Water Supply Temperature Reset Regeirea Revised July 2007 Nc, MARK FPV -1 DC MC SD CN TS C/B FUSE FLA MCA CP MARK E -1 E -2 v1--01 V2 -01 HVAC ACCESSORIES ACCESSORIES: 1. MOTOR DAMPER 2. ECONOMIZER 3. ROOF CURB 4. SMOKE DETECTOR 5. INTAKE HOOD 6. VIBRATION ISOLATION 7. FLAT FILTER 8. FILTER/MIXING BOX 9. ACCESS DOOR 10. FLEX CONNECTIONS 11. MOUNTING COLLAR 12. HOT GAS BYPASS 13. FACE /BYPASS DAMPER 17. 14. CONDENSATE PUMP 18. 15. MOTOR GUARD 19. 16. GREASE TRAP 20. DUCT FLANGES 21. ECON POWERED EXHAUST BASE RAIL 22. ECON BAROMETRIC RELIEF HUMIDIFIER 23. HEAT RECLAIM COIL CO2 SENSORS FAN POWERED SERIES VAV BOXES SHALL BE TiTUS ATQS, SIZE 7. AIR FLOW AND COOLING LOAD BASED ON 55 DEGREE ENTERRING AIR TEMPERATURE Mechanical, rEeYy M.E•CHT.$ �•es 2004 wasrmgtnn State No dential Energy Cod: Gonipuieres F orms Project Description Briefly describe mechanical system type and features H Inductee Plans HVAC LOADS COOLING LOAD BREAKDOWN _ ROOF WALL PART gGLASS SOLAR LIGHTS CEQUIP CPSENS CSSEN 13.8 0 Q lo 60.2 8.1 42.8 125.1 2.3 8.2 FPV - 6.9 0 0 0 {o X29.9 6.1 121.8 64.8 2.2 8.8 HVAC / ELECTRICAL COORDINATION SCHEDULE ABBREVIATIONS CONTRACTOR TYPE LOCAL DISCONNECT EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Compliance Option MOTOR CONTROL (POWER) DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR CONTROLS TOGGLE SWITCH H.A.C.R. CIRCUIT BREAKER AT SOURCE PANELBOARD FUSE AT LOCAL DISCONNECT (VERIFY FIELD RATING) OPERATING FULL LOAD AMPS MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION DESCRIPTION EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST FAN VAV ❑X VAV BOX -- ._.- _ ___�._� -._ --- T. - - - - -- 480 nclude documentarian requiring compliance with commissulning requirements, Section 1418 0 Simple System Oct Complex System a Systems Analysis (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH -SUM for simple & complex systems.) 'It available. 2 As tested according to Table 14-1A through 14-1G If required " COP, HSPF Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as applicable. 5 Flow control types. variable air votume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS). 2006 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form no is afrc for any question, provide explanation: EX FC GC HC MFR PC OR EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR GENERAL CONTRACTOR HVAC CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OWNER OR OTHERS VOLTS PHASE EMERG 120 1 120 1 480 3 3 Reused Jwy 20 :7 BHP HP HTG KW 14 13,8 J WATTS FLA MCA 16,8 16,6 OAS CL TSEN 70.8 35.8 75.9 18.2 MOTOR CONTROL TYPE CS COMBINATION STARTER MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MG MAGNETIC STARTER OR CONTACT MS MANUAL STARTER WD itikESABLE FREQUE MSR MANUAL STARTER W /CONTROL RELAY OV OVERCURRENT PROTECTION OCP DC FURN DC INST 20 PLAT�OAL -0.5 17 -0.5 17.6 93.5 TLAT 87.8 CONTROL TYPE TC TIMECLOCK MFR MFR MFR MS 20 MFR MFR MFR MS 25 MFR MFR MFR MG 25 MFR MFR MFR LNG CABINET EXHAUST FAN SCALE: NONE CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM LOW LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS UNE LINE VOLTAGE CONTROLS RUNE REVERSE ACTING UNE VOLTAGE STAT MAN MANUAL FA FIRE ALARM CO CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR TNT INTEGRAL TO EQUIPMENT A DC WIRE TMC TYPE MC FURN MC INST 0 KEYED NOTES: HEATING LOAD BREAKDOWN EC EC EC EC MFR MFR MFR MFR 1. NOT USED 2. GALVANIZED ALL THREAD ROD SUSPEND FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND FROM FAN MOUNTING FLANGES. USE CHANNELS UNDER FAN AS AN ALTERNATIVE SUPPORT 3. CEILING FAN 4. OUTLET FLANGE 5. BACKDRAFT OR MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER (SEE SCHEDULE SPEC'S) 6. METAL HANGER, SECURE TO STRUCTURE AND TO DUCTWORK 7. BRICK CAP VENT LOUVER, ROOF AP AS REQUIRED 8. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION TOT ROOF WALL HPART I -GLASS LAB I Si PA 28.8 0 0 0 5.8 14.3 0 1 0 0 2.9 MC WIRE EC EC MFR_ MFR CN TYPE ON FURN MAN EC MAN LOW LOW EC HC HC C AIR FLOW 34.7 42 17.2 45.1 CN INST EC EC HC HC OA HTOT 59.5 62.4 CN WIRE SD QUAN EC 0 EC 0 HC 0 HC 0 0 KEYED NOTES: 1. 20 GAUGE DOUBLE SHEET METAL AIR FOIL FULL DEPTH OF MAIN DUCT UP TO 12" WIDE BRANCHES 18 GAUGE ON WIDER BRANCHES 2. MAIN DUCT 3. GALVANIZED 3/16" ROD 4. VENTLOCK NO. 600 -3 DAMPER BLADE, BRACKET & LOCKING BALL JOINT WITH 1/4 "0 GALVANIZED OPERATOR PAD 5. BRANCH DUCT 6. DOUBLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES (TYPICAL) 7. 3" RADIUS MINIMUM ANL a MAIN SUPPLY DUCT 0 6 ,31111111 0 NSULATiON 0 KEYED NOTES: 1. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF INSUL. FLEX DUCT FLEX 5 F EQUALS FEET. LaX NOT PERMITTED IN INACCESSIBLE CEiLINGS 2. INSULATED DUCT, COLLAR AND DIFFUSER BY HVAC CONTRACTOR 3. SCOOP 4. SPIN IN FITTING WITH MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER DIFFUSER INSTALLATION (TYPICAL) SCALE: NONE l: ESPONSlITY SCEDLLES LEA AND CODED NOTES MC = MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR GC = GENERAL CONTRACTOR EC = ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR LL = LANDLORD RC = ROOFING CONTRACTOR * ** ALL ROOFING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THE TENANTS EXPENSE. * PROVIDE 11TUS TRM RAPID FRAME MOUNT ACCESORY AT NON -FIRE RATED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING LOCATIONS. RECTANGULAR LOW PRESSURE BRANCH SCALE: NONE 5. INTERNAL BUTTERFLY DAMPER FOR DRYWALL APPLICATIONS ONLY. (PROVIDE KEY FOR ADJUSTMENT) 6. SECURE TO CEILING PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND PER CEILING FINISH. PROVIDE GRID CUPS PER MFG'R REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE FRAMING FOR DRYWALL INSTALLATION. 7. HANGER, SECURE TO STRUCTURE AND DUCTWORK 8. CLAMP KEYED NOTES: 1 . SUSPEND FROM STRUCTURE WITH HANGER RODS. RODS TO HAVE VIBRATION ISOLATORS UNLESS FAN AND MOTOR ARE INTERNALLY ISOLATED 2. INSULATED FLEXIBLE INLET DUCT WITH MAXIMUM LENGTH OF 24" 3. ELECTRIC HEATING COIL 4. FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION 5. ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINER THROUGH FIRST ELBOW OR FIRST TAKE -OFF UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE 6. SPACE SUPPLY DUCT - TRANSITION TO SIZE SHOWN ON PLAN 7. ELECTRIC COIL SIDE HINGED TERMINAL BOX 8. INTERNAL TURNING VANES OR BAFFLE TO ASSURE EVEN AIRFLOW ACROSS HEATING COIL 9. FILTER FRAME 10. PLENUM AIR INLET 11- CONTROL BOX 12. SHEET METAL DUCT INTO VAV BOX, MINIMUM LENGTH OF 3 TIMES INLET DUCT DIAMETER - 24 1/4" OR 13 1/4" OUTSIDE DIMENSION OS 4-0•74 SCALE: NONE 24 ", 20" 18" 12" FAN POWERED VAV BOX NOTE: ROUGH -IN OPENING SIZES NOMINAL 20 "X 20" = 20 1/2"X 20 1/2" NOMINAL 24 "X 24" = 24 1/2 "X 24 1/2" r l :. . e ,., 1 ..1- 13 1/4" "C" CHANNEL REINFORCING BY G.C. AROUND OPENING MOUNTING SCREW FIELD INSTALLED GYP DD CEILING (DRYWALL CEILING DIFFUSER MTG DETAIL SCALE: NONE RECEi'dED CITY OF TUK\M MAC 0 3 2008. STEEL MOU IT CENTER FRAME s,tpEET AND • fr .7 r .. ,.fir)•. i ?� KOHRS LOPN€1ANN NEIL ENGINEER% PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1 538 ALEXANDRIA PiKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859-442-8050 859- 442 -8058 FAX WWW.KLHENGRS.COM DATE NO. PROJECT 8151.01 DESCRIPTION 02.27.08 £ BLDG DEPT RESUBMTL. MECHANICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES L LL H W K H Co Co CO C3) D O VJ co GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOES 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS. 2. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WIN APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES, LAWS AND REGULATIONS. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED FEES, PERMITS, AND INSPECTIONS. 4. INSTALL ALL DUCTWORK TO BEST SUIT FIELD CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE WITH THE INSTALLATION WORK OF OTHER TRADES. THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND SHALL NOT BE SCALED TO DETERMINE THE EXACT LOCATIONS OF DUCTWORK. 5. EACH SYSTEM OF DUCTWORK SHALL BE CLEANED OF ALL FOREIGN MATERIAL AND ROUGH SPOTS PRIOR TO BEING PLACED INTO SERVICE AND BEFORE OPERATIONAL TESTS ARE PERFORMED. 6. EACH SYSTEM OF DUCTWORK SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED iN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY STANDARDS. 7. DURING ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ADEQUATE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS READY FOR USE IN CASE OF FIRE. 8. PROTECTION OF PUBLIC: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT THE PUBLIC FROM INJURY DURING PROCESS OF THE WORK BY POSTING WARNING SIGNS, GUARD LIGHTS, AND BARRICADES. 9. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH ARCHITECTURAL, ELECTRICAL, AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. INSTALL ALL WORK TO CLEAR NEW AND EXISTING ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NO ITEMS SUCH AS PIPE, DUCT, ETC. TO BE IN CONTACT WITH ANY EQUIPMENT. 10. ALL DUCT SIZES SHOWN REPRESENT THE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. SEE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. 11. COORDINATE ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF HIS WORK. 12. OBTAIN WRITTEN PERMISSION OF ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY CUTTING OR PATCHING OF STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS. INSTALL ALL DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 13. 14. 15. FURNISH AND INSTALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND LABOR AS SHOWN AND AS NECESSARY FOR COMPLETE WORKABLE SYSTEMS. RESTORE ALL DAMAGE RESULTING FROM YOUR WORK AND LEAVE PREMISES IN CLEAN CONDITION WHEN FINISHED WITH WORK. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO SCHEDULE THE DATE OF INDEPENDENT AIR BALANCE TO TEST AND BALANCE HVAC SYSTEM. CONTACT AIR BALANCE MINIMUM (2) WEEKS PRIOR TO DESIRED AIR BALANCING DATE. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO INSURE ALL SYSTEMS ARE 100 PERCENT COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONAL PRIOR TO THE AIR BALANCER'S ARRIVAL. IF AIR BALANCER ARRIVES ON SITE AND BALANCING IS IMPOSSIBLE DUE TO INCOMPLETE AND /OR INOPERABLE SYSTEMS, THIS CONTRACTOR TO PAY FOR ALL EXPENSES ASSOCIATED WITH THE RESCHEDULING OF AIR BALANCING CONTRACTOR'S RETURN VISIT TO JOB SITE AND BALANCING OF SYSTEMS. REPORT SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT LIMITED TO ALL FAN SYSTEMS AND ALL THE SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST TERMINALS CONNECTED INTO THE SYSTEM. SUBMIT (4) COPIES OF THE REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW. 16. INSTALL ALL DUCTWORK TO AVOID ARCHITECTURAL FRAMING, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, AND OTHER OBSTRUCTIONS. 17. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ACCESS PANELS REQUIRED FOR MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF ALL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ARCHITECT. 18. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AT ALL CONCEALED COILS, MIXING BOXES, REHEAT BOXES, CONTROL VALVES, MOTORS AND FIRE DAMPERS, ETC. ALL VOLUME DAMPERS TO BE ACCESSIBLE. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS AND COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES. 19. SEAL AROUND ALL DUCTS PENETRATING FIRE SEPARATIONS WITH LISTED AND APPROVED FIRE SEAL MATERIAL. SEALANT AROUND DUCTS SHOULD BE LISTED AND APPROVED FOR THE SPECIFIC USE. 20. CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE PLENUM IS OF TiGHT CONSTRUCTION AS TO NOT ALLOW FOR RECIRCULATION OF CONTAMINATED AIR. 21. DUCTWORK SHALL BE SHEET METAL. GENERAL iVECHAMCAL NOTES 1. PRIOR TO BID, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND FIELD VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING THE EXISTING STRUCTURE, ETC. 2. LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK APPARATUS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY AND SHALL BE CHANGED TO MEET THE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS AS REQUIRED, AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. 3. SUSPEND EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK DIRECTLY FROM PRIMARY STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS. EQUIPMENT AND DUCTWORK MAY NOT BE SUSPENDED FROM THE ABOVE DECK. 4. INSTALL HVAC EQUIPMENT AND BALANCE AIR FLOWS AS INDICATED. 5. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY VOLTAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ORDERING. IF REQUIRED, MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER AT HVAC EQUIPMENT. CONNECTIONS TO TRANSFORMER BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 6. ALL DUCT SIZES SHOWN REPRESENT THE INSIDE DIMENSIONS. SEE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION REQUIREMENTS. 7. DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. 8. NO FIBERGLASS DUCT BOARD, NOR SUBSTITUTES ALLOWED. 9. ALL OPENINGS IN DUCTWORK DUE TO DEMOLITION OR NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PATCHED AND SEALED AIR TIGHT_ 10. ALL SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTS PASSING THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS SHALL HAVE APPROVED FIRE DAMPERS. 11. EXISTING RETURN AIR OPENINGS IN DEMISING WALLS TO REMAIN. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS. 12. ALL EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATIONS AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE LANDLORD CRITERIA AND LOCAL CODES. MECHANICAL COMMISSIONING References ASHRAE Guideline 0 -2005: Th': C.:e we/ s/enThe Preeess ACG Commissioning Guideline - 2005 Summary This section includes the general requirements that apply to the implementation of the commissioning process without regard to specific systems, assemblies, equipment, and components. Related Documents Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 specification sections apply to this section. Description Commissioning provides tools to the owner to verify that building systems meet the owner's intent and that the systems, components, and equipment to be commissioned have been installed and operate within the performance guidelines identified in the design intent documents. The commissioning process shall not remove or reduce the responsibility of the design team, contractors, subcontractors, vendors, manufacturers, or suppliers to meet the requirements of the contract documents. The commissioning process shall meet the requirements and be completed in accordance of the Washington State Energy Code Section 1415. Systems and Equipment to be Commissioned The following systems, components, and equipment are the focus of the commissioning process on this project: Mechanical Systems Fan Powered VAV Boxes with Electric reheat Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Automatic Temperature Control System Coordination and Schedule The Commissioning Authority (CxA) is the member of the commissioning team that administrates and coordinates commissioning activities for the commissioning team. The commissioning team includes the CxA and any support personnel, the owner's representative, the design team, the general contractor, contractors and subcontractors, vendors, manufacturers, and equipment suppliers. The general contractor shall incorporate the commissioning activities into the overall project schedule. Commissioning Plan A detailed Commissioning Plan containing the owner's project intent, design team's basis of design, and a compilation of sample checklists, test forms, and training requirements will be available for review to the contractors / sub - contractors at the beginning of construction. The Commissioning Plan is intended only as a guide for commissioning activities on the project. The drawings and specifications are the contract requirements and shall be considered the extent of the contractors' responsibilities related to commissioning and commissioning activities. The following provides a brief overview of the requirements for the commissioning plan. Provide the design intent document. Provide a list of equipment and system to be tested. With in this list an explanation shall be provided that describes the methods of testing. Provide the conditions at which the equipment and systems shall be tested. Commissioning Team The commissioning team shall consist of members appointed by the owner and members appointed by contractors. Each individual shall have the authority to act on behalf of the represented entity and should be organized to implement the commissioning process through coordinated actions and be dedicated to remain involved in the project until completion. The commissioning team shall consist of, but not be limited to, representatives of the owner and include the CxA, representatives of the facility user and operation and maintenance personnel, and representatives of the design team. The commissioning team shall consist of, but not be limited to, representatives of each contractor, including project superintendent, subcontractors, installers, suppliers, vendors, manufacturers, and specialists deemed appropriate by the CxA. Responsibilities The general responsibilities of various parties in the commissioning process are provided in this sub - section. Commissioning Authority (CxA) The primary responsibility for the CxA is to coordinate and direct the commissioning process activities. The CxA will coordinate the commissioning work and, with the general contractor and the owner, help integrate commissioning activities into the master schedule. Develop the Commissioning Plan to guide the commissioning process. Plan and conduct commissioning meetings. Originate and distribute information and assist the design and construction teams to successfully conclude the commissioning process through systems verification, functional performance testing, and verification of conformance with the design intent of each system to be commissioned. Gather and review sequences, and work with contractors and the design team until sufficient clarity has been obtained, in writing, to be able to write detailed functional performance testing procedures. With necessary assistance and review from installing contractors, the CxA will write the functional performance testing procedures for equipment and systems to be commissioned and submit to the commissioning team for review and comment. Observe and coordinate functional performance testing to verify that system performance meets the design intent. Document the results of the functional performance testing directly and /or verify that the appropriate technicians document the testing. The CxA shall compile standard forms to be used by the commissioning team for consistency of approach and type of information to be recorded. Review and provide comment on the O &M manuals and record drawings. Provide a final commissioning report. Products Test Equipment All standard testing equipment required to perform startup and initial checkout and required performance testing shall be provided by the contractor for the equipment being tested. This includes, but is not limited to, two -way radios, test equipment, meters, and data recorders. Any special equipment, tools, and instruments (only available from the manufacturer or specific vendor and specific to the piece of equipment) that are required for testing equipment according to these contract documents shall be included in the contractor's base bid price and shall be turned over to the owner at project close -out. All testing equipment shall be of sufficient quality and accuracy to test and /or measure system performance within the tolerances specified in the specifications. All equipment shall be calibrated according to the manufacturers' recommended intervals and when dropped or damaged. Calibration tags shall be affixed or certificates readily available. Power supplies of the appropriate size and type shall be provided for all supplied equipment not supplied with integral power supplies. Execution Deficiencies and Non - conformance The CxA will review the report and provide comment through the general contractor, to the contractor / subcontractor. The installing subcontractors or vendors shall correct all areas that are deficient, and shall notify the owner via the general contractor as soon as outstanding items have been corrected, and resubmit an updated startup report with a Statement of Correction on the original non - compliance report. When satisfactorily completed, the CxA will recommend approval of the execution of the checklists and startup of each system. Functional Performance Testing The systems identified in the commissioning scope of work will be operated through the different modes of operation to verify that the systems function within the performance guidelines identified in the design intent documents and to meet the owner's intent. The functional performance testing provides all team members with documentation to verify the operation of the systems and equipment at turnover. This testing process will be documented utilizing functional performance testing checklists. Before functional performance test procedures are finalized, the contractor shall provide to the design team and the CxA all requested documentation and a current list of changes affecting equipment or systems. Using the testing parameters and requirements in the technical specifications, the CxA shall update /develop specific test procedures and forms to verify and document operation of each piece of equipment and system. Each contractor /subcontractor or vendor, as appropriate, shall provide assistance to the CxA in developing the final procedures. Prior to finalization, the design team shall review and provide comment on the test procedure. The CxA will provide the commissioning team members and others, as required, the functional performance testing checklists, plans, and procedures as determined by the contract drawings and specifications, and identified by manufacturers' recommendations. Skilled technicians shall be provided by the appropriate contractors familiar with the system, components, equipment, and the facility in order to execute the functional performance testing of the system, subsystems, associated systems, components, and equipment. Each contractor will be responsible to operate the systems to be commissioned and assist the CxA who will be verifying the functional performance testing procedures. During the functional performance testing, each responsible contractor or subcontractor, at the discretion of the CxA, may address minor problems discovered as may be necessary in order to successfully complete the testing procedure. In such cases, the deficiency and resolution will be documented on the procedure form or an attached sheet. The responsibility to resolve, correct, and retest deficiencies or other issues discovered during the functional performance testing is with the contractor, with design team approval, as required. Final interpretive authority is with the design team. Final acceptance authority is with the Owner and general contractor. The CxA will document the resolution process. After resolution of deficiencies and other issues, the functional performance testing shall be redone. Any required re- testing shall not be considered a justified reason for a claim of delay or for a time extension by a contractor. Seasonal and Deferred Testing If any check or test cannot be completed due to the project completion level, required occupancy condition or other deficiency or issue, execution of checklists and performance testing may be delayed upon approval of the owner, general contractor, and CxA. These tests will be conducted in the same manner as the seasonal tests and as soon as possible. Services of necessary parties may be negotiated. During the warranty period, seasonal testing (tests delayed until weather conditions are closer to the system's design) shall be completed as part of this contract. The CxA shall coordinate this activity through the owner and general contractor. Tests will be executed by the appropriate contractors, documented by the CxA, and any issues or deficiencies should be corrected by the appropriate contractor / subcontractors. Any final adjustments to the 0 &M manuals and as-- builts due to the testing or resolution or issues shall be made by the contractor. Operations and Maintenance Manuals and data The commissioning process requires detailed O &M documentation as identified in this section and technical specifications. Contractor shall submit two draft copies of the complete operating and maintenance manual to the CM for review by the design team and CxA within 30 calendar days after review of equipment shop drawings. One copy will be returned to the contractor within 30 days after receipt by the design team and CxA. Contractor shall submit corrected final approved manuals prior to substantial completion. Prior to the final submittal, the CxA shall review the O &M manuals (in addition to the initial draft O &M manual), and documentation, with redline as-builts, for systems that were commissioned to verify compliance with the specifications and drawings. The CxA will communicate, through the owner and general contractor, issues or deficiencies in the manuals to the contractor or design team, as requested. The CxA will review each equipment warranty and verify that all requirements to keep the warranty valid are clearly stated. This work does not supersede the design team's review of the O &M manuals according to the design team's contract. The scope of the operation and maintenance manuals for the commissioning process shall include, but not be limited to, the following: Submittal data stating equipment size and selected options for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance. Operation and maintenance manuals for each piece of equipment requiring maintenance. Name and address of at least one service agency. HVAC controls system maintenance and calibration information, including wiring diagrams, schematics, and control sequence descriptions. A complete narrative of how each system is intended to operate. Manual Construction: the manuals shall be constructed with the following components: Binders: heavy duty, 3 -ring, vinyl covered, loose leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8.5 x 11" paper, with clear plastic sleeve on the spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside the covers to hold folded oversize sheets. Provide as many binders as required for convenience of use and reference. Dividerg: heavy paper dividers with plastic covered tabs for each section. Mark each tab to correlate with the table of contents. Protective plastic sleeves: transparent sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software discs for computerized electronic software. iVECHAKICAL SPECFICATION GENERAL: General Provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to work of this section. SCOPE: The base bid includes furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment and the performance of all work required to install a complete heating and air conditioning system as outlined herein. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Provide a complete installation in conformance with the following standards. AGA American Gas Association ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers NFPA National Fire Protection Association SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. Statewide Building Code 1MC International Mechanical Code WORK NOT INCLUDED, The following work is not included under this contract: - Electric power wiring of motors - Starters and disconnect switches except as hereinafter specified -Field painting of equipment except as hereinafter specified PERMITS. FEES. INSPECTIONS. LAWS. AND REGULATIONS: Permits and fees of every nature required in connection with this work shall be obtained and paid for by this contractor who shall also pay for all the installation fees and similar charges. Laws and regulations, which bear upon or affect the various branches of this work shall be complied with by this contractor and are hereby made a part of this contract. All work, which such laws require to be inspected, shall be submitted to the proper public official for inspection and a certificate of final approval must be furnished. SEISMIC BRACING: Provide seismic bracing of mechanical and electrical components where required by code. WORK IN EXISTING SPACES: General: Care shall be taken when working in existing spaces so as not to damage existing walls and ceilings where work is being performed. Ceilings: Where work is being performed above ceilings, and the architectural drawings do not indicate ceiling modifications by the general contractor, it shall be the responsibility of this contractor to remove and replace existing ceilings where work is being performed. In those instances, all repair and installation of new grid, ceiling panels, etc shall be the responsibility of this contractor. Match existing finishes. Walls & Floors: It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to patch existing walls and floors and match existing finishes where work is being removed or installed and patching is being performed, unless noted otherwise on the architectural drawings. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS: No ducts, piping, fixtures or equipment shall be concealed or covered until they have been inspected and approved by the Architect and the inspector who shall be notified by the contractor when the work is ready for inspection. Work shall be completely installed, tested and leak tight before inspection is required. All tests shall be repeated to the satisfaction of those making the inspection. METAL DUCTWORK DUCTWORK MATERIALS Exposed Ductwork Materials: Where ductwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains and discolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. Exposed ductwork which is to be painted shall have paint grip applied. Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet steel, lock forming quality, with G 90 zinc coating and mill phosphatized for exposed locations. Minimum gauge shall be 24. MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS Volume Dampers: Provide volume dampers in all branch ducts or as required for balancing to required air flows. Fittings: Provide radius type fittings fabricated of multiple sections with maximum 15 deg. change of direction per section. Unless specifically detailed otherwise, use 45 deg. laterals and 45 deg. elbows for branch takeoff connections. Where 90 deg. branches are indicated, provide conical type tees. Duct Sealant: Non - hardening, non - migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant, type applicable for fabrication /installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork. Duct Cement: Non - hardening migrating mastic or liquid neoprene based cement, type applicable for fabrication /installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for cementing fitting components, or longitudinal seams in ductwork. Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot - dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of ductwork. LINED DUCT Fabricate ductwork with duct liner in each section of duct where indicated. Laminate liner to internal surfaces of duct in accordance with instructions by manufacturers of lining and adhesive, and fasten with mechanical fasteners. Duct liner to be 3 -lb density for acoustic requirements 1" thick or as noted. Size of ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be increased if lined duct is used. Size of ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be increased if lined duct is used. Duct Liner: Fibrous glass of thickness indicated. 3 -lb density. All liners, insulation and adhesives shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and ❑ smoke developed index of not more than 50. Duct Liner Adhesive: Duct Liner Fasteners: Comply with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. INSTALLATON OF METAL DUCTWORK General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve air -tight (5% leakage for systems rated 3" and under; 1% for systems rated over 3 ") and noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems, capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with minimum number of joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8" misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true -to -shape and to prevent buckling. Support vertical ducts at every floor. Sealing: Seal all longitudinal seams, S's and drives and all joints with mastic or cement. Install according to SMACNA standards. Balancing Dampers: The sheet metal contractor shall be fully responsible for installing balancing dampers in the ductwork, (whether shown on the drawing or not) in order to arrive at the intended air flow. The balancing sub - contractor shall provide direction and assistance in determining locations where dampers are required. Additional dampers, if required shall be installed at no additional cost to the owner. Wall Penetrations: Seal and pack around all ducts and piping sleeves which pass through walls that extend to bottom side of structure and rated walls. Field Fabrication: Complete fabrication of work at project as necessary to match shop - fabricated work and accommodate installation requirements. Routing: Locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Run ductwork in shortest route which does not obstruct useable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 1/2" where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated ductwork for 1" clearance outside of insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from view, by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not route ductwork through transformer vaults and their electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same gage as duct. Overlap opening on 4 sides by at least 1 -1/2 ". Fasten to duct and substrate. Where ducts pass through fire -rated floors, walls, or partitions, provide fire dampers and firestopping between duct and substrate, in accordance with requirements of Division -7 Section "Firestopping ". Coordination: Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories, dampers, coil frames, equipment, controls and other associated work of ductwork system. INSTALLATION OF DUCT LINER General: Install duct liner in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Size of ductwork shown on the drawings is free net area, outside dimension of ducts will need to be increased if lined duct is used. Store internally lined ductwork up off of the floor. Protect internally lined ductwork from water and dust. "Butter the leading edge of all internal duct lining with the manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Inspect and repair all damaged lining prior to installation of ductwork. INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE DUCTS Maximum Length: For any duct run using flexible ductwork, do not exceed 5' - 0" extended length. Installation shall have smooth full radius turns down to diffu ser. Installation not permitted above inaccessible ceilings. ACCESS PANELS: Furnish all access panels required for proper servicing of equipment. Provide access panels for all concealed valves, vents, controls and cleanout doors, and sprinkler devices required by NFPA. Provide frame as required for finish. Furnish panels to General Contractor. Exact locations to be approved by the Architect. Minimum size to be 12" x 12 ", units to be 16 gauge steel, locking device shall be screwdriver cam locks. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: Support all piping, ductwork and equipment by hangers or brackets. Furnish structural steel members where required to support piping and equipment. No portion of piping or valves shall be supported by equipment. Ductwork - Support by means of hangers as follows: Duct Width Hanger Size and Type Max. Spacing 30 or less ( #16 gage) 8 31 to 60 ( #14 gage) 8 61 to 90 3/8" dia. Rod 8 A pair of hangers shall be located at every transverse joint and elsewhere according to the table. FANS AND VENTILATOR CEILING VENTILATORS Centrifugal Ceiling Exhousters: Provide centrifugal ceiling exhausters, designed for ceiling or wall mounting, of type, size and capacity as scheduled. Provide AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. Type: Provide galvanized steel housing lined with acoustical insulation, adaptable for ceiling or wall installation. Provide centrifugal fan wheels mounted on motor shaft with fan shrouds, all removable for service. Provide integral backdraft damper fan discharge. Grille: Provide steel louvered grille with flange on intake with thumbscrew attachment to fan housing. Motor: Provide permanent split- capacitor motor, permanently lubricated. Accessories: Provide manufacturer's standard roof jack, wall cap, and transition fittings as indicated on drawings or schedules. Duct Lining: Provide 1" thick, 3-lb density duct liner a minimum of 5' (five feet) up and down stream of fan. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide centrifugal ceiling exhausters of one of the following: Acme Breidert Carnes Cook Co., Loren. Greenheck. Penn Ventilator Co., Inc. Jenn Fan Twin City Fan & Blower INSPECTION General: Examine areas and conditions under which power and gravity ventilators are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION OF POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS Coordinate ventilator work with work of roofing, walls, and ceilings, as necessary for proper interfacing. Provide access door in duct below ventilator to service damper. Solder bottom joints and up 2" of side joints of duct under roof ventilator to retain any moisture entering ventilator. Access: Provide access and service space around and over fans as indicated, but in no case less than that recommended by manufacturer. Roof Curbs: Furnish roof curbs to roofing Installer for installation. Install according to roofing manufacturer's recommendation and specifications. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory - mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division -16 sections. Ensure that rotation is in direction indicated and intended for proper performance. Do not proceed with centrifugal fan start -up until wiring installation is acceptable to fan Installer. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing: After installation of ventilators has been completed, test each ventilator to demonstrate proper operation of units at performance requirements specified. When possible, field correct malfunctioning units, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace units, which cannot be satisfactorily corrected. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Cleaning: Clean factory- finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch -up paint. VARIABLE - AIR - VOLUME UNITS FAN POWERED TERMINALS Fan Section: Provide galvanized steel plenum, acoustically lined, housing forward curved fan with belt or direct driven permanent split capacitor motor. Provide velocity sensor ring and damper with jack shaft. Provide air filter and back -draft damper. Provide control- powered transformer for each box. At installer's option, ship controls to box manufacturer for factory mounting. All shipping costs shall be borne by the temperature control contractor, box manufacturer is responsible for mounting. Provide the following type of coil: Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide air terminals of one of the following: Anemostat Products Div., Dynamics Corp. of America. Carnes Co. E.H. Price Enviro -Tec Krueger Titus Products Div., Philips Industries, Inc. Carrier Corp., Sub. of United Technologies Corp. Trane (The) Co. MetalAire Tuttle & Bailey INSPECTION Examine areas and conditions under which air terminals are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. INSTALLATION OF AIR TERMINALS General: Install air terminals as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Location: Install each unit level and accurately in position indicated in relation to other work; and maintain sufficient clearance for normal service and maintenance, but in no case less than that recommended by manufacturer. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Upon completion of installation and prior to initial operation, test and demonstrate that air terminals, and duct connections to air terminals, are leak- tight. Repair or replace air terminals and duct connections as required to eliminate leaks, and retest to demonstrate compliance. CLEANING Clean exposed factory - finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturers touch -up paint. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: Central Air Terminal Units VAV Boxes Provide low voltage DDC controller, transformer, differential pressure transmitter, actuator and wiring for VAV box. Mechanical Contractor shall field or factory mount controller at their expense. Electrical Contractor shall provide all 120 power wiring as required for transformers and temperature control panels. Electrical Contractor shall connect to existing spare at electrical panel board and provide proper circuit breaker per NEC and label panel board accordingly. Mechanical Contractor shall route all low voltage wiring to VAV boxes, controllers and thermostats for complete operation. VAV box manufacturer shall furnish flow ring, 2" round damper shaft for direct mounting of actuator, and control enclosure. Provide wall mounted temperature sensors and thermostats with digital display of room temperature and setpoint ( +/- 3 deg. F. adjustable from setpoint determined by BAS), override feature (2 hours, adjustable), The fan shall be on when the space is occupied. On a call for heat, primary air damper shall modulate close. On a further call for heat, the electric heating coil shall stage on. On a call for cooling, electric heating coil shall stage off. On a further call for cooling, the primary air damper shall modulate open. Exhaust Fans Toilet Exhaust Fans Exhaust fans shall be controlled by local manual switch furnished, installed and wired by electrical contractor. When activated, exhaust fan motor damper shall open and fan shall start. CONTROLS: Electrical contractor will provide power wiring. HVAC contractor shall provide all the low voltage wiring of HVAC units and controls, thermostats and controllers. Thermostat shall be by the manufacturer of the HVAC unit (heat /cool /auto /off) with night setback. Provide plastic protective cover for all thermostats. AIR BALANCING: Before final approval, balance entire system with quantities listed. Provide manual volume dampers as required to obtain design air flows. Balance Report shall clearly state the supply, return, outside air and exhaust CFM for each outlet or inlet. Balance Report shall indicate the design and actual total air flow, suction and discharge static pressure, brake horsepower and amps of all fans for the project. Provide all necessary dampers, diverters as required. Provide a copy of the balance report to the owner and landlord. DUCTWORK INSULATION: Provide insulation on all supply air ductwork. All liners, insulation and adhesives shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 50. Rigid Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IB, without facing and with vapor barrier P Y YP g P all - service jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. Insulation shall have a minimum R value as required by Code. Flexible Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II, without facing and with vapor barrier all- service jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. Insulation shall have a minimum R value as required by Code. Vapor Barrier Material for Ductwork: Paper-backed aluminum -foil, except as otherwise indicated; strength and permeability rating equivalent to factory - applied vapor barriers on adjoining ductwork insulation, where available; with following additional construction characteristics: High Puncture Resistance: Low vapor transmission (for ducts in exposed areas: Mech. Rooms, etc.) Moderate Puncture Resistance: Medium vapor transmission (for ducts in concealed areas). GUARANTEE The contractor shall provide a guarantee in written form stating that all work under this section shall be free of defective work, materials, or parts for a period of one year from the date of owner's final acceptance and shall repair, revise or replace at no cost to the owner any such defects occurring within the guarantee period. Contractor shall also state in written form that any items or occurrences arising during the guarantee period will be attended to in a timely manner and will in no case exceed four (4) working days from date of notification by owner. Di RECEIVED CITY OF TUKvviLA MAR 0 3 Z095 PERMIT CENTER SHEET • y 1 r 1 � , KOH S LON1ERAN1 HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. HOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859 -442 -8050 859 -442 -8058 FAX WWW.KLHENGRS.COM we DATE NO. PROJECT 8151.01 DESCRIPTION 02.27.08 Q BLDG DEPT RESUBMTL. Exr-:RES FEB 2 , MECHANICAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE SYMBOL FIXTURE DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER LAMP TOTAL WATTS VOLTS Al ❑ RECESSED ADJUSTABLE SQUARE METAL HALIDE ACCENT UGHT Nora NMR11339E3WW628 1 LAMP SQAURE APERTURE 39 WATT ADJ DOWNUGHT PHILIPS CDM39PAR30830 44 120 A2 TRACK HEAD CAL UGHTING JT902W1-1 39 WATT PAR30 METAL HALIDE TRACK HEAD CDM39PAR3OL830 44 120 L L £ TRACK JUNO LIGHTING T8, T6, T4, T2W1-I W/ ACCESSORIES SINGLE CIRCUIT WHITE TRACK & ACCESSORIES N/A N/A 120 B2 Q MULTI -LAMP RECESSED ADJUSTABLE METAL HALIDE ACCENT JUNO LIGHTING MS302- 39EMH -WH PHILIPS CDM39PAR3OL830 88 120 D3 ®1 RECESSED RECTANGULAR METAL HALIDE WALLWASH JUNO LIGHTING SP1630501 39 WATT T6 RECTANGULAR ADJ WALL WASH OSRAM SYLVANIA MC39T6/U/G12/830 44 120 D4 B RECESSED RECTANGULAR METAL HALIDE WALLWASH JUNG LIGHTING SP1630501 -70T6 70 WATT T6 ADJ WALL WASH FOR GRAPHIC PANELS IN CEILINGS <12' CDM70T6G12 /830 79 iZU DP2 DECORATIVE PENDANT OWNER FURNISHED, FIXTURE TO BE UL LISTED AND LABELED. IF NOT UL LABELED, FIXTURE TO BE MODIFIED TO MEET UL 60A19 SO 120 DP3 DECORATIVE PENDANT CON -TECH LIGHTING OFG1 O1-- MRL164/MLA1816 WHITE DECORATIVE PENDANT WI TRANSFORMER 5OT4OCL 120 DWI DECORATIVE WALL ,.,. TECH LIGHTING DA =r . , • (2) 14W T5 MINI BI -PIN 120 EM r DUAL HEAD. SEM - RECESSED - SELF CONTAINING EMERGENCY LIGHT EXITROtdlX RM618 -P3D -2 (MOUNT WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES IN SALES AREA AT 8' -5 AFF) STANDARD LAMP 9W 120 r w EX _ __ w •... w K w ...MP w .r• ,_, W. w W W 'e +r •r EXIT SIGN w/ GREEN LETTERS - . .� wr w W W w W W w +r• w r NAVIUTE EDGELIT NXESB1GWH SALES AREA, FITTING ROOMS) 1 .. ' II PLASTIC- NXPB3GW1i (CORRIDOR, STORAGE, BACK OF HOUSE ONLY) . a - . • *W •� W LE.D. LE.D. MN.' 4 ' 120 EX2 EXIT SIGN W/ GREEN LETTERS SOT I F2A SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR FLUORESCENT CONCEALED IN COVE ELECTRIX AX32S2UE --48 FLUORESCENT COVE WALL WASH F028- 835 -XP -SS 30 120 I I F2B SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR FLUORESCENT CONCEALED IN COVE ELECTRIX AX32S2UE --38 FLUORESCENT COVE WALL WASH 25WT8/835 27 120 F2C I- -- -I SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR FLUORESCENT CONCEALED IN COVE ELECTRIX AX32S2UE -24 FLUORESCENT COVE WALL WASH 17WT8/835 18 120 F2D SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR FLUORESCENT CONCEALED IN COVE ELECTRIX AX32S2UE -96 FLUORESCENT COVE WALL WASH (2) F028- 835 -XP -SS 60 120 I I F3 SURFACE MOUNTED UN ' FLUORESCENT UGHTOLIER DCI- 232- UNV- EB81 -U CHAIN HUNG ONLY IN ROOMS WITHOUT CEILINGS AT 10' A.F.F (2) F028- 835 -XP -SS 59 120 F5 OR ® SURFACE MOUNTED LINEAR LOW PROFILE STRIP SGA-14-35, SGA-21- 35,SGA -28 -35 USE APPROPRIATE FIXTURE TO ILLUMINATE COVE. MOUNT VERICALLY AT WALLS. HORIZONTAL AT SOFFITS F014/835, F021/835 OR F028/835 32 120 T1 T ACK AO ED U CAL U H 11NG 39 WATT PAR30 TRACK HEAD CDM39PAR3O83O 44 120 TRACK JUNO LIGHTING T8, T6, T4, T2WIi W/ ACCESSORIES SINGLE CIRCUIT WHITE TRACK & ACCESSORIES N/A 120 T2 SURFACE MOUNTED LOW VOLTAGE TRACK I A UGHTING Q37MR16IR/NFL25 300. PER TRANS - FORMER 120 U U 0 SOORLSUi06S/ 80O- AT300T /80DRLT4CO2S /800RLA96S/ 800RLSO2S /SOOSHDTTLS LOW VOLTAGE PENDANT SYSTEM W/ REMOTE TRANSFORMER Fl RECESSED PARABOLIC METALUX EP3FX232120 2 -32W T8 62 120 - I l,�C ITN CODED NOTES T ALL NOTES R ON Thus T) PROVIDE AND INSTALL JUNCTION BOX AND DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR STOREFRONT SIGN. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE FLEXIBLE WHIP FOR CONNECTION TO SIGNAGE. SIGN FIXTURE PROVIDED Sc INSTALLED BY OWNER'S SIGN CONTRACTOR. SIGN CIRCUIT WILL BE VIA LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. 2. PROVIDE ROUGH -IN AND INSTALL OCCUPANT SENSOR, NOVITAS #01 --200, AUTOMATIC "ON" WALL SWITCH. MOUNT AT +48" AFF. 3. IF CEILING LOCATION IS NOT DESIRABLE BY LOVE CULTURE, IMMEDIATELY COORDINATE WITH ENGINEER. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH SPRINKLER HEADS, SPEAKERS, HVAC DIFFUSERS AND, IF NECESSARY, SMOKE DETECTORS. 4. EMERGENCY PACKS, EXIT SIGNS AND NIGHT LIGHT FIXTURES IN THE SALES AREA SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO UNSWITCHED, LOCKED CIRCUIT L-42. 5. CONNECT CIRCUIT THROUGH SILVER BULLET CURRENT LIMITING PANEL (INTEGRAL TO "MLCP" PANEL). REFER TO SILVER BULLET SCHEDULE ON SHEET E -3 FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6. CONNECT SALES AREA PENDANT FIXTURE TO CIRCUIT L -23. 7. PROVIDE REMOTE TRANSFORMER ABOVE CEILING WITHIN 20 FEET OF TRACK RUN. 8. PROVIDE REMOTE TRANSFORMER ABOVE CEILING WITHIN 20 FEET OF LED LIGHTING. COORDINATE WITH LOVE CULTURE PROJECT MANAGER FOR EXACT REQUIREMENTS OF THE LED LIGHTING. UGHTING GENERAL NOTES A. ALL UGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED TO PANEL L UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. B. ALL WIRING DEVICES (RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, ETC.) AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE WHITE, NO EXCEPTIONS. C. LIGHTING SHALL BE CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CIRCUITING SHALL BE THRU - WIRING WHEREVER POSSIBLE. MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS TO A SINGLE LIGHT FIXTURE FOR VOLTAGE DROP CONDITIONS OR AS A RESULT OF A FIELD CONDITION ARE ACCEPTABLE. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED TO ACCOMMODATE THRU- WIRING, ANY RELATED COSTS FOR MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID. D. UGHTING CIRCUITS UP TO 100' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 101' -0" TO 15O' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 151' -0" TO 250' -O" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS ABOVE 251' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE '#6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. E. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S BID SHALL INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED LAMPS FURNISHED BY LOVE CULTURE. SOME FIXTURES REQUIRE ASSEMBLY. E.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THE ADJUST ABILITY OF ALL DIRECTIONAL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND SHALL AIM THE FIXTURES PER DIRECTION FROM G.C. IF THE CEILING SYSTEMS ARE FIRE RATED, E.C. SHALL CLOSELY COORDINATE RECESSED FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS WITH LOVE CULTURE AND SUPPLIER TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RATING OF THE CEILING. F. FIXTURES INSTALLED IN FURRED SPACES SHALL BE CONNECTED BY MEANS OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND "AF" WIRE RUN TO A BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLET BOX WHICH IS INDEPENDENT OF THE FIXTURE. G. EMERGENCY AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER LOCAL AND LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES. H. ALL NIGHT LIGHTS (SHOWN WITH "NL" DESIGNATION) SHALL BE WIRED AHEAD OF SWITCHING. I. EMERGENCY FIXTURES, EMERGENCY BALLASTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN UNSWITCHED "HOT" TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS POWER TO BALLAST EVEN WHEN FIXTURE IS OFF. J. EXIT /EMERGENCY LIGHTS AT THE STOREFRONT SHALL BE CEILJNG MOUNTED AND CENTERED OVER OPENINGS. EXIT /EMERGENCY LIGHTS AT DOOR TO NON -SALES AREAS SHALL BE CEILING MOUNTED AND CENTERED ABOVE DOOR. K. IT SHALL BE THE E.C.'S RESPONSIBILITY TO UNLOAD INVENTORY AND STORE LIGHTING PACKAGE. THE E.C. SHALL ALSO SHIP ANY EXCESS MATERIALS BACK TO THE ELECTRICAL PACKAGE DISTRIBUTOR. L. DISCONNECT AND DISCARD ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES, WIRING, CONDUIT, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED. DEMOLMON NOTE: THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR I5 RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY /ALL NECESSARY ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION WORK THAT IS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE THE NEW INSTALLATION. FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO BIDS. REMOVE AND /OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. ANY EQUIPMENT OR DEVICE REMAINING IN USE AFTER THE DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE ARE TO BE RECONNECTED TO EXISTING OR NEW CIRCUITS AND LEFT IN WORKING ORDER. FEEDERS TO PANELS AND WIRING TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ROUTED CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS. COORDINATE ANY DISRUPTION OF ELECTRICAL OR TELEPHONE SERVICES WITH THE LANDLORD AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER TO AVOID ANY CONFLICTS. TS. NOTE: FOR LIGHTING CONTROLS WHICH INCLUDE DAYLIGHT OR OCCUPANT SENSING AUTOMATIC CONTROLS, AUTOMATIC SHUT -OFF CONTROLS, OCCUPANCY SENSORS, OR AUTOMATIC TIME SWITCHES, THE LIGHTING CONTROLS SHALL BE TESTED TO ENSURE THAT CONTROL DEVICES, COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE CALIBRATED, ADJUSTED AND OPERATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. SEQUENCES OF OPERATION SHALL BE FUNCTIONALLY TESTED TO ENSURE THEY OPERATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. A COMPLETE REPORT OF TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS SHALL BE PREPARED AND FILED WITH THE OWNER. MLCPI MEGREIDDIEZIERIMESES EISBERIMIERMSENIE EOM FEMME . a C` ,!:: �. RIM INIEMAIREINEENVIRENIMEIMIN i 1 w - 1. 4 I� � * A, . 4� CIF. �. . 4 ..w .w.►�i�w w�w.aw���.A���..�.�..1Ri i .7. .+I*1.#• �� . �* - A . 0..., - w& &• 4•�►ti .- Y car B2 F2D______ I I A2 A2 A2 A2 i A2i -- T 1 31 1.4 0.7 1.0 + 1.3 L3 + 1.5 1.1 1.3 1.0 + 1.6 1.2 ¢ 2.1 0.7 + 1.9 + 2.0 1.1 0.3 0.7 1.1 1.1 0.5 0.9 1.2 + 2.4 + 0.8 + 0.9 + 1.2 + 2.5 + 2.5 0.4 0.4 0.5 0. : 0.6 : 1.4 + : °- : °- O5 0.9 1.5 . 0.8 0.4 3 + 0.0.2 + 0.4 ikT * * + 0 9 + 1.0 ELECTRICAL PHOTOMETRIC PLAN ♦_1'�ERK ♦`a r4r;21`4 0 4■ ��4 ME4:4 f.' v����IsfW4Iif '.��4P-Wj' +vAtV4vllAr�•N ♦.V.W.��f+1' ♦'.W *���14��C.. )1 rva* i`_�4 ♦'�f'.�* 4��a WIFV 1 '1' 1.4, ♦'i'. +�� *�ri:4 +�`i'1 4:••��� •� 4i ♦'4 J l� I„ STATISTICS Description Symbol Avg Max Min Max/Min Avg/Min EGRESS PATH - + 1.O fc 2.3 fc 0.2 fc 11.5:1 5.0:1 CORRIDOR EGRESS PATH - SALES + 1.0 fc 2.6 fc 0.2 fc 13.0:1 5.0:1 r ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 114• = T_0• 07& D.1 0' 1' 2' 4' 4) RECEEV ED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER KO,HRS LONNEIVIANN HEIL ENGINEER% PSC MECH4NICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859-- -442 --8050 859- 442 -8058 FAX WWW.KLHENGRS.COM LL mea DATE �.� SHEET p�/ y 'r �•�I W PkEi) z•. NO. AMMINMERM DESCRIPTION PROJECT 8151.01 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN E�1 T - �:�_:s=:;:w =:a;�- _;, _ - w �._ �r� ---•.� ::rte.._ ��-_:�- �',YL.; ® POWER CODED NOTES: 1. 2. PROVIDE RJ131X JACK AND DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR ADT BURGLAR ALARM SYSTEM (ALARM SYSTEM BY OTHERS). COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH ALARM SYSTEM VENDOR. 3. PROVIDE (2) DEEP SINGLE GANG JUNCTION BOXES IN CASHWRAP FOR SOUND SYSTEM VOLUME CONTROLS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH LOVE CULTURE PROJECT MANAGER. 4. INSTALL NEW MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL AND CURRENT LIMITING PANEL, PROVIDED BY LOVE CULTURE FOR INSTALLATION BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. SEE SHEET E -3. 5. NEW TELEPHONE DATA ROUGH -IN WITHIN 12" FROM THE MLCP CONVENIENT FOR DATA CONNECTION TO MLCP. SEE SHEET E -3, 6. SEE ONE LINE DIAGRAM, SHEET E -3 FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDING THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 7. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A 4' W. X 8' H. X 3/4" PLYWOOD PHONE BOARD PAINTED WITH 2 COATS OF FIRE RETARDANT PAINT. MOUNT TOP OF BOARD 8' -O" AFF. 8. PROVIDE (2) 1" CONDUITS FOR POWER (NORMAL AND ISOLATED), (2) 1" CONDUITS FOR DATA /TELE AND VOLUME CONTROL /DELIVERY BUZZER AND (2) 1" EMPTY CONDUITS (WITH PULLSTRING). CONDUITS SHALL BE TRENCHED INTO THE SLAB, ROUTED UNDERNEATH THE FLOOR AND CONTINUED TO WALL OR COLUMN, UP THE WALL OR COLUMN (WITHIN COLUMN WRAPPING) TO ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. COORDINATE CONDUIT STUB -UP LOCATIONS AT CASHWRAP WITH LOVE CULTURE PROJECT MANAGER AND FURNITURE MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO TRENCHING. 9. SIGNALING TRANSFORMER AND DOOR BUZZER INSTALLED IN STOCK ROOM. SEE DETAIL 1 ON THIS SHEET. 10. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A NEW BUZZER AT THE CASHWRAP AREA. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. EXTEND WIRING FROM SIGNALING TRANSFORMER LOCATED IN THE STOCKROOM. REFER TO DETAIL 1 ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 14. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A 3/4" CONDUIT FROM BELOW FLOOR TO ABOVE THE CEILING. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION WITH THE SENSORMATIC VENDOR PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. 15. PROVIDE NEW DOOR BUZZER PUSH BUTTON AND BELL WIRE IN LOCATION SHOWN ON PLAN. SEE DETAIL 1 ON THIS SHEET. 16. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE CONDUITS CONCEALED WITHIN CASHWRAP MILLWORK FOR CONNECTIONS TO CASHWRAP DEVICES. COORDINATE WITH FURNITURE MANUFACTURER. 17. PROVIDE FLUSH FLOOR BOX EQUAL TO HUBBELL 62506 CAST IRON FLOOR BOX WITH SF3925 DUPLEX FLAP AND HUBBEL COMMERCIAL GRADE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURALS. 18. PROVIDE 1" CONDUIT FOR POWER TO FLOOR BOXES. CONDUIT SHALL BE TRENCHED INTO THE SLAB, ROUTED UNDERNEATH THE FLOOR AND CONTINUED TO WALL OR COLUMN, UP THE WALL OR COLUMN TO ABOVE THE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF FLOOR BOXES WITH ARCHITECTURALS PRIOR TO TRENCHING. 19. PROVIDE 30A /2P /NF NEMA -2 DISCONNECT SWITCH AND FINAL CONNECTION FOR INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER. REFER TO PANELBOARD SCHEDULES FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRE AND CONDUIT SIZES. 20. MANUFACTURER PROVIDED DISCONNECT SWITCH FOR VAV BOX. REFER TO PANELBOARD SCHEDULES FOR BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRE AND CONDUIT SIZES. 21. CONNECT EXHAUST FAN TO THE SAME BRANCH CIRCUIT FEEDING THE LIGHT FIXTURE IN THIS ROOM AND INTERLOCK WITH OCCUPANCY SENSOR. 22. TRAFFIC COUNTER SENSOR /RECEIVER FLUSH MOUNT AT 4' -6" A.F.F. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY CONDUIT AND CATS CABLING FROM TRAFFIC COUNTER TO LOCATION SPECIFIED BY LOVE CULTURE PROJECT MANAGER. COORDINATE WITH LOVE CULTURE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF TRAFFIC COUNTER SYSTEM. 23. 24. 25. MOUNT QUAD RECEPTACLE AT TELE. BOARD AT 54" AFF FOR SOUND SYSTEM EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS WITH LOVE CULTURE PROJECT MANAGER. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT P-14. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, MOUNT FLUSH IN SOFFIT AND PARALLEL TO STOREFRONT. PAINT TO MATCH SOFFIT. PROVIDE AND INSTALL A JUNCTION BOX ABOVE CEILING FOR HARDWIRING SENSORMATIC ELECTRONICS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH THE SENSORMATIC VENDOR PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. PROVIDE ROUGH -IN FOR SENSORMATIC HORNS, PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. SHOWN ONLY FOR REFERENCE (TYPICAL FOR 2 PLACES PER ENTRANCE). COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH THE SENSORMATIC VENDOR PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. AUDIO SYSTEM CABLING SHALL TERMINATE AT JUNCTION BOX AT VENDOR PROVIDED SHELF AT TELEPHONE BOARD. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH SYSTEM VENDOR, VERIFY HEIGHT AND LOCATIONS OF SHELF. PROVIDE ROUGH -IN'S FOR SOUND SYSTEM SPEAKERS. VERIFY QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS WITH SOUND SYSTEM VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG ROUGH -IN AT 48" AFF AND INSTALL LOW - VOLTAGE "MLCP STAFF OVERRIDE SWITCH" FURNISHED BY LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM VENDOR. CONNECT SWITCH IN ACCORDANCE W /DIAGRAM. SEE SHEET E -3. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. 26. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG ROUGH -IN AT 42" AFF AND INSTALL LOW- VOLTAGE "MLCP ZONE OVERRIDE" SWITCH FURNISHED BY LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM VENDOR. CONNECT SWITCH IN ACCORDANCE W /DIAGRAM, SHEET E -3. VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. 27. PROVIDE SINGLE GANG ROUGH -IN WITH COVERPLATE AND 3/4" CONDUIT STUBBED OUT ABOVE LINE OF CEILING FOR A/B DATA SWITCH. A/B DATA SWITCH, PATCH CORDS AND ALL CABLING BY DATACOM VENDOR. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH LOVE CULTURE PROJECT MANAGER. 28. PROVIDE FIRE ALARM DEVICES AS SHOWN. FIRE ALARM DEVICES SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER OF THE BASE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO ENSURE COMPATIBILITY WITH THE BASE BUILDING SYSTEM. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL POWER SUPPLIES, TRANSPONDERS, ETC. TO ENSURE A COMPLETE FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM. PROVIDE WIRING FOR CONNECTION TO THE FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOX. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO THE LANDLORD PROVIDED FIRE ALARM JUNCTION BOX SHALL BE BY THE LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR AT THE E.C.'S EXPENSE. POWER GBERAL NOTES A. RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS UP TO 100' -O" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS FROM 101' -0" TO 150' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS FROM 151' -0" TO 250' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS ABOVE 250' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. B. ALARM CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL OTHER ALARM SYSTEM CONNECTIONS. C. IT IS THE RESPONSIBIUTY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTES TO INSURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE MET. D. ALL POWER AND ALARM WIRING FOR EXIT DOORS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN DOOR FRAME. E. DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL NOT BE ROUTED OVER ELECTRIC PANELS OR TRANSFORMERS. F. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALLS AND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. G. RECEPTACLES AND DATA /TELEPHONE SHALL BE MOUNTED +18" A.F.F. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, NO LOWER THAN +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE. H. DISCONNECT AND DISCARD ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES, WIRING, CONDUIT, LIGHT FIXTURES, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED. I. ALL WIRING DEVICES (RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, ETC.) AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE WHITE - NO EXCEPTIONS. J. ANY PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE - RESISTANT /RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS SHALL BE FIRESTOPPED USING APPROVED METHODS TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING. K. PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND RACEWAY FOR THERMOSTATS, TEMPERATURE SENSORS, CO2 SENSORS, ETC. THERMOSTATS AND SENSORS INSTALLED AND WIRED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. L. E.C. SHALL ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS. WHERE THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE, E.C. SHALL ATTEMPT TO INSTALL JUNCTION BOXES (AND OTHER ITEMS SUCH AS LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS, ETC.) NEAR THE HVAC DIFFUSERS SO AS TO UTILIZE THE DIFFUSERS AS ACCESS PANELS. WHERE THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE, COORDINATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND HAVE ACCESS PANELS INSTALLED. THE USE OF ACCESS PANELS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONDUIT INSTALLATION AND ALL COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE ELECTRICAL BASE BID. FIELD VERFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. rif • A1It1E1 .1�i.�i�74•142 .i1 i41i ■i i4r,41.1 i i i4 rT:111E �4Ir I . : _ is :� ti: F ; . y . ; ,... lr _ ;r ..,. : ,.,,: �,,•::, . _ - .. ... ... ..__. _. _ :..... __....... _. .. .._.., �f !: ..r .�:�;. ,..... .:�:.•: r,. .. � �,:. :: Asir• ..r:- ::�•r� 1 . " �4� ♦.i.,�.i� �i�.� i����iM .4. � : i ll . � ��� ♦� i . ♦����i .i�i�I.��I►�# ..r " • a + aaa - /:l. rd::i4 7 :..: / : \. - :•Y r. ....T•- ...i �.. � .� 'si ... / •. - °� .... 'i :•:�l�l'�: - .• u %?�.i:• ' . .. .... . ..... ..... : . '•i *>.i �I } .� i�ii,4 4, • • S• F (P- 21,23) MOD 15cd 20 H-2,4,6) PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL COVERPLATE FOR THIS RECEPTACLE (P - 2) (P -4,6) PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL COVERPLATE FOR THIS RECEPTACLE NOTES: C-- 120V/15A/1 P CIRCUIT 120V PRIMARY EDWARDS #598 120V -24V AC XFMR 24V SECONDARY 120/208V SECONDARY INTERNALLY FUSED. REAR DOOR PUSHBUTTON EDWARDS 021 MOM PUSHBUTTON WITH 149 -1 MOUNTING PLATE 45VA I "SALES" BUZZER . I DELIVERY BUZZER SCHEMATIC SCALE: NONE BUZZERS SHALL BE EDWARDS #240 (TYPICAL) "NON- SALES" BUZZER ELECTRIC POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN va - ro Dob RECENED CITY OF TUK ILA MAR 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER `E SHEET 7"- NQ KOHRS LONNEMANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859- 442 -8050 859 -442 -8058 FAX WWW.KLHENGRS.COM DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 02.27.08 Q BLDG DEPT RESUBMTL. PROJECT 8151.01 E -2 LL H W ELECTRICAL POWER & SYSTEMS PLAN Co CO co 0) F- L.L w F- z w I F- � VJ 0 ZONE SCHEDULE NAME: MLCP (INTEGRAL TO QUINTESSENCE SYSTEM) N.E.C. _ VOLTAGE: LOCATION: 120V N ORMAL NEMA 1 ....._.... PART NUMBER: GR 2432/#4-DTC MODEM -HL -SM BACK OF HOUSE ## = NUMBER OF RELAYS _ COMMENTS: SURFACE MOUNTED, _ ENCLOSURE RELAY FIND ZONE TYPE VOLT SOURCE DESCRIPTION _ : : RELAY FEED ZONE TYPE VOLT SOURCE DESCRIPTION 1 L -1 Z5 NC 120 V NORMAL TRACK LTG - CENTER 2 L -2 Z2 NC 120 V NORMAL TRACK LTG - PERIMETER 3 L -3 Z5 NC 120 V NORMAL TRACK LTG - CENTER 4 L-4 Z2 NC 120 V NORMAL TRACK LTG - PERIMETER 5 L -5 Z5 NC 120 V NORMAL TRACK LTG - CENTER _ 6 L -6 Z2 NC 120 V NORMAL TRACK LTG - PERIMETER 7 L -7 Z3 NC NC NC 120V NORMAL SIGNAGE 8 - 10 12 L -8 L -10 r NC 120 V NORMAL SIGNAGE 9 L -9 L -I1 Z5 ZI 120 V NORMAL TRACK LTG - CASHWRAP NC 120 V W NORMAL COVE LIGHTING - PERIMETER 11 120 V NORMAL FLUORESCENT LTG - CASHWRAP L -I2 NO SPACE NC 120 V NORMAL LED LIGHTING SHOW WINDOW 13 L -13 ZI NC 120 V NORMAL RECESSED SALES LTG --- .:::M: NO SPACE L -14 Z6 NC 120 V NORMAL FITTING ROOM LTG 15 L -15 Z1 NC 120 V NORMAL RECESSED SALES LTG 16 L -16 Z1 NC 120 V NORMAL FITTING CORRIDOR LTG 17 L -17 ZI NC 120 V NORMAL RECESSED SALES LTG - 18 L -18 Z4 NC 120 V NORMAL SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING 19 L -19 Z5 NC 120 V 120 V NORMAL NORMAL DOWNLIGHTS - PENDANT SOFFIT - - 20 L -20 Z4 Z4 NC 120 V NORMAL SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING 21 L -21 Z2 NC COVE LIGHTING - PENDANT SOFFIT 22 L -22 NC 120 V NORMAL RECEPT - SHOW WINDOW 23 L -23 Z5 NC 120 V NORMAL SALES PENDANTS 24 L -24 Z4 NC 120 V NORMAL RECEPT - SHOW WINDOW 25 L -25 27 7 -- Zl -- NC 120 V NORMAL - STOCK RM, RESTRM, HALL LTG 26 L -26 L -28 Z4 NC 120 V NORMAL RECEPT - SHOW WINDOW - -- SPARE 28 Z3 NC 120 V NORMAL SIGNAGE 29 - ---- - .-- -.-._� - - { SPARE 30 L = 30 _ -- L3 NC - 7 __ 120 V __NORMAL _ -- SIGNAGE - - 31 T - - SPARE ._. 32 - • - - - - - SPARE NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR TESTING COMPLETED LIGHTING SCHEME TO INSURE THAT THE MLCP IS PROPERLY PROGRAMMED. PROGRAMING DISCREPANCIES SHOULD BE CLEARED UP IMMEDIATELY WITH TECH SUPPORT AT LIGHTING CONTROLS 1 -800- 345.1148. ZONE ZONE NAME Z1 Z2 STAFF LIGHTING PERIMETER MECHANDISE & COVE LIGHTING Z3 Z4 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING, RECEPTACLES AND SIGNAGE Z5 CENTER MERCHANDISE LIGHTING AND PENDANTS Z6 FITTING ROOM LIGHTING TENANT ELECTRIC LOAD SUMMARY Silver Bullet Panel Schedule Stock Room N.E.C. Silver Bullet Ckt # Breaker ID N.E.C. DESCRIPTION CONNECT l LD VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER DEMAND ---- ___ -- -.._ -. _... - kW .- --- - - - - -- - --• - _ PER N.E.C. kW L -3 CENTER TRACK I 720 LIGHTING 17.3 120 1.25 21.6 SIGNAGE I 4.8 120 1.25 6.0 L -2 FIRST 101; VA AT 4 RECEPTACLES 5.4 120 100% 5.4 PERIMETER TRACK 5 REMAINDER AT 50% 6 6 INSTANTANEOUS - -- -- �----------- - - - - -- - - - -- ------------ -- -• -- - - -- WATER HEATERS (ELEC) 12.5 208 1.00 12.5 HVAC EQUIPMENT 27.8 480 1.00 27.8 MISC. EQUIPMENT SPARE 8 DISPLAY Proposed Lighting CONTINUOUS 1.7 120 1.25 2.1 NON - CONTINUOUS 0.2 1.00 0.2 TOTAL 69.6 I: ;,. : r:•.; l.;• 75.5 NEC DEMAND kW x 1000 = MINIMUM FEEDER AMPERAGE SYSTEM VOLTAGE x 1.73 SPARE GROWTH FACTOR (GF): 1.25 75.5kW x 1000 x GE = 113.7 AMPS 480V x 1.73 -- -_ TIIEREFORE, THE 600 AMP SERVICE IS ADEQUATE Panel Location: Silver Bullet Panel Schedule Stock Room Project Info Silver Bullet Ckt # Breaker ID Load Name Relay ID VA (wattage) Required Breaker Size (Ampere) 1 L -1 CENTER TRACK 1 720 8 2 L -3 CENTER TRACK 2 720 8 3 L -5 CENTER TRACK 3 720 8 4 L -2 - PERIMETER TRACK 4 720 8 5 L-4 PERIMETER TRACK 5 540 6 6 6 L -6 PERIMETER TRACK 6 540 7 MARK SPARE 7 228.0 0 8 0.50 SPARE 8 DISPLAY Proposed Lighting - 0 9 10 1.50 SPARE 9 - - ... _ . __ 0 15858.5 SPARE 10 11 Number of Fixtures SPARE 11 SALES 0 12 13 .�_.._____ -- -_ SPARE NO SPACE - - --- ------ 12 B2 - AD.7ISTABLE 0 --- -•- - - - - -- -•- -- - O - 14 12 5 NO SPACE 744.0 SALES 0 15 ,- 16 - NO SPACE - - - - - -- ° 0 0 -- - -- NO SPACE 17 2 NO SPACE 156.0 SALES 18 12 NO SPACE 384.0 I 0 19 44.0 NO SPACE SALES F2A - STRIP FLUORESCENT F2B STRIP FLUORESCENT F2C - STRIP FLUORESCENT 0 20 30.0 NO SPACE SALES , ------- --_F. 0 21 182.0 NO SPACE 480 480 1 0 Total Ampere Rating for Current Limiters Total VA for energy calculations Note: Breakers values are calculated as Long Continuous (multipled by 1.25) 44 5280 Loads F•rojectAddress Southcenter 2006 W$$4Vigton State Nonresidental Energy Coda Compliance Forms ReVt$ed Jtiy2007 Project Info Project Address Southcenter Date 2/25/2008 633 Southcenter Pkwy . For Building Department Use Tukwill, WA 98188 Applicant Name: charlotte Plisse Applicant Address: Applicant Phone: ea ## P Project Description ] New Building ❑ Addition Indicate controls (Sections 1513) including [, Ii3IilEns Included on plans. 4 Alteration commissioning requirements Compliance Option Prescriptive Lighting Power Allowance Systems Analysis Clear (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box - sec. 1132.3) ] No changes are being made to the lighting ] Less than 60% of the fixtures new installed wattage not increased, & space use not changed. 01 that this project qualifies Maximum Allowed Lighting IN tion checked. Signature, company, date: Location (floor /room no.) Occupancy Description Allowed Wails per ff *" Area in ft2 Allowed x Area SALES RETAIL 1.50 4671.0 7006.5 FITTING RETAIL 1.50 792.0 1188.0 RESTROOMS RETAIL RETAIL 1.50 110.0 165.0 CORRIDOR MARK 1.50 152.0 228.0 STORAGE STORAGE AREA 0.50 529.0 264.5 DISPLAY Proposed Lighting RETAIT. SAT,RS DISPLAY OCP 1.50 4671.0 7006.5 MC TYPE - From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts Wattage 15858.5 Inter. auto shut -off Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed SALES Tl - TRACK (LENGTH) 44 120.0 5280.0 SALES B2 - AD.7ISTABLE 55 88.0 4840.0 SALES 1x4 12 5 62.0 60.0 744.0 SALES DP2 - PENDANT 300.0 SALES T2 - LOW VOLTAGE TRACK 2 300.0 600.0 SALES D4 - WALL WASHER 2 78.0 156.0 SALES F5 - COVE LIGHTING 12 32.0 384.0 SALES Al - ADJUSTABLE 4 44.0 176.0 SALES F2A - STRIP FLUORESCENT F2B STRIP FLUORESCENT F2C - STRIP FLUORESCENT ^ - -- 3 30.0 90.0 SALES , ------- --_F. 7 26.0 182.0 SALES 480 480 1 18.0 18.0 SALES F2D - STRIP FLUORESCENT 12 59.0 708.0 FITTING DW1 - WALL SCONCE 20 29.0 580.0 FITTING DP3 - PENDANT 5 53.0 265.0 FITTING FITTING F5 - coVE LIGHTING 2 2 32.0 64.0 88.0 D3 - WAT,L WASHER 44.0 CORRIDOR F3 - STRIP 3 59.0 177.0 RESTROOMS F3 - STRIP 2 59.0 118.0 STORAGE F3 - S'C'RIP 6 59.0 354.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Total Proposed Watts 15124.0 F•rojectAddress Southcenter Date 2/25/2008 The following Information Is necessary to check a permit application for compliance wiith the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2006 ashington State Nonresidential Energy Code. 1 ' • pplicability ii yes, no, ni ,. IGHTING CONTROLS Code Section Component information Requ Location on Plans Building Department Notes MC MOTOR CONTROL (POWER) Section 1513) ea ## P 1513.1 Local cont l /access Schedule with type, indicate locations E -1 BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM es Of 1513.2 Area controls Maximum limit per switch E -3 HC HVAC CONTRACTOR • • • 3 . • • ## M 1513.3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations MSR MANUAL STARTER W /CONTROL RELAY RLINE REVERSE ACTING UNE VOLTAGE STAT vertical glazing Indicate vertical glazing on plans OV OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MAN MANUAL • • ## OR OWNER OR OTHERS overhead glazing Indicate overhead glazing on plans MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY yes ## 1513.4 Display /exhib /spacial Indicate separate controls E - 3 ZONE SCHEDULE MARK 1513.5 Exterior shut -off Schedule with type and features, indicate location _ . . ## BHP (a) timer w/laaclwp Indicate location WATTS FLA I. . a - ## OCP (b) photocell_ Indicate location DC WIRE MC TYPE MC FURN 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location es ## 1513.6.1 (a) occup sensors Schedule with type and locations E -i _ __V_OL.TS EXHAUST FAN r. es ## 1513.6.2 1513.7 1514) (b) auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability): Indicate size of zone on plans E -1, E -3 h es 1 Commissioning ________ Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning E -1 __________ -J I. XIT SIGNS (Section MFR FE-1 EC es 1 1514 JMax. watts Indicate watts for each exit sign 1GHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1530 -1532) es 1 F . a. 3 1531 Interior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture E -1 120 1532 Exterior Lighting Summary Form Completed and attached. Schedule with fkture types, lamps, ballasts, watts per fixture MOTORS (Section 1511) . a . ## 1511 Elec motor efficiency MECH -MOT or Equipment Schedule with hp, rpm, efficiency 1 RANSFORMERS (Section 1540) . a 4#1 1540 Transformers Indicate size and efficiency MAN HVAC / ELECTRICAL COORDINATION SCHEDULE ABBREVIATIONS CONTRACTOR TYPE MOTOR CONTROL TYPE CONTROL TYPE DC LOCAL DISCONNECT EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR CS COMBINATION STARTER TC TIMECLOCK MC MOTOR CONTROL (POWER) EX EXISTING MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER SD DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FC FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR MG MAGNETIC STARTER OR CONTACT BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM CN CONTROLS GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR MS MANUAL STARTER LOW LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS TS TOGGLE SWITCH HC HVAC CONTRACTOR VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE LINE UNE VOLTAGE CONTROLS C/B H.A.C.R. CIRCUIT BREAKER AT SOURCE PANELBOARI MFR MANUFACTURER MSR MANUAL STARTER W /CONTROL RELAY RLINE REVERSE ACTING UNE VOLTAGE STAT FUSE FUSE AT LOCAL DISCONNECT (VERIFY FIELD RATING) PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OV OVERCURRENT PROTECTION MAN MANUAL FLA OPERATING FULL LOAD AMPS OR OWNER OR OTHERS FA FIRE ALARM MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY CO CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR CP CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION INT INTEGRAL TO EQUIPMENT MARK DESCRIPTION PHASE BHP HP HTG KW WATTS FLA MCA OCP DC FURN DC INST DC WIRE MC TYPE MC FURN MC INST MC WIRE CM TYPE CN FURN CN INST CN WIRE SD QUAN _ E - 1 _ __V_OL.TS EXHAUST FAN 120 1 • 20 MFR MFR MFR MS EC EC EC MAN EC EC EC 0 _ E -2 EXHAUST FAN 120 20 MFR MFR MFR MS EC EC EC MAN EC EC EC 0 V1 -01 VAV BOX 480 480 © 14 16,8 25 25 MFR MFR MFR MFR MFR MG MFR MFR MFR LUV HC HC HC HC HC _0 0 V2-01 VAV BOX © 13,8 16.6 MFR MG MFR MFR MFR LOW HC NOTE: EQUIPMENT SHOWN FADED AND DASHED ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. 2ND FLOOR 1ST FLOOR NEW TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT BOARD "TTB" FAX PHONE IN A IN B A/B SWITCH TELEPHONE LINE SWITCH TERMINATE FIRST DEVICE OUT TO UGHTING LOADS GROUND A B +12V MASTER MLCP LC &D GR2432 MASTER PANEL (MODEM DTC LIGHTING RELAYS T24 -12 CURRENT LIMITED SUPPLEMENTARY BREAKERS 1 I 1 I 1 2 3 4 TO TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTION L 120/208V 30,4W 225A MLO 42 POLE 10kAIC 120V POWER CIRCUIT: L -41 BREAKER PANEL GREEN PAIR ORANGE OF ORANGE /WHITE PAIR WHITE OF ORANGE /WHITE PAIR BLUE PAIR P 120/208V 30,4W 225A MCB 42 POLE 10kAIC IN TO 1ST SWITCH OUT TO 2ND SWITCH H 277/480V 30,4W 600A MLO 18 POLE FULLY RATED 22kAIC LOVE CULTURE TENANT SPACE --- - - - -ZONE 'C' ELECTRIC ROOM 11,592 AIC APPROX. 200' (CONDUIT RUN LENGTH) - FIELD VERIFY OUT TO LIGHTING LOADS GR2400 SYSTEM BUS, CATEGORY 5, 4 TWISTED PAIR CABLE, 4,000 FT MAX. D❑ ❑ 0 ❑❑ T1 75kVA ZONE OVERRIDE SWITCH STAFF L GHTING SWITCH MOUNT IN EXIT CORRIDOR AT STOREFRONT SINGLE LINE KEY NOTES O ROUTE ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM BREAKER PANEL TO LCP. EACH CIRCUIT MUST BE LANDED ON THE LINE TERMINAL DESIGNATED BY LC &D. ® ALL TRACK LIGHTING CIRCUITS WILL BE PREWIRED BY LC &D FROM THE LCP TO THE SILVER BULLET PANEL. LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL & SWITCH SYSTEM BUS WIRING FOR QUINTESSENCE PANEL GREEN PAIR - ORANGE OF ORANGE /WHITE PAIR - - WHITE OF ORANGE /WHITE PAIR - BLUE PAIR 1 1 2 ❑ 1 GROUND A B +12V IN TO 2ND SWITCH fl 14,801 AIC PANEL IF 277/480V, 30, 4W 1 LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING SINGLE LINE DETAILS AND SCHEDULES SCALE: NONE B. C. D. E. F. G. H. J. K. 2ND FLOOR 1ST FLOOR ELECTRICAL SCALE: NONE L ALL WIRING PER LOCAL CODES. ® RISER CODED NOTES 1. PROVIDE (4) #4/0, (1) #2 GND IN 2-1/2" CONDUIT. 2. PROVIDE (4) #4/0, (1) #2 GND, (1) #2 ISOLATED GND IN 2-1/2" CONDUIT. 3. PROVIDE A 75kVA 480V DELTA TO 120 /208V WYE DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER, FLOOR MOUNTED ON HOUSEKEEPING PAD. PROVIDE #2 AWG GROUND BACK TO NEAREST GROUNDING ELECTRODE AND "BUILDING STEEL" PER 2005 NEC 250.30(7). 4. PROVIDE (3) #1, (1)#6 GND IN 1 -1/4" CONDUIT. 5. LANDLORD PROVIDED (3) SETS OF (4) #250 KCMIL (AL), (1) #2/0 GND (AL) IN FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL REMAIN. 6. PROVIDE (3) SETS OF (4) #250 KCMIL (AL), (1) #2/0 GND (AL) IN FLEXIBLE CONDUIT. 7. PROVIDE NEW PLYWOOD TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT BOARD, "TTB ", 4'W x 8'H x 3 /4"TH. 8. PROVIDE 1" TELEPHONE CONDUIT FROM LANDLORD'S TELEPHONE SYSTEM CABLE TRAY IN SERVICE CORRIDOR TO NEW TELEPHONE BOARD LOCATION. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED TELEPHONE AND DATA CABLING AS WELL NO EXPOSED TELEPHONE CABLES IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS. ALL TELEPHONE WIRING WITHIN TENANT SPACE SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. E.C. SHALL CONTACT THE LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY TO ARRANGE FOR TELEPHONE SERVICE IN LOVE CULTURE'S NAME. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH LOVE CULTURE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 9. LANDLORD PROVIDED 600A/3P MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER IN PANEL '1F' SHALL REMAIN. 10. LANDLORD PROVIDED 600A /3P /600AF DISCONNECT SWITCH SHALL REMAIN. 11. PROVIDE PANEL 'P' WITH ISOLATED GROUND BAR AND DOUBLE LUGS SUITABLE FOR FEEDING PANEL 'L'. RISER DIAGRAM A. B. C. D. E. F. LIGHTNG CONTROL GENERAL NOTES A. CONTENTS: (1) LCP, (2) DIGITAL LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHES AND (1) A/B TELEPHONE UNE SWITCH FURNISHED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ROUTE ALL UGHTING CIRCUITS THROUGH LCP PER MANUFACTURERS CONNECTION SCHEDULE. MOUNT SWITCHES IN SINGLE GANG BOXES AND INSTALL PROTECTIVE COVERS (PROVIDED BY OTHERS) CONNECT ALL LCP COMPONENTS PER PLANS USING CATEGORY 5, 4 TWISTED PAIR CABLE FURNISHED BY EC. EC TO PROVIDE DEDICATED CIRCUIT TO POWER LCP. CIRCUIT # AS INDICATED. ROUTE ALL TRACK UGHTING CIRCUITS FROM BREAKER PANEL TO SB -12 LANDING EACH TRACK CIRCUIT ON THE INPUT SIDE OF THE SUPPLEMENTARY BREAKER DESIGNATED BY LC &D. WIRE FROM THE OUTPUT SIDE OF EACH SUPPLEMENTARY BREAKER TO THE MASTER LCP, LANDING EACH CIRCUIT ON THE UNE TERMINAL DESIGNATED BY LC &D. ALL OTHER UGHTING CIRCUITS SHALL BE ROUTED THROUGH LCP PER MFG. SCHEDULE COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR (GC) THE INSTALLATION AND CONNECTION OF THE A/B SWITCH AND PHONE UNE CONNECTION TO LCP. PRIOR TO BID, EC TO VERIFY ALL QUESTIONS WITH LCP MANUFACTURER; LIGHTING CONTROL & DESIGN, LA, CA 800.345.4448, LYNN WALLDORF LYN NWOUGHII NGCONTROLS.COM EC TO CONTACT LC&D 7 DAYS PRIOR TO TURN OVER. LC &D WILL REMOTELY CONNECT TO THE SYSTEM, VERIFY TIMES AND MAKE ANY NECESSARY CHANGES. MAKE ANY WIRING CORRECTIONS AS REQUIRED BY LC &D AND COORDINATE VERIFICATION OF SCHEDULES. AT TIME OF DIAL -IN, ALL COMPONENTS TO INCLUDE MODEM AND PHONE LINE MUST BE INSTALLED AND OPERATIONAL GENERAL RISER NOTES EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL NOT ONLY BE WEATHERPROOF AND WATER - TIGHT, BUT SHALL ALSO BE RUST-RESISTANT. PROVIDE FACTORY SERIES COORDINATION FOR ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS (INCLUDING ALL BRANCH BREAKERS), RELATIVE TO "UPSTREAM" BREAKERS, SO THAT ONLY THE BREAKER CLOSEST IN THE CIRCUIT TO THE LOAD TRIPS UPON AN OVERLOAD OR FAULT CONDITION. GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WIN N.E.C., INCLUDING N.E.C. ARTICLE 250 AND TABLE 250 -66. THESE CONDUCTORS MAY NOT BE INDICATED ON RISERS OR SINGLE - LINES, BUT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER BASE BID NEVERTHELESS. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH N.E.C., INCLUDING N.E.C. ARTICLE 250 AND TABLE 250 -122. THESE CONDUCTORS MAY NOT BE INDICATED ON RISERS OR SINGLE - LINES, BUT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER BASE SID NEVERTHELESS. WORKING CLEARANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, TRANSFORMERS, STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, ETC. AS APPUCABLE) IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH N.E.C. CHAPTER 1, PART B, SECTION 110- 26(a). LOCATIONS SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS ARE SCHEMATIC AND DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING COMPLIANCE WITH THE ABOVE M.E.C. REFERENCE. THIS REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO EQUIPMENT ON FLOOR PLANS AS WELL AS TO EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON RISER. HOLD ALL NEW OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL WORK AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OVERHEAD STRUCTURE. LOCATE ANY RELATED PULLBOXES SO THAT THEY WILL BE FULLY ACCESSIBLE AFTER ALL CONSTRUCTION WORK IS COMPLETE. AS WITH ALL WORK, COORDINATE IN ADVANCE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. 2006 Washington State Nwtresidentlal Energy Code Compliance FOOTS 28.0 77.7 1.25 1.7 0.0 0.0 1.2 20 20 20 20 20 P 0-76 Revised Jtdy 2067 PANEL NAME SOURCE 3 5 7 9 20 1 0.0 20 1 SPARC 0.0 20 1 2a 1 SPARE 0.0 20 1 SPARE 20 1 SPARE ..��.•: 25 20 L 1 SPARE 13.9 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD/PH 23.2 23.2 F 1 SURFED TCL FROM 0.00 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 L = LITE R = RCPT M = MISC N = MISC H =HVAC PANEL NAME SOURCE 0.5 0.4 0.7 M 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 3.1 30 3.1 30 3.1 -- 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 POLE #L 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 3 37 39 41 L =LITE R - RCPT M = MISC N =MISC H = HVAC PANEL NAME SOURCE 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 35 39 WHIM 41 L R I22.11_ 0.0 0.3 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: GROWTH FACTOR TRANSFORMER KVA LOAD: L 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.2 0.6 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.1 0.4 0.8 0.2 0.7 N = MISC H = HVAC TT R M HVAC CONTROLS SOUND SYSTEM H (NEW) VOLTAGE DISCONNECT SWITCH N TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD CONTINUOUS LOAD - DEMAND 125% 27.6 KVA 5.4 KVA FIRST I OKVA AT 100% AND REMAINING AT 50% CONTINUOUS LOAD - DEMAND 125% NON - CONTINUOUS LOAD - DEMAND 100% DEMAND 100% P (NEW) TRANSFORMER 0.0 0.0d SUBFED TCL FROM PANEL L TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD CONTINUOUS LOAD - DEMAND 125% 27.6 FIRST I OKVA AT 100% AND REMAINING AT 50% 5.4 CONTINUOUS LOAD - DEMAND 125% NON - CONTINUOUS LOAD - DEMAND 100% DEMAND 100% M 0.3 L (NEW) PANEL P N ELECTRICAL PANELS FIRE ALARM SYSTEM H 4.7 4.7 DEMAND 100% ITEM METER REQUIREMENTS LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL LIGHT FIXTURES & LAMPS BREAKER AMP 25 4.7 - -- 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 20 20 20 20 20 TELEPHONE CONDUIT STUB UP GENERAL CONDUIT & WIRING RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES POLE 3 41.8 1.25 52.3 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 1 TENANT ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT & CABLING V1 -01 (3) #I0_ (1) #10 GND IN 3/4" CONDUIT _ w -�,. 9.3 = : ::= 7 .............. :: 9.3 SPARE 0.0 ; � .... . SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE KVA/PHASE DESCRIPTION A B C DELIVERY BUZZER SYSTEM RCPT - RESTROOMS RCPT - SALES PERIMETER RCPT - SALES PERIMETER SPARE SPARE RCPT - FITTING AREA RCPT - STOCK ROOM, HALL FLOOR BOXES - SALES FLOOR BOXES - SALES IWH -1 (2)#8, (1) #10 GND IN 3/4" CONDUIT IWH -2 (2) #8, (1) #10 OND IN 3/4" CONDUIT SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 20 1 SPARE TT 20 1 SPARE NON - CONTINUOUS LOAD - DEMAND 100% MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE IN LANDLORD'S ELECTRIC ROOM SERVICE ENTRANCE FEEDERS TO LEASE SPACE ELECTRICAL SERVICE FOR HVAC MOTORS DESCRIPTION TOTAL PANEL DEMAND = (GROWTH) X J _VOLTAGE L 208 PHASE TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD/PH TOTAL PANEL DEMAND = (GROWTH) X VOLTAGE 1 208 L - PHASE BREAKER AMP POLE DESCRIPTION 20 1 TRACK LTG - CENTER 480 LPHASE TRACK LTG - CENTER TRACK LTG - CENTER SIGNAGE 2.4 TRACK LTG - CASHWRAP FLUORESCENT LTG - CASHWRAP RECESSED SALES LTG RECESSED SALES LTG RECESSED SALES LTG 20 1 DOWNLIGHTS - PENDANT SOFFIT COVE LIGHTING - PENDANT SOFFIT SALES PENDANTS STOCK RM, RESTRM, HALL LTG SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 20 1 SPARE L 20 1 LIGHTING CONTROLS TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD/PH SUBFED TCL FROM L = LITE _ CONTINUOUS LOAD - DEMAND 125% R • RCPT FIRST I OKVA AT 100% AND REMAINING AT 50% M = MISC CONTINUOUS LOAD - DEMAND 125% SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT TO LEASE SPACE. X TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD TOTAL PANEL DEMAND (GROWTH) X LANDLORD FURN X X INST X X X 2.1 12.6 0.0 47.7 132.7 1.25 165.8 27.6 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 2.1 KVA 12.6 KVA I 27.8 KVA 75.5 KVA 91.0 AMPS I.25 L 113.7 AMPS gft 97.1 AMPS FURN X X X X X X X 3 • .3 0.8 3.1 KVA KVA KVA KVA KVA 4 0 5.5 KVA AMPS AMPS 3 12 KVA KVA KVA KVA KVA KVA AMPS G.C. WIRE KVA/PHASE A B C 69.60 WIRE .3 0.7 1.1 0.0 .0 0.0 is .0 8.7 22.37 41.80 WIRE 0.00 22.37 INST X X X X X X X X X X X X 13.9 23.2 4 0.0 0.0 KVA/PHASE A B C 1.7 0.6 3.1 0.0 5.2 1.4 .0 0.8 7.9 7.0 7.5 FURN V2-01 LOCATION SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 13.9 75 kVA TRANSFORMER 125 3 1G = ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT S - PROVIDE SWITCHING DUTY RATED BREAKER. L = PROVIDE A LOCKING TYPE BREAKER COMMENTS 1. PROVIDE (2)#12,(1)#12GND,3/4"C FOR ALL BRANCH CCTS UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE. 2. PROVIDE HACR RATED BREAKERS ON ALL MOTOR LOADS. 3. PROVIDE LOCKING TYPE BREAKER FOR ALL LIFE SAFETY AND NIGHT LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. BALANCE ALL LOADS WITHIN 10%. LOCATION _6TOCK ROOM PROVIDE PANEL WITH ISOLATED GROUND BAR DESCRIPTION RCPT - CASHWRAP CONVENIENCE 1.3 RCPT - BACKWRAP CONVENIENCE SENSORMATIC 0.3 SECURITY SYSTEM SOUND SYSTEM RECEPT - TELE BOARD TRAFFIC COUNTER SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 0.0 SPARE SPARE 20 SPARE 20 SPARE SPARE SPARE SPARE 20 COMMENTS 1. PROVIDE (2)#12,(1)#12GND,3/4"C FOR ALL BRANCH CCTS UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE. 2. PROVIDE HACR RATED BREAKERS ON ALL MOTOR LOADS. 3. PROVIDE LOCKING TYPE BREAKER FOR ALL LIFE SAFETY AND NIGHT LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. BALANCE ALL LOADS WITHIN 10%. 4 LOCATION ± STOCK ROOM TRACK LTG D- PEESRimECREYI'TEIORN AMP TRACK LTG - PERIMETER TRACK LTG - PERIMETER SIGNAGE COVE LIGHTING - PERIMETER LED LIGHTING SHOW WINDOW FITTING ROOM LTG FITTING CORRIDOR LTG 2,2 SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING SHOW WINDOW LIGHTING RECEPT - SHOW WINDOW RECEPT - SHOW WINDOW R_ECEPT - SHOW WINDOW SIGNAGE SPARE SPARE STOCK ROOM DESCRIPTION ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT. PROVIDE SWITCHNG DUTY RATED BREAKER PROVIDE A LOCKING TYPE BREAKER PROVIDE A GFI BREAKER INDICATES C/B CONTROLLED BY TIMECLOCK SPARE SPARE SPARE IG -• ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUIT. S = PROVIDE SWITCHING DUTY RATED BREAKER L = PROVIDE A LOCKING TYPE BREAKER COMMENTS 1. PROVIDE (2)#12,(1)#12GND,3/4"C FOR ALL BRANCH CCTS UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE 2. PROVIDE HACR RATED BREAKERS ON ALL MOTOR LOADS. 3. PROVIDE LOCKING TYPE BREAKER FOR ALL LIFE SAFETY AND NIGHT LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. BALANCE ALL LOADS WITHIN 10%. ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE OWNER SITE COND. EXIST NEW X X X X X X 20 L 20 L 20 REMARKS N/A BREAKER AMP POLE 25 20 20 20 1 20 20 1 7 0 1 20 BREAKER AMP POLE 20 1 20 20 L 20 L 20 L 20 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 20 1 20 20 20 20 1 BREAKER POLE 1 1.0 20 1 20 1 20 1 20 20 1 20 1 20 1 PROVIDE ROUGH ONLY 3 7.4 7.4 LR 1 0.5 1.8 0.6 1.8 0.6 0.4 0.7 0.7 MN 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 4.2 4.2 0.6 4.2 MN LRMN PROVIDE NEW CONTROLS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATI SEE POWER PLAN (SHEET E-2) 4 0. 0. 0. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW COND AND WIRING. SEE SHEET E-5. PROVIDE ROUGH-IN ONLY. CABLE DEVICES BY OWNER'S CONTRACT SEE UGHTING PLAN (SHEET E-1) ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859-442-8050 859-442-8058 FAX WWW.KLHENGRS.COM SHEET L11 DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 02.27.08 1, BLDG DEPT RESUBMTLE ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM AND PANEL REQEIVED SCHEDULES CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 0 3 BOB PERMIT CENTER PROJECT 8151.01 En= CO CO CO 0 I 600 NATIONAL AVENUE, SAN DIEGO, CA 92103 PROJECT COORDINATOR GRAHAM DOWNES T. 619.234.2565 F. 619.234.2568 GENERAL CONDITIONS: A. THE REQUIREMENTS AS SET FORTH UNDER GENERAL CONDITIONS, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ARE A PART OF THIS CONTRACT. B. C. CONTRACTOR MUST READ THE ENTIRE SPECIFICATIONS COVERING OTHER BRANCHES OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF THE WORK WITH WORK PERFORMED BY OTHER TRADES. D. PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF UCENSURE, BONDING AND INSURANCE, AND PERFORM ADMINISTRATIVE FUNCTIONS AS REQUIRED. CONFORM TO GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN. REFER ALSO TO STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. E. CUT AND PATCH AS REQUIRED, CUT AND WELD STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ONLY WITH APPROVAL OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. PATCHING SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT AND LANDLORD. F. INVOICE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, NOT TENANT, FOR COSTS INCURRED DUE TO SUBSTITUTION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT HAVING ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS DIFFERING FROM THOSE INDICATED. G. ORDER EQUIPMENT WITHIN 5 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF CONTRACT TO MAINTAIN CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT, PROVIDE TO TENANT ALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND INFORMATION FOR MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. SCOPE OF WORK: A. B. C. ALL WORK IS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NEC AND ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES. D. PERMITS: B. BIDS SHALL BE BASED ON A COMPLETE /FULL SET OF DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING. BIDS SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. ALL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE TO BE OBTAINED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO AND INCLUDED IN BID PRICE. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT, LOCATIONS CONDITIONS, ETC. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM ANY RESPONSIBILITY IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, TESTING, EQUIPMENT, INCIDENTALS AND TOOLS TO PERFORM ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN, NOTED OR SCHEDULED FOR A COMPLETE AND FINISHED INSTALLATION. 1. MATERIALS, PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW AND AS SUCH APPEAR ON THE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) LIST OF APPROVED ITEMS AND SHALL BE SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (NEC) AND OTHER APPLICABLE CODES, WHICHEVER ARE MORE STRINGENT. INCLUDE ANY LABOR AND MATERIALS NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED, BUT NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIVE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. A. SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, FEES, ASSESSMENTS AND INSPECTION CERTIFICATES THAT RELATE TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACT. FURNISH APPROVED CERTIFICATE OF FINAL INSPECTION AND TURN OVER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. THE ELECTRICAL PLANS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, NOT SHOWING EVERY ITEM IN EXACT LOCATIONS AND DETAILS. MEASUREMENTS AND LOCATIONS MUST BE FIELD VERIFIED AND COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL, PLUMBING, HVAC, FIRE PROTECTION, STRUCTURAL AND OTHER BUILDING DRAWINGS. SHOP DRAWINGS: A. SUBMIT FIVE (5) COPIES OF MATERIAL LISTS AND SHOP DRAWINGS FOR MAJOR EQUIPMENT TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW AMPLE TIME FOR REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING TIME DELAYS OR CONFLICTS IN THE JOB PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND APPROVED THEM AND THAT THEY ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. LACK OF SUCH CONTRACTOR'S APPROVAL WILL BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION WITHOUT REVIEW BY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. B. WHERE TRADE NAMES, BRANDS OR MANUFACTURERS OF EQUIPMENT ORMATERIALS ARE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED ON THE PROJECT. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL /REPLACEMENT AT THE REQUEST OF THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER (AT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE). CONDUITS: A. CONDUIT SHALL BE STANDARD RIGID STEEL, IMC (INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT) OR EMT (ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING) ACCORDING TO LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. EMT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE COMPRESSION OR SET SCREW TYPE AND RIGID STEEL SHALL BE THREADED. B. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT OR TYPE MC CABLE SHALL BE USED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO LIGHT FIXTURES, MOTORS AND VIBRATING EQUIPMENT ONLY AND SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A SEPARATE FULL SIZED GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. FINAL TYPE MC /FLEX CONNECTIONS SHALL BE LIMITED TO A MAXIMUM OF 8' -0" IN LENGTH (ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS. WHERE THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE, COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND HAVE ACCESS PANELS INSTALLED. THE USE OF ACCESS PANELS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONDUIT INSTALLATION AND ALL COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE ELECTRICAL BASE BID), 1. MINIMUM SIZES OF CONDUITS SHALL BE 3/4" FOR STANDARD CONDUIT (1/2" IF ACCEPTABLE BY LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY) AND 1/2" FOR FLEX CONDUIT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD AND INSPECTION AGENCIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. EMT CONDUIT SHALL BE GALVANIZED OR ELECTRO- GALVANIZED. FITTINGS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY STEEL CITY, RACO, T & B, EFCOR OR EQUAL. EMT CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT RUNS ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS OR CONCEALED IN INTERIOR PARTITIONS. 2. PAINTING OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, ETC., IF REQUIRED, WILL BE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. C. TYPE MC CABLE EQUIPPED WITH A GREEN INSULATED GROUND CONDUCTOR MAY BE USED FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS ONLY IF APPROVED BY THE TENANT, LANDLORD AND THE LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN THESE APPROVALS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEIR BID. D. THE USE OF ROMEX, MX OR BX IS NOT PERMITTED. E. MAXIMUM CONDUIT HANGER SPACING SHALL BE 8' -0" FOR 3/4" THRU 1-1/4" AND 10' -0" FOR 1-1/2" THRU 4" CONDUITS. DO NOT SUPPORT CONDUITS FROM THE CEILING SYSTEM. F. LEAVE A #10 AWG PULL WIRE OR NYLON PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS. G. SECURE ALL RACEWAYS TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE IN A RIGID AND SECURE MANNER, USING FASTENERS SUCH AS "CADDY CLIPS" OR EQUAL. H. CIRCUITS DESIGNATED TO HAVE AN ISOLATED GROUND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SEPARATE RACEWAYS. FLASH AND COUNTERFLASH ALL RACEWAYS WHICH PENETRATE THE ROOF OR USE PITCH POCKETS. INSURE THE PENETRATIONS ARE COMPLETELY WEATHERPROOF. ALL RACEWAY SYSTEMS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF. PRIOR APPROVAL BY THE LANDLORD IS REQUIRED TO ADD ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT LOADS TO STRUCTURE OR TO MAKE HOLES IN EXISTING ROOF. NOTIFY LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT LEAST 72 HOURS PRIOR TO ANY REQUIRED ROOF WORK. WIRE: A. WIRE SHALL BE SINGLE CONDUCTOR COPPER WITH 600 VOLT INSULATION. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE #12 AWG. ALL WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL BE SHALL BROUGHT TO THE SITE IN UNBROKEN PACKAGES. ALL WIRING OF ANY TYPE SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. NO STRANDED WIRES ALLOWED FOR #10 AND #12 AWG SIZES. 1. GENERAL WIRING SHALL BE THW OR THHN. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED. 2. INCREASE WIRE SIZES AS FOLLOWS TO COMPENSATE FOR VOLTAGE DROP. CONTACT THE ENGINEER FOR ASSISTANCE IF WIRE LENGTH FROM SOURCE TO LOAD EXCEEDS MAXIMUMS LISTED: CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 120V 120V 208V 208V CIRCUIT LENGTH 75 -150 FT. 150 -200 FT. 150 -200 FT. 200 -250 FT. INCREASE WIRE 1 SIZE 2 SIZES 1 SIZE 2 SIZES B. WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO SCOTCHLOCK FOR #8 AND SMALLER AND EQUAL TO T & B "LOCK -TITE" FOR #6 AND LARGER. C. THE USE OF SHARED NEUTRALS IS ACCEPTABLE FOR LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS IF INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC #310 AND LOCAL CODES. D. E. LIGHTING: G. D. COLOR CODE THE ENTIRE 120/240V AND 120/208Y WIRING SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS: PHASE A- BLACK, PHASE B -RED, PHASE C -BLUE, NEUTRAL - WHITE, GROUND- GREEN. COLOR CODE THE ENTIRE 277Y/480V WIRING SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS: PHASE A- BROWN, PHASE B- ORANGE, PHASE C- YELLOW, NEUTRAL -GRAY, GROUND -GREEN WITH YELLOW STRIPE. A. FOR LIGHT FIXTURES AND AUXILIARY ITEMS THAT ARE FURNISHED BY THE TENANT, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECEIVE, PROTECT, INSTALL, CLEAN AND RELAMP FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. B. FOR LIGHT FIXTURES THAT ARE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL THE FIXTURES COMPLETE WITH LAMPS. C. PROVIDE ACCESSORIES, INCIDENTAL MATERIALS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE FOR ALL FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. D. PROPERLY INSTALL AND SUPPORT ALL FIXTURES PLUMB AND TRUE, AND FREE OF LIGHT LEAKS. CONFORM TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INDUSTRY PRACTICES. LEAVE PROTECTIVE FILM IN PLACE ON FIXTURES UNTIL CLEAN -UP. INSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES IN RATED CEILINGS TO MAINTAIN THE RATING OF CEILING. SUPPORT ALL FIXTURES FROM THE STRUCTURE WITH THREADED RODS AND UNISTRUT. DO NOT SUPPORT FROM THE CEILING SYSTEM. E. PROVIDE AND LOCATE EMERGENCY LIGHTING TO MEET LOCAL BUILDING AUTHORITY REQUIREMENTS. F. FLUORESCENT FIXTURES FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE ELECTRONIC HPF, RAPID START, PARALLEL LAMP OPERATION, CBM, TYPE 1 CLASS P, SOUND RATED A, THDC20 %, CCFC1.5, NAECA COMPLIANT WHERE APPLICABLE, ENERGY SAVING BALLASTS. INCANDESCENT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE 150'C FIXTURE WIRE FROM LAMP HOUSING TO INDEPENDENT BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLET BOX. HID FIXTURES SHALL HAVE ANSI C82.4 COMPLIANT, HPF, ENCAPSULATED BALLASTS, ADVANCED SERIES 73B OR EQUAL. AFTER ALL FIXTURES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED (INCLUDING FIXTURES INSTALLED BY OTHERS), CLEAN ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, REPLACE ALL EXPIRED LAMPS, AND ADJUST DIRECTIONAL LIGHTING AS DIRECTED BY TENANT AND ARCHITECT. H. SIGN DISCONNECT: PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR STORE SIGN AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. WIRED GROUND SYSTEM: A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE WIRED GROUNDING SYSTEM FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CIRCUITS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED GENERALLY BELOW. B. ALL GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE GREEN, WHERE EXPOSED IN PANELS, SWITCHBOARD, OUTLET BOXES, ETC.. C. ALL ENCLOSURES AND NON- CURRENT CARRYING METALS TO BE GROUNDED. CONDUIT SYSTEM TO BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS. ALL LOCK NUTS MUST CUT THROUGH ENAMELED OR PAINTED SURFACES ON ENCLOSURES. WHERE ENCLOSURES AND NON- CURRENT CARRYING METALS ARE ISOLATED FROM THE CONDUIT SYSTEM, USE BONDING JUMPERS WITH APPROVED CLAMPS. RUN A SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN EACH CONDUIT, #12 MINIMUM, OR AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. FOR PANEL FEEDERS, BOND THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO THE CONDUIT, WHERE ENTERING AND LEAVING THE CONDUIT. ALL GROUND CLAMPS SHALL BE PENN -UNION OR EQUAL, SIMILAR TO "GPL" TYPE. CONDUIT GROUND BUSHINGS SHALL BE THOMAS & BETTS OR EQUAL, SIMILAR TO #3800 SERIES WITH NYLON INSULATED THROAT. E. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. USE A BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN THE OUTLET BOX AND THE DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINAL. METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE DEVICE YOKE AND THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT ACCEPTABLE AS A BOND FOR EITHER SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES OR FLUSH TYPE BOXES. ALL JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALL FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE JUMPERED WITH A GROUND CONDUCTOR. WIRE DEVICES: A. COLOR OF WIRING DEVICES AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. (SEE PLAN NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION). 1. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE 20 AMP, .3-WIRE GROUNDING TYPE EQUAL TO HUBBELL #5362, MOUNTED AT 15" AFF TO CENTER. 2. SWITCHES SHALL BE 20 AMP SPECIFICATION GRADE, RATED AT 120 OR 277 VOLT, AS REQUIRED, MOOUNTED AT 48 "AFF. 3. SPECIAL DEVICES SHALL BE A SPECIFICATION GRADE. B. COLOR AND TYPE (PLASTIC OR METAL) OF ALL DEVICE COVERPLATES SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. C. FLOOR BOXES TO BE HUBBELL #B- 2527/29 WITH S -3925 COVER (OR EQUAL BY STEEL CITY) AND HUBBELL #5362 RECEPTACLE (VERIFY BRASS OR ALUMINUM COVER WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING). D. SURFACE FLOOR BOXES CONCEALED BENEATH CASEWORK OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE STEEL CITY #640 OR EQUAL. E. EQUAL DEVICES BY ARROW -HART ,GENERAL ELECTRIC, BRYANT, PASS & SEYMOUR OR SIERRA. F. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL DEVICES WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PANELBOARDS AND SAFETY SWITCHES: A. PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELS WHICH SHALL BE OF THE BOLTED CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE WITH SOLID COPPER BUSSING FULL SIZED NEUTRAL, 25% GROUND BUSSING (PROVIDE SEPARATE GROUND BUS FOR ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUITS). PANELS TO HAVE HINGED /LOCKABLE DOOR AND TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY INSIDE DOOR. ALL SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT SHALL BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL WHICH SHALL STATE THAT THE EQUIPMENT IS RATED FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE APPLICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC #230 -70. LOAD BALANCE ALL ELECTRICAL PHASES AT PANELS AND SWITCHBOARDS TO WITHIN 10%. TWO AND THREE POLE BREAKERS SHALL BE COMMON TRIP TYPE. WHEN USED AS SWITCHES FOR 120/277V LIGHTING CIRCUITS, FURNISH TYPE "SWD" BREAKERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC #240 -83B. SQUARE -D OR EQUAL BY GOULD ITE, CUTLER - HAMMER, WESTINGHOUSE, CHALLENGER, FEDERAL PACIFIC OR GENERAL ELECTRIC. B. PROVIDE SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES, FUSED OR NON- FUSED, AS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. (FUSES AS MANUFACTURURED BY BUSSMAN, CHASE SHAWMUT, WESTINGHOUSE, ECONOMY FUSE CO., OR LITTLE FUSE CO. ARE ACCEPTABLE), DISCONNECT SWITCHES THAT ARE INSTALLED AT AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, HEAT PUMPS, ETC., SHALL BE FUSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EQUIPMENT'S NAMEPLATE REQUIREMENTS PER NEC #440 -21 AND #110 -3B. SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, QUICK MAKE /QUICK BREAK TYPE, FUSIBLE OR NON- FUSIBLE, WEATHERPROOF AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. LOAD AND HORSEPOWER RATED AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE -D, GOULD ITE, CHALLENGER, CUTLER - HAMMER, WESTINGHOUSE, FEDERAL PACIFIC OR GENERAL ELECTRIC. PROVIDE (3) SPARE FUSES OF EACH SIZE AND TYPE INSTALLED. C. MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS WITH OVERLOAD PROTECTION MAY BE USED FOR FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS THAT DO NOT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL. SINGLE PHASE STARTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH OVERLOAD DEVICE IN EACH PHASE MATCHED TO MOTOR NAMEPLATE RATING. MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS (MINIMUM SIZE #1) SHALL BE USED FOR ALL SINGLE AND THREE PHASE MOTORS RATED ABOVE 1/2 HORSEPOWER OR THAT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL. PROVIDE CONTROL DEVICES (CONTACTS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC.) IN STARTERS AS REQUIRED FOR INTERLOCKS. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL AND /OR TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTORS. COMBINATION STARTERS, WHEN USED, SHALL CONTAIN FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES. BOXES: A. OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED, ONE -PIECE PRESSED STEEL KNOCKOUT IN DRY LOCATIONS AND LAST WEATHERPROOF IN WET LOCATIONS. B. JUNCTION /PULL BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL, CODE GAUGE SIZE. C. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY ON BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORT INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALSO PROVIDE SUITABLE /PROPER BOX EXTENSIONS TO EXTEND BOXES TO FINISHED FACES OF WALLS, ETC. ALL OUTLET BOXES TO HAVE SUITABLE BLOCKING BEHIND THEM TO MINIMIZE THE DEFLECTION THAT OCCURS WHEN PLUGGING /UNPLUGGING INTO THESE DEVICES. D. WHERE A 277 VOLT LIGHT SWITCH IS GANGED WITH A 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE, PROVIDE A SUITABLE DIVIDER OR SEPARATE JUNCTION BOXES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND LOCAL CODES. SERVICES: A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICE, IF NOT PROVIDED BY THE LANDLORD, FROM LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED LOCATION. PROVIDE LIGHTING, POWER AND WIRING, INCLUDING EXTENSION CORDS AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE APPLICABLE TEMPORARY NEEDS. PROVIDE GROUND FAULT PROTECTION AS REQUIRED BY NEC AND LOCAL CODES. ALL TEMPORARY WIRING, FUSING, ETC. SHALL BE REMOVED UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. B. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD OR POWER COMPANY SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH LANDLORD AND POWER COMPANY AS REQUIRED. (PROVIDE EQUIPMENT THAT IS COMPATIBLE WITH AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LEVELS. PROVIDE "CABLE LIMITERS" IF NECESSARY FOR SYSTEM COORDINATION). FIELD VERIFY EXACT TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION, REQUIREMENTS, ETC., OF EXISTING POWER AND TELEPHONE FACILITIES PRIOR TO BIDDING PROJECT. SPECIAL SYSTEMS: A. REFURBISH, REINSTALL AND TEST ANY EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES BEING REUSED AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE NEW FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IF REQUIRED. PROVIDE ROUGH -IN'S AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR NEW FIRE ALARM DEVICES AND /OR RELOCATED DEVICES. B. PROVIDE DEDICATED CONTINUOUS 3/4" MINIMUM EMT RACEWAY SYSTEM WITH PULL WIRE FROM LANDLORD'S STUB -IN TO THE TELEPHONE BACKBOARD AND FROM BACKBOARD TO ALL TELEPHONE OUTLETS. FOR NON - PLENUM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES, AND WHERE APPROVED BY TENANT, LANDLORD AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES, BUSHED RACEWAY STUBS FROM OUTLET BOXES TO CEILING SPACE ARE PERMITTED IN LIEU OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEM. FOR WALL OUTLETS, PROVIDE A 4" SQUARE OUTLET BOX WITH SINGLE GANG ADAPTER RING AND TELEPHONE PLATE. PROVIDE A 3/4" FIRE - TREATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD OF SIZE REQUIRED FOR TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT. PROMPTLY NOTIFY TENANT WHEN ROUGH -IN INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. C. PROVIDE DEDICATED CONTINUOUS 3/4" MINIMUM EMT RACEWAY SYSTEM WITH PULL WIRE FROM DATA SYSTEM EQUIPMENT LOCATION TO ALL DATA SYSTEM OUTLETS. FOR NON- PLENUM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES, AND WHERE APPROVED BY TENANT, LANDLORD AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES, BUSHED RACEWAY STUBS FROM OUTLET BOXES TO CEILING SPACE ARE PERMITTED IN LIEU OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEM. FOR WALL OUTLETS, PROVIDE A 4" SQUARE OUTLET BOX WITH SINGLE GANG ADAPTER RING AND BLANK PLATE. FOR FLOOR OUTLETS, PROVIDE FLOOR OUTLET BOX AS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE AND BLANK PLATE. D. PROVIDE EDWARDS: 340- 4G5- -24VAC BUZZER, 852 WEATHERPROOF PUSHBUTTON, 592 TRANSFORMER. BUZZER SYSTEM WIRE NEED NOT BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT UNLESS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR LOCAL BUILDING AUTHORITIES. STEP -DOWN TRANSFORMER: A. PROVIDE A DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMER, IF NEEDED, OF THE ENCLOSED VENTILATED TYPE WITH KVA AND VOLTAGE RATINGS AS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS. COILS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR 1500C. RISE ABOVE 400C AMBIENT WITH 100% OF RATED LOAD CONNECTED TO THE SECONDARY. CLASS H INSULATION AND MINIMUM OF SIX STANDARD FULL CAPACITY TAPS. (TWO ABOVE AND FOUR BELOW NORMAL). SOUND LEVEL /DECIBELS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH "NEMA" STANDARDS AND INSTALLATION SHALL INCLUDE VIBRATION- DAMPENING MOUNTS. USE FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS TO MINIMIZE SOUND TRANSMISSION. (MOUNT TRANSFORMER ON SEPARATE VIBRATION ISOLATORS. THESE ARE ADDITIONAL ISOLATORS AND ARE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH INTEGRAL FACTORY INSTALLED VIBRATION ISOLATORS). MANUFACTURER'S TO BE SQUARE -D, HEAVY DUTY, ACME, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR WESTINGHOUSE. LIGHTING CONTROLS: A. ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS ARE TO BE CONTROLLED BY A MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL (MLCP) FURNISHED BY THE TENANT AND DELIVERED FOR INSTALLATION BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE CONTROLLER WILL BE PROGRAMMABLE TO CONTROL ACTUATION OF DIFFERENT LIGHTING AT PRE -SET TIMES BY THE TENANT. INSTALLATION: A. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICE MAINTAINING AND REPAIRING. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS CHANNELS, RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION WORK AND SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE OR MASONRY, BUT NOT PIPING OR DUCTWORK. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED WHEREVER POSSIBLE. EXPOSED CONDUITS SHALL BE IN STRAIGHT LINE PARALLEL WITH OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO COLUMN LINES OR BEAMS AND SEPARATED AT LEAST 3" FROM WATER /GAS LINES WHEREVER THEY RUN ALONGSIDE OR ACROSS SUCH LINES. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE IN CONDUIT, DUCTS OR OTHER CODE APPROVED RACEWAY. B. ALL LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE POWER AND CONTROL WIRING (EXCEPT HVAC LOW VOLTAGE WIRING) INCLUDING CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS, DAMPERS, INTERLOCKING, ETC., SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. (ALL LINE VOLTAGE WIRING, CONDUIT AND FINAL CONNECTIONS FROM THE POWER SOURCE THRU THE STARTER /DISCONNECT, ETC., TO THE MOTOR OR EQUIPMENT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL HVAC RELATED LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING, CONDUIT AND FINAL CONNECTIONS IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL /TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS). C. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING OR CHANNELING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THE ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK. ANY CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE LANDLORD. SLEEVES SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 2" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AND ALL SLEEVES, OPENINGS, ETC., THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL AFTER CONDUIT /CABLE INSTALLATION SO AS TO RETAIN THE FIRE RATING. D. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, INSOFAR AS THE WORK IS CONCERNED, SHALL AT ALL TIMES KEEP THE PREMISES IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY CONDITION, AND AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK, SHALL PROPERLY LEAN UP AND CART AWAY ANY DEBRIS AND EXCESS MATERIAL. E. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH ENGRAVED BAKELITE NAMEPLATES AS TO NAME AND /OR FUNCTION: DISTRIBUTION PANELS, LIGHTING PANELS, MOTOR STARTER /DISCONNECT SWITCHES. NAMEPLATES ARE TO BE APPROXIMATELY 1" X 2" IN SIZE AND ARE TO BE FASTENED WITH POP RIVETS OR SCREWS. F. THE LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE AND THE ARCHITECT OR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RELOCATE ANY OUTLETS OR FIXTURES BEFORE THEY ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS. G. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECORD ALL FIELD CHANGES ON DRAWINGS IN THE WORK AS THE JOB PROGRSSES AND TURN OVER THIS "AS- BUILT" INFORMATION OVER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. H. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL FIXTURES AND /OR EQUIPMENT AGAINST DAMAGE FROM LEAKS, ABUSE, ETC., AND PAY COSTS FOR REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT MADE NECESSARY BY FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUITABLE SAFEGUARDS OR PROTECTION. I. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. AFTER ALL EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED, THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS WORK JUST PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. J. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY /ALL NECESSARY ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION WORK THAT IS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE THE NEW INSTALLATION. FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO BIDS. REMOVE AND /OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. ANY EQUIPMENT OR DEVICE REMAINING IN USE AFTER THE DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE ARE TO BE RECONNECTED TO EXISTING OR NEW CIRCUITS AND LEFT IN WORKING ORDER. FEEDERS TO PANELS AND WIRING TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ROUTED CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS. COORDINATE ANY DISRUPTION OF ELECTRICAL OR TELEPHONE SERVICES WITH THE LANDLORD AND CONTRUCTION MANAGER TO AVOID ANY CONFLICTS. FIRE ALARM: FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES (SMOKE DETECTORS, PULL STATIONS, BELLS, STROBES, ETC.) SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS, AND COMPATIBLE WITH, THE EXISTING BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. PROVIDE AUXILIARY CONTACTS IF REQUIRED FOR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS. ALL STROBE ALARMS SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT, MINIMUM 75CD PER ADA. ALL NEW WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND IN CONDUIT (3/4" MINIMUM). FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A RACEWAY SYSTEM SEPARATE FROM SECURITY SUB - SYSTEM WIRING WHERE /IF APPLICABLE. THE INSTALLATION SHALL INCLUDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM TEST OF THE EQUIPMENT BY THE LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE SYSTEM INSTALLED. THIS TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED IN THE PRESENCE OF REPRESENTATIVES OF THE OWNER, ENGINEER, AND LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR A COMPLETE SET OF FLOOR PLAN DRAWINGS SHOWING CONDUIT SIZES AND NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS REQUIRED TO ALL COMPONENTS PLUS DETAILED WIRING CONNECTIONS REQUIRED AT EACH TYPE OF DEVICE. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURER TO SUBMIT THESE DRAWINGS TO THE STATE FIRE MARSHALL'S OFFICE (OR OTHER AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION) FOR APPROVAL. THIS ACTION SHALL BE TAKEN DURING THE SHOP DRAWING PROCEDURE. THE SYSTEM MUST BE APPROVED BY THIS AUTHORITY AND A COPY SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER WITH THE SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL. ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WORKING DRAWINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED MODIFICATIONS (CARDS, POWER SUPPLIES, HARDWARE, FIRMWARE, SOFTWARE, ETC.) TO THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO RENDER THE ENTIRE EXTENSION FULLY OPERABLE. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED 20A /120VAC POWER AS REQUIRED TO ENERGIZE ALL NEW FIRE ALARM RELATED COMPONENTS. THIS REQUIREMENT APPLIES WHETHER OR NOT SUCH POWER WORK IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. BRANCH CIRCUITS SERVING FIRE ALARM RELATED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DEDICATED TO FIRE ALARM RELATED EQUIPMENT ONLY. SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE RATED COVERAGE OF THE DETECTOR AND, IN GENERAL, SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 15 FEET FROM A WALL OR 30 FEET APART. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN 3 FEET FROM A SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER. PROVIDE CONTACT BASES FOR ALL APPLICATIONS WHERE AUXILIARY CONTACTS ARE REQUIRED. THE AUDIO /VISUAL AND VISUAL -ONLY ALARM INDICATING DEVICES SHALL BE RED ADA - COMPLIANT UNITS (WITH MINIMUM 75 CANDELA ADA - COMPLIANT STROBES) WALL MOUNTED AT 6'8" AS SHOWN ON PLANS. STROBE UNITS SHALL BE SYNCHRONIZED WHEREVER REQUIRED BY ANY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ADAAG. ADDITIONALLY, WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY, THE STROBES MUST MEET ANSI 53.41 TEMPORAL CODE. THE WATERFLOW SWITCHES, TAMPER SWITCHES AND PRESSURE SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE AND PROVIDE THE RELATED MONITOR MODULES AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE ISOLATION MODULES AS REQUIRED TO ISOLATE WIRE TO WIRE SHORTS ON A DATA LOOP TO LIMIT THE NUMBER OF OTHER MODULES OR DETECTORS THAT ARE INCAPACITATED BY THE SHORT CIRCUIT FAULT AND /OR GROUNDS. ISOLATION MODULES SHALL BE PART OF THE SMOKE DETECTOR BASE. THE ISOLATION MODULES SHALL PERMIT THE ENTIRE SYSTEM TO OPERATE INDEPENDENTLY OF THE AREA DISCONNECTED BY THE ISOLATION MODULE DUE TO WIRING FAULTS. PROVIDE MONITOR MODULES AS REQUIRED TO INTERFACE "NON- INTELLIGENT" DEVICES INTO THE SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS (I.E. SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCHES, TAMPER SWITCHES, ETC.). PROVIDE CONTROL MODULES FOR ALL AUXILIARY DEVICES INCLUDING ALL SUPERVISED CONTROL FUNCTIONS SUCH AS AIR HANDLER SHUTDOWNS. GUARANTEE: A. MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. DEFECTS WHICH APPEAR DURING THAT PERIOD SHALL BE CORRECTED AT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. B. FOR THE SAME PERIOD, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO PREMISES CAUSED BY DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP OR IN THE WORK OR BY THE EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND /OR INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. FINALLY: A. IT IS THE INTENT THAT THE FOREGOING WORK SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT AND THAT ANY MATERIAL OR WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, BUT NECESSARY TO FULLY COMPLETE THE WORK, SHALL BE FURNISHED AS A PART OF THE BASE BID. B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CLEAN UP ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, OUTLETS, DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, ETC, OF ALL DUST, FINGERPRINTS, GREASE, ETC. AT TURNOVER OF THE STORE. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO RETURN TO THE STORE AFTER MERCHANDISE HAS BEEN SETUP TO ADJUST ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. DO5 (Di7(0/ RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER K I4RS LONNER IANNI HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859- 442 -8050 859-442-8058 FAX WWW.KLHENGRS.COM DATE SHEET p P NO. I EXPIRES PROJECT 8151.01 M N rn 0 0 a z rn w z L14 O C: DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND LEGEND K L H 02.27.08 m BLDG DEPT RESUBMTL. FED 0 2 2t 1 ELECTRICAL LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION LIGHING CONTROLS WITCHNG a,b,c SWITCHING DESIGNATION NL nl UNSW TCHED NIGHT —LIGHT FIXTURE $ : SINGLE POLE SWITCH 3 3 —WAY SWITCH DIMMER SWITCH OCCUPANCY SENSOR (PIR) AUTO WALL SWITCH @ 48" AFF /AUTO -OFF & DIP SW. CHOICE OF AUTO OR MANUAL ON, 180 DEG. /1000 SQ.FT. SPECIFICATION PROVIDED ON E -1, CODED NOTE 2. TIME CLOCK TC INDICATES TIMECLOCK "TC" E LIGHTING CONTACTOR ("L" INDICATES LIGHTING CONTACTOR; "A" INDICATES CONTACTOR DESIGNATION) LA LB RECEPTACLES/MISCELLANEOUS OUTLETS co DUPLEX RECEPTACLE OP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE — AT COUNTER HEIGHT OR SPECIAL HEIGHT PER ARCHITECT IN FIELD DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ( "QUAD ") 0 DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ( "QUAD ") MOUNTED AT COUNTER HEIGHT OR SPECIAL HEIGHT PER ARCHITECT IN FIELD 0 SPECIAL PURPOSE OUTLET DETERMINE EXACT NEMA CONFIGURATION IN FIELD WHERE APPLICABLE FOR RECEPTACLES 01) FLUSH CEIUNG DUPLEX RECEPTACLE O FLOOR OUTLET MISCELLANEOUS 0 THERMOSTAT (LOW VOLTAGE) — FURNISHED, INSTALLED AND WIRED BY H.C. OUTLET BOX AND CONDUIT STUB —UP BY E.C. e INDICATES A DIRECT CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT DI HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH (NON — FUSED) 13 HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH (FUSED) 0 MOTOR illi RECESSED OR SURFACE MOUNTED PANELBOARD AS INDICATED ON PLANS PLYWOOD EQUIPMENT BOARD BY E.C. (SEE DIVISION 16 SPECIFICATIONS) CIRCUIT BREAKER (NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE) INDICATES GROUNDING BY E.C. PER N.E.C. ARTICLE 250 MINIMUM ELECTRIC UTILITY COMPANY METER I DOOR OPERATORS/DEVICES FLUSH PUSHBUTTON FOR DOOR CHIME OR DOOR BELL 0 DOOR BELL WITH TRANSFORMER & PUSHBUTTONS ® REMOTE MOTION SENSOR FOR AUTOMATIC ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATOR BY OTHERS PROVIDE ROUGH —IN AS REQUIRED DOOR CONTACT FURNISHED BY OTHERS PROVIDE ROUGH —IN AS REQUIRED RACEWAY/WIRE/CABLE — '(1,3) HOME RUN WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER(S) CABLING /RACEWAY — CEIUNG OR WALL — SEE SPECS. FOR APPL. CONDUIT /RACEWAY REQ'TS_ (FULLY CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS, CONCEALED TO OVERHEAD STRUCTURE IN UNF1N. AREAS) CABLING /RACEWAY — BELOW FLOOR /GRADE — SEE SPECS. FOR APPL. CONDUIT /RACEWAY REQ'TS. ® JUNCTION BOX — ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEIUNG OR AT STRUCTURE IN AREAS WITH NO CEILING JUNCTION BOX — WALL (FLUSH IN FINISHED AREAS) J DATA/VOICE V TELEPHONE OUTLET w V TELEPHONE OUTLET — WALL PHONE (PROVIDE ONE CABLE DROP) COMBINATION TELEPHONE /DATA OUTLET V DATA OUTLET AUDIONISUAL O RECESSED CEILING SPEAKER BY OTHERS PROVIDE ROUGH —IN AS REQUIRED HORN TYPE SPEAKER PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS PROVIDE ROUGH —IN AS REQUIRED SECURITY KEYPAD KP FIRE ALARM eLle FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SEMI — RECESSED CEILING MOUNTED AUDIO /VISUAL DEVICE (PROVIDE MINIMUM 75cd STROBE COMPUANT WITH A.D.A.A.G. AND PROVIDE HIGHER RATINGS WHERE SHOWN ON PLAN) De FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HORN /STROBE UNIT (PROVIDE MINIMUM 75cd STROBE COMPLIANT WITH A.D.A.A.G. AND PROVIDE HIGHER RATINGS WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS) ED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM STROBE —ONLY UNIT (PROVIDE MINIMUM 75cd STROBE COMPUANT WITH A.DAAG AND PROVIDE HIGHER RATINGS WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS) ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES E.C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR C.T.C. COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY CONTRACTOR H C H.V.A.C. CONTRACTOR P C PLUMBING CONTRACTOR G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR C M CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (OR GRADE /PAVEMENT WHERE APPUCABLE) TO CENTER OF OUTLET (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) W/P PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF EQUIPMENT /FIXTURE /DEVICE 42 „ DISTANCE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (OR GRADE /PAVEMENT WHERE APPLIC.) TO CENTER OF OUTLET CH COUNTER HEIGHT OR SPECIAL HEIGHT DEVICE COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT & ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS GFl / GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER DEVICE (UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS, DO NOT FEED DOWNSTREAM OUTLETS FROM LOAD SIDE TERMINALS OF GFI RECEPPS. EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER UCR UNDER COUNTER REFRIGERATOR MW MICROWAVE OVEN GENERAL CONDITIONS: A. THE REQUIREMENTS AS SET FORTH UNDER GENERAL CONDITIONS, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ARE A PART OF THIS CONTRACT. B. C. CONTRACTOR MUST READ THE ENTIRE SPECIFICATIONS COVERING OTHER BRANCHES OF WORK AND IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF THE WORK WITH WORK PERFORMED BY OTHER TRADES. D. PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF UCENSURE, BONDING AND INSURANCE, AND PERFORM ADMINISTRATIVE FUNCTIONS AS REQUIRED. CONFORM TO GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN. REFER ALSO TO STRUCTURAL AND MECHANICAL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH OTHER TRADES. E. CUT AND PATCH AS REQUIRED, CUT AND WELD STRUCTURAL MEMBERS ONLY WITH APPROVAL OF STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. PATCHING SUBJECT TO APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT AND LANDLORD. F. INVOICE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, NOT TENANT, FOR COSTS INCURRED DUE TO SUBSTITUTION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT HAVING ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS DIFFERING FROM THOSE INDICATED. G. ORDER EQUIPMENT WITHIN 5 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF CONTRACT TO MAINTAIN CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT, PROVIDE TO TENANT ALL OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND INFORMATION FOR MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT. SCOPE OF WORK: A. B. C. ALL WORK IS TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NEC AND ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL CODES. D. PERMITS: B. BIDS SHALL BE BASED ON A COMPLETE /FULL SET OF DRAWINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING. BIDS SHALL SERVE AS EVIDENCE OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. ALL REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING MODIFICATIONS WHICH ARE REQUIRED TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE TO BE OBTAINED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO AND INCLUDED IN BID PRICE. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT, LOCATIONS CONDITIONS, ETC. FAILURE TO VISIT THE SITE SHALL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM ANY RESPONSIBILITY IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ELECTRICAL WORK. FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, TESTING, EQUIPMENT, INCIDENTALS AND TOOLS TO PERFORM ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN, NOTED OR SCHEDULED FOR A COMPLETE AND FINISHED INSTALLATION. 1. MATERIALS, PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW AND AS SUCH APPEAR ON THE UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL) LIST OF APPROVED ITEMS AND SHALL BE SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST EDITION OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE (NEC) AND OTHER APPLICABLE CODES, WHICHEVER ARE MORE STRINGENT. INCLUDE ANY LABOR AND MATERIALS NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED, BUT NECESSARY TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE AND FULLY OPERATIVE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. A. SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, FEES, ASSESSMENTS AND INSPECTION CERTIFICATES THAT RELATE TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACT. FURNISH APPROVED CERTIFICATE OF FINAL INSPECTION AND TURN OVER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS: A. THE ELECTRICAL PLANS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC, NOT SHOWING EVERY ITEM IN EXACT LOCATIONS AND DETAILS. MEASUREMENTS AND LOCATIONS MUST BE FIELD VERIFIED AND COORDINATED WITH ARCHITECTURAL, PLUMBING, HVAC, FIRE PROTECTION, STRUCTURAL AND OTHER BUILDING DRAWINGS. SHOP DRAWINGS: A. SUBMIT FIVE (5) COPIES OF MATERIAL LISTS AND SHOP DRAWINGS FOR MAJOR EQUIPMENT TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING EQUIPMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS EARLY ENOUGH IN PROJECT TO ALLOW AMPLE TIME FOR REVIEW WITHOUT CAUSING TIME DELAYS OR CONFLICTS IN THE JOB PROGRESS. SUBMITTALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERAL CONDITIONS AND THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED IN THE DRAWINGS AND SHALL BEAR THE STAMP OF THE CONTRACTOR SHOWING THAT HE HAS REVIEWED AND APPROVED THEM AND THAT THEY ARE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS. LACK OF SUCH CONTRACTOR'S APPROVAL WILL BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION WITHOUT REVIEW BY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. B. WHERE TRADE NAMES, BRANDS OR MANUFACTURERS OF EQUIPMENT ORMATERIALS ARE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE EXACT EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED ON THE PROJECT. THE USE OF ANY UNAUTHORIZED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO REMOVAL /REPLACEMENT AT THE REQUEST OF THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER (AT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE). CONDUITS: A. CONDUIT SHALL BE STANDARD RIGID STEEL, IMC (INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT) OR EMT (ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING) ACCORDING TO LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. EMT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE COMPRESSION OR SET SCREW TYPE AND RIGID STEEL SHALL BE THREADED. B. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT OR TYPE MC CABLE SHALL BE USED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO LIGHT FIXTURES, MOTORS AND VIBRATING EQUIPMENT ONLY AND SHALL BE GROUNDED WITH A SEPARATE FULL SIZED GREEN GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. FINAL TYPE MC /FLEX CONNECTIONS SHALL BE LIMITED TO A MAXIMUM OF 8' -0" IN LENGTH (ARRANGE CIRCUITS TO AVOID JUNCTION BOXES ABOVE DRYWALL CEILINGS. WHERE THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE, COORDINATE WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND HAVE ACCESS PANELS INSTALLED. THE USE OF ACCESS PANELS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONDUIT INSTALLATION AND ALL COSTS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE ELECTRICAL BASE BID), 1. MINIMUM SIZES OF CONDUITS SHALL BE 3/4" FOR STANDARD CONDUIT (1/2" IF ACCEPTABLE BY LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY) AND 1/2" FOR FLEX CONDUIT. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD COORDINATE WITH THE LANDLORD AND INSPECTION AGENCIES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. EMT CONDUIT SHALL BE GALVANIZED OR ELECTRO- GALVANIZED. FITTINGS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY STEEL CITY, RACO, T & B, EFCOR OR EQUAL. EMT CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR FEEDERS AND BRANCH CIRCUIT RUNS ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS OR CONCEALED IN INTERIOR PARTITIONS. 2. PAINTING OF ELECTRICAL CONDUITS, ETC., IF REQUIRED, WILL BE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. C. TYPE MC CABLE EQUIPPED WITH A GREEN INSULATED GROUND CONDUCTOR MAY BE USED FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS ONLY IF APPROVED BY THE TENANT, LANDLORD AND THE LOCAL CODE AUTHORITY. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN THESE APPROVALS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING THEIR BID. D. THE USE OF ROMEX, MX OR BX IS NOT PERMITTED. E. MAXIMUM CONDUIT HANGER SPACING SHALL BE 8' -0" FOR 3/4" THRU 1-1/4" AND 10' -0" FOR 1-1/2" THRU 4" CONDUITS. DO NOT SUPPORT CONDUITS FROM THE CEILING SYSTEM. F. LEAVE A #10 AWG PULL WIRE OR NYLON PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS. G. SECURE ALL RACEWAYS TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE IN A RIGID AND SECURE MANNER, USING FASTENERS SUCH AS "CADDY CLIPS" OR EQUAL. H. CIRCUITS DESIGNATED TO HAVE AN ISOLATED GROUND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN SEPARATE RACEWAYS. FLASH AND COUNTERFLASH ALL RACEWAYS WHICH PENETRATE THE ROOF OR USE PITCH POCKETS. INSURE THE PENETRATIONS ARE COMPLETELY WEATHERPROOF. ALL RACEWAY SYSTEMS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER SHALL BE WEATHERPROOF. PRIOR APPROVAL BY THE LANDLORD IS REQUIRED TO ADD ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT LOADS TO STRUCTURE OR TO MAKE HOLES IN EXISTING ROOF. NOTIFY LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT LEAST 72 HOURS PRIOR TO ANY REQUIRED ROOF WORK. WIRE: A. WIRE SHALL BE SINGLE CONDUCTOR COPPER WITH 600 VOLT INSULATION. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE #12 AWG. ALL WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL BE SHALL BROUGHT TO THE SITE IN UNBROKEN PACKAGES. ALL WIRING OF ANY TYPE SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. NO STRANDED WIRES ALLOWED FOR #10 AND #12 AWG SIZES. 1. GENERAL WIRING SHALL BE THW OR THHN. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED. 2. INCREASE WIRE SIZES AS FOLLOWS TO COMPENSATE FOR VOLTAGE DROP. CONTACT THE ENGINEER FOR ASSISTANCE IF WIRE LENGTH FROM SOURCE TO LOAD EXCEEDS MAXIMUMS LISTED: CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 120V 120V 208V 208V CIRCUIT LENGTH 75 -150 FT. 150 -200 FT. 150 -200 FT. 200 -250 FT. INCREASE WIRE 1 SIZE 2 SIZES 1 SIZE 2 SIZES B. WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL BE EQUAL TO SCOTCHLOCK FOR #8 AND SMALLER AND EQUAL TO T & B "LOCK -TITE" FOR #6 AND LARGER. C. THE USE OF SHARED NEUTRALS IS ACCEPTABLE FOR LIGHTING AND RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS IF INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC #310 AND LOCAL CODES. D. E. LIGHTING: G. D. COLOR CODE THE ENTIRE 120/240V AND 120/208Y WIRING SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS: PHASE A- BLACK, PHASE B -RED, PHASE C -BLUE, NEUTRAL - WHITE, GROUND- GREEN. COLOR CODE THE ENTIRE 277Y/480V WIRING SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS: PHASE A- BROWN, PHASE B- ORANGE, PHASE C- YELLOW, NEUTRAL -GRAY, GROUND -GREEN WITH YELLOW STRIPE. A. FOR LIGHT FIXTURES AND AUXILIARY ITEMS THAT ARE FURNISHED BY THE TENANT, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECEIVE, PROTECT, INSTALL, CLEAN AND RELAMP FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. B. FOR LIGHT FIXTURES THAT ARE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL THE FIXTURES COMPLETE WITH LAMPS. C. PROVIDE ACCESSORIES, INCIDENTAL MATERIALS AND MOUNTING HARDWARE FOR ALL FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. D. PROPERLY INSTALL AND SUPPORT ALL FIXTURES PLUMB AND TRUE, AND FREE OF LIGHT LEAKS. CONFORM TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND INDUSTRY PRACTICES. LEAVE PROTECTIVE FILM IN PLACE ON FIXTURES UNTIL CLEAN -UP. INSTALL LIGHT FIXTURES IN RATED CEILINGS TO MAINTAIN THE RATING OF CEILING. SUPPORT ALL FIXTURES FROM THE STRUCTURE WITH THREADED RODS AND UNISTRUT. DO NOT SUPPORT FROM THE CEILING SYSTEM. E. PROVIDE AND LOCATE EMERGENCY LIGHTING TO MEET LOCAL BUILDING AUTHORITY REQUIREMENTS. F. FLUORESCENT FIXTURES FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE ELECTRONIC HPF, RAPID START, PARALLEL LAMP OPERATION, CBM, TYPE 1 CLASS P, SOUND RATED A, THDC20 %, CCFC1.5, NAECA COMPLIANT WHERE APPLICABLE, ENERGY SAVING BALLASTS. INCANDESCENT FIXTURES SHALL HAVE 150'C FIXTURE WIRE FROM LAMP HOUSING TO INDEPENDENT BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLET BOX. HID FIXTURES SHALL HAVE ANSI C82.4 COMPLIANT, HPF, ENCAPSULATED BALLASTS, ADVANCED SERIES 73B OR EQUAL. AFTER ALL FIXTURES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED (INCLUDING FIXTURES INSTALLED BY OTHERS), CLEAN ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, REPLACE ALL EXPIRED LAMPS, AND ADJUST DIRECTIONAL LIGHTING AS DIRECTED BY TENANT AND ARCHITECT. H. SIGN DISCONNECT: PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACE FOR STORE SIGN AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS. VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SIGN FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY OTHERS. WIRED GROUND SYSTEM: A. FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE WIRED GROUNDING SYSTEM FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND CIRCUITS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED GENERALLY BELOW. B. ALL GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE GREEN, WHERE EXPOSED IN PANELS, SWITCHBOARD, OUTLET BOXES, ETC.. C. ALL ENCLOSURES AND NON- CURRENT CARRYING METALS TO BE GROUNDED. CONDUIT SYSTEM TO BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS. ALL LOCK NUTS MUST CUT THROUGH ENAMELED OR PAINTED SURFACES ON ENCLOSURES. WHERE ENCLOSURES AND NON- CURRENT CARRYING METALS ARE ISOLATED FROM THE CONDUIT SYSTEM, USE BONDING JUMPERS WITH APPROVED CLAMPS. RUN A SEPARATE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN EACH CONDUIT, #12 MINIMUM, OR AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. FOR PANEL FEEDERS, BOND THE GROUNDING CONDUCTOR TO THE CONDUIT, WHERE ENTERING AND LEAVING THE CONDUIT. ALL GROUND CLAMPS SHALL BE PENN -UNION OR EQUAL, SIMILAR TO "GPL" TYPE. CONDUIT GROUND BUSHINGS SHALL BE THOMAS & BETTS OR EQUAL, SIMILAR TO #3800 SERIES WITH NYLON INSULATED THROAT. E. ALL DEVICES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. USE A BONDING JUMPER BETWEEN THE OUTLET BOX AND THE DEVICE GROUNDING TERMINAL. METAL -TO -METAL CONTACT BETWEEN THE DEVICE YOKE AND THE OUTLET BOX IS NOT ACCEPTABLE AS A BOND FOR EITHER SURFACE MOUNTED BOXES OR FLUSH TYPE BOXES. ALL JUNCTION BOXES, OUTLET BOXES AND PULL BOXES SHALL BE BONDED TO THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALL FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE JUMPERED WITH A GROUND CONDUCTOR. WIRE DEVICES: A. COLOR OF WIRING DEVICES AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. (SEE PLAN NOTES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION). 1. RECEPTACLES SHALL BE 20 AMP, .3-WIRE GROUNDING TYPE EQUAL TO HUBBELL #5362, MOUNTED AT 15" AFF TO CENTER. 2. SWITCHES SHALL BE 20 AMP SPECIFICATION GRADE, RATED AT 120 OR 277 VOLT, AS REQUIRED, MOOUNTED AT 48 "AFF. 3. SPECIAL DEVICES SHALL BE A SPECIFICATION GRADE. B. COLOR AND TYPE (PLASTIC OR METAL) OF ALL DEVICE COVERPLATES SHALL BE SELECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. C. FLOOR BOXES TO BE HUBBELL #B- 2527/29 WITH S -3925 COVER (OR EQUAL BY STEEL CITY) AND HUBBELL #5362 RECEPTACLE (VERIFY BRASS OR ALUMINUM COVER WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING). D. SURFACE FLOOR BOXES CONCEALED BENEATH CASEWORK OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE STEEL CITY #640 OR EQUAL. E. EQUAL DEVICES BY ARROW -HART ,GENERAL ELECTRIC, BRYANT, PASS & SEYMOUR OR SIERRA. F. VERIFY MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL DEVICES WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. PANELBOARDS AND SAFETY SWITCHES: A. PROVIDE BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELS WHICH SHALL BE OF THE BOLTED CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPE WITH SOLID COPPER BUSSING FULL SIZED NEUTRAL, 25% GROUND BUSSING (PROVIDE SEPARATE GROUND BUS FOR ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUITS). PANELS TO HAVE HINGED /LOCKABLE DOOR AND TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY INSIDE DOOR. ALL SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT SHALL BEAR THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL WHICH SHALL STATE THAT THE EQUIPMENT IS RATED FOR SERVICE ENTRANCE APPLICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC #230 -70. LOAD BALANCE ALL ELECTRICAL PHASES AT PANELS AND SWITCHBOARDS TO WITHIN 10%. TWO AND THREE POLE BREAKERS SHALL BE COMMON TRIP TYPE. WHEN USED AS SWITCHES FOR 120/277V LIGHTING CIRCUITS, FURNISH TYPE "SWD" BREAKERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC #240 -83B. SQUARE -D OR EQUAL BY GOULD ITE, CUTLER - HAMMER, WESTINGHOUSE, CHALLENGER, FEDERAL PACIFIC OR GENERAL ELECTRIC. B. PROVIDE SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES, FUSED OR NON- FUSED, AS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. (FUSES AS MANUFACTURURED BY BUSSMAN, CHASE SHAWMUT, WESTINGHOUSE, ECONOMY FUSE CO., OR LITTLE FUSE CO. ARE ACCEPTABLE), DISCONNECT SWITCHES THAT ARE INSTALLED AT AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT, HEAT PUMPS, ETC., SHALL BE FUSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE EQUIPMENT'S NAMEPLATE REQUIREMENTS PER NEC #440 -21 AND #110 -3B. SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, QUICK MAKE /QUICK BREAK TYPE, FUSIBLE OR NON- FUSIBLE, WEATHERPROOF AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES. LOAD AND HORSEPOWER RATED AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE -D, GOULD ITE, CHALLENGER, CUTLER - HAMMER, WESTINGHOUSE, FEDERAL PACIFIC OR GENERAL ELECTRIC. PROVIDE (3) SPARE FUSES OF EACH SIZE AND TYPE INSTALLED. C. MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS WITH OVERLOAD PROTECTION MAY BE USED FOR FRACTIONAL HORSEPOWER MOTORS THAT DO NOT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL. SINGLE PHASE STARTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH OVERLOAD DEVICE IN EACH PHASE MATCHED TO MOTOR NAMEPLATE RATING. MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS (MINIMUM SIZE #1) SHALL BE USED FOR ALL SINGLE AND THREE PHASE MOTORS RATED ABOVE 1/2 HORSEPOWER OR THAT REQUIRE AUXILIARY CONTROL. PROVIDE CONTROL DEVICES (CONTACTS, TRANSFORMERS, ETC.) IN STARTERS AS REQUIRED FOR INTERLOCKS. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL AND /OR TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTORS. COMBINATION STARTERS, WHEN USED, SHALL CONTAIN FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCHES. BOXES: A. OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED, ONE -PIECE PRESSED STEEL KNOCKOUT IN DRY LOCATIONS AND LAST WEATHERPROOF IN WET LOCATIONS. B. JUNCTION /PULL BOXES AND COVERS SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL, CODE GAUGE SIZE. C. INSTALL BOXES RIGIDLY ON BUILDING STRUCTURE AND SUPPORT INDEPENDENTLY OF THE CONDUIT SYSTEM. ALSO PROVIDE SUITABLE /PROPER BOX EXTENSIONS TO EXTEND BOXES TO FINISHED FACES OF WALLS, ETC. ALL OUTLET BOXES TO HAVE SUITABLE BLOCKING BEHIND THEM TO MINIMIZE THE DEFLECTION THAT OCCURS WHEN PLUGGING /UNPLUGGING INTO THESE DEVICES. D. WHERE A 277 VOLT LIGHT SWITCH IS GANGED WITH A 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE, PROVIDE A SUITABLE DIVIDER OR SEPARATE JUNCTION BOXES IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEC AND LOCAL CODES. SERVICES: A. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICE, IF NOT PROVIDED BY THE LANDLORD, FROM LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED LOCATION. PROVIDE LIGHTING, POWER AND WIRING, INCLUDING EXTENSION CORDS AS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE APPLICABLE TEMPORARY NEEDS. PROVIDE GROUND FAULT PROTECTION AS REQUIRED BY NEC AND LOCAL CODES. ALL TEMPORARY WIRING, FUSING, ETC. SHALL BE REMOVED UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. B. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. FIELD VERIFY EXACT REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING. ALL WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS BEING BY THE LANDLORD OR POWER COMPANY SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. CLOSELY COORDINATE ENTIRE INSTALLATION WITH LANDLORD AND POWER COMPANY AS REQUIRED. (PROVIDE EQUIPMENT THAT IS COMPATIBLE WITH AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT LEVELS. PROVIDE "CABLE LIMITERS" IF NECESSARY FOR SYSTEM COORDINATION). FIELD VERIFY EXACT TYPE, SIZE, LOCATION, REQUIREMENTS, ETC., OF EXISTING POWER AND TELEPHONE FACILITIES PRIOR TO BIDDING PROJECT. SPECIAL SYSTEMS: A. REFURBISH, REINSTALL AND TEST ANY EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES BEING REUSED AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE NEW FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IF REQUIRED. PROVIDE ROUGH -IN'S AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR NEW FIRE ALARM DEVICES AND /OR RELOCATED DEVICES. B. PROVIDE DEDICATED CONTINUOUS 3/4" MINIMUM EMT RACEWAY SYSTEM WITH PULL WIRE FROM LANDLORD'S STUB -IN TO THE TELEPHONE BACKBOARD AND FROM BACKBOARD TO ALL TELEPHONE OUTLETS. FOR NON - PLENUM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES, AND WHERE APPROVED BY TENANT, LANDLORD AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES, BUSHED RACEWAY STUBS FROM OUTLET BOXES TO CEILING SPACE ARE PERMITTED IN LIEU OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEM. FOR WALL OUTLETS, PROVIDE A 4" SQUARE OUTLET BOX WITH SINGLE GANG ADAPTER RING AND TELEPHONE PLATE. PROVIDE A 3/4" FIRE - TREATED PLYWOOD BACKBOARD OF SIZE REQUIRED FOR TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT. PROMPTLY NOTIFY TENANT WHEN ROUGH -IN INSTALLATION IS COMPLETE. C. PROVIDE DEDICATED CONTINUOUS 3/4" MINIMUM EMT RACEWAY SYSTEM WITH PULL WIRE FROM DATA SYSTEM EQUIPMENT LOCATION TO ALL DATA SYSTEM OUTLETS. FOR NON- PLENUM ACCESSIBLE CEILING SPACES, AND WHERE APPROVED BY TENANT, LANDLORD AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES, BUSHED RACEWAY STUBS FROM OUTLET BOXES TO CEILING SPACE ARE PERMITTED IN LIEU OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEM. FOR WALL OUTLETS, PROVIDE A 4" SQUARE OUTLET BOX WITH SINGLE GANG ADAPTER RING AND BLANK PLATE. FOR FLOOR OUTLETS, PROVIDE FLOOR OUTLET BOX AS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE AND BLANK PLATE. D. PROVIDE EDWARDS: 340- 4G5- -24VAC BUZZER, 852 WEATHERPROOF PUSHBUTTON, 592 TRANSFORMER. BUZZER SYSTEM WIRE NEED NOT BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT UNLESS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD OR LOCAL BUILDING AUTHORITIES. STEP -DOWN TRANSFORMER: A. PROVIDE A DRY -TYPE TRANSFORMER, IF NEEDED, OF THE ENCLOSED VENTILATED TYPE WITH KVA AND VOLTAGE RATINGS AS CALLED FOR ON THE DRAWINGS. COILS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR 1500C. RISE ABOVE 400C AMBIENT WITH 100% OF RATED LOAD CONNECTED TO THE SECONDARY. CLASS H INSULATION AND MINIMUM OF SIX STANDARD FULL CAPACITY TAPS. (TWO ABOVE AND FOUR BELOW NORMAL). SOUND LEVEL /DECIBELS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH "NEMA" STANDARDS AND INSTALLATION SHALL INCLUDE VIBRATION- DAMPENING MOUNTS. USE FLEXIBLE STEEL CONDUIT FOR PRIMARY AND SECONDARY CONNECTIONS TO MINIMIZE SOUND TRANSMISSION. (MOUNT TRANSFORMER ON SEPARATE VIBRATION ISOLATORS. THESE ARE ADDITIONAL ISOLATORS AND ARE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH INTEGRAL FACTORY INSTALLED VIBRATION ISOLATORS). MANUFACTURER'S TO BE SQUARE -D, HEAVY DUTY, ACME, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR WESTINGHOUSE. LIGHTING CONTROLS: A. ALL LIGHTING CIRCUITS ARE TO BE CONTROLLED BY A MASTER LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL (MLCP) FURNISHED BY THE TENANT AND DELIVERED FOR INSTALLATION BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. THE CONTROLLER WILL BE PROGRAMMABLE TO CONTROL ACTUATION OF DIFFERENT LIGHTING AT PRE -SET TIMES BY THE TENANT. INSTALLATION: A. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICE MAINTAINING AND REPAIRING. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL SUCH AS CHANNELS, RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION WORK AND SHALL BE FASTENED TO BUILDING STEEL, CONCRETE OR MASONRY, BUT NOT PIPING OR DUCTWORK. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED WHEREVER POSSIBLE. EXPOSED CONDUITS SHALL BE IN STRAIGHT LINE PARALLEL WITH OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO COLUMN LINES OR BEAMS AND SEPARATED AT LEAST 3" FROM WATER /GAS LINES WHEREVER THEY RUN ALONGSIDE OR ACROSS SUCH LINES. ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE IN CONDUIT, DUCTS OR OTHER CODE APPROVED RACEWAY. B. ALL LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE POWER AND CONTROL WIRING (EXCEPT HVAC LOW VOLTAGE WIRING) INCLUDING CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS, DAMPERS, INTERLOCKING, ETC., SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. (ALL LINE VOLTAGE WIRING, CONDUIT AND FINAL CONNECTIONS FROM THE POWER SOURCE THRU THE STARTER /DISCONNECT, ETC., TO THE MOTOR OR EQUIPMENT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. ALL HVAC RELATED LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING, CONDUIT AND FINAL CONNECTIONS IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE MECHANICAL /TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS). C. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING OR CHANNELING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THE ELECTRICAL SCOPE OF WORK. ANY CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE LANDLORD. SLEEVES SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 2" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AND ALL SLEEVES, OPENINGS, ETC., THROUGH FIRE RATED WALLS AND FLOORS SHALL BE FIRE SEALED WITH SILICATE, SILICONE "RTV" FOAM, "3M" FIRE RATED SEALANTS OR EQUAL AFTER CONDUIT /CABLE INSTALLATION SO AS TO RETAIN THE FIRE RATING. D. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR, INSOFAR AS THE WORK IS CONCERNED, SHALL AT ALL TIMES KEEP THE PREMISES IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY CONDITION, AND AT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK, SHALL PROPERLY LEAN UP AND CART AWAY ANY DEBRIS AND EXCESS MATERIAL. E. THE FOLLOWING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH ENGRAVED BAKELITE NAMEPLATES AS TO NAME AND /OR FUNCTION: DISTRIBUTION PANELS, LIGHTING PANELS, MOTOR STARTER /DISCONNECT SWITCHES. NAMEPLATES ARE TO BE APPROXIMATELY 1" X 2" IN SIZE AND ARE TO BE FASTENED WITH POP RIVETS OR SCREWS. F. THE LOCATION OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE APPROXIMATE AND THE ARCHITECT OR CONSTRUCTION MANAGER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO RELOCATE ANY OUTLETS OR FIXTURES BEFORE THEY ARE INSTALLED WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COSTS. G. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECORD ALL FIELD CHANGES ON DRAWINGS IN THE WORK AS THE JOB PROGRSSES AND TURN OVER THIS "AS- BUILT" INFORMATION OVER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. H. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL FIXTURES AND /OR EQUIPMENT AGAINST DAMAGE FROM LEAKS, ABUSE, ETC., AND PAY COSTS FOR REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT MADE NECESSARY BY FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUITABLE SAFEGUARDS OR PROTECTION. I. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALL FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM. AFTER ALL EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN INSPECTED AND APPROVED, THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS WORK JUST PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. J. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY /ALL NECESSARY ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION WORK THAT IS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE THE NEW INSTALLATION. FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO BIDS. REMOVE AND /OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT, ETC. AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. ANY EQUIPMENT OR DEVICE REMAINING IN USE AFTER THE DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE ARE TO BE RECONNECTED TO EXISTING OR NEW CIRCUITS AND LEFT IN WORKING ORDER. FEEDERS TO PANELS AND WIRING TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ROUTED CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS. COORDINATE ANY DISRUPTION OF ELECTRICAL OR TELEPHONE SERVICES WITH THE LANDLORD AND CONTRUCTION MANAGER TO AVOID ANY CONFLICTS. FIRE ALARM: FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DEVICES (SMOKE DETECTORS, PULL STATIONS, BELLS, STROBES, ETC.) SHALL BE OF THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS, AND COMPATIBLE WITH, THE EXISTING BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. PROVIDE AUXILIARY CONTACTS IF REQUIRED FOR SPECIAL APPLICATIONS. ALL STROBE ALARMS SHALL BE ADA COMPLIANT, MINIMUM 75CD PER ADA. ALL NEW WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND IN CONDUIT (3/4" MINIMUM). FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A RACEWAY SYSTEM SEPARATE FROM SECURITY SUB - SYSTEM WIRING WHERE /IF APPLICABLE. THE INSTALLATION SHALL INCLUDE A COMPLETE SYSTEM TEST OF THE EQUIPMENT BY THE LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE OF THE SYSTEM INSTALLED. THIS TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED IN THE PRESENCE OF REPRESENTATIVES OF THE OWNER, ENGINEER, AND LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SUPPLIER SHALL PROVIDE TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR A COMPLETE SET OF FLOOR PLAN DRAWINGS SHOWING CONDUIT SIZES AND NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS REQUIRED TO ALL COMPONENTS PLUS DETAILED WIRING CONNECTIONS REQUIRED AT EACH TYPE OF DEVICE. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS MANUFACTURER TO SUBMIT THESE DRAWINGS TO THE STATE FIRE MARSHALL'S OFFICE (OR OTHER AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION) FOR APPROVAL. THIS ACTION SHALL BE TAKEN DURING THE SHOP DRAWING PROCEDURE. THE SYSTEM MUST BE APPROVED BY THIS AUTHORITY AND A COPY SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER WITH THE SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL. ALL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WORKING DRAWINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED MODIFICATIONS (CARDS, POWER SUPPLIES, HARDWARE, FIRMWARE, SOFTWARE, ETC.) TO THE EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO RENDER THE ENTIRE EXTENSION FULLY OPERABLE. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED 20A /120VAC POWER AS REQUIRED TO ENERGIZE ALL NEW FIRE ALARM RELATED COMPONENTS. THIS REQUIREMENT APPLIES WHETHER OR NOT SUCH POWER WORK IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. BRANCH CIRCUITS SERVING FIRE ALARM RELATED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DEDICATED TO FIRE ALARM RELATED EQUIPMENT ONLY. SMOKE DETECTOR LOCATIONS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE RATED COVERAGE OF THE DETECTOR AND, IN GENERAL, SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 15 FEET FROM A WALL OR 30 FEET APART. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN 3 FEET FROM A SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER. PROVIDE CONTACT BASES FOR ALL APPLICATIONS WHERE AUXILIARY CONTACTS ARE REQUIRED. THE AUDIO /VISUAL AND VISUAL -ONLY ALARM INDICATING DEVICES SHALL BE RED ADA - COMPLIANT UNITS (WITH MINIMUM 75 CANDELA ADA - COMPLIANT STROBES) WALL MOUNTED AT 6'8" AS SHOWN ON PLANS. STROBE UNITS SHALL BE SYNCHRONIZED WHEREVER REQUIRED BY ANY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, INCLUDING ADAAG. ADDITIONALLY, WHERE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY, THE STROBES MUST MEET ANSI 53.41 TEMPORAL CODE. THE WATERFLOW SWITCHES, TAMPER SWITCHES AND PRESSURE SWITCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL WIRE AND PROVIDE THE RELATED MONITOR MODULES AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE ISOLATION MODULES AS REQUIRED TO ISOLATE WIRE TO WIRE SHORTS ON A DATA LOOP TO LIMIT THE NUMBER OF OTHER MODULES OR DETECTORS THAT ARE INCAPACITATED BY THE SHORT CIRCUIT FAULT AND /OR GROUNDS. ISOLATION MODULES SHALL BE PART OF THE SMOKE DETECTOR BASE. THE ISOLATION MODULES SHALL PERMIT THE ENTIRE SYSTEM TO OPERATE INDEPENDENTLY OF THE AREA DISCONNECTED BY THE ISOLATION MODULE DUE TO WIRING FAULTS. PROVIDE MONITOR MODULES AS REQUIRED TO INTERFACE "NON- INTELLIGENT" DEVICES INTO THE SYSTEM AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS (I.E. SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCHES, TAMPER SWITCHES, ETC.). PROVIDE CONTROL MODULES FOR ALL AUXILIARY DEVICES INCLUDING ALL SUPERVISED CONTROL FUNCTIONS SUCH AS AIR HANDLER SHUTDOWNS. GUARANTEE: A. MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM DATE OF ACCEPTANCE. DEFECTS WHICH APPEAR DURING THAT PERIOD SHALL BE CORRECTED AT THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. B. FOR THE SAME PERIOD, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO PREMISES CAUSED BY DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP OR IN THE WORK OR BY THE EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND /OR INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. FINALLY: A. IT IS THE INTENT THAT THE FOREGOING WORK SHALL BE COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT AND THAT ANY MATERIAL OR WORK NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, BUT NECESSARY TO FULLY COMPLETE THE WORK, SHALL BE FURNISHED AS A PART OF THE BASE BID. B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO CLEAN UP ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, OUTLETS, DEVICES, EQUIPMENT, ETC, OF ALL DUST, FINGERPRINTS, GREASE, ETC. AT TURNOVER OF THE STORE. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO RETURN TO THE STORE AFTER MERCHANDISE HAS BEEN SETUP TO ADJUST ALL LIGHT FIXTURES AS REQUIRED. DO5 (Di7(0/ RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER K I4RS LONNER IANNI HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859- 442 -8050 859-442-8058 FAX WWW.KLHENGRS.COM DATE SHEET p P NO. I EXPIRES PROJECT 8151.01 M N rn 0 0 a z rn w z L14 O C: DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND LEGEND K L H 02.27.08 m BLDG DEPT RESUBMTL. FED 0 2 2t 1 PLUMBING RESPONSIBILITY SC E FDCTURE SCHEDULE FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY ITEM FIXTURE ROUGH -IN SERVICES DESCRIPTION REMARKS COLD WATER HOT WATER 31SVM 1NJA INDIRECT WASTE Svo P1A WATER CLOSET TANK TYPE 1/2" - 4" 2" - -- AMERICAN STANDARD "CADET" WATER CLOSET, MODEL NO. 2998.014 WITH ELONGATED BOWL, VITREOUS CHINA BOWL, 16.5" HIGH, AMERICAN STANDARD "LAUREL" WHITE OPEN FRONT SEAT AND COVER MODEL #5311.012. FURNISH WITH BOLT CAPS AND CHROME SUPPLY STOP, AND TRIP LEVER ON OPEN SIDE. 1.6 GPF HANDICAP TYPE P2A LAVATORY WALL MOUNTED 1/2" 1/2" 1-1/2" 1 -1 - - AMERICAN STANDARD "LUCERNE" LAVATORY, MODEL NO. 0356.421. FURNISHED WITH CONCEALED ARM WALL HANGER, CHROME SUPPLY STOPS, CHROME P -TRAP FOR WHEELCHAIR USE, AMERICAN STANDARD FAUCET MODEL NO. 5501.170 WITH POP -UP DRAIN, WRIST BLADE HANDLES INSULATED P -TRAP AND SUPPLY LINES WITH 1/2" ARMSTRONG "ANNAFLEX PIPING INSULATION OR EQUIVALENT. MOUNT AT HEIGHT DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. DRAIN TO INCLUDE ADA PROTECTIVE PIPE COVER. HANDICAP TYPE IWH INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER 1/2" 1/2" - - - CHRONONMITE INSTANT -FLOW MODEL SR -30 (6.24 KW, 208V, 1 PHASE, 30A) POINT -OF -USE WATER HEATER WITH GLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC HOUSING, REPLACEABLE NICKEL CHROME CARTRIDGE HEATING ELEMENT, REPLACEABLE FILTER IN THE INLET CONNECTOR AND 1/2" PIPE COMPRESSION NUTS OR 3/8" SLEEVES. UNIT SHALL HAVE A FLOW RATE OF 0.5 GPM, SERVICING 1 LAVATORY, WITH A 40F RISE AVAILABLE AND A MAXIMUM FACTORY TEMPERATURE SETTING OF 105F. HB HOSE BIBB 1 /2" - - - - - NIBCO - ANGLE SILLCOCK VALVE MODEL 63 -CL, I" SIZE FD , FLOOR DRAIN - - 3" 1 -1 / 2 " - - JAY R. SMITH MEDIUM DUTY MODEL 2110 SERIES, NO -HUB OUTLET, COATED CAST IRON FLOOR DRAIN, WITH W PRIMER TAP, TWO -PIECE BODY, DOUBLE DRAINAGE FLANGE, INVERTIBLE NON- PUNCTURING FLASHING COLLAR, WEEPHOLES, BOTTOM OUTLET INSIDE CAULK CONNECTION, ADJUSTABLE ROUND SUPER -FLO STRAINER. ADJUSTABLE SQUARE "TYPE 5" STRAINER FOR ALL DRAINS LOCATED IN TILED AREAS. STRAINER SHALL BE ZURN COMPANY TYPE C, 5" DIAMETER POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE FINISH. WATER HAMMER ARRESTER - - - - - '-. SIOUX CHIEF 650 SERIES WATER HAMMER ARRESTER OR EQUAL. TRAP PRIMER 1/2" - - - - - PRECISION PLUMBING PRODUCTS #ULP - 500LP WITH ADJUSTABLE FLOW RATE, INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER AND INTEGRAL BACKFLOW PREVENTER. PLUMBING RESPONSIBILITY SC E ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY REUSE EXISTING NSA REMARKS TENANT LANDLORD CONT'R LANDLORD CONT'R OTHER PLUMBING FIXTURES COLD WATER PIPING, CW --- — PC HW PC — --- GATE VALVE WATER COOLER AND ACCESSORIES —VI— CHECK VALVE WC WATER CLOSET X LAVATORY SEWER AND VENT PIPING CW COLD WATER PC PC IWH INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING HC HC SECOND CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING X GAS PIPING X CONDENSATE DRAIN PUMP X AS -BUILT DRAWINGS PC PC PLUMING SPECFICATIONS GENERAL THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SHALL APPLY TO AND BE PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVALS REQUIRED. SCOPE OF WORK WATER PIPING SYSTEMS SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SYSTEMS PLUMBING FIXTURES PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PAINTING AND ELECTRICAL WORK IS NOT PART OF THIS CONTRACT. GENERAL STANDARDS THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN: AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TEST MATERIALS (ASTM); AMERICAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION (ASA); UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL); NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA); WASHINGTON BUILDING CODE. THE INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE LOCAL PLUMBING CODES AND STATUES. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL DO ALL EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING. LAY SEWER AND UNDERGROUND PIPING LINES ON 6" COMPACTED SAND. BACKFILL UNDER BUILDING AND ALL DRIVES, ROADS AND WALKS WITH BANK -RUN GRAVEL. WATER PeltiO SYSTEMS DOMESTIC COLD -WATER PIPING DOMESTIC HOT -WATER PIPING INTERIOR WATER PIPING: TUBE SIZE 2" AND SMALLER: COPPER TUBE. WALL THICKNESS: TYPE L, HARD-DRAWN TEMPER. FITTINGS: WROUGHT - COPPER, SOLDER - JOINTS. TUBE SIZE 2 -1/2" AND LARGER: COPPER TUBE. WALL THICKNESS: TYPE L, HARD -DRAWN TEMPER. FITTINGS: WROUGHT - COPPER, SOLDER - JOINTS. SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SOIL, WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM IN THE BUILDING AND ON THE SITE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. NO -HUB CAST IRON MAY BE USED ABOVE FLOOR SLAB. ABOVE GROUND SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING WITHIN BUILDINGS INCLUDING SOIL STACKS, VENT STACKS, HORIZONTAL BRANCHES, TRAPS, AND CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES AND DRAINS. UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAIN PIPING INCLUDING MAINS, BRANCHES, TRAPS, CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES AND DRAINS, AND CONNECTIONS TO STACKS, TERMINATING AT CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY SEWER. INTERIOR PIPING: CAST IRON SOIL PIPING AND FITTINGS SERVICE WEIGHT ASTM A -74 WITH ASTM C -564 GASKETED JOINTS. WASTE AND VENT PIPING 2 -1/2" AND UNDER - TYPE "M" COPPER ASTM B88.62. SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING 3" AND OVER IN SIZE AND ALL UNDERGROUND CAST IRON SOIL PIPING AND FITTINGS, ASTM A -74, SERVICE WEIGHT. NO -HUB CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS MAY BE USED ABOVE FLOOR FOR SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING. PIPING ALIGNMENT SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS USING APPROVED Y BRANCHES OR EIGHT BANDS FOR DIRECTION CHANGES AND SHALL BE SURELY SUPPORTED OR SECURED TO MAINTAIN SUCH ALIGNMENT. PITCH OF PIPING SHALL BE UNIFORM AT A MINIMUM OF 1/8" PER FOOT FOR BUILDING DRAINS AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR SEWERS. PROTECTION SHALL BE GIVEN ALL FOOTINGS, OTHER STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS DURING UNDERGROUND WORK ADJACENT TO SUCH ITEMS. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. VENT ALL FIXTURES, CONNECT BRANCH VENTS TO MAIN VENT RISERS AT LEAST THREE FEET AND SIX INCHES ABOVE VENTED FIXTURES. PITCH VENT LINES BACK TO SOIL OR WASTE PIPE, FREE OF DROPS AND SAGS. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE FULL SIZE OF PIPE UP TO 4 " , AND 4" FOR LARGER SIZES. FOR UNDERGROUND AND CONCEALED LINES, PROVIDE CLEANOUTS IN ACCESSIBLE POSITIONS AT EACH RIGHT ANGLE TURN AND AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED FIFTY FEET. IN FLOORS, INSTALL FLUSH WITH FINISH FLOOR WITH EXTENSION PIPE FROM CLEANOUT 'Y ". PLUMBING FIXTURES WATER CLOSETS. LAVATORIES. FIXTURE SCHEDULE SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE SCHEDULE. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS CATHODIC PROTECTION PROVIDE DIELECTRIC INSULATION AT POINTS WHERE COPPER OR BRASS PIPE COMES IN CONTACT WITH FERROUS PIPING, REINFORCING STEEL OR OTHER DISSIMILAR METAL IN STRUCTURE. SHOCK ABSORBERS REMOVE SHOCK CONDITIONS FROM ALL PIPING. PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHOCK ABSORBERS ON ALL PIPING SERVING FLUSH VALVE FIXTURES. VALVES MAIN SHUT OFF VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. SHUT OFF VALVES SHALL BE NIBCO S/T 580 BALL VALVES OR EQUAL. VALVES SHALL HAVE BLOWOUT PROOF STEM, TFE SEATS AND BRASS BALL. PRESSURE RATING OF ALL MAIN VALVES SHALL HAVE A RATING OF AT LEAST 400 PSI WORKING PRESSURE. VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. WHEN VALVES ARE NOT SHOWN IN DETAIL ON THE PLANS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL VALVES NECESSARY FOR THE CONTROL OPERATION AND ISOLATION OF EQUIPMENT. PITCH ALL PIPE TO LOW POINTS AND INSTALL DRAIN VALVES. GATE VALVES OR BALL VALVES SHALL BE USED IN SERVICES REQUIRING THE VALVES TO BE FULLY OPENED OR TIGHTLY CLOSED. GLOBE OR ANGLE VALVES SHALL BE USED WHERE THROTTLING OR FLOW CONTROL IS DESIRED, OR IN BY -PASS LINES. GLOBE AND ANGLE VALVES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH THE APPROPRIATE DISC MATERIAL FOR THE INTENDED SERVICE. COLD WATER GLOBE VALVES SHALL HAVE RUBBER DISC; HOT WATER SHALL HAVE COMPOSITION DISC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SHUT -OFF VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURES, ITEM OR UNIT AT THE FIXTURE ITEMS OR UNIT WHETHER FURNISHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR OR BY OTHERS. FIXTURES, ITEM OR UNITS FURNISHED BY THE MANUFACTURER WITH INTEGRAL STOPS OR STOPS SPECIFIED WITH THE FIXTURE ARE CONSIDERED TO BE PROPERLY VALVED OFF AT THE FIXTURES. ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ALL VALVES. PIPE JOINTS AND CONNECTION ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF FINISHED CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THIS CONTRACTOR UNDER THE SECTION OF SPECIFICATIONS COVERING THESE MATERIALS. ANY MINOR ADJUSTMENT IN LOCATION OF ALIGNMENT OF NEW WORK OR TO CONNECT TO EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL BE PERFORMED AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES TO THE GROUNDS, WALKS, ROAD, BUILDING, PIPING SYSTEMS, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AND THEIR EQUIPMENT AND CONTENTS, CAUSED BY LEAKS IN THE PIPING SYSTEMS BEING INSTALLED OR HAVING BEEN INSTALLED BY HIM. HE SHALL REPAIR AT HIS EXPENSE ALL DAMAGED SO CAUSED. ALL REPAIR WORK SHALL BE DONE AS DIRECTED BY AND IN SUCH MANNER AS SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE EMERGENCY REPAIRS AS REQUIRED TO KEEP EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION WITHOUT VOIDING THE CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE BOND NOR RELIEVING THE CONTRACTOR OF HIS RESPONSIBILITIES DURING THE BONDING PERIOD. PIPE INSULATION FIBERGLASS PIPING INSULATION: ASTM C 547, CLASS 1 FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC PIPING INSULATION: ASTM C 534, TYPE I, (EQUAL TO ARMAFLEX). ENCASE PIPE FITTINGS INSULATION WITH ONE -PIECE PREMOLDED PVC FITTING COVERS. VAPOR BARRIER MATERIAL: PAPER- BACKED ALUMINUM FOIL, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, STRENGTH AND PERMEABILITY RATING EQUIVALENT TO ADJOINING PIPE INSULATION JACKETING. STAPLES, BANDS, WIRES, AND CEMENT: AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. ADHESIVES, SEALERS, AND PROTECTIVE FINISHES: AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. COVER ALL COLD WATER PIPING WITH 1/2" THICK FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC INSULATION, HAVING A "K" VALUE OF .25. COVER ALL HOT WATER PIPING WITH 3/4" THICK FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC INSULATION, HAVING A "K" VALUE OF .25. FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC INSTALLATION: SLIT TUBULAR SECTIONS ONTO PIPE. ON AREAS WHERE PIPE END IS OPEN, SLIDE FULL SECTIONS ONTO PIPE. ALL EDGES SHALL BE CLEAN CUT. INSULATION SHALL BE PUSHED ONTO PIPE, NEVER PULLED. ALL SEAMS AND BUTT JOINTS SHALL BE ADHERED AND SEALED USING ADHESIVE EQUAL TO ARMAFLEX 520 ADHESIVE. INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES WHEN IT IS REQUIRED TO INTERRUPT EXISTING SERVICES, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FIRST NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT THAT AN INTERRUPTION IS REQUIRED. IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT FACILITIES MUST BY KEPT IN OPERATION AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ADVISE THE ARCHITECT OF THE LENGTH OF TIME THE SERVICE WILL BE INTERRUPTED AND SHALL GET PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. WARRANTY THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANT THAT ALL WORK UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE FREE OF DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIALS AND PARTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK AND SHALL REPAIR, REVISE, AND REPLACE, AT NO COST TO THE OWNER, ANY SUCH DEFECTS OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD. GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES PRIOR TO BID, CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND FIELD VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING THE EXISTING STUB -INS, TAPS, ETC. FOR PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS FOR THE TENANT SPACE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND BETWEEN PLANS AND FIELD CONDITIONS IN ORDER TO PREVENT UNKNOWN ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE TENANT. ALL PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE, LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE(S) AT EACH FIXTURE. ALL WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON. ALL UNDERGROUND SANITARY PIPES SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC. ALL ABOVE FLOOR SANITARY PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE HEIGHT NO -HUB CAST IRON. SLOPE ALL SANITARY PIPING 4" AND LARGER AT 1/8" PER FOOT. SLOPE ALL SMALLER SANITARY PIPING AT 1/4" PER FOOT. ALL PLUMBING PIPING DROPS TO PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN WALL SPACE EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. SUSPEND ALL HORIZONTAL WATER AND VENT PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE ABOVE CEILING. SAW CUT ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS. SEAL AROUND ALL WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING PIPE PENETRATIONS WITH APPROVED SEALANT MATERIAL AND ENSURE PENETRATIONS REMAIN FIRE RESISTANT AND WATERTIGHT. ALL EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATIONS AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LANDLORD CRITERIA, LOCAL AND STATE CODES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS PER PDI REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATER METER WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS. LABEL ALL BELOW SLAB PIPING. r WCO SANITARY AND VENT PLUMBING PLAN '' ■.. -f GO .4 5.0 I iT rt. I r IL \\-\ • -SO \S,G J s- SANITARY AND VENT ISOMETRIC N.T.S. 1 V 3) VALVE 151" SUPPLY TUBE YS -8 • SLOPE PIPING --� BELOW SLAB TO FLOOR DRAIN. WATER TRAP 1 /2" DOMESTIC COLD WATER LINE TRAP PRIMER VALVE WITH BACKFLOW ��PREVENTOR AND VACUUM BREAK EQUAL TO PPP MODEL OREGON #1. DISTRIBUTION UNITS FOR MULTIPLE FLOOR DRAINS MINIMUM 3/8" COPPER FLOOR DRAIN TRAP MAKE -UP WATER LINE. (TYPICAL) NOTE: TRAP PRIMER VALVE SHALL BE MOUNTED ONE FOOT ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR FOR EVERY 20 FEET OF PRIMER LINE. 1/2' HW INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER BELOW LAVATORY INSTALLATION MOUNTS DIRECTLY BENEATH THE BASIN USING ONLY ONE PIPE CW 1/2" 3 WAY ANGLE STOP VALVE O 1w +w��w *w�w�w C. 'v w ♦ A �. � air A..w +w�.���,��������PI• ∎�^ 1{► *� *I�w 1 .�� - - - -_ —_ _ _ _ -------- - - - - -- - - HOT AND COLD WATER PLUMBING PLAN HOT AND COLD WATER ISOMETRIC N.T.S. EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER METER TO REMAIN. 0 PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER AT FLOOR DRAIN. REFER TO PLUMBING DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Po00-07b PLUMBING CODED NOTES O PROVIDE NEW INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER BELOW LAVATORY. SEE DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. VERIFY IN FIELD EXACT LOCATION, COORDINATE WITH GENERAL AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS. O EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW CW LINE TO EXISTING i" CW STUB IN THIS GENERAL AREA. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF LANDLORD CW TAP PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. a EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW SANITARY LINE TO LANDLORD PROVIDED MIN. 4" SANITARY LINE. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. • EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 2" VENT PIPING TO LANDLORD'S EXISTING 3" VENT STUB IN THIS GENERAL LOCATION. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. �7 INSTALL NEW HOSE BIBB WITH BOTTOM OF DISCHARGE AT 22" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES LEGEND AND CODED NOTES RECE I ED .. GIIY Ur 1Lreo.iu MAR 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER PC = PLUMBING CONTRACTOR HC = HVAC CONTRACTOR KDNI S LONNENIAM NEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859-442-8050 859 -442 -8058 FAX WWW.KLHENGRS.COM Lill DATE PROJECT 8151.01 m El co 0 ¢ E "' •i W N D 67 z 1.11 ¢ i O Q CO SIMS NO. DESCRIPTION PLUMBING PLANS AND ISOMETRICS 02.27.08 BLDG DEPT RESUBMTL. 1006 SOUTHCENTER MALL, TUKWILA, WA 98188 PROJECT COORDINATOR GRAHAM DOWNES T. 619.234.2565 PLUMBING LEGEND SYMBOL _ DESCRIPTION -- - S - --- -- SANITARY /WASTE PIPING, 5, W V VENT, V CW COLD WATER PIPING, CW --- — HW HOT WATER PIPING, HW — --- GATE VALVE p� —VI— CHECK VALVE WC WATER CLOSET LAV LAVATORY CW COLD WATER I HW HOT WATER IWH INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER PLUMING SPECFICATIONS GENERAL THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SHALL APPLY TO AND BE PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVALS REQUIRED. SCOPE OF WORK WATER PIPING SYSTEMS SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING SYSTEMS PLUMBING FIXTURES PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PAINTING AND ELECTRICAL WORK IS NOT PART OF THIS CONTRACT. GENERAL STANDARDS THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN: AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TEST MATERIALS (ASTM); AMERICAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION (ASA); UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL); NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA); WASHINGTON BUILDING CODE. THE INSTALLATION OF ALL PLUMBING WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE LOCAL PLUMBING CODES AND STATUES. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL DO ALL EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING. LAY SEWER AND UNDERGROUND PIPING LINES ON 6" COMPACTED SAND. BACKFILL UNDER BUILDING AND ALL DRIVES, ROADS AND WALKS WITH BANK -RUN GRAVEL. WATER PeltiO SYSTEMS DOMESTIC COLD -WATER PIPING DOMESTIC HOT -WATER PIPING INTERIOR WATER PIPING: TUBE SIZE 2" AND SMALLER: COPPER TUBE. WALL THICKNESS: TYPE L, HARD-DRAWN TEMPER. FITTINGS: WROUGHT - COPPER, SOLDER - JOINTS. TUBE SIZE 2 -1/2" AND LARGER: COPPER TUBE. WALL THICKNESS: TYPE L, HARD -DRAWN TEMPER. FITTINGS: WROUGHT - COPPER, SOLDER - JOINTS. SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEM FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE SOIL, WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM IN THE BUILDING AND ON THE SITE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. NO -HUB CAST IRON MAY BE USED ABOVE FLOOR SLAB. ABOVE GROUND SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING WITHIN BUILDINGS INCLUDING SOIL STACKS, VENT STACKS, HORIZONTAL BRANCHES, TRAPS, AND CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES AND DRAINS. UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAIN PIPING INCLUDING MAINS, BRANCHES, TRAPS, CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES AND DRAINS, AND CONNECTIONS TO STACKS, TERMINATING AT CONNECTION TO EXISTING SANITARY SEWER. INTERIOR PIPING: CAST IRON SOIL PIPING AND FITTINGS SERVICE WEIGHT ASTM A -74 WITH ASTM C -564 GASKETED JOINTS. WASTE AND VENT PIPING 2 -1/2" AND UNDER - TYPE "M" COPPER ASTM B88.62. SOIL, WASTE AND VENT PIPING 3" AND OVER IN SIZE AND ALL UNDERGROUND CAST IRON SOIL PIPING AND FITTINGS, ASTM A -74, SERVICE WEIGHT. NO -HUB CAST IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS MAY BE USED ABOVE FLOOR FOR SOIL, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING. PIPING ALIGNMENT SHALL BE AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS USING APPROVED Y BRANCHES OR EIGHT BANDS FOR DIRECTION CHANGES AND SHALL BE SURELY SUPPORTED OR SECURED TO MAINTAIN SUCH ALIGNMENT. PITCH OF PIPING SHALL BE UNIFORM AT A MINIMUM OF 1/8" PER FOOT FOR BUILDING DRAINS AND AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS FOR SEWERS. PROTECTION SHALL BE GIVEN ALL FOOTINGS, OTHER STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS DURING UNDERGROUND WORK ADJACENT TO SUCH ITEMS. REFER TO STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. VENT ALL FIXTURES, CONNECT BRANCH VENTS TO MAIN VENT RISERS AT LEAST THREE FEET AND SIX INCHES ABOVE VENTED FIXTURES. PITCH VENT LINES BACK TO SOIL OR WASTE PIPE, FREE OF DROPS AND SAGS. CLEANOUTS SHALL BE FULL SIZE OF PIPE UP TO 4 " , AND 4" FOR LARGER SIZES. FOR UNDERGROUND AND CONCEALED LINES, PROVIDE CLEANOUTS IN ACCESSIBLE POSITIONS AT EACH RIGHT ANGLE TURN AND AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED FIFTY FEET. IN FLOORS, INSTALL FLUSH WITH FINISH FLOOR WITH EXTENSION PIPE FROM CLEANOUT 'Y ". PLUMBING FIXTURES WATER CLOSETS. LAVATORIES. FIXTURE SCHEDULE SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR FIXTURE SCHEDULE. PLUMBING EQUIPMENT ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS CATHODIC PROTECTION PROVIDE DIELECTRIC INSULATION AT POINTS WHERE COPPER OR BRASS PIPE COMES IN CONTACT WITH FERROUS PIPING, REINFORCING STEEL OR OTHER DISSIMILAR METAL IN STRUCTURE. SHOCK ABSORBERS REMOVE SHOCK CONDITIONS FROM ALL PIPING. PROVIDE AND INSTALL SHOCK ABSORBERS ON ALL PIPING SERVING FLUSH VALVE FIXTURES. VALVES MAIN SHUT OFF VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. SHUT OFF VALVES SHALL BE NIBCO S/T 580 BALL VALVES OR EQUAL. VALVES SHALL HAVE BLOWOUT PROOF STEM, TFE SEATS AND BRASS BALL. PRESSURE RATING OF ALL MAIN VALVES SHALL HAVE A RATING OF AT LEAST 400 PSI WORKING PRESSURE. VALVES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS. WHEN VALVES ARE NOT SHOWN IN DETAIL ON THE PLANS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL VALVES NECESSARY FOR THE CONTROL OPERATION AND ISOLATION OF EQUIPMENT. PITCH ALL PIPE TO LOW POINTS AND INSTALL DRAIN VALVES. GATE VALVES OR BALL VALVES SHALL BE USED IN SERVICES REQUIRING THE VALVES TO BE FULLY OPENED OR TIGHTLY CLOSED. GLOBE OR ANGLE VALVES SHALL BE USED WHERE THROTTLING OR FLOW CONTROL IS DESIRED, OR IN BY -PASS LINES. GLOBE AND ANGLE VALVES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH THE APPROPRIATE DISC MATERIAL FOR THE INTENDED SERVICE. COLD WATER GLOBE VALVES SHALL HAVE RUBBER DISC; HOT WATER SHALL HAVE COMPOSITION DISC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL SHUT -OFF VALVES TO ISOLATE EACH FIXTURES, ITEM OR UNIT AT THE FIXTURE ITEMS OR UNIT WHETHER FURNISHED BY THIS CONTRACTOR OR BY OTHERS. FIXTURES, ITEM OR UNITS FURNISHED BY THE MANUFACTURER WITH INTEGRAL STOPS OR STOPS SPECIFIED WITH THE FIXTURE ARE CONSIDERED TO BE PROPERLY VALVED OFF AT THE FIXTURES. ACCESS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ALL VALVES. PIPE JOINTS AND CONNECTION ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING OF FINISHED CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THIS CONTRACTOR UNDER THE SECTION OF SPECIFICATIONS COVERING THESE MATERIALS. ANY MINOR ADJUSTMENT IN LOCATION OF ALIGNMENT OF NEW WORK OR TO CONNECT TO EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL BE PERFORMED AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES TO THE GROUNDS, WALKS, ROAD, BUILDING, PIPING SYSTEMS, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AND THEIR EQUIPMENT AND CONTENTS, CAUSED BY LEAKS IN THE PIPING SYSTEMS BEING INSTALLED OR HAVING BEEN INSTALLED BY HIM. HE SHALL REPAIR AT HIS EXPENSE ALL DAMAGED SO CAUSED. ALL REPAIR WORK SHALL BE DONE AS DIRECTED BY AND IN SUCH MANNER AS SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE EMERGENCY REPAIRS AS REQUIRED TO KEEP EQUIPMENT IN OPERATION WITHOUT VOIDING THE CONTRACTOR'S GUARANTEE BOND NOR RELIEVING THE CONTRACTOR OF HIS RESPONSIBILITIES DURING THE BONDING PERIOD. PIPE INSULATION FIBERGLASS PIPING INSULATION: ASTM C 547, CLASS 1 FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC PIPING INSULATION: ASTM C 534, TYPE I, (EQUAL TO ARMAFLEX). ENCASE PIPE FITTINGS INSULATION WITH ONE -PIECE PREMOLDED PVC FITTING COVERS. VAPOR BARRIER MATERIAL: PAPER- BACKED ALUMINUM FOIL, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, STRENGTH AND PERMEABILITY RATING EQUIVALENT TO ADJOINING PIPE INSULATION JACKETING. STAPLES, BANDS, WIRES, AND CEMENT: AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. ADHESIVES, SEALERS, AND PROTECTIVE FINISHES: AS RECOMMENDED BY INSULATION MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. COVER ALL COLD WATER PIPING WITH 1/2" THICK FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC INSULATION, HAVING A "K" VALUE OF .25. COVER ALL HOT WATER PIPING WITH 3/4" THICK FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC INSULATION, HAVING A "K" VALUE OF .25. FLEXIBLE CLOSED CELL ELASTOMERIC INSTALLATION: SLIT TUBULAR SECTIONS ONTO PIPE. ON AREAS WHERE PIPE END IS OPEN, SLIDE FULL SECTIONS ONTO PIPE. ALL EDGES SHALL BE CLEAN CUT. INSULATION SHALL BE PUSHED ONTO PIPE, NEVER PULLED. ALL SEAMS AND BUTT JOINTS SHALL BE ADHERED AND SEALED USING ADHESIVE EQUAL TO ARMAFLEX 520 ADHESIVE. INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES WHEN IT IS REQUIRED TO INTERRUPT EXISTING SERVICES, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FIRST NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT THAT AN INTERRUPTION IS REQUIRED. IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT FACILITIES MUST BY KEPT IN OPERATION AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ADVISE THE ARCHITECT OF THE LENGTH OF TIME THE SERVICE WILL BE INTERRUPTED AND SHALL GET PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. WARRANTY THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANT THAT ALL WORK UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE FREE OF DEFECTIVE WORK, MATERIALS AND PARTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR AFTER ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK AND SHALL REPAIR, REVISE, AND REPLACE, AT NO COST TO THE OWNER, ANY SUCH DEFECTS OCCURRING WITHIN THE WARRANTY PERIOD. GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES PRIOR TO BID, CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND FIELD VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING THE EXISTING STUB -INS, TAPS, ETC. FOR PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS FOR THE TENANT SPACE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND BETWEEN PLANS AND FIELD CONDITIONS IN ORDER TO PREVENT UNKNOWN ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE TENANT. ALL PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE, LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE(S) AT EACH FIXTURE. ALL WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON. ALL UNDERGROUND SANITARY PIPES SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC. ALL ABOVE FLOOR SANITARY PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE HEIGHT NO -HUB CAST IRON. SLOPE ALL SANITARY PIPING 4" AND LARGER AT 1/8" PER FOOT. SLOPE ALL SMALLER SANITARY PIPING AT 1/4" PER FOOT. ALL PLUMBING PIPING DROPS TO PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN WALL SPACE EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. SUSPEND ALL HORIZONTAL WATER AND VENT PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE ABOVE CEILING. SAW CUT ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS. SEAL AROUND ALL WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING PIPE PENETRATIONS WITH APPROVED SEALANT MATERIAL AND ENSURE PENETRATIONS REMAIN FIRE RESISTANT AND WATERTIGHT. ALL EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATIONS AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LANDLORD CRITERIA, LOCAL AND STATE CODES. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS PER PDI REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATER METER WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS. LABEL ALL BELOW SLAB PIPING. r WCO SANITARY AND VENT PLUMBING PLAN '' ■.. -f GO .4 5.0 I iT rt. I r IL \\-\ • -SO \S,G J s- SANITARY AND VENT ISOMETRIC N.T.S. 1 V 3) VALVE 151" SUPPLY TUBE YS -8 • SLOPE PIPING --� BELOW SLAB TO FLOOR DRAIN. WATER TRAP 1 /2" DOMESTIC COLD WATER LINE TRAP PRIMER VALVE WITH BACKFLOW ��PREVENTOR AND VACUUM BREAK EQUAL TO PPP MODEL OREGON #1. DISTRIBUTION UNITS FOR MULTIPLE FLOOR DRAINS MINIMUM 3/8" COPPER FLOOR DRAIN TRAP MAKE -UP WATER LINE. (TYPICAL) NOTE: TRAP PRIMER VALVE SHALL BE MOUNTED ONE FOOT ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR FOR EVERY 20 FEET OF PRIMER LINE. 1/2' HW INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER BELOW LAVATORY INSTALLATION MOUNTS DIRECTLY BENEATH THE BASIN USING ONLY ONE PIPE CW 1/2" 3 WAY ANGLE STOP VALVE O 1w +w��w *w�w�w C. 'v w ♦ A �. � air A..w +w�.���,��������PI• ∎�^ 1{► *� *I�w 1 .�� - - - -_ —_ _ _ _ -------- - - - - -- - - HOT AND COLD WATER PLUMBING PLAN HOT AND COLD WATER ISOMETRIC N.T.S. EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER METER TO REMAIN. 0 PROVIDE TRAP PRIMER AT FLOOR DRAIN. REFER TO PLUMBING DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. Po00-07b PLUMBING CODED NOTES O PROVIDE NEW INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATER BELOW LAVATORY. SEE DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. VERIFY IN FIELD EXACT LOCATION, COORDINATE WITH GENERAL AND ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS. O EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW CW LINE TO EXISTING i" CW STUB IN THIS GENERAL AREA. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF LANDLORD CW TAP PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. a EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW SANITARY LINE TO LANDLORD PROVIDED MIN. 4" SANITARY LINE. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. • EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW 2" VENT PIPING TO LANDLORD'S EXISTING 3" VENT STUB IN THIS GENERAL LOCATION. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION WITH LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY WORK. �7 INSTALL NEW HOSE BIBB WITH BOTTOM OF DISCHARGE AT 22" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULES LEGEND AND CODED NOTES RECE I ED .. GIIY Ur 1Lreo.iu MAR 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER PC = PLUMBING CONTRACTOR HC = HVAC CONTRACTOR KDNI S LONNENIAM NEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859-442-8050 859 -442 -8058 FAX WWW.KLHENGRS.COM Lill DATE PROJECT 8151.01 m El co 0 ¢ E "' •i W N D 67 z 1.11 ¢ i O Q CO SIMS NO. DESCRIPTION PLUMBING PLANS AND ISOMETRICS 02.27.08 BLDG DEPT RESUBMTL. 1006 SOUTHCENTER MALL, TUKWILA, WA 98188 PROJECT COORDINATOR GRAHAM DOWNES T. 619.234.2565 Sprinkler Legend P g Symbol Description ®N New Concealed White Plate Sprinkler Head 1� e B New Concealed White Plate Sprinkler Head in Acrylic P . e ® New Semi — recessed Sprinkler Pendant � s t O { F .'.i , 'i':i: ,... '•';•,; i�i•<<'":?_ 3' t:' 1;.'::; Y' ii:'!l: �•f ?�y::'.i`:i 4',:�.::;n: -... -_ . -- V lemagrazEmmorray. _. FIRE PROTECTION PLAN ` .e. :9; l: - - '1 .+ ' G.• 4 - - - - -r v • . t. Ail � .n a.tr- f•:�•: s ,..t:. . L, + - - -..�.:.. - .a . .�.. ,.:. - - ,. �.. . .. - .. . .. . . ..,.. . - . #. "' -ti•.:c n•...0 . ti5 - a> . .. • .. .. 1 )05 o1(,a RECE1 vED CITY OF TUKNALA MAR 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER SPRINKLER CONSTRUCTION NOTES GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S FIRE SPRINKLER SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN AND INSTALL FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM CONFORMING TO LANDLORD'S CRITERIA. TENANT'S REQUIREMENTS PER LOCAL CODES AND NFPA STANDARDS. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS IN THE SALES AREA, AND STORAGE SHELL BE PER BUILDING STANDARD. ALL SPRINKLER WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED CONTRACTOR AT TENANT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. KO1RS LONNEIVIANN HEIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL/ ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859- - 442- -•8050 859- 442 -8058 FAX WWW.KLHENGRS.COM '' Ilif ET 4/ RED i\e" DATE NO. PROJECT 8151.01 i DESCRIPTION L H 02.27.08 A BLDG DEPT RESUBMTL. Co CO N- CO a) F- w w F- Z w 0 C') CD CD • FIRE PROTECTION PLAN FP -1 FIRE PROTECTION FIESPONSIBLITY SCHEDULE ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY REUSE EXISTING N \A REMARKS TENANT LANDLORD CONT'R LANDLORD CONT'R OTHER SPRINKLER PIPING FPC FPC SPRINKLER HEADS FPC FPC FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FPC FPC AS -BUILT DRAWINGS FPC FPC GENERAL FIRE PROTECTION NOTES: THE TENANT'S FIRE PROTECTIONS SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED TO MEET ORDINARY HAZARD REQUIREMENTS. IF NO CEILINGS OCCUR, IN MECHANICAL ROOMS, ETC., SPRINKLER HEADS AND PIPING TO BE EXPOSED BRASS UPRIGHT TYPE. ALL OTHER AREAS OF BUILDING WHERE SUSPENDED CEILINGS OCCUR SHALL BE CONCEALED WHITE PLATE HEADS. MAKE PROVISIONS FOR DRAINING AND PROVIDE INSPECTOR TESTS AS REQUIRED. ALL DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE PIPED TO OUTSIDE OR INDIRECTLY TO SINK OR F.D. ALL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL MATCH LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT THREADS. ALL FIRE SUPPRESSION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY LICENSED FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR IN THE STATE OF WASHINGTON. ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE LOCATED IN CENTER OF CEILING TILE IN AT LEAST ONE DIRECTION. (WHEN APPLICABLE) WHEN MODIFYING EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEMS SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING SPRINKLER ZONES. COORDINATE WITH NEW FIRE RATING PLANS IF APPLICABLE. NO PVC PIPE SHALL BE PERMITTED. CURRENT SHELL SPRINKLERS ARE EXTENDED COVERAGE HEAD SPRINKLERS. RENOVATED AREAS SHALL BE 100% SPRINKLED. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL CODES, LAWS, AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND BE FULLY COGNIZANT OF ALL CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING PROPOSAL. PROVIDE A VALVED DRAIN AT THE LOW POINT IN EACH PIPING SYSTEM. ALL VALVES AND OTHER PIPING SPECIALTIES SHALL BE FULL LINE SIZE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. SEAL AROUND ALL PIPES PENETRATING FIRE SEPARATIONS WITH APPROVED INCOMBUSTIBLE PACKING RETAINED BY METAL COLLARS. COORDINATE ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING FOR HIS WORK. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA 13 AND BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF LIGHT FIXTURES AND CEILING TYPES. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF PIPING AND HEADS WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. ALL SPRINKLER DRAWINGS, RISERS, CODE REQUIREMENTS ETC. ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF AND SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SPRINKLER DESIGN CONTRACTOR. THE FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SPRINKLER PIPE LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS AND SHALL MODIFY PIPE ELEVATIONS, AS REQUIRED, TO ACCOMODATE ANY NEW CEILING ELEVATIONS. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS. THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE LAYOUT AND SIZES OF THE PIPE, THE LOCATION OF ALL SPRINKLER HEADS, THE LOCATION AND SPACING OF SUPPORTS, THE LOCATION OF THE SYSTEM RISER, THE LOCATION OF ANY WATER SUPPLY VALVES AND THE LOCATION OF THE WATER SUPPLY SOURCE. HYDRAULIC INFORMATION SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO, THE DESIGN AREA OF OPERATION, THE DESIGN DENSITY, THE OCCUPANCY HAZARD(S), THE HOSE STREAM ALLOWANCE, THE WATER SUPPLY INFORMATION, THE TOTAL SYSTEM DEMAND AND ALL OTHER SUPPORTING CALCULATIONS. RESPONSIBLITY SCHEDULES LEGEND AND CODED NOTES FPC = FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATION GENERAL THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SHALL APPLY TO AND BE PART OF THIS SPECIFICATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION AND APPROVALS REQUIRED. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SPRINKLER DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD'S RISK INSURER FOR APPROVAL. SCOPE OF WORK GENERAL STANDARDS FIRE PROTECTION DISTRIBUTION PIPING FROM EXISTING MAIN LEFT FROM DEMOLITION. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING AND REPLACING OF CEILINGS IN AREAS WHERE NEW PIPING IS TO BE INSTALLED IN THE EXISTING BUILDING. WHERE CONCEALING SPRINKLER PIPING IS NOT POSSIBLE, SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PAINTING ALL EXPOSED SPRINKLER PIPING IN FINISHED SPACES. COORDINATE COLOR WITH ARCHITECT. THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS SHALL GOVERN: AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TEST MATERIALS (ASTM); AMERICAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION (ASA); UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL); NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA); WASHINGTON BUILDING CODE. OWNER'S INSURANCE UNDERWRITER LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT REGULATIONS THE INSTALLATION OF ALL SPRINKLER WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES AND STATUES. QUALITY ASSURANCE MANUFACTURERS: FIRMS REGULARLY ENGAGED IN MANUFACTURE OF FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEMS PRODUCTS, OF TYPES, MATERIALS, AND SIZES REQUIRED, WHOSE PRODUCTS HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR NOT LESS THAN 5 YEARS. INSTALLER: FIRM WITH AT LEAST 3 YEARS OF SUCCESSFUL INSTALLATION EXPERIENCE ON PROJECTS WITH FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEMS WORK SIMILAR TO THAT REQUIRED FOR PROJECT. NFPA CODE: COMPLY WITH ANSI /NFPA 13, "INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS". UL LABELS: PROVIDE FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS WHICH HAVE BEEN APPROVED AND LABELED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES. LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT /MARSHALL REGULATIONS: COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO FIRE PROTECTION PIPING. STATE BUILDING CODE: COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS PERTAINING TO FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. SUBMITTALS PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S DATA FOR FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS, MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS. SHOP DRAWINGS: SUBMIT SCALED LAYOUT DRAWINGS FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPE AND FITTINGS INCLUDING, BUT NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO, PIPE AND TUBE SIZES, LOCATIONS, ELEVATIONS AND SLOPES OF HORIZONTAL RUNS, WALL AND FLOOR PENETRATIONS, AND CONNECTIONS. SHOW INTERFACE AND SPATIAL RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PIPING AND PROXIMATE EQUIPMENT. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS TO ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL, PRIOR TO SUBMISSION TO APPROPRIATE AUTHORITY AND PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY PORTION OF BOTH UNDERGROUND AND OVERHEAD SYSTEMS. APPROVAL DRAWINGS: PREPARE APPROVAL DRAWINGS OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS INDICATING PIPE SIZES, PIPE LOCATIONS, FITTINGS, SHUTOFFS, EQUIPMENT, ETC. SUBMIT ONE COPY, BEARING THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF A LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR, TO THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION, BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION. APPROVAL CALCULATION: PREPARE HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS OF FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS. SUBMIT ONE COPY, BEARING THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF A LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO THE AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION, BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION. CERTIFICATE OF INSTALLATION: SUBMIT CERTIFICATE UPON COMPLETION OF FIRE PROTECTION PIPING WORK WHICH INDICATES THAT WORK HAS BEEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI /NFPA 13, AND ALSO THAT SYSTEM IS OPERATIONAL, COMPLETE, AND HAS NO DEFECTS. FIRE PROTECTION PIPING MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS GENERAL: PROVIDE PIPING MATERIALS AND FACTORY- FABRICATED PIPING PRODUCTS OF SIZES, TYPES, PRESSURE RATINGS, TEMPERATURE RATINGS, AND CAPACITIES AS INDICATED. WHERE NOT INDICATED, PROVIDE PROPER SELECTION AS DETERMINED BY INSTALLER TO COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE SIZES AND TYPES MATCHING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS; PROVIDE FITTINGS OF MATERIALS WHICH MATCH PIPE MATERIALS USED IN FIRE PROTECTION PIPING SYSTEMS. WHERE MORE THAN 1 TYPE OF MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS ARE INDICATED, SELECTION IS INSTALLER'S OPTION. BASIC IDENTIFICATION GENERAL: PROVIDE IDENTIFICATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING: FIRE PROTECTION PIPING: PLASTIC PIPE MARKERS. FIRE PROTECTION VALVES: PLASTIC VALVE TAGS. BASIC, PIPE. TUBE, AND FITTINGS GENERAL: PROVIDE PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS COMPLYING WITH DIVISION -15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTIONS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING: INTERIOR PIPING: BLACK STEEL PIPE: PIPE WEIGHT: SCHEDULE 40 UP TO 8 "; SCHEDULE 30 FOR 8" AND LARGER. FITTINGS: CLASS 125, CAST -IRON THREADED. PIPE WEIGHT: SCHEDULE 40 FOR LESS THAN 8"; SCHEDULE 30 FOR 8" AND LARGER. FITTINGS: MECHANICAL GROOVED PIPE COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS; CUT GROOVE TYPE. BLACK STEEL PIPE; PIPE WEIGHT: SCHEDULE 10 FOR 5" AND SMALLER; 0.134" WALL THICKNESS FOR 6 "; AND 0.188" WALL THICKNESS FOR 8" AND 10". FITTINGS: WROUGHT -STEEL BUTTWELDING. PIPE WEIGHT: SCHEDULE 10 FOR 5" AND SMALLER; 0.134" WALL 'THICKNESS FOR 6 "; AND 0.188" WALL THICKNESS FOR 8" AND 10 ". FITTINGS: MECHANICAL GROOVED PIPE COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS; ROLL - GROOVE OR MECHANICAL LOCKING TYPE. BASIC PIPING SPECIALTIES GENERAL: PROVIDE PIPING SPECIALTIES COMPLYING WITH DIVISION-15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING: PIPE ESCUTCHEONS DIELECTRIC UNIONS DRIP PANS SLEEVES SLEEVE SEALS BASIC SUPPORTS. ANCHORS. AND SEALS GENERAL: PROVIDE SUPPORTS, ANCHORS, AND SEALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING: ADJUSTABLE STEEL CLEVISES, ADJUSTABLE STEEL BAND HANGERS, ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGERS, FOR HORIZONTAL PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS. TWO -BOLT RISER CLAMPS FOR VERTICAL PIPING SUPPORTS. STEEL TURNBUCKLES, AND MALLEABLE IRON SOCKETS FOR HANGER -ROD ATTACHMENTS. CONCRETE INSERTS, TOP -BEAM C- CLAMPS, SIDE BEAM OR CHANNEL CLAMPS, AND CENTER BEAM CLAMPS FOR BUILDING ATTACHMENTS. COPPER FLASHINGS FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS. FIRE BARRIER PENETRATION SEALS. BASIC VALVES GENERAL: PROVIDE VALVES COMPLYING WITH DIVISION -15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING: INTERIOR VALVES: SECTIONAL: GATE VALVES. CHECK: SWING CHECK VALVES. FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES GENERAL: PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES, UL LISTED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING. PROVIDE SIZES AND TYPES WHICH MATE AND MATCH PIPING AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. WATER FLOW INDICATORS: PROVIDE VANE TYPE WATER FLOW DETECTORS. SUPERVISORY SWITCHES: PROVIDE PRODUCTS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR USE IN SERVICE INDICATED. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS: PROVIDE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS OF TYPE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING LISTING. PROVIDE FUSIBLE LINKS FOR 165 DEG. F (74 DEG. C) UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. FINISH: CONCEALED WHITE PLATE FOR OCCUPIED AREAS, CAST BRASS UPRIGHT FOR UNOCCUPIED AREAS. WHERE SUSPENDED LAY -IN CEILINGS OCCUR LOCATE HEAD IN CENTER OF TILE IN AT LEAST ONE DIRECTION. SPRINKLER CABINET AND WRENCH: FURNISH STEEL, BAKED RED ENAMELED, SPRINKLER BOX WITH CAPACITY TO STORE 10 SPRINKLERS AND WRENCH SIZED TO SPRINKLERS. AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, MANUFACTURERS OFFERING FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES WHICH MAY BE INCORPORATED IN THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: MANUFACTURER: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: CENTRAL SPRINKLER CORP. ITT GRINNELL GRINNELL CORP. RELIABLE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER CO., INC. VIKING CORP. VI CTAU LI C GLOBE FIRE SPRINKLER CORPORATION POTTER ELECTRIC SIGNAL COMPANY HONEYWELL INSTALLATION OF PIPE. TUBE. AND FITTINGS GENERAL: INSTALL PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION -15 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS SECTIONS. FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING SYSTEMS: GENERAL: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI /NFPA 13 AND NFPA 14 FOR INSTALLATION OF FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING MATERIALS. INSTALL FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING PRODUCTS WHERE INDICATED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH RECOGNIZED INDUSTRY PRACTICES TO ENSURE THAT FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS AND SERVES INTENDED PURPOSES, COORDINATE WITH OTHER WORK, INCLUDING PLUMBING PIPING, AS NECESSARY TO INTERFACE COMPONENTS OF ARE SPRINKLER PIPING PROPERLY WITH OTTER WORK. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF HEADS WITH HVAC DUCTWORK. INSTALL HEADS ABOVE AND BELOW DUCTWORK WHERE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE COMPLETE COVERAGE. INSTALL DRAIN PIPING AT LOW POINTS OF PIPING SYSTEMS. INSTALL WATER FLOW INDICATORS WHERE INDICATED AND REQUIRED. MOUNT SUPERVISORY SWITCHES ON ALL CONTROL VALVES. INSTALL VALVED HOSE CONNECTIONS OF SIZES INDICATED, OR 3/4" SIZE IF NOT OTHERWISE INDICATED ON SPRINKLER AT ENDS OF BRANCH LINES AND CROSS MAINS AS REQUIRED. INSTALL INSPECTOR'S TEST CONNECTION AS REQUIRED, OR AT MOST REMOTE POINT OF RISER. PIPE INSPECTOR TESTS TO OUTSIDE. ADJUST AND OLEAN SPRINKLER PIPING FLUSHING: PRIOR TO CONNECTING SPRINKLER RISERS FOR FLUSHING, FLUSH WATER FEED MAINS, LEAD-IN CONNECTIONS AND CONTROL PORTIONS OF SPRINKLER PIPING. AFTER FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING INSTALLATION HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND BEFORE PIPING IS PLACED IN SERVICE, FLUSH ENTIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, AS REQUIRED TO REMOVE FOREIGN SUBSTANCES, UNDER PRESSURE AS SPECIFIED IN ANSI /NFPA 13. CONTINUE FLUSHING UNTIL WATER IS CLEAR, AND CHECK TO ENSURE THAT DEBRIS HAS NOT CLOGGED SPRINKLERS. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL HYDROSTATIC TESTING: AFTER FLUSHING SYSTEM, TEST FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING HYDROSTATICALLY, FOR PERIOD OF 2 HOURS, AT NOT LESS THAN 200 PSI OR AT 50 PSI IN EXCESS OF MAXIMUM STATIC PRESSURE WHEN MAXIMUM STATIC PRESSURE IS IN EXCESS OF 150 PSI. CHECK SYSTEM FOR LEAKAGE OF JOINTS. MEASURE HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE AT LOW POINT OF EACH SYSTEM OR ZONE BEING TESTED. REPAIR OR REPLACE PIPING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED TO ELIMINATE LEAKAGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI /NFPA STANDARDS FOR "LITTLE OR NO LEAKAGE ", AND RETEST AS SPECIFIED TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE. erz(i RECEI I ED CITY OF TUKWILA MAR 0 3 2008 PERMIT CENTER SEPA PERK APPR SHEET TE AND VAL RED KOHRS LONNEkA :':1 I'NIL ENGINEERS, PSC MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, STE. 11 FT. THOMAS, KENTUCKY 41075 859- 442 -8050 859-442-8058 FAX WWW.KLHENGRS.COM LL r DATE NO. i DESCRIPTION 02.27.08 S BLDG DEPT RESUBMTL. PROJECT 8151.01 FIRE PROTECTION NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS 1° co co CO Lu L!I 0 0 cr) __�... �.,: __ .a _soar•;. t; r�' :a:W. _'st<',,. r v: